Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats






1997-1999 University Catalog 


Available from: Titan Shops Bookstore on the University campus or by mail 
order to: 

Titan Shops 
CSU Fullerton 
P O. Box 6828 
Fullerton, CA 92834-6828 
Phone: (714)278-3418 

Price: $10.50 plus sales tax and shipping. 


University Address 

When corresponding with the university, wnte to the specific office, school 
or department. 

California State University, Fullerton 
PO. Box 6850 
Fullerton, CA 92834-6850 
Telephone information (714) 278-201 1 


Phone Prefix Change 

Effective April 1, 1997, the California State University, Fullerton, 
phone prefix changes to 278 (CSU) for all phones 


Changes in Rules and Policies 

Although every effort has been made to assure the accuracy of the 
information in this catalog, students and others who use this catalog should 
note that laws, rules and policies change from time to time and that these 
changes may alter the information contained in this publication Changes 
may come in the form of statutes enacted by the Legislature, rules and 
policies adopted by the Board of Trustees of The California State University, 
by the Chancellor or designee of The California State University, or by the 
President or designee of the institution. Further, it is not possible in a 
publication of this size to include all of the rules, policies and other 
information which pertain to the student, the institution, and The California 
State University. More current or complete information may be obtained 
from the appropriate department, school, or administrative office. 

Nothing in this catalog shall be construed as, operate as, or have the effect 
or an abridgment or a limitation or any rights, powers, or privileges of the 
Board of Trustees of The California State University, the Chancellor of The 
California State University or the President of the campus The Trustees, 
the Chancellor, and the President are authorized by law to adopt, amend, 
or repeal rules and policies which apply to students. This catalog does not 
constitute a contract or the terms and conditions of a contract between the 
student and the institutions or The California State University. The 
relationship of the student to the institution is one governed by statute, 
rules, and policy adopted by the Legislature, the Board of Trustees, the 
Chancellor, the President and their duly authorized designees 


August 21, 1997 



California State University, Fullerton 



Accreditations and Associations 

Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology 

Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communications 

American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business 

AACSB Accounting Accreditation 

American Chemical Society 

American Speech-Language-Hearing Association 

Commission on Teacher Credentialing 

Computer Sciences Accreditation Commission 

NAFSA: Association of International Educators 

National Association of Schools of An and Design 

National Association of Schools of Dance 

National Association of Schools of Music 

National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration 
National Association of Schools of Theatre 
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education 
National League for Nursing 

Southern California Consortium on International Studies 
Universities Field Staff International 
Western Association of Graduate Schools 
Western Association of Schools and Colleges 



1 


California State University, Fullerton 


Nondiscrimination Policy 

The California State University does not discriminate on the basis of race, 
color, national origin, sex, religion, sexual preference, marital status, pregnancy, 
age or disability in the educational programs or activities it conducts. Such 
programs and activities include but are not limited to admission of students, 
employment and intercollegiate athletics. Discrimination is prohibited by Title 
VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, Title IX of the Education 
Amendments of 1972, and Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 
1973, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, including all subsequent 
amendments and the administrative regulations adopted thereunder by the 
Department of Education. 

Inquiries concerning compliance with these Acts and implementing regulations 
should be addressed to: 

Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro 
Director, Affirmative Action, CSUF 
Langsdorf Hall 101 A 
(714) 278-3951 

Paul K. Miller 

Director, Disabled Student Services, CSUF 
University Hall 101 
(714) 278-3117 

Office of Civil Rights 
Regional Director, Region 9 
50 United Nations Plaza, Room 239 
San Francisco, CA 94102 
(415) 556-7000 

Accreditation 

California State University, Fullerton, is accredited by the Western Association 
of Schools and Colleges. WASC maintains an office on the Mills College campus. 
Questions about accreditation may be addressed to: 


This Catalog 

Within this catalog may be found general academic and administrative 
information as well as specific descriptions of the departments, their majors 
and the courses offered in each. The first major part contains orienting 
information such as the calendar, materials on the California State University, 
an overview of California State University, Fullerton and facts about student 
services and activities on the campus . 

The subsequent sections of the catalog are concerned with: admission, 
registration, records and regulations; academic advisement; and university 
courses. The next sections describe the departments and the programs of study 
and courses they offer. The final part of the catalog contains a listing of the 
faculty and administration. An index may be found at the end to help the 
reader locate specific items. 

Because this catalog must be prepared well ahead of the academic years it 
covers, changes in some programs and rules occur. The class schedule and 
subsequent errata sheets are the final authority in regard to classes offered, 
instructors and revisions of regulations. This publication may be bought from 
Titan Shops, the campus bookstore. 


Credits 

The California State University, Fullerton, catalog is prepared by the Office of 
Academic Programs, Thomas P Klammer, Associate Vice President for Academic- 
Programs. 

Editor/Project Coordinator Gladys M. Fleckles 

Catalog Design David Oh 

Photographs David Oh 

Michael Riley 
Patrick O’Donnell 

Additional photographs appear through the courtesy of the Office of Public 
Affairs, the Daily Titan, and select department faculty. 


Western Association of Schools and Colleges 
Box 9990 
Mills College 

Oakland, CA 94613-0990 

Phone: (510) 632-5000 
E-mail: WASCSR@wasc.mills.edu 


Editorial Assistants 


Curriculum Editing 


Layout 


Printing 


Carroll Gewin 
Zoey Arant 
Elaine Lekich 

School Deans 
Department Chairs 
Program Coordinators 
Office of Public Affairs: 
Marilyn Medlin 
Jim Powell 

Sinclair Printing, Los Angeles 


2 


California State University, Fullerton 



President’s Message 

Welcome to California State University, Fullerton. The university is here to 
prepare students to meet the challenges of their future chosen careers. Our 
undergraduate and postbaccalaureate programs are designed to help students 
reach their optimum personal and professional development. We are a caring 
campus that provides an environment whereby our students have opportunities 
for learning, growth, service to society, and involvement in the university 
community. Through our programs, students will learn to be concerned with 
the pursuit of excellence and the importance of quality of life issues. 

California State University, Fullerton has awarded more than 100,000 degrees 
since classes began in 1959, and we have played an integral role in the lives of 
students, alumni and the community at large. Our university provides the 
Orange County community, its surrounding regions, the state and the nation 
with the trained professionals in business, computer science, engineering, 
health, science and teaching, the arts and other service sectors with growing 
numbers of well-educated personnel. By providing access to professional careers 
for the broadest cross-section of Americans, including women and members 
of minority and immigrant groups, our university represents a pathway into 
the American mainstream for individuals and families who otherwise would 
not have the opportunity to make this step, thus helping to ensure the stability 
of our free economy and our democratic government. 

As Orange County has grown and matured, so has the university. Enrollment 
now stands at approximately 22,000 students, and the faculty is made up of 
nearly 650 distinguished professionals, who are dedicated to excellence in 
teaching, scholarly and creative activity, and service to the university and the 
community. Our faculty members are actively involved in giving each student 
the finest academic experience possible. 

We are proud that in the university’s relatively short history our curriculum 
has grown to include 50 undergraduate majors and 44 graduate degrees, plus 
a variety of credential and certificate programs. 

The university tradition extends from our quality academic offerings, our 
cultural diversity, our extensive outreach programs to the personal, first-hand 
interaction with professors whose diversity and backgrounds provide 
unsurpassed enrichment for a total university education. We support and 
encourage risk-taking, striving for excellence and the full development of human 
potential. Our students can participate in or be spectators of intellectual, cultural 
and athletics programs and events. By the time students graduate, they will 
have received one of the finest educations possible. They will be prepared for 
continued personal and professional development throughout their lives; they 
will be ambassadors of goodwill for the university and our surrounding 
communities will benefit from their contributions to society. 

California State University, Fullerton fosters a stimulating and challenging 
environment where learning is preeminent. The campus community is 
dedicated to the development of humane leaders prepared to meet the 
opportunities and challenges of a changing, diverse world. As you become 
familiar with and involved in the campus and its activities, you will discover 
exciting opportunities to grow and contribute. I invite you to participate fully. 


a 

Milton A. Gordon 
President 

California State University, Fullerton 




3 


California State University, Fullerton 




Table of 



President’s Message 

Academic Calendars 

The California State University 

California State University, Fullerton 

University Advisory Board 

Mission Viejo Campus 

Community Minority Affairs Advisory Council 

University Administration 

CSUF Alumni 

Community Support Groups 


Academic Affairs 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 

Academic Programs 

Academic Senate 

Admissions and Records 

Analytical Studies 

Computer Center 

Extended Education 

Graduate Studies 

Faculty Affairs and Records 

Faculty Research 

International Programs 

Learning Technology Center 

Library 

Student Academic Affairs 

Student Academic Services and University Outreach 

Educational Opportunity Program 

Student Academic Services - Outreach Program 

TRIO Programs 

University Outreach/Relations with Schools 

Campus Tours 

Academic Advisement Center 

Athletic Academic Services 

Center for Internships and Cooperative Education .... 

Educational Equity Mentor Program 

Writing Center 

Honors Programs 

Dean’s Honor List 

University Honors Program 

Honors at Entrance 

Honors at Graduation 

Honor Societies 

President’s Scholars Program . 


.3 

Center for 

.8 

Center for 

11 

Center for 

15 

Center for 

15 

Center for 

17 

Center for 

19 

Center for 

20 

Center for 

24 

Center for 

24 

Center for 
Center for 


28 

28 

.29 

.29 

.29 

.29 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.30 

.31 

32 

. 32 
. 32 
. 32 
.33 
. 33 
.33 
. 34 
.34 
. 34 
.34 
..34 

.35 

.35 

.35 

.35 

.36 

.36 

..36 


Decision Research Center 

Developmental Research Center 

Family Business Council 

Foreign Language Laboratory 

Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies 

Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition 

Institute for the Advancement of Teaching & Learning 

Laboratory of Phonetic Research 

North Orange County Leadership Institute 

Ocean Studies Institute 

Real* Estate and Land Use Institute 

Ruby Gerontology Center 

Small Business Institute 

Social Science Research Center 

Sport and Movement Institute 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 

Twin Studies Center 


Student Affairs 

Vice President for Student Affairs 

Academic Appeals 

Career Development and Counseling 

Financial Aid 

Disabled Student Services 

Health Service 

Housing and Residential Life 

International Education and Exchange . 

School Based Student Affairs 

Testing and Research Center 

Women’s/Adult Reentry Center 

Student Life 


39 

39 

39 

39 

39 

40 
40 
40 
40 
40 
40 
40 

40 

41 
41 
41 
41 
41 
41 
41 

.42 

.42 

.42 

.42 

.42 

.42 

.42 

.42 


44 

44 
.44 

45 
.45 
.46 
.46 
.46 
. 46 
.47 
.47 
.47 

.49 


Institutes and Centers 38 

Braille Transcription Center 38 

California Desert Studies Consortium 38 

Center for Business Studies 39 


Office of Student Life 

Community-based Learning and Service Center 

Associated Students 

Child Care Center 


4 


California State University, Fullerton 


University Center 52 

Office of University Recreation Services 52 

Intercollegiate Athletics 54 

Coaches 54 

Conference Memberships 55 

Men’s Intercollegiate Athletics 55 

Women’s Intercollegiate Athletics 55 

Resources 57 

Anthropology Museum 57 

Art Gallery 57 

Daily Titan 57 

Dining & Vending Services 58 

Fullerton Arboretum 58 

Herbarium 58 

Oral History Program 58 

Reading Clinic 58 

Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic 58 

Theatre and Dance Department Productions 59 

Titan Shops Bookstore 59 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 59 

University Channel 59 



School Advisement Offices 62 

Academic Advisement Center 63 

Departmental Academic Advisement 63 

Preprofessional Programs 64 

Health Professions 64 

Answers to Your Questions 65 



Undergraduate Students 68 

Freshmen Requirements 68 

English Placement Test (EPT) 70 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) Test 71 

Residency Requirements 72 

Application Procedures 74 

Admission Requirements 77 

First-Time Freshmen 77 

Undergraduate Transfer Students 78 

International Students 79 

Summer Session 80 

Transfer Credits 81 



Registration Information 86 

Schedule of Fees 88 

Financial Aid 91 



Enrollment Regulations 98 

Grading Policies 100 

Administrative Grading Symbols 101 

Student Records 102 

Grade Changes 103 

Continuous Residency Regulations 106 

Stop-Out Policy 106 

Leave of Absence 107 

Withdrawal from the University 107 

Retention, Probation and Disqualification 107 

Student Conduct 107 

Parking 109 

Student Rights 109 


Graduate Application Procedures 112 

Graduate Admissions 114 

Requirements for the Master’s Degree 115 

Graduate Enrollment Policies 118 

Graduate Academic Standards 121 

Theses and Projects 122 

Steps in the Master’s Degree 125 



ppnrp a \/f c 


Degree Programs 128 

Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor’s Degree 129 

General Education 132 

California Articulation Number (CAN) 133 

Teaching Credential Programs 141 

Extended Education 145 

International Programs 147 

Special Major Program 150 

Interdisciplinary Studies Program 150 

Course Numbering Code 151 

Cross-Disciplinary University Programs 152 

Library Courses 153 


School of the Arts 155 

Art 157 

Music 168 

Theatre and Dance 180 

School of Business Administration & Economics 191 

Accounting 195 

Business Administration Degrees 201 


5 



California State University, Fullerton 


Economics 

Finance 

International Business Program 

Management 

Management Science/Information Systems 
Marketing 


208 

214 

218 

221 

225 

231 


School of Communications 


235 


Communications 

Speech Communication 


237 

245 


School of Engineering & Computer Science 


255 


Computer Science 

Engineering 

Civil Engineering 

Electrical Engineering ... 
Mechanical Engineering 


258 

264 

267 

274 

281 


School of Human Development & Community Service 287 


Asian American Studies 

Asian Studies 

Chicano Studies 

Comparative Religion 

Criminal Justice 

English/Comparative Literature 

Environmental Studies 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

Geography 

Gerontology 

History 

Latin American Studies Program 

Liberal Studies Program 

Linguistics 

Philosophy 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Russian and East European Area Studies Program 

Social Sciences Program 

Sociology 

Womens Studies 


356 

358 

360 

441 

363 

366 

374 

376 

394 

399 

402 

410 

413 

.416 

.420 

.424 

.433 

447 

.449 

.451 

.457 


Child and Adolescent Studies 

Counseling 

Educational Administration 

Elementary and Bilingual Education 

Human Services 

Kinesiology and Health Promotion .. 

Military Science Program 

Nursing 

Reading 

Secondary Education 

Special Education 


289 

292 

296 

299 

308 

312 

323 

325 

329 

332 

335 


School of Humanities & Social Sciences 


341 


Afro-Ethnic Studies 
American Studies ... 
Anthropology 


343 

346 

350 


School of Natural Science & Mathematics 

Rirtlnoiral ^ripnrp 

459 

461 

r'Vipmi<;trv fcr Riochpmistrv 

469 

ftPnlntripal Sciences 

477 

Miiihpmutu's 

482 

Physics 

490 

Qripnrp Frlnratinn Prnoram 

494 

Faculty and Administration 

497 

Emeriti 

528 


539 


6 


California State University, Fullerton 



7 





California State University, Fulierton 


Academic Calendar 1997-98 

Please note: This calendar is not intended to be construed as an employee work calendar. 


SUMMER SESSION 1997 

June 2 


Monday 

Instruction begins. 

July 4 

Friday 

Independence Day - Campus closed. 

August 1 

Friday 

Initial period for filing applications for 

admission to the following spring 
semester begins. 

August 22 

Friday 

Instruction ends. 


FALL SEMESTER 1997 _ 

August 2 1 

Thursday Academic year begins. 

August 25 

Monday Instruction begins. 

September 1 

Monday Labor Day - Campus closed. 

September 9 

Tuesday Admission Day - Campus open. 

October 13 

Monday Columbus Day - Campus open. 


November 3 

Monday Initial period for filing applications for 

admission to the following fall semester 
begins. 

November 1 1 

Tuesday. Veterans Day - Campus open 

November 24-28 

Monday-Friday. Fall recess - no classes. Campus open 

1 1/24-26; Campus closed 11/27-28. 

December 12 

Friday Last day of classes. 

December 15 

Monday Examination preparation day. 

December 15-20 

Monday-Saturday Semester examinations. 

December 22 

Monday Winter recess begins. 

December 25-31 

Thursday-Wednesday. Floliday break -Campus closed. 


1998 


January 1-2 

Thursday-Friday. New Year’s break-Campus closed. 

January 5 

Monday Winter recess ends; Semester ends; 

grade reports due. 


INTER SES SION 1998 — 


January 5 

Monday Intersession begins. 

January' 19 

Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day ; Campus 

closed. 

January 30 

Friday. Intersession ends. 


SPRING SEMESTER 1998 


January 28 

Wednesday Semester begins. 

February 2 

Monday Instruction begins. 

February 12 

Thursday Lincoln’s Birthday - Campus open. 

February’ 16 

Monday Washington’s Birthday observed 

Campus closed. 

March 30 - April 3 

Monday-Friday. Spring recess - Campus open but 

no classes. 

April 6 

Monday. Instruction resumes. 

May 22 

Friday Last day of classes. 

May 25 

Monday Memorial Day and examination 

preparation day - Campus closed 
(Library open) 

May 26-30 

Tuesday-Saturday. Semester examinations. 


May 30-June 1 

Saturday-Monday. Commencement exercises. 

June 2 

Tuesday Evaluation day. 

June 5 

Friday Semester ends; grade reports due. 


8 


California State University, Fullerton 


SUMMER SESSION 1998_ 

June 1 

Monday 

Instruction begins. 

July 3 

Friday * 

closed. 

Independence Day observed; Campus 

August 3 

Monday 

Initial period for filing applications for 
admission to the following spring 
semester begins. 

August 2 1 

Friday 

. Instruction ends. 

FALL SEMESTER 1998 


August 20 

Thursday 

. Academic year begins. 

August 24 

Monday 

. Instruction begins. 

September 7 

Monday 

. Labor Day - Campus closed. 

September 9 

Wednesday 

. Admission Day - Campus open. 

October 12 

Monday Columbus Day - Campus open. 

November 2 

Monday 

,. Initial period for filing applications for 
admission to the following fall semester 
begins. 

November 1 1 

Wednesday 

.. Veterans Day - Campus open. 

November 23-27 

Monday-Friday 

.. Fall recess - no classes. Campus open 
11/23-25; Campus closed 11/26-27. 

December 11 

Friday 

.. Last day of classes. 

December 14 

Monday 

.. Examination preparation day. 

December 14-19 

Monday-Saturday. 

.. Semester examinations. 

December 2 1 

Monday 

... Winter recess begins. 

December 25-31 

Friday-Thursday. 

... Holiday break - Campus closed. 


1999 — 


January 1 

Friday. 

.. New Year’s Day - Campus Closed 

January 4 

Monday 

.. Winter recess ends. Semester ends; grade 
reports due. 

INTERSESSION 1999 


January 4 

Monday 

... Intersession begins. 

January 18 

Monday 

... Martin Luther King, Jr. Day; Campus 
closed. 

January 29 

Friday. 

... Intersession ends. 

SPRING SEMESTER 1999__ 


January 27 

Wednesday Semester begins. 

February 1 

Monday Instruction begins. 

February 12 

Friday. Lincoln’s Birthday - Campus open. 


February 15 

Monday Washington’s Birthday observed; 

Campus closed. 

March 29-April 2 

Monday-Friday Spring recess - Campus open but no 

classes. 

April 5 

Monday Instruction resumes. 

May 21 

Friday. Last day of classes. 

May 24 

Monday Examination preparation day. 

May 24-29 

Monday-Saturday. Semester examinations. 

May 31 

Monday Memorial Day - Campus closed. 

June 1-3 

Tuesday-Thursday Commencement exercises and 

evaluation days. 

June 4 

Friday Semester ends; grade reports due. 


9 



■ii j&MMua 















































































California State University, Fullerton 





The individual California State Colleges were brought together as a system by 
the Donahoe Higher Education Act of 1960. In 1972 the system became The 
California State University and Colleges and in 1982 the system became The 
California State University. 

The oldest campus — San Jose State University — was founded as a Normal 
School in 1857 and became the first institution of public higher education in 
California. California State University, Monterey Bay, became the CSU’s 21st 
campus in September 1994. The California Maritime Academy in Vallejo, 
founded in 1929, joined the CSU as its 22nd campus in July 1995. The CSU’s 
23rd campus — California State University, Channel Islands — is in the planning 
stage to serve students in the Ventura County region. 

Responsibility for The California State University is vested in the Board of 
Trustees, consisting of ex officio members, alumni and faculty representatives, 
and members appointed by the governor. The trustees appoint the chancellor, 
who is the chief executive officer of the system, and the presidents, who are 
the chief executive officers of the respective campuses. 

The trustees, the chancellor and the presidents develop systemwide policy, 
with actual implementation at the campus level taking place through broadly 
based consultative procedures. The Academic Senate of The California State 
University, made up of elected representatives of the faculty from each campus, 
recommends academic policy to the Board of Trustees through the chancellor. 


Academic excellence has been achieved by The California State University 
through a distinguished faculty, whose primary responsibility is superior 
teaching. While each campus in the system has its own unique geographic 
and curricular character, all campuses, as multipurpose institutions, offer 
undergraduate and graduate instruction for professional and occupational 
goals as well as broad liberal education. All the campuses require for 
graduation a basic program of general education requirements, regardless of 
the type of bachelor’s degree or major field selected by the student. 

The CSU offers more than 1,500 bachelor’s and masters degree programs in 
some 200 subject areas. Many of these programs are offered so that students can 
complete all upper-division and graduate requirements by part-time, late afternoon 
and evening study, or by distance learning from home or work via computer or 
television. In addition, a variety of teaching and school service credential programs 
are available. A limited number of doctoral degrees are offered jointly with the 
University of California and with private institutions in California. 

In fall 1996, the system enrolled approximately 336,000 students, taught by 
more than 17,000 faculty. Last year the system awarded over 50 percent of 
the bachelor’s degrees and 30 percent of the master’s degrees granted in 
California. More than 1.2 million persons have graduated from the 22 
campuses since 1960. 


The CSU 1 1 


California State University, Fullerton 




Humboldt State University 
California State University, Chico 
Sonoma State University 
California Maritime Academy 
California State University, Sacramento 
San Francisco State University 
California State University, Hayward 
San Jose State University 
California State University, Stanislaus 
California State University, Monterey Bay 
California State University, Fresno 
California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo 
California State University, Bakersfield 
California State University, Northridge 
California State University, Los Angeles 
California State University, Dominguez Hills 
California State Polytechnic University, Pomona 

California State University, San Bernardino 

California State University, Fullerton 
California State University, Long Beach 
Office of the Chancellor, Long Beach 
California State University, San Marcos 
San Diego State University 


THE CALIFORNIA 

STATE UNIVERSITY 



12 The CSU 


California State University, Fullerton 


Campuses of The California State University 

California State University, Bakersfield 
9001 Stockdale Highway 
Bakersfield, CA 93311-1099 
Dr. Thomas A. Arciniega, President 
(805) 644-2011 

California State University, Channel Islands 
2151 Alessandro Drive, Suite 290 
Ventura, CA 93001 
Mr. J. Handel Evans, Acting President 
(805) 643-2585 

California State University, Chico 
1st and Normal Streets 
Chico, CA 95929-0150 
Dr. Manuel A. Esteban, President 
(916) 898-6116 

California State University, Dominguez Hills 

1000 East Victoria Street 

Carson, CA 90747-0005 

Dr. Robert C. Detweiler, President 

(310) 243-3300 

California State University, Fresno 
5241 North Maple Avenue 
Fresno, CA 93740 
Dr. John D. Welty, President 
(209) 278-4240 

California State University, Fullerton 
800 N. State College Blvd. 

Fullerton, CA 92834 

Dr. Milton A. Gordon, President 

(714) 278-2011 

California State University, Hayward 
25800 Carlos Bee Blvd. 

Hayward, CA 94542 

Dr. Norma S. Rees, President 

(510) 885-3000 

Humboldt State University 
Areata, CA 95521-8299 
Dr. Alistar W. McCrone, President 
(707) 826-3011 

California State University, Long Beach 
1250 Bellflower Boulevard 
Long Beach, CA 90840-0115 
Dr. Robert C. Maxson, President 
(562) 985-4111 

California State University, Los Angeles 
5151 State University Drive 
Los Angeles, CA 90032 
Dr. James M. Rosser, President 
(213) 343-3000 

California Maritime Academy 
200 Maritime Academy Drive 
Vallejo, California 94590 
Dr. Jerry Aspland, Interim President 
(707) 648-4200 


California State University, Monterey Bay 

100 Campus Center 

Seaside, California 93955-8001 

Dr. Peter P. Smith, President 

(408) 582-3330 

California State University, Northridge 
18111 Nordhoff Street 
Northridge, CA 91330 
Dr. BlendaJ. Wilson, President 
(818) 885-1200 

California State Polytechnic University, Pomona 

3801 West Temple Avenue 

Pomona, CA 91768 

Dr. Bob Suzuki, President 

(909) 869-7659 

California State University, Sacramento 

6000 J Street 

Sacramento, CA 95819 

Dr. Donald R. Gerth, President 

(916)278-6011 

California State College, San Bernardino 
5500 University Parkway 
San Bernardino, CA 92407-2397 
Dr. Anthony H. Evans, President 
(909) 880-5000 

San Diego State University 
5300 Campanile Drive 
San Diego, CA 92182 
Dr. Stephen L. Weber, President 
(619) 594-5000 

San Francisco State University 
1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco, CA 94132 
Dr. Robert A. Corrigan, President 
(415) 338-1111 

San Jose State University 
One Washington Square 
San Jose, CA 95192-0001 
Dr. Robert L. Caret, President 
(408) 924-1000 

California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo 
San Luis Obispo, CA 93407 
Dr. Warren J. Baker, President 
(805) 756-1111 

California State University, San Marcos 
333 S. Twin Oaks Valley Road 
San Marcos, California 92096-0001 
Dr. Bill W. Stacy, President 
(760) 752-4000 

Sonoma State University 
1801 East Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park, CA 94928-3609 
Dr. Ruben Arminana, President 
(707) 664-2880 


The CSU 


13 


California State University, Fullerton 


California State University, Stanislaus 
801 West Monte Vista Avenue 
Turlock, CA 95380 
Dr. Marvalene Hughes, President 
(209) 667-3122 


Trustees and Officers of 
The California State University 

Ex Officio Trustees 

The Honorable Pete Wilson 

Governor of California 

State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Cruz Bustamante 

Speaker of the Assembly 

State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Gray Davis 
Lieutenant Governor of California 
State Capitol, Sacramento, CA 95814 

The Honorable Delaine Eastin 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento, CA 95814 

Dr. Barry Munitz 

Chancellor of the California State University 
400 Golden Shore, Long Beach, CA 90802-4275 

Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight years, except for a student Trustee, an 
alumni Trustee, and a faculty Trustee, whose terms are for two years. Terms 
expire in the year in parentheses. Names are listed in order of appointment to 
the Board. 

Mr. Roland E. Arnall (1998) 

Ms. Martha C. Fallgatter (2003) 

Dr. Bernard Goldstein (1997) 

Mr. James H. Gray (1998) 

Mr. William D. Campbell (2003) 

Mr. Ralph P Pesqueira (2004) 

Mr. Ted J. Saenger (1997) 

Mr. Anthony M. Vitti (1997) 

Mr. Ronald L. Cedillos (1999) 

Mr. William Hauck (2001) 

Dr. Joan Otomo-Corgel (2001) 

Mr. Michael D. Stennis (2000) 

Mr. Stanley T. Wang (2002) 

Mr. Frank Y. Wada (1997) 

Mr. Ali C. Razi (2001) 

Mr. Laurence K. Gould (2004) 


Correspondence with Trustees should be sent: 

c/o Trustees Secretariat 
The California State University 
400 Golden Shore, Suite 134 
Long Beach, California 90802-4275 

Officers of the Trustees 

Governor Pete Wilson 
President 

Mr. Martha C. Fallgatter 
Chairman 

Mr. William Hauck 
Vice Chairman 

Chancellor Barry Munitz 
Secretary-Treasurer 

Office of the Chancellor 

The California State University 
400 Golden Shore 
Long Beach, CA 90802-4275 
(562) 985-2500 

Dr. Barr)' Munitz 
Chancellor - CSU System 

Ms. Milly Corbett Broad 
Executive Vice Chancellor 

Vacant 

Senior Vice Chancellor, 

Academic Affairs 

Mr. Sam Strafaci 
Interim Senior Director, 

Human Resources 

Mr. Richard P West 
Senior Vice Chancellor 
Business and Finance 

Dr. Douglas X. Patifto 
Vice Chancellor 
University Advancement 

Ms.Christine Helwick 
General Counsel 


14 


The CSU 


California State University, Fullerton 



California 

State 

University 

Fullerton 


Governance 

Governance on the campus at California State University, Fullerton is the 
responsibility of the president and his administrative staff. Working closely 
with the president are a number of faculty and student groups that initiate, 
review, and/or recommend for approval, various university programs, policies 
and procedures. Although the president is vested with the final authority for 
all university activities, maximum faculty and staff participation in campus 
decision-making and governance has become traditional. Students also are 
actively involved, with student representatives being included on almost all 
university, school, and departmental committees and policy-making bodies. 

Advisory Board 

The California State University, Fullerton Advisory Board consists of community 
leaders interested in the development and welfare of the university. The board 
advises the president on a number of matters, particularly those affecting 
university and community relations. Members are appointed by the president 
for terms of four years. 


Dr. Arnold Miller, Chair 
President 

Technology Strategy Group Fullerton 

Peggy Hammer Placentia 

Edward T. Howard 

President 

West Region 


J.C. Penney Companies, Inc Buena Park 

Frederick T. Mason 

Attorney at Law Fullerton 


William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

Community Relations Director 

Anderson, Lynn & Cottrell, CPAs Inc Fullerton 

Loren C. Pannier 

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Purchasing Distribution 

Carl Karcher Enterprises, Inc Anaheim 


CSUF 1 5 


California State University, Fullerton 


John M. Rau 

President, David Industries Orange 

Ruth Schermitzle Brea 

Jack B. Lindquist 
Chief Financial Officer 

Lindquist-Clark, Inc Irvine 

Irene E. Ziebarth 
Attorney at Law 

Sedgwick, Detert, Moran & Arnold Irvine 


Mission and Goals 

Mission Statement 

Learning is preeminent at California State University, Fullerton. We aspire to 
combine the best qualities of teaching and research universities where actively 
engaged students, faculty, and staff work in close collaboration to expand 
knowledge. 

Our affordable undergraduate and graduate programs provide students the 
best of current practice, theory, and research and integrate professional studies 
with preparation in the arts and sciences. Through experiences in and out of 
the classroom, students develop the habit of intellectual inquiry, prepare for 
challenging professions, strengthen relationships to their communities and 
contribute productively to society. 

We are a comprehensive, regional university with a global outlook, located in 
Orange County, a technologically rich and culturally vibrant area of 
metropolitan Los Angeles. Our expertise and diversity serve as a distinctive 
resource and catalyst for partnerships with public and private organizations. 
We strive to be a center of activity essential to the intellectual, cultural, and 
economic development of our region. 

Goals 

• To ensure the preeminence of learning 

• To provide high quality programs that meet the evolving needs of our stu- 
dents, community, and region. 

• To enhance scholarly and creative activity. 

• To make collaboration integral to our activities. 

• To create an environment where all students have the opportunity to suc- 
ceed. 

• To increase external support for university programs and priorities. 

• To expand connections and partnerships with our region. 

• To strengthen institutional effectiveness, collegial governance and our sense 
of community. 


Academic Freedom and Responsibility 

The Academic Senate of California State University, Fullerton, endorses the 
1987 Statement of Professional Ethics (University Policy Statement 230.000) 
and the 1940 Statement of Principles and Interpretive Comments of the 
American Association of University Professors contained in the 1984 Edition 
of Policy Documents and Reports. 

Retrospect and Prospect 

In 1957 Cal State Fullerton became the 12th State College in California to be 
authorized by the Legislature. The following year a site was designated in 
northeast Fullerton. It was purchased in 1959, when Dr. William B. Langsdorf 
was appointed as founding president, the first staff was selected and plans for 
opening the new college were made. Orange County State College started classes 
for 452 full- and/or part-time students in September, 1959, using leased quarters 
for its administrative offices on the Fullerton Union High School campus and 
for its classrooms at Fullerton’s Sunny Hills High School. In the fall of 1960, 
the college opened classes on its own campus, where it occupied 12 temporary 
buildings. The name changed to Orange State College in July, 1962, to California 
State College at Fullerton in July, 1964, to California State College, Fullerton 
in July, 1968 and to California State University, Fullerton in June, 1972. The 
first permanent building, the six-story Letters and Science Building (now known 
as McCarthy Hall), was occupied in 1963. 

Today, there is much dramatic evidence of additional, rapid growth. Several 
new buildings have been completed, and enrollment has climbed to more than 
24,000. Since 1963 the curriculum has expanded to include lower- division 
work and many graduate programs. 

The Donahoe Higher Education Act of 1960 established the California State 
Colleges as a system under an independent Board of Trustees, redefined the 
functions of the State Colleges, and related them to both the community colleges 
and the University of California system. 

In May, 1971, Dr. L. Donald Shields, who had served as acting president for 
seven months, was appointed the second president of Cal State Fullerton. Dr. 
Miles D. McCarthy became acting president in January, 1981 ; Dr. Jewel Plummer 
Cobb took office as the third president in October, 1981, and Dr. Milton A. 
Gordon was appointed the fourth president in August, 1990. 

Environment of the University 

Fullerton, a city of more than 123,000 inhabitants, is located in northern Orange 
County, about 30 miles southeast of central Los Angeles. It is part of the 
Southern California population center and within easy freeway access of all 
the diverse natural and cultural attractions of this region. 

Orange County, with an area of 782 square miles, is the 48th in size of 
California’s 58 counties, but it is the third largest county in population (2.4 
million). Orange County has experienced during the last four decades almost 
unprecedented growth as communities continue to occupy the diminishing 
expanses of open land. 

Today, there co-exists an interesting mixture of the old and new economic and 
life styles in Orange County. Underneath the soil, archeologists and bulldozers 
uncover traces of the hunting and gathering Indian bands which flourished at 
least as early as 4,000 years ago in what was a benign and bountiful region. 
More visible traces remain of the Spanish and Mexican periods and cultures: 
Mission San Juan Capistrano, which began the agricultural tradition in Orange 
County, and subsequent adobes from the great land grants and ranches that 


1 6 CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


followed. Additionally, both customs and many names persist from this period, 
and so does some ranching. The architectural and other evidences of the 
subsequent pioneer period are still quite visible: farmsteads, old buildings from 
the new towns that then were established in the late 1800s, mining operations, 
and traces of early resort and other types of promotional activities. For about 
100 years, farming was the main economic activity with products such as grapes, 
walnuts, vegetables and oranges replacing the older wheat and cattle ranches. 
Today, agriculture still is very important. Orange County ranks high among 
California’s counties in mineral production with its oil, natural gas, sand and 
gravel, and clay mining and processing activities. 

The extensive development of the 42 miles of beaches in Orange County and 
the development of such attractions as Disneyland, Knotts Berry Farm, the 
Laguna Festival of Arts and Pageant of the Masters, the Anaheim Stadium and 
Convention Center and the Orange County Performing Arts Center continue 
to make tourism an increasingly important activity. So does the Mediterranean- 
type climate, with rainfall averaging 14 inches per year, and generally mild 
days (either freezing or 100-degree temperatures uncommon) with frequent 
morning fog during the summer. Both downtown Los Angeles and the Pacific 
Ocean can be reached by car in half an hour, and mountain and desert recreation 
areas are as close as an hour’s drive from the campus. 

The Campus and Its Buildings 

Once part of a vast orange grove, Cal State Fullerton’s attractively landscaped 
main campus now consists of 225 acres bounded on the south by Nutwood 
Avenue, on the west by State College Boulevard, on the north by Yorba Linda 
Boulevard and on the east by the Orange Freeway. 

The portion of Orange County immediately surrounding the campus is 
predominantly suburban; it includes housing tracts, apartment complexes, 
shopping centers, industrial parks, and undeveloped hills and fields. 

Other educational institutions also are part of the immediate environment. 
The Southern California College of Optometry, with its four contemporary 
buildings, opened in the spring of 1973. It is just north of Cal State Fullerton. 
To Cal States immediate south is Pacific Christian College, a liberal arts school 
with a Bible emphasis, where students started classes in the fall of 1973. The 
Western State University College of Law, California’s largest law school, occupied 
its new campus to the immediate west of Cal State in January, 1975. 

The Cal State Fullerton campus itself has a high density urban layout of facilities 
developed to serve a predominantly commuting public. The university’s modem 
buildings were planned so that no student should need more than 10 minutes 
to go from one class to another. The campus is surrounded with landscaped 
parking areas. 

The first permanent building, the Letters and Science Building, was occupied 
in 1963. This imposing structure, master planned to serve ultimately as a facility 
for undergraduate and graduate science instruction and research, has been 
used to house other programs until they could warrant new facilities of their 
own. This building is now called Miles D. McCarthy Hall. 

Since 1963, growth has been rapid. The Performing Arts Center was completed 
in 1964, the Physical Education Building in 196 5, the Library Building in 1966, 
the Commons in 1967, the Humanities-Social Sciences Building and Visual 
Arts Center in 1969, William B. Langsdorf Hall (Administration-Business 
Administration) and the Engineering Building in 1971, the Student Health 
Center in 1974, the Education-Classroom Building and University Center in 
1976, an addition to the Visual Arts Center in 1979, the Jewel Plummer Cobb 
Residence Halls and the Charles L. and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center 
in 1988, and the Fullerton Marriott and the Computer Science Building in 


1989. The Ruby Gerontology Center was the first building on campus financed 
solely by contributed funds; the Fullenon Marriott, a full-service hotel, resulted 
from a joint venture involving the Marriott Corp., the university and the city 
of Fullerton. 

An expansion of the University Center and a sports complex featuring a 
multipurpose stadium, baseball pavilion, track and tennis courts were 
completed in 1992. The five-story University Hall, with classrooms, faculty 
offices, and student and academic support services, was occupied in 1993, 
followed by the two-story Science Laboratory Center in 1994. University 
Library-North, a four-story addition to the University Library was completed 
in 1996. A major addition to the Physical Education Building is being planned 
as is an auditorium/fine arts instruction facility, which includes a 1,200-seat 
auditorium. 

In the northeast corner of the campus is the Fullerton Arboretum, which was 
dedicated in the fall of 1979 in a joint venture with the city of Fullerton. It 
includes a 15-acre contoured botanical garden, a three-acre organic garden 
and a two-acre experimental plot. The ecologically arranged flora depicts 
habitats from the desert to the tropics. The Fullerton Arboretum also includes 
Heritage House, a restored 19th-century dwelling. Heritage House serves as a 
cultural museum for North Orange County as well as an Arboretum office. 

The ample freeway and surface street accommodations that approach the main 
entrance to the university’s campus also provide comparatively easy access to 
the great and diverse learning resources available in Southern California: many 
other colleges and universities; museums, libraries, art galleries; zoos; and the 
wide variety of economic, governmental, social, and cultural activities and 
experiments that may be found in this dynamic and complex region of 
California and the United States. 

Information concerning the instructional, laboratory and other physical 
facilities that relate to the academic program may be obtained from the Office 
of Facility Planning and Construction. 

CSUF Mission Viejo Campus 

The California State University, Fullerton-Mission Viejo Campus is located on 
a portion of the campus of Saddleback College in Mission Viejo. As a branch 
campus of Cal State Fullerton, it serves the higher education needs of southern 
Orange County. The Mission Viejo Campus offers coursework at both the upper- 
division (junior/senior) and postbaccalaureate levels. All lower-division 
(freshman/sophomore) General Education and major coursework must be 
taken at either the main campus in Fullerton or at a community college. 

The five CSUF buildings at the at the Mission Viejo campus contain an 
administrative center which includes registration access, faculty offices, 
classrooms, an electronic library, computer laboratories and student lounges. 
Information regarding the university or MVC is available to students and 
prospective students in the MVC administrative offices located in Building H. 

Students who plan to attend the Mission Viejo Campus (MVC) must be 
admitted to California State University, Fullerton through the regular 
admissions process. Applications for admission to the university are available 
at the main campus, the Mission Viejo Campus and at all community colleges 
and high schools. Registration for MVC classes takes place through the regular 
university processes (touch tone registration). 

Students enrolled at the Mission Viejo Campus receive many of the student 
services available at the main campus in Fullerton. The Assistant Dean for 
Student Affairs at MVC provides information on all student services and serves 
as ombudsman for all student concerns. 


CSUF 1 7 


California State University, Fullerton 


The University Library at MVC offers access to all materials contained in the 
main library at Fullerton. Students can access periodical articles through means 
of an extensive system of CD-Rom computer work station. The MVC library 
also has a collection of more than 600 periodicals on microfilm. Through 
subscription services, Interlibrary Loan and other library services, students at 
MVC can access most academic libraries in the United States. 

Thirty-eight computer stations are available for student and class usein the 
computer laboratories. The MVC computer center is on-line with the Fullerton 
campus, so that students can access all university computer services from the 
satellite campus. 

For information, contact the CSUF-Mission Viejo Campus, 28000 Marguerite 
Parkway, Mission Viejo, California 92692 or telephone (714) 582-4990. Office 
hours are 8:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Monday through Thursday, and 9:00 a.m. to 
1:00 p.m. on Friday. 

Students of the University 

Much of the distinctive character and learning atmosphere of any campus comes 
from the nature and vitality of its students. Diversity, the synthesis of academic 
with work and family interests, strong achievement records, and relative 
maturity are some of the predominant characteristics of the student body at 
Cal State Fullerton. 

The university is primarily a community-based institution, with one on-campus 
residence facility which opened in the spring of 1988. Nearly 75 percent of the 
students work 20 or more hours per week, and yet 59 percent of all students take 
12 or more hours of course work each semester. The majority of students live in 
Orange County. Of the fall 1996 new undergraduate students, 35 percent came 
from California public high schools, 6 percent from California private high schools, 
47 percent came from California community colleges, 4 percent from other Cal 
State campuses, 3 percent from other California colleges and universities, and 5 
percent from other states or other countries. The fall 1996 new graduate students 
came from other Cal State campuses (59 percent), other California colleges and 
universities (23 percent), and other stales or other countries (18 percent). 

The student body is 9 percent first-time freshmen, 20 percent other lower division, 
55 percent upper division, and 16 percent graduate levels. Fifty-eight percent of 
all students are women. The median age of all students is 23; undergraduates 
have a median age of 22, while graduate students have a median age of 29. Many 
students take advantage of course offerings during the day and at night, in order 
to create a workable schedule for their multiple responsibilities. 

Many students already have clearly defined interests in a major field of study. 
Only 10 percent of all students have not yet declared a major, and are in the 
process of exploring different fields of knowledge. During 1995-96, 3,936 
undergraduates received their baccalaureate degrees, and 777 graduates received 
their master's degrees. 

The Faculty 

Central to the effectiveness of any institution of higher learning is the quality 
and dedication of its individual faculty members to teaching and scholarship. 

In the fall of 1995 there were 617 full-time faculty and administrators and 665 
part-time faculty members teaching on the campus. Almost all the full-time 
faculty had some previous college or university teaching experience before 
coming to Fullerton. Faculty members also have a wide variety of scholarly 
experiences and creative activities. Eighty-seven percent of the tenured and 
tenure track faculty have earned their doctoral degrees. 


Criteria for selection to the faculty include mastery of knowledge in an academic 
specialty, demonstrated skill and experience in teaching, and continuing interest 
in scholarly study and research. Retention and promotion criteria also include 
service to the university and community. 

Information concerning the faculty and other personnel may be obtained from 
the Office of Faculty Affairs and Records. 

Outstanding Professor Award 

Each year the university selects a faculty member to receive the CSUF 
Outstanding Professor Award. This individual becomes the campus nominee 
for the statewide Outstanding Professor Award, an honor conferred annually 
on two system faculty by the Trustees of the California State University. 

Below are the names of all professors who have received the CSUF Outstanding 
Professor Award. Those with an asterisk were also honored with the statewide 


award. 



Year 

Name 

Subject 

1963-64 

Donald Stanley Tull 

Marketing 

1964-65 

Miles Duffield McCarthy* 

Biology 

1965-66 

Giles Tyler Brown 

History 

1966-67 

Gustave Bording Mathieu 

Foreign Languages & Literatures 

1967-68 

Norman Townsend-Zellner 

Economics 

1968-69 

John Brown Mason 

Political Science 

1969-70 

No award given 


1970-71 

Loh Seng Tsai 

Psychology 

1971-72 

Richard C. Gilbert 

Mathematics 

1972-73 

Herbert C. Rutemiller 

Quantitative Methods 

1973-74 

Fred M. Johnson 

Physics 

1974-75 

Willis E. McNelly* 

English 

1975-76 

Donald E. Lagerberg 

Art 

1976-77 

Sydney Klein 

Economics 

1977-78 

Charles G. Bell 

Political Science 

1978-79 

Bruce H. Weber 

Chemistry 

1979-80 

Michael H. Horn 

Biology 

1980-81 

Donald A. Sears 

Linguistics 

1981-82 

Joyce E. Pickersgill 

Economics 

1982-83 

Carl C. Wamser 

Chemistry 

1983-84 

Corinne S. Wood 

Anthropology 

1984-85 

Maria C. Linder 

Chemistry 

1985-86 

Charles C. Lambert 

Zoology 

1986-87 

Glenn M. Nagel 

Chemistry 

1987-88 

Harris S. Shultz* 

Mathematics 

1988-89 

Warren A. Beck 

History 

1989-90 

Roger Nanes 

Physics 

1990-91 

Gerald F Corey 

Human Services/Counseling 

1991-92 

Michael H. Bimbaum 

Psychology 

1992-93 

David L. Pagni* 

Mathematics 

1993-94 

Keith O. Boyum 

Political Science 

1995-96 

Carol P Barnes 

Elementary and Bilingua Education 

1996-97 

Mario Martelli 

Mathematics 


18 CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


President’s Community Minority Affairs Advisory Council 

The President of California State University, Fullerton has established a council 
to assist and advise the President on matters of importance in meeting the 
educational needs of the constituent minorities represented in the community 
and on the campus. The council is comprised of representatives selected from 
the distinguished leadership of the community who are from various ethnic 
groups, public schools, businesses, churches, local civic organizations, student 
organizations, parent groups and campus groups. 


Albert Perales 

Retired Educator Fullerton 

John Hobgood 

Communications Consultant Laguna Beach 

Herb Smith 

Owner, Data Perfect Images Brea 

Jo Caines 

Director of Community Relations 

KOCE-TV Huntington Beach 

Maggie Carrillo Mejia 

Assistant Superintendent 

Montebello Unified School District Anaheim 

James Carrington 

Minister, Friendship Baptist Church Yorba Linda 

Charles Fantroy, President 

Branches Medical of California Moreno Valley 

Tina Fernandez, Specialist 

Orange County Human Relations Commission Santa Ana 


Manual B. Frias 

Director of Human Resources and 


Affirmative Action 

Orange Coast College District Costa Mesa 

Marian Harloe, Commissioner 
Orange County Human Relations 

Commission Santa Ana 

Chieu Minh Pham 

Educator Orange 


CSUF 


19 


California State University, Fullerton 


University Administration 

President 

Staff Assistant 

Executive Assistant 

Associate Director of Governmental Relations 

Director of Athletics 

Associate Director of Athletics/Senior Woman Administrator 

Assistant Athletic Director for Media Relations 

Athletics Financial Officer 

Director of Compliance 

Director of Athletic Academics 

Athletic Academics Coordinator 

Athletics Ticket Manager 

Director of Sports, Physical Performance Complex 

Associate Director, Event Management, Sports Complex 

Associate Director, Resource Management, Sports Complex 

Advisor to the President (Acting) 

Director of Affirmative Action 

Administrative Analyst, Office of Affirmative Action 

Director of Enrollment Management Services (Acting) 

Chief Financial Officer 

Assistant Director of Budget Planning 

Payroll Liaison 

Assistant Director of Budget Planning 

Associate Systems Analyst 

Associate Budget Analyst 

Controller 

Accounting & Investment Officer 

Accounts Payable Manager (Acting) 

Student Financial Services Director (Acting) 

Supervisor, Student Aid Accounting, Receivables & Disbursements 

Manager, Cash Management 

Supervisor, Cashiering 

Supervisor, Student Aid Loan Collections 

Procurement and Logistical Services Manager 

Purchasing Supervisor (Acting) 

Manager, Logistical Services 

Supervisor, Mail Services Center 

Property Coordinator 

Chief Information/Technology Officer (Acting) 

Director, Administrative Applications 

Director, Telecommunications 

Director, TitanCard Program 

Coordinator, Instructional Services 


Milton A. Gordon 

Norma Morris 

Judith A. Anderson 

F Owen Holmes, Jr. 

John Easterbrook 

Maryalyce Jeremiah 

Mel Franks 

John Jentz 

June Kearney 

Christine McCarthy 

Barbara Kempton 

Patty Sexton 

Ronald Bond 

Ron Andris 

Michael Uraine 

John Beisner 

Rosamaria Gomez-Amaro 

F Caroline Cosgrove 

Charles Moore 

Sherri Newcomb 

E. Sue Boeltl 

Marilou Encina 

Linda Erickson 

Kay Sullivan 

Gary Gardner 

Resty Prospero 

Lydia L. Rodriguez 

Vennita Jackson 

Dolores Daoud 

Sandy Bracken 

Carlos Navarrete 

Leslie A. Reed 

Roberta J. Wallstrom 

Holly Hall 

Elizabeth Grace 

Danny Miranda 

Edward A. Flynn 

Terry Jarmon 

Gene Dippel 

Bobbe Weber 

Dick Bednar 

Susan Lasswell 

Michelle Perlman 


Vice President for Academic Affairs 

Associate Vice President, Academic Affairs 

Administrative Fellow 

Director of Institute for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning 

Coordinator, Faculty Affairs and Records 

Associate Vice President, Academic Programs 

Director, Graduate Studies 

Coordinator, Undergraduate Studies 

Coordinator, Health Professions 

Director, Athletic Academic Service 

Prelaw Adviser 

Dean, Extended Education 

Associate Dean, University Extended Education 

Director of American Language Program 

President, Continuing Learning Experience 

Director of Fullerton Arboretum 

Director of Credit Program Management 

Director of Marketing and Public Relations 

Academic Technology Officer 


Mary Kay Tetreault 

Margaret A. Atwell 

Ellen Junn 

Joseph H. Arnold 

Mary Watkins 

Thomas P Klammer 

Gladys Fleckles 

Robert Belloli 

Richard McFarland 

Christine McCarthy 

Harvey Grody 

Harry L Norman 

John C. Burgeson 

Arline Burgmeier 

Tony Arace 

Harry L. Norman (Acting) 

Judy Strong 

Melody Johnston 

Michael Parker (Acting) 


20 CSUF 


California State University, Fullerton 


Director of Learning Technology Center 

University Librarian 

Associate University Librarian 

Collection Development Officer 

Chair, Public Services 

Chair, Technical Services 

Director of Admissions and Records 

Admissions Officer 

University Articulation/Project Assist. Officer 

Registrar 

Associate Registrar 

Director of Analytical Studies 

Associate Director of Analytical Studies 

Director, Office of Educational Equity 

Director, Faculty Research and Development 

Coordinator of Regulatory Compliance and Intermural Programs 

Coordinator, Contracts and Grants 

Director, Center for Internships and Cooperative Education 

Director, Mission Viejo Campus 

Assistant Dean for Student Affairs, Mission Viejo Campus 

Radiation Safety Officer 

Director, Student Academic Services and University Outreach 

Associate Director, Student Academic Services and University Outreach 

Coordinator, Student Academic Services /Counseling/Retention 

Coordinator, University Outreach Services/Relations with Schools and Colleges 


Edgar Trotter 

Richard C. Pollard 

Patricia L. Bril 

Patricia L. Bril 

Francisco Garcia 

Teresa Malinowski 

James C. Blackburn 

Nancy Dority 

Barbara Hooper 

Carole Jones 

Vacant 

Dolores Hope Vura 

Robert Fecarotta 

Ellen Junn 

Stuart A. Ross 

Vickie Langille 

Tami Foy 

Sally Cardenas 

George Giacumakis 

Lynne McVeigh 

Susan Fisher-Young 

Silas H. Abrego 

Jeremiah W. Moore 

. Fran Zareh-Smith (Acting) 
Lawrence Labrado (Acting) 


Vice President for Student Affairs 

Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 

.Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs 

Administrator for Associated Students 

Coordinator, Academic Appeals 

Director, Career Development and Counseling Center 

Director, Financial Aid 

Director, Disabled Student Services 

Director, Housing and Residence Life 

Director, International Education and Exchange 

Director, Student Health and Counseling Service 

Director, Testing and Research 

Director, Office of Student Life 

Director, Women’s Center 


Robbie L. Nayman 

... Charles W. Buck 

Vacant 

William G. Pollock 

Ralph Bigelow 

Roberta F. Browning 
... Deborah Gordon 

Paul K. Miller 

Darlene Stevenson 
.... Robert Ericksen 
... Charles B. Darke 

Vern Padgett 

Loydene Keith 

Barbara McDowell 


Vice President for Administration 

Insurance & Facility Use Officer 

Associate Vice President, Facilities Management 

Facility Planner 

Director, Design & Construction Services 

Director, Physical Plant 

Associate Director, Plant Operations & Engineering. 

Director, Human Resources 

Assistant Director, Employee Relations 

Assistant Director, Classification/Reassignments 

Employment 

Workers’ Compensation and Benefits 

Director, Public Safety. 

Manager, Environmental Health & Safety 

Manager, Transportation/Parking/Visitor Information. . 

Executive Director, Foundation 

Director, Sponsored Programs (Grants & Contracts) .... 

Director, Finance and Administration 

Manager, Human Resources 

Manager, Accounting 

Manager, Business Operations 

Coordinator, Management Information Systems 

Titan Bookstore and Titan Shops 
Director, Titan Shops 


Willie J. Hagan 

Martin E. Carbone 

Jay W Bond 

Robin D. Innes 

Michael C. Smith 

Charles D. Stevens 

.. .Willem H. van der Pol 

David J. Losco 

Dorothy G. Edwards 

Anne M. Megli 

Sandy N. Thompson 

Denise Johnson 

William D. Huffman 

Thomas H. Whitfield 

Vacant 

William M. Dickerson 

Harvey Gullickson 

Shou-Yinn (Pearl) Cheng 

Patricia Simms 

Julie Sandoval 

William Herbert 

Omar Iftikhar 

Jerry C. Olson 


CSUF 2 1 


California State University, Fullerton 


Manager, Operations 

Manager, Customer Service 

Manager, Text Books, Custom Publishing 

Manager, General Books 

Manager, Computer Retail 

Manager, General Merchandise 

Food and Vending Services 

Director, Campus Dining 

Manager, Carl’s Jr 

Manager, Catering 

Manager, Concessions 

Manager, Food Court 

Vice President for University Advancement 

Associate Vice President, University Development and Corporate Relations. 

Associate Vice President, Office of Public Affairs 

Assistant Vice President, School and Program Development 

Assistant Vice President, Alumni Relations 

Director of Development, COMM 

Diector of Development, SBAE 

Director of Development, Athletics 

Director of Development, ECS 

Director of Development, Library 

Director of Development, SOTA 

Director of University Endowments and Scholarships 

Director of Annual Fund 

Director of Foundation Relations 

Director of Corporate Relations 

Schools and Academic Departments 
School of the Arts 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Art Department 

Music Department 

Theatre Department 

School of Business Administration and Economics 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Academic Advisement 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Accounting Department 

Economics Department 

Finance Department 

Management Department 

Management Science/Information Systems 

Marketing Department 

School of Communications 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Communications Department 

Speech Communication Department 

School of Engineering and Computer Science 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Civil Engineering Department 

Computer Science Department 

Electrical Engineering Department 

Mechanical Engineering Department 


Jean M. Tebbe 

Robert Taflinger 

Rick Dietrick 

Marlene Farber 

Angie Dulay 

Liz D’Hondt 

Anthony Lynch 

Valerie Ramirez 

Sid Patel 

Ignacio Navarro 

Tom Mayr 

Harry R. Gianneschi 

Larry Zucker 

Judy M. Mandel 

... Jean Childs-Moore 

Mary Jacobson 

Stephen Nill 

Judy Harman 

Bob May 

Mary Ann Spraic 

Zack Tucker 

Holly Wisneski 

Barbara Esmark 

Shelia Faris 

Kathleen Costello 

Anne Marchal 


.Jerry Samuelson 
. Dean W. Hess 
Nancee L. Buck 
Darryl J. Curran 
. Gordon Paine 
Sallie Mitchell 


. Ephraim P. Smith 
.... Dorothy Heide 

Robert Miyake 

Irene Matz 

Gerald Hoth 

Anil Puri 

Dennis O’Connor 
Frank Abdelwahed 
. Barry Pasternack 
Irene Lange 


. Riel? D. Pullen 
Fred Zandpour 

Vacant 

. Robert Picard 
. . Robert Emry 


Andy R. Bazar 

David R. Falconer (Acting) 

Vacant 

.... Chandrasekhar Putcha 

Nick Mousouris 

Karim Hamidian 

Hasan Sehitoglu 


22 csuf 


California State University. Fullerton 


School of Human Development and Community Service 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Division of Child, Family and Community Services 

Division Chair 

Child Development Department 
Counseling Department 
Human Services Department 
Nursing Department 
Division of Education 

Division Chair 

Educational Administration Department 
Elementary, Bilingual & Reading Education Department 
Secondary Education Department 
Special Education Department 
Division of Kinesiology and Health Promotion 

Division Chair 

Military Science Program 


. Soraya M. Coley 
Michael C. Parker 
... Nancee L. Buck 

... Judith Ramirez 


Vacant 


Anne Marie Bird 

Capt. David B. Wiersma, Coordinator 


School of Humanities and Social Sciences 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Associate Dean, Student Academic Affairs 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Afro-Ethnic Studies Department 

American Studies Department 

Anthropology Department 

Chicano Studies Department 

Criminal Justice Department 

English and Comparative Literature Department .. 
Foreign Languages and Literatures Department .... 

Geography Department 

History Department 

Philosophy Department 

Political Science Department 

Psychology Department 

Religious Studies Department 

Sociology Department 

Asian Studies 

Asian American Studies Program 

Environmental Studies Program 

Gerontology Program 

Latin American Studies Program 

Liberal Studies Program 

Linguistics Program 

Russian and East European Area Studies Program 

M.A. in Social Sciences Program 

Womens Studies Program 

School of Natural Science and Mathematics 

Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs 

Biological Science Department 

Chemistry and Biochemistry Department 

Geological Sciences Department 

Mathematics Department 

Physics Department 

Science Education Program 


Donald S. Castro 

Curtis W. Swanson 

Angela Della Volpe 

Kevin Colaner 

Wacira Gethaiga 

Michael Steiner 

Susan Parman 

Isaac Cardenas 

Keith Boyum 

Joseph Sawicki 

Leon Gilbert 

William Lloyd 

Seymour Scheinberg 

James Hofmann 

Keith Boyum 

Daniel W. Kee 

Benjamin Hubbard 

Ron Hughes 

William Haddad 

Craig lhara, Coordinator 

Stewart Long, Coordinator 

William Smith, Coordinator 

... Sheldon Maram, Coordinator 
... Ronald Clapper, Coordinator 
Angela Della Volpe, Coordinator 

Nancy Fitch, Coordinator 

Donald Castro, Coordinator 

Shari Starrett, Coordinator 


Kolf 0. Jayaweera 

David Fromson 

Kathy Mazan Murata 

C. Eugene Jones 

Bruce Weber 

John Foster 

James O. Friel 

Louis Shen 

Eric Streitberger, Coordinator 


csuf 23 


California State University, Fullerton 


California State University, Fullerton Foundation 

The California State University, Fullerton Foundation was established and 
incorporated as a not-for-profit corporation in October 1959. The Foundation 
is an auxiliary organization of the university established to provide essential 
student, faculty and staff services which cannot be provided from state 
appropriations. It supplements the program and activities of the university in 
appropriate ways by assisting the university in fulfilling its purposes and in 
serving the people of the State of California especially those in the immediate 
Fullerton area. 

The Foundation assists the university by developing and administering research 
and educational grants and contracts; conducting retail operations including 
bookstore, food service and vending on campus; and administering various 
educationally related functions and special programs such as the Tucker Wildlife 
Sanctuary and the university’s affordable housing program. 

The Foundation’s overall policies are administered by a Board of Directors 
composed of members of the university faculty, administration and students 
as well as prominent community leaders. 

Board of Directors 

Chair, Robert F Clark, Jr.# 

Vice Chair, Ted Bremner# 

Secretary, David L. Palmer# 

Robert F. Clark, Jr. Vice Chair* 

Treasurer, Pearl Cheng* (ex-officio) 

Executive Director, William M. Dickerson* (ex officio) 

Rachel Bentley*** 

Vince Buck** 

Clare Carlson# 

Michael Clapp** 

Gary Del Fium# 

Harry Gianneschi* 

Milton A. Gordon* 

Willie Hagan* 

Robert Hall# 

Kolf Jayaweera* 

Robbie Nayman* 

Stu Ross* 

Heith Rothman*** 

Richard Stolz** 

Sandra Sutphen** 

Mary Kay Tetreault* 


* Administrator **Faculty ***Student #Community Member 

Administrative Officers 

William M. Dickerson, Executive Director 
Pearl Cheng, Director, Finance & Administration 

Cal State Fullerton Alumni 

The Cal State Fullerton Alumni Association provides graduates opportunities 
for continued affiliation with the university community as well as numerous 
benefits and services. 

As members of the Alumni Association, former students of Cal State Fullerton 
are offered a variety of benefits including library privileges at CSU campuses. 


travel, professional development programs, financial programs, discounts on 
athletic and theater events on campus and more. The most important benefits, 
however, are the opportunities to network with fellow alumni and maintain 
ties with Cal State Fullerton. 

The Association has special young alumni programs to fit the needs of our 
most recent graduates. Social events, networking, and professional development 
programs are planned each year as well as opportunities to connect with more 
established alumni. 

The Student Alumni Association is a unique student organization that not 
only offers ways to get involved in campus life, but also links students to CSUF 
alumni. In addition to social events and service projects, SAA members have 
career development opportunities by networking with alumni. 

Community Support Groups 

California State University, Fullerton welcomes and encourages the development 
and activities of volunteer organizations committed to enriching university 
life. The expertise and efforts of its dedicated volunteers are most appreciated 
for they enhance the quality of the educational experience for Cal State Fullerton 
students and help ensure the university’s academic excellence. In addition to 
their involvement in the programs of their own organizations, support group 
members are invited to participate in university events. 

Cal State Fullerton’s volunteer organizations form the Coordinating Council of 
Support Groups, which assists members in promoting their individual group’s 
goals, and in coordinating activities and communication between themselves and 
the university Further information about support groups may be obtained from 
the Office of Public Affairs located in Langsdorf Hall 810 at (714) 278-2414. 

Art Alliance 

The Art Alliance encourages excellence in the arts, particularly through the 
educational curriculum of the university’s Art Department. Organized in 1967, 
the alliance assists in financing gallery exhibitions, administers the Art Gallery 
Docent Program, participates in the acquisition of campus art works, and 
annually awards scholarships and graduate research grants. Art Alliance 
members host special exhibit tours and receptions, informal talks by faculty 
members, and trips to museums and artists’ studios. 

Association of the Friends and Docents 
of the Anthropology Museum 

Anthropology majors, alumni and interested members of the community make 
up association membership. The group takes an active role in presenting 
exhibits, providing tours and conducting the activities of the museum. 

Continuing Learning Experience 

Continuing Learning Experience (CLE) was formed in 1979 by retired and 
semiretired individuals dedicated to the pursuit of lifelong learning in a high- 
level educational environment. Entirely self-supporting, CLE offers study groups 
and discussion forums of educational and special interest to the community, 
as well as a lecture series, classes and trips. Members also can participate in 
SeniorNet, a computer networking program, and the Wellness Clinic. The CLE 
office is housed in the Ruby Gerontology Center, a research and conference 
facility built with private funds in large part from CLE members. 


24 csuf 


California State University, Fullerton 


Emeriti 

Cal State Fullertons retired faculty and staff members belong to the Emeriti, 
which is dedicated to keeping its members involved and knowledgeable about 
current campus life. While providing opportunities to be involved in faculty 
governance, curricular programs and campus activities, the organization also 
offers renewal of friendships between its members. Through affiliation with 
the systemwide CSU emeriti organization, ERFA, emeriti concerns are presented 
to all branches of the government and the Chancellor’s Office. 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretun 

Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum support a 26-acre ecological preserve 
located on the northeast corner of campus. The Friends host demonstrations, 
lectures and tours of the arboretum and Fleritage House, a turn-of-the-century 
residence listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the Inventory of 
California Historic Sites. Through plant sales, special activities and management 
of the arboretum’s gift and garden shop, the Friends contribute operating monies 
for the arboretum and fund student scholarships, grants and internships. 
Music Associates 

Music Associates 

In support of the Music Department, Music Associates fund student 
scholarships; an annual award contest recognizing excellence in vocal, 
instrumental and piano performance; and purchases of equipment and 
instruments to enhance Cal State Fullerton’s music program. Associates attend 
campus performances and co-sponsor one of the biggest holiday events on 
campus, the “Christmas Carol Candlelight Dinner and Concert” featuring the 
University Singers. The Associates also hold an annual spring scholarship 
luncheon. 

Patrons of the Library 

Community members, alumni, and faculty and staff members interested in 
maintaining the quality of the University Library belong to the Patrons of the 
Library. The group sponsors exhibits and operates a book sale center in 
conjunction with the Emeriti. Funds raised through book sales, dues and 
donations support the augmentation of library holdings and facilities. 

President’s Associates 

President’s Associates is an organization whose members are committed to 
providing quality higher education at Cal State Fullerton. Membership 
contributions enable the university to offer cultural and educational programs, 
student scholarships, faculty research grants and recognition awards to 
outstanding students and faculty members. Annual activities include an October 


reception and a May luncheon, when President's Scholars are named. The 
scholars program, funded by the Associates, recognizes a select group of 
students for academic and extracurricular performance. 

Reading Educators Guild 

Graduates who earn a master of science in education with a concentration in 
reading and other interested individuals are eligible for membership in the 
Reading Educators Guild. Working in close relationship with the Reading 
Program, the guild promotes research in the reading field. Throughout the 
school year, the Guild holds various activities, lectures and conferences. 

School Advisory Councils 

Advisory councils are composed of community and campus leaders who are 
committed to sharing their expertise and providing support to individual 
schools within the university. Groups include the School of Business 
Administration and Economics Executive Council, School of Communications 
Executive Council, School of Engineering and Computer Science Community 
Advisory Board, School of Human Development and Community Service 
Community Advisory Council, and School of Natural Science and Mathematics 
Dean’s Advisory Board. 

Titan Athletic Club 

The Titan Athletic Club (TAC) is the fund-raising arm of CSUF Intercollegiate 
Athletics. The sole purpose of the TAC is to enhance the capabilities of athletics 
to provide the highest quality programs for student-athletes, students, faculty 
and staff. Included in this area are individuals and businesses that support 
scholarships, facility upgrades and sport-specific booster organizations among 
others. Creating this support while increasing the family atmosphere 
surrounding CSUF’s many programs creates the total package of a high-quality 
athletic experience for all involved. 

Tucker Wildlife Society 

The Tucker Wildlife Society supports the Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary in the 
Modjeska Canyon in the Santa Ana Mountains. Its members assist the sanctuary 
in offering programs that support the environment, save wildlife and provide 
outdoor education for thousands of children. A research center for biological 
field studies, the facility also offers continuing educational service to the 
community, teacher education in nature interpretation and conservation 
education, and training of students planning to enter the public service field. 


csuf 25 






















































California State University, Fullerton 





California State University, Fullerton offers affordable, high quality 
undergraduate and graduate programs that reflect the best of current practice, 
theory and research in linking professional studies with preparation in the arts 
and sciences to meet the evolving demands of our diverse students, as well as 
our local community and state. The academic programs available include 51 
bachelors degrees, 45 masters degrees, 47 minors, 5 resident certificates and 
9 teaching credential programs. 

One of the most important features of the University’s mission and goals is to 
make learning central to our campus. We aspire to this vision by combining the 
best qualities of teaching and research universities in supporting actively engaged 
students, faculty and staff who work in close collaboration to expand knowledge. 
The mark of a Fullerton graduate will be a person who has developed the habit 
of intellectual inquiry, prepared for a challenging profession, strengthened 
relationships with the community, and contributes productively to society. 

Academic excellence is provided in the various specializations offered by the 
University by encouraging departments and professional schools to develop 
programs for their majors through a formal process that ensures careful and 
thoughtful review by various levels of the university. The General Education 
Program is designed to assure that graduates have made significant progress 


toward being a well-educated person by integrating into the major programs 
broad courses in the physical sciences, the social sciences, the humanities, and 
the fine arts. These courses are planned to complement those offered through 
the major programs and electives. Articulation agreements with the local 
community colleges clarify the courses that will be accepted for credit in both 
general education and major programs. 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 
McCarthy Hall 133 
(714) 278-2614 

The Vice President for Academic Affairs is responsible for the leadership and 
coordination of all campus academic matters. The Vice President is the chief 
academic officer for the campus and is directly involved in the implementation 
of the University’s mission and goals, faculty personnel processes, and budget 
and resource allocation as they pertain to instruction and academic support 
The academic vice president works closely with the President, the academic 
associate vice presidents, deans, and program directors regarding all academic 
planning and operational matters. 


28 Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Information concerning the academic programs of Cal State Fullerton may be 

obtained from the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs. This 

information may include: 

1 . The current degree programs and other educational and training programs; 

2. The instructional, laboratory, and other physical plant facilities that relate to 
the academic program; 

3. The faculty and other instructional personnel; 

4 Data regarding student retention at Cal State Fullerton and, if available, the 
number and percentage of students completing the program in which the 
student is enrolled or has expressed interest; and 

5. The names of associations, agencies or governmental bodies which accredit, 
approve, or license the institution and its programs, and the procedures 
under which any current or prospective student may obtain or review upon 
request a copy of the documents describing the institutions accreditation, 
approval or licensing. 


Academic Programs 
McCarthy Hall 129 
(714) 278-2618 

The Office of Academic Programs coordinates the development of educational 
programs; provides an all-university perspective on educational activities at 
the campus; and stimulates academic innovations. 

The Associate Vice President, Academic Programs is responsible for 
administering university policies and regulations dealing with undergraduate 
and graduate curricula; fostering and administering institutional exchange 
programs with foreign universities; preparing and publishing the university 
catalog; and serving as liaison to the Western Association of Schools and Colleges 
iWASC) and other accrediting agencies. 

The Office of Academic Programs provides leadership for the Curriculum 
Committee, General Education Committee, Graduate Education Committee, 
International Education Committee and other groups and individuals concerned 
with changing and improving the educational programs of this institution. 
Responsibilities relating to the Chancellors Office include regular review and 
updating of the Academic Master Plan; coordination of program performance 
review; and staff reports for the Chancellor’s Office relating to academic 
planning. 

Academic Senate 
McCarthy Hall 143 
(714)278-3683 

The Academic Senate is an integral part of the University governance processes 
which encourage participation in collegial decision making. The Senate 
develops, formulates and reviews educational and professional policy which 
becomes university policy if approved by the President. Educational and 
professional policy includes; curricula; academic standards; criteria and 
standards for the selection, retention, and promotion of faculty members; 
academic and administrative policies concerning students; and allocation of 
resources. There are 1 5 standing committees of the Senate and three general 
committees of the faculty. The Senate consists of 45 members including the 
University President, Vice President for Academic Affairs, two Associated 
Students representatives, three elected CSU Academic Senators, the President 


of the exclusive bargaining representative for Unit 3, a member of the Emeritus 
Professors of CSUF, the immediate past Chair of the Academic Senate (except 
when the incumbent Chair is re-elected), and 35 elected members representing 
various campus constituencies. 

The 15 standing committees of the Academic Senate are: Academic Standards 
Committee, Budget Advisory Committee, Computing Affairs Committee, 
Curriculum Committee, Elections Committee, Extended Education Committee, 
Faculty Affairs Committee, Faculty Development and Educational Innovation 
Committee, General Education Committee, Graduate Education Committee, 
International Education Committee, Library Committee, Long Range Planning 
and Priorities Committee, Student Academic Life Committee, and University 
Advancement Committee. 


Admissions and Records 
Langsdorf Hall Lobby 
(714) 278-2300 

The Office of Admissions and Records is responsible for the administration of 
the admission, registration, records, and other academic services to 
undergraduate and graduate students in the regular sessions of California State 
University, Fullerton. These programs and services provide preadmission 
guidance to prospective students and current information about the university’s 
curricula and requirements to school and college counselors; admit and readmit 
students within enrollment categories and priorities; evaluate the applicability 
of undergraduate transfer credit toward all-university requirements of the 
curriculum; provide liaison in the identification and resolution of articulation 
problems of transfer students; register student programs of study, including 
enrollment into classes; maintain academic records; administer academic 
probation and disqualification policies; provide enrollment certifications on 
student request, including transcripts of academic records, to the Veterans 
Administration and for other purposes; certify the completion of degree 
requirements; receive petitions for exceptions to academic regulations; and 
provide information about these programs and services. 

Analytical Studies 
McCarthy Hall 136 
(714) 278-2121 

The Office of Analytical Studies is responsible for the organization, analysis, 
and presentation of the information and data essential for the support of campus 
policy formulation, resource allocation, and short-and long-range planning. 
The office participates in the development and enhancement of institutional 
information data base systems, and conducts descriptive and analytic research 
on campus trends, program and policy effectiveness, and a variety of 
institutional characteristics, as required by the President and the Vice President 
for Academic Affairs. 

Among the institutional data with which the Office of Analytical Studies is 
concerned are student and faculty demography, student progress, enrollment, 
curriculum and scheduling, space and facilities utilization, testing, workload, 
regional demography, affirmative action, budget and program performance 
review. 

The Office of Analytical Studies produces and publishes regular campus reports 
such as the Statistical Handbook, as well as relevant reports required by the 
Chancellor’s Office and other agencies. 


Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Computer Center 
McCarthy Hall 38 
(714) 278-3921 

The Computer Center supports an IBM mainframe for on-line administrative 
data processing and campuswide E-mail and scheduling systems. Instructional 
users have access to such software applications as SPSS-X, SAS, SPICE, BMD, 
STRUDL, and a variety of other discipline-specific programming tools. 

Students have access to these central computing resources from over 1000 micro- 
computers connected to the campus data communications network. Labs are 
located in each building allowing students convenient computer-related services. 

University Extended Education 
Extended Education/Human Resources Building 
(714) 278-2611 

University Extended Education offers the resources of the university to degree- 
seeking students and other lifelong learners through programs supported by 
participant fees, grants, and contracts. It is a self-supporting, not-for-profit division 
of the university which receives no state funding. Programs include summer 
session, intersession, extension credit and non-credit courses, certificate programs, 
adjunct enrollment, and contract courses. Many Extended Education programs 
incorporate computer and television technologies in the delivery of instruction 
and can be made available to off-campus locations. Courses are taught by 
university faculty, visiting faculty, and practicing professionals. Most Extended 
Education programs are open to any adult and selected high school students. 
Additional information concerning University Extended Education programs 
may be found in the Academic Programs section of this catalog. 

Graduate Studies 
McCarthy Hall 129 
(714) 278-2618 

The staff of the Office of Graduate Studies assists students in answering 
questions about admission, academic policies and procedures, graduate 
programs, financial assistance, student services, and other matters of concern 
to applicants or graduate students. The office is also responsible for performing 
an evaluation of student programs at classification and completion of 
requirements for authorizing award of degree. Additional responsibilities related 
to students include probation and disqualification, leave of absence, annual 
thesis award, various fellowships and scholarships and new student orientation. 

Faculty Affairs and Records 
McCarthy Hall 142 
(714) 278-2125 

The Office of Faculty Affairs and Records is the official repository for documents 
and correspondence concerning full-time teaching and administrative faculty. 
It has responsibility for retaining documentation pertaining to employment, 
reappointment, tenure, promotion, leaves of absence, grievances, disciplinary 
actions and separations. 

Faculty Research 
McCarthy Hall 112 
(714) 278-2106 

The Office of Faculty Research and Development provides assistance to faculty 
and staff in their efforts to obtain funding for research and other scholarly 


activities. The office offers pre-proposal consultation, information about funding 
opportunities and assistance with budgets, regulatory compliance, and editing 
of proposals. It also publicizes and administers intramural research grants and 
manages technology transfer activities. A small library is maintained to aid 
faculty in identifying grant resourcesand agency grant profiles. 

International Programs 
McCarthy Hall 129 
(714) 278-2618 

The Office of Academic Programs, in cooperation with the Office of International 
Education and Exchange, coordinates all aspects of the University’s commitment 
to academic internationalization. It is responsible for overseeing and directing 
the internationalization of the curriculum. It also initiates and administers 
contacts with sister institutions throughout the world in order to foster the 
exchange of faculty and students. 

For more information on specific opportunities to study abroad, either through 
the CSU system-wide International Program or direct links that CSU Fullerton 
has with foreign institutions, see the section of this catalog titled “International 
Programs” on page 147. 


Learning Technology Center 
Library 80 
(714) 278-2621 

The Learning Technology Center, located on the lower level of the Library 
building, offers a wide spectrum of media services and equipment. 

Audiovisual equipment available to faculty include projectors for motion 
pictures, 35 mm, slides, opaque materials and transparencies; audio and video 
tape players; and small sound systems. 

Design and production services are available for a wide range of media. Graphics 
design is supported by computer technology and offers top-level design of maps, 
charts, diagrams, technical drawings, flow charts, etc., including camera ready copy 
and overhead transparencies. Photography offers studio and location photography 
copy work, slide duplication, and color and black and while printing. Video services 
includes VHS recording of campus events and tape duplication. Audio services include 
audio recording and amplification, and audio duplication and editing. Television 
production includes the design and production of instructional and information 
modules for use in the classroom, on The Titan Cable Channel, and other video 
delivery’ systems. Pne- and post -production services are available. 

Instructional television delivery systems include Interactive Televised 
Instruction (IT1), videoconferencing, and the Titan Cable Channel (TTC). Two 
classrooms are designed and equipped for distance education and currently 
deliver university classes to the Mission Viejo and other ofT-campus locations, 
including workplace classrooms in businesses and industry. Special telephone 
connections allow students not located in the classroom on the Fullerton 
campus to interact with instructors as well as with on- and off-campus 
classmates in a “live” exchange of information and ideas. A special video 
confeence facility is available for instruction and administrative use. 

Satellite teleconferencing is provided in conjunction with Distance Learning 
in Extended Education. The Titan Cable Channel network makes CSUF 
programming available in cable systems throughout Orange County such as 
Comcast. Multivision, Century Cable, Seal Beach Cable Communications 
Foundation, and Paragon Cable. 

For detailed information, contact the Learning Technology' Center. 


30 Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


The University Library 
Library 229 
(714) 278-2714 

Chief among the learning resources on the campus is the University Library. 
The six-story building (Library-South) and its four-story addition (Library- 
North), located in the center of the campus houses a collection of over 700,000 
books and bound periodicals, as well as one and a half million other items: 
government documents (federal, state, local, and international); maps; 
microforms; and non-print materials such as computer software, videotapes 
and compact discs. Additionally, electronic access is provided to a vast array of 
digitized information. Books and other materials are selected through the joint 
efforts of library and other faculty to support the undergraduate and graduate 
programs of the University. In addition to these general collections, special 
and supplemental collections designed to support both the curriculum and 
instructionally-related research have been developed. 

The Titan Card issued by the University serves as a library card for checking 
out books and other materials. Library users are responsible for the return of 
all materials charged out on their ID cards. Since all library materials are subject 
to recall after two weeks, they should be returned to the University Library if 
there is need to be absent from campus for more than this length of time. 

Pnmary access to the University Library’s holdings is provided by the electronic 
Online Public Access Catalog (OPAC). The OPAC provides access to books, 
periodicals, government documents and other materials through author, title, 
subject and other indexes. The OPAC also provides a listing of materials required 
or recommended for course-related reading and available for limited loan 
periods through the Reserve Book Room. General information, such as the 
hours the Library is open, is also available on this file. One can search the 
OPAC not only from terminals in the Library building, but also through dial- 
up access from remote locations on and off campus. 


Subject access to periodicals and other literature is provided through printed 
indexes and abstracts, and through electronic CD-ROM databases. Remote 
electronic access to a wide range of databases is also provided both in-house 
and through dial-up services. The Library’s Web Page contains useful 
information about the Library and serves as a gateway to both the OPAC and 
other electronic resources. 

As part of the curriculum, the University Library offers courses in library 
instruction. Tours and lectures for individual classes are given at the request of 
the faculty. In addition to formal instruction, general and subject-specialized 
reference and research services are provided by the library faculty. 

For the convenience of users, photocopiers and microform reader-printers are 
available in locations throughout the University Library . These are operable 
with coins or electronically encoded copycards that may be purchased. Other 
specialized facilities include computer workstation clusters, music listening 
rooms, videotape viewing rooms, group study rooms, and a microform reading 
area. 

In addition to the many resources available on campus, mutual use agreements 
make accessible to students and faculty the library collections of the 22 other 
libraries in the California State University system, and neighboring institutions 
such as Fullerton College. Intralibrary services provide easy access to library 
resources both at and from the Mission Viejo Campus. Interlibrary borrowing 
arrangements with major university and research libraries throughout the 
country further expand the resources available to the CSUF community. 

More detailed information about the University Library and its services is 
available at the Information Desk located on the first floor of Library-North. 


Academic Affairs 


31 


California State University, Fullerton 



Student Academic Services and University Outreach 
University Hall 226 
(714) 278-2484 

The mission of Student Academic Services/University Outreach (SAS/UO) is 
to create an environment where all students have the opportunity to succeed. 
The services and activities the department administers to achieve its mission 
are all centered around student recruitment, retention, and graduation. SAS/ 
UO is committed to recruiting and serving a diverse population, providing 
students with a rich educational experience. 

The department coordinates the services of a number of student programs. 
These programs give particular attention to the educational needs of low income 
and disadvantaged college students to ensure that they graduate from high 
school, enroll at Cal State Fullerton, and have services available to them to 
successfully complete their college education. The following programs are 
administered by SAS/UO. 


Educational Opportunity Program 
University Hall 231 
(714) 278-2784 

The Educational Opportunity Program (EOP) is charged with the improving the 
access and retention of low income and educationally disadvantaged students. 
EOP students have the potential to perform satisfactorily at CSUF but may be 
unable to realize this potential due to educational or economic handicaps. 

EOP provides admission and financial aid information to help students complete 
the admissions process. In addition. EOP students can make use of academic 
services such as orientation sessions, basic skills workshops, and counseling 

Student Academic Sendees Outreach Program 
University Hall 215 
(714) 278-2086 

The Student Academic Services Outreach Program provides outreach, retention, 
and educational enhancement services to low income high school students. It 
is designed to strengthen the college preparation of students who will soon be 


32 Student Academic Affairs 




California State University, Fullerton 


enrolling at Cal State Fullerton. High schools especially targeted are those 
with high enrollments of students from economically, educationally, physically, 
or environmentally disadvantaged backgrounds. 

The program makes presentations to middle and highs school students and 
community college students regarding admission policies, financial aid, and 
academic opportunities. Educational enhancements include: basic skills 
courses, tutorial sessions, campus tours, a mentoring program, and college 
awareness workshops. 

Student Academic Services-Retention/Counseling 
University Hall 143 
(714) 278-2288 

Student Academic Services/Retention and Counseling provides a variety of 
educational support services to students. Services provided include: academic 
advising, personal counseling referrals, basic skills workshops, individual and / 
or small group tutoring, career exploration workshops, and orientation courses. 

An essential mission of the office is to increase retention. All retention services 
are delivered to first- and second-year EOP students, and to other students 
such as those on academic probation or in jeopardy of disqualification. 

The Computer Assisted Instruction lab is also available to help students improve 
their basic reading, writing, mathematics, and critical thinking skills. 
Instructional support for general education courses is also offered. 

Intensive Learning Experience (ILE) 

University Hall 21 OB 
(714) 278-7236 

Intensive Learning Experience (ILE) serves students who score in the lowest 
quartile on the English Proficiency Test, and/or the Entry Level Mathematics 
Examination. ILE strives to increase the retention of students by ensuring 
their timely enrollment in appropnate developmental math and English courses. 
The program also makes referral to other services in SAS/UO, such as counseling 
and skills workshops. 

Summer Bridge 
University Hall 231 
(714) 278-2784 

This four-week residential program during the summer allows new students 
to become accustomed to living nd working on campus. Instructional support 
is provided in math, English, and science. In addition, specialized workshops 
are offered to help improve listening, reading, and communication skills. The 
program provides a good opportunity for new students to establish a strong 
network of friends, faculty, and staff upon who the can rely on for help during 
the school year. 

University Outreach/Relations with Schools and Colleges 
University Hall 215 
(714) 278-2086 

The office of University Outreach Services/Relations with Schools and Colleges 
develops and coordinates a comprehensive program of outreach services and 
activities to make the university more visible, attractive and accessible to all 
potential students. The primary' goal of the office is to increase the number of 
individuals who apply for admission to the university. 


To accomplish this goal, the outreach staff makes presentations to high school 
and community college students, parents and school counselors regarding the 
university’s admissions procedures, academic programs, student life 
opportunities, and support services. Outreach staff also provides assistance in 
completing admissions and financial aid applications. 

Outreach also offers programs throughout the wider community. Community 
outreach efforts utilize alumni and alumnae, faculty and staff, and current students 
to increase the university’s involvement in surrounding areas. Some of the programs 
are listed below. 

• The Early Academic Outreach Program 

• Transfer Center Program 

• Pre-Collegiate Academic Assistance Program 

• University Student Academic Developmental Program for K-12 Schools 

TRIO Programs 

The TRIO programs, funded by the Department of Education, were instituted to 
assist disadvantaged students in reaching their educational goals. These three 
programs target low income and first-generation secondary students, college 
students, and adults, providing them with educational services to ensure that they 
graduate and then continue their education at the next level. The objectives of 
these programs are to increase educational opportunity, raise academic performance, 
improve retention, and motivate for student success. Three of the TRIO programs 
are offered on campus. 

Student Support Services 
University Hall 126 
(714) 278-5210 

The Student Support Services program offers numerous services for college 
students to improve their academic performance. Through services such as 
instructional support, tutoring, and mentoring the program gives students the 
educational tools necessary to be a success at Cal State Fullerton. 

Educational Talent Search 
University Hall 125 
(714) 278-5304 

Educational Talent Search identifies middle and high school students with 
potential for postsecondary education and encourages them to graduate so as 
to continue their education at the college level. The program also provides 
services for adults who wish to obtain a high school degree. 

Upward Bound 
University Hall 125 
(714) 278-3254 

Upward Bound is a year-round college preparatory program for Santa Ana 
Unified School District The program offers workshops, advisement, and career 
planning on a weekly or monthly basis. Upward Bound also sponsors a 
residential summer program providing students with intensive study in math, 
science, and writing, and trips to local sites of educational interest. 

Campus Tours 

Call the New Student Information Center at (714) 278-3120 to schedule a tour of 
the campus. Tours are offered daily: Monday, Wednesday and Friday at 12:00 
noon and Tuesday and Thursday at 3:00 p.m. Group Tours for 1 5 or more people 
should be scheduled a minimum of two weeks in advance of desired tour date and 
time. Tours can last 60 to 90 minutes. 


Student Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Academic Advisement Center 
University Hall 179 
(714) 278-3606 

The Academic Advisement Center provides information and guidance in the 
choice of an undergraduate major, a school of interest, or selection of elective 
and general education courses. It is the administrative center for undergraduate 
students who have not declared a major or school of interest. Refer to the 
Academic Advisement section for additional information. 

Athletic Academic Services 
Physical Education 1 58 
(714) 278-3057 

As an integral part of the CSUF student advising system, the Office of Athletic 
Academic Services provides advisement for student-athletes; provides referrals 
to campus academic support units; and conducts programs which are designed 
to assist student-athletes in meeting their academic goals. 

Center for Internships and Cooperative Education 
Humanities 112 
(714) 278-2171 

The Center for Internships/Cooperative Education was established to offer 
students the opportunity to formally integrate academic training with practical 
work experience prior to graduation. The Internship/Co-op Program offers 
students an opportunity to expand their knowledge and skills in a “real work" 
situation which better prepares them to select a career and successfully enter 
the job market. Through academic study and practical experience, students 
can enhance their academic knowledge, personal development, and professional 
preparation. Other valuable benefits of an internship co-op are to: 

1. gain work experience; 

2. network and develop industry contacts; 

3. earn academic credit; 

4. solidify academic and career goals; 

5. earn money while learning; 

6. explore various career options within a major. 

The program involves the cooperative efforts of both faculty and employers in 
the creation of opportunities for students that fulfill academic and professional 
needs. Each internship/co-op is supervised and monitored by the employer, 
while faculty coordinators provide guidance to students to insure the academic 
integrity of the work experience. 

There are two internship/co-op program options: parallel and alternate. Students 
can work part-time while attending regular classes or full-time for a semester 
and can continue classes the following semester. Most assignments are salaried 
positions and consequently assist the student to finance their educational 
expenses. 


CSUF currently has 45 academic programs that offer intemships/co-op in fields 
from the arts to the sciences. To participate in the intemship/co-op program a 
student must: 

1 . be at least in the junior year of study; 

2. be in good academic standing; 

3. receive approval from a faculty coordinator; 

4 enroll in the departmental intemship/co-op course. 

The intemship/co-op must be consistent with the goals of the students academic 
discipline. In most departments up to six units of intemship/co-op credit may 
be earned. With faculty coordinator approval, students may also be able to 
receive credit if currently employed in a job relating to their academic major. 
Students should not wait until their final semester to participate! 

For further information, contact the Center for Internships/Cooperative 
Education. The Center is open 8:00 a m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday 

Educational Equity Mentor Program 
Humanities 113 
(714) 278-3709 

The Educational Equity Mentor Program seeks to improve the retention and 
graduation of individual students with university personnel by matching 
interested students with a peer, a faculty member or staff member in a mentoring 
relationship. Mentors provide encouragement to the students with whom they 
work in the following ways: (1) serving as role models, (2) helping to build 
self-esteem, (3) supporting the student’s educational and career goals, (4) 
providing general counsel, advice and referral, and (5) providing feedback on 
the student’s progress. 

Writing Center 
Humanities 528 
(714) 278-3650 

The Writing Center provides tutorial assistance primarily for students who are 
enrolled in English Department writing classes. However, tutors will also assist 
students who need help in writing papers for other university classes. Tutors 
offer individualized instruction, helping students write the kind of clear, concise 
prose necessary for academic and professional writing. While they will not 
proofread or edit papers, tutors do offer constructive suggestions designed to 
help the student master the techniques of proofreading and editing. The goal 
is to increase the student’s competence, not to improve any given paper. 

Tutors are also trained to help non-native speakers of English improve not 
only their writing but their speaking skills, and students may make 
appointments for conversation. If a student needs intensive work on grammar, 
one-to-one tutoring in this skill is available and can be supplemented with 
study materials. Additionally, the Center has sample topics for the EWP which 
students may write on and then receive tutorial feedback prior to the exam. 


34 


Student Academic Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Honors 
'o srams 




Dean’s Honor List 

Academic achievement is recognized with the publication each semester of a 
list of undergraduate students whose grade-point averages for the previous 
term are 3.5 or better for 12 units of graded course work. Students are notified 
in writing when they have earned this distinction. 

University Honors Program 

The University Honors Program offers students many of the educational benefits 
of a small college in the midst of the rich resources of a large university. The 
programs small class sizes provide challenging learning experiences, 
individualized attention from professors, and closer interaction with other 
students. 

The program also gives students the opportunity to earn recognition for 
distinguished academic performance in general education courses. Students 
w ho successfully complete the requirements for honors in general education 
will have a notation placed on their transcripts and receive special recognition 
at graduation. 


In order to graduate with honors in general education, a student must: be accepted 
into the University Honors Program; complete 24 units of general education 
honors courses; maintain a grade-point average of 3.25 in all general education 
honors classes; complete the university’s general education requirements. 

For additional information, please refer to the General Education section of 
this catalog. 

Honors at Entrance 

Honors at entrance are awarded to both freshman and transfer students who 
have demonstrated outstanding achievement in past academic work. For first- 
time freshmen with no previous college units earned, a grade point average of 
3.5 on a four- point scale must be earned in the course work considered for 
admission to the university. Students who have completed fewer than 56 
transferable semester units of credit must meet the grade-point average criteria 
for first-time freshmen and must also have earned a 3.5 grade-point average 
on all transferable college work attempted. Students who have completed 56 
or more transferable semester units are eligible if a grade-point average of 3.5 
is earned in all transferable college work completed. 


Honors Programs 



California State University, Fullerton 


Honors at Graduation 

Honors at graduation for baccalaureate recipients are based on overall 
performance and have been defined by the Academic Senate in three 
classifications: 

With honors g.p.a. 3.50-3.74 

With high honors g.p.a. 3.75-3.89 
With highest honors g.p a. 3.90-4.00 

Honor Societies 

Chapters of sixteen honor societies have been chartered at California Stale 
University, Fullerton to recognize students who demonstrate superior 
scholarship and leadership in specific academic fields. 

Alpha Epsilon Delta — National Honor Fraternity (for both men and women) 
recognizing high scholarship among students who are second semester 
sophomores or higher who plan to enter the health professions. 

Alpha Kappa Delta — Promotes social research for the purpose of service and 
recognizes high scholastic achievement among junior, seniors and sociology 
graduate students. 

Beta Alpha Psi — Encourages and gives recognition to scholastic and 
professional excellence in the field of accounting. 

Beta Gamma Sigma — Encourages and rewards scholarship and 
accomplishment among business administration and economics students. 

Eta Kappa Nu — Recognizes students in electrical engineering — distinguished 
by scholarship, activities, leadership, and exemplary character, and helps these 
students progress by association with alumni. 

Kappa Tau Alpha — Recognizes scholastic achievement and encourages 
professional standards in mass communications. Membership by invitation to 
seniors and graduuate students majoring in communications. 

Lambda Alpha Zeta — Encourages and stimulates superior scholarship and 
professionalism among students in anthropology. 

Mu Phi Epsilon — Promotes high standards in education and performance in 
the professional world of music. 

Omega Rho— Serves as a vehicle of recognition for outstanding students in 
the field of operations research. 

Omicron Delta Epsilon — Recognizes scholastic achievement in economics. 

Phi Alpha Theta — Recognizes and encourages excellence in the study of history. 

Phi Eta Sigma — Designed for freshman-level students, with chapters on more 
than 300 campuses nationwide, it fosters superior scholarship, exemplary 
character and service to both campus and community. 

Pi Sigma Alpha — Recognizes and encourages productive scholarship in the 
subject of government among junior, senior and graduate students. 

Psi Chi — Advances and maintains scholarship in the science of psycholog) 

Sigma Tau Delta-Confers distinction for high achievement in undergraduate, 
graduate, and professional studies in English language and literature. The aim 

36 Honors Programs 


of Sigma Tau Delta is to promote a mastery of written expression, to encourage 
worthwhile reading, and to foster a spirit of good fellowship among students 
of the English language and literature. 

Sigma Xi — Honors scientific accomplishments, encourages and enhances the 
worldwide appreciation and support of original investigation in science and 
technology, and fosters worldwide a creative and dynamic interaction among 
science, technology, and society. 

Tau Beta Pi — Promotes and encourages scholastic excellence and service among 
the top eighth of junior and the top fifth of senior students in all engineering 
disciplines. 

The Financial Management Association National Honor Society — 

encourages and rewards scholarship and achievement in finance among 
undergraduate and graduate students. Eligible undergraduates must have junior 
or senior status in the major, with a minimum 3.25 grade point average and 
3.5 grade point average in three or more finance courses. Eligible graduate 
students must have completed one half of their required coursework, and 
maintain a minimum 3.50 grade point average. 

The following five societies also recognize specialized groups of people, but 
are not limited to a specific academic field: 

Golden Key National Honor Society — Promotes and recognizes scholastic 
excellence and service among juniors and seniors at CSUF. 

Omicron Delta Kappa — Recognizes and encourages exemplary character and 
superior quality in scholarship and leadership. Open to students with junior 
standing. 

Phi Beta Delta — Honors excellence among international students, distinguishes 
faculty who have studied or done research abroad, and American students 
who have studied abroad. 

Phi Delta Gamma — Promotes the highest professional ideals among students 
in graduate school. 

Phi Kappa Phi — Recognizes and encourages superior scholarship in all 
academic disciplines in institutions of higher learning. 

President’s Scholars Program 

California State University, Fullerton established the President’s Scholars 
Program as a means of recognizing the academic and extracurricular excellence 
of a select group of students. Funded by the President’s Associates, the program 
began in 1979 with the first 10 President’s Scholars. Each year at least 10 
additional President’s Scholars are selected with the potential eligibility of all 
chosen individuals extending for a total of four years. President’s Scholars receive 
full tuition, fees and a book stipend for four years while maintaining program 
eligibility. 

To be eligible for consideration, an applicant must: 

• Be a legal resident of California. 

• Attain a grade-point average of at least 3.75 in all academic subjects for the 
10th, 1 1th and first half of the 12th grades. 

• Earn a Scholastic Aptitude Test or an American College Test composite score 
that is well above average. A minimum CSU eligibility index of 4050 is 
required. 


California State University, Fullerton 


• Graduate from high school. 

• Verify outstanding individual achievement. 

• Show evidence of significant contributions to school and community activi- 
ties during high school. 

• File for admission to Cal State Fullerton before applying for a President’s 
Scholars award. 

• Submit a completed President’s Scholars application form and arrange for 
the Secondary School Report and two Description and Evaluation Forms to 
be completed by officials at your high school, SAT or ACT sscores, and an 
official transcript showing grades for the 9th, 10th, 11th and the first se- 
mester of your senior year in high school. 

A National Merit Scholar, finalist and/or semi-finalist may submit only the 
NMS Certification form. No additional forms, transcripts or test scores are 
required. 

Application forms for the President’s Scholars Program and National Merit 
Scholar Certification forms are available by telephoning (714) 278-2086 or 
by writing the President’s Scholars Screening Committee, University Hall 215, 
California State University, Fullerton, CA 92834. 


Honors Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 



Braille Transcription Center (BTC) 

Education Classroom Building 379 
Phone (714) 278-7686; Fax (714) 278-7687 

The Braille Transcription Center (BTC) is a Model Demonstration Project 
established to study the feasibility of regionalizing braille transcription services 
in postsecondary education. Located on the Cal State Fullerton campus, the 
BTC provides braille transcription services for students enrolled in the CSU 
throughout California. For further information, contact the BTC. 

California Desert Studies Center 
McCarthy Hall 387 
(714) 278-2428 

The California Desert Studies Center, in the Mojave National Presen t' at Zzyzx. 
California, 11 miles southwest of Baker, California on 1-13, is a moderately 
equipped field station of the California State University system. The Center 
provides opportunities for individuals and groups to conduct research, receive 
instruction, and experience the desert environment. The Center manages 1 ,280 
acres under a cooperative management agreement with the Department of 


Interior. As the gateway to the entire Mojave National Preserve and Death 
Valley National Park, there is easy access to fossil sites, the remains of Indian 
villages, historical wagon trails, old army forts, mining sites, and the salt flats 
of Silurian and Soda Dry Lakes. Research and educational offerings include 
the Kelso Sand Dunes, Devil’s Playground, Cima Volcanic Field, Cima Dome, 
the Providence, Granite, and New York mountain ranges and Landfair and 
Ivanpah Valleys. Elevations range from 945 feet at the Center to over 6,000 
feet at Pinto Mountain, in the New York Range. 

The Desert Studies Center can accommodate 70 individuals in dormitory style 
rooms.There is also a multi-station kitchen, bathhouse, laboratory, computer 
lab, two classrooms and a modest library. 

For more information about the use of the Center, contact the Desert Studies 
Center, Department of Biological Science, California State University, Fullerton, 
Fullerton, California 92834 or dsc@fullerton.edu 


38 Institutes and Centers 




California State University, Fullerton 


Center for Business Studies (CBS) 

Langsdorf Hall 626 and 634 

(714) 278-3936 or (714) 278-4676 

Fax (714) 278-3106 or (714) 278-7101 or (714) 278-2645 

The Center for Business Studies develops and conducts research, consulting 
and training programs for domestic and international organizations, both in 
the private and public sectors. The focus of such programs is on management 
and organizational development, formulation and implementation of strategic 
and tactical activities, analysis of microeconomic policy impacts on 
organizations and effective resource utilization. The center also serves as the 
contact point for individuals and organizations seeking faculty’s expertise. In 
addition, it provides qualified support for faculty research on local, regional 
and transnational issues. 

Center for California Public Archeology 
Humanities 311 

The Center for California Public Archeology houses archeological material 
(much of it from Orange County) and sponsors and conducts a variety of 
activities for CSUF students and the community. Through field work, donations 
and permanent curation agreements, the cneter has accumulated an extensive 
collection (about 4,000 cubic feet). With its laboratory equipment, computer 
facilities, comparative collections and research library, the center serves as a 
source for other colleges and universities as well as professional archeologists 
in public agencies and private organizations. Students, alumni and other 
qualified community members may borrow these materials for presentations 
in elementary and secondary schools, and CSUF students may earn their M.A. 
degrees by curating exhibits of public interest. The center conducts studies 
on Cultural resource Management and is the clearing house for Orange County 
archeology. The center offers a scholarship award (The Jenkins, Douglas, 
Gardner Endowment) that may be used to fund up to $1 ,000 a year for research 
by upper division or graduate students in archeology. Exhibits sponsored by 
the center are shown in the California Archeological Museum located in 
Humanities 313A. 

Center for Children Who Stutter 
Education Classroom 683 
(714) 278-4570 

The Center for Children Who Stutter (CCWS) provides assessment and 
treatment for young children who stutter. These very young children require 
state-of-the-art prevention and treatment provided by professionals who are 
experts in stuttering. 

Education and research to improve services for children who stutter are also 
goals of the Center for Children Who Stutter. The CCWS was a logical extension 
of a four-year study (1992-1996) funded by the National Institutes of Health 
that provided guidance in the selection of assessment and treatment approaches 
and access to the families of children who stutter in our service area. The 
center provides internships for students who are in the Communicative 
Disorders MA program. Also, workshops are available for practicing speech 
pathologists to update their knowledge of fluency disorders. 

The CCWS is supported by the Department of Speech Communication and 
the School of Communications. The University Advancement Foundation helps 
raise funds and provides business management. The center works closely with 
the National Stuttering Project (NSP), a self-help group for people who stutter 
and the Stuttering Foundation of America. 


Center for Collaboration for Children 
Education Classroom 424 
(714) 278-3313 

The Center for Collaboration for Children, founded in 1991, is a California 
State University systemwide initiative and is part of the School of Human 
Development and Community Service. The primary focus of the center is to 
meet the needs of children and families by promoting collaborative, cross- 
agency efforts that use school-based and community-based models serving 
the whole child in that child’s family and community. The mission of the center 
is to improve the California State University system’s capacity to meet the needs 
of children and youth in the 21st century. The CSU is the primary source of 
education and training for thousands of professionals who serve children in 
California, such as nurses, teachers, social workers and counselors. The center’s 
goals are: (1) to work across disciplines to strengthen the ability of professionals 
to help children and families; (2) to develop models of multicutlural 
collaboration for the wellbeing of children and families; (3) to facilitate 
interagency collaboration about community organizations, school districts, 
public agencies and the university; (4) to revise university course curriculum, 
fieldwork placements and in-service education in support of these goals; and 
(5) to conduct ongoing policy research and data collection that enhances the 
goals of the center.A multidisciplinary team of faculty on participating CSU 
campuses works to implement these goals in collaboration with the director of 
the center, Sid Gardner. 

Center for Demographic Research 
McCarthy Hall 59 
(714) 278-3185 

The major focus of the Center for Demographic Research is the population 
and demography of Orange County. The center is supported by a consortium 
consisting of the County of Orange, the County Sanitation Districts of Orange 
County, the Orange County Division of the League of California Cities, The 
Orange County Fire Authoroty, the Orange County Transportation Authority 
and the Transportation Corridor Agencies. The center is hosted and partially 
supported by California State University, Fullerton. Population estimates and 
projections by select characteristics for a variety of geographic areas constitutes 
the basic functioning of the center. These efforts are in support of both 
operational and long-range planning activities of various government agencies, 
other public or quasi-public agencies and private organizations. Staff of the 
Center is engaged in a variety of collaborative activities and research including: 
U.S. Census, preparation and coordination, SCAG regional planning efforts, 
transportation modeling data preparation and professional support of both 
county and local non-profit agency planning and evaluation efforts. 

Center for Economic Education 
Langsdorf Hall 530 
(714) 278-2248 

The Center for Economic Education is one of many such centers at colleges 
and universities in the United States working with the EconomicsAmerica — 
National Council on Economic Education at the national level and the 
EconomicsAmerica of California to expand economic understanding. Center 
programs include services to schools and colleges, individual educators, and 
the community; research and professional training; and operation of an 
economic education information center. The center is located in the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. 


Institutes and Centers 


California State University, Fullerton 


Center for Ethnographic Cultural Analysis 
McCarthy Hall 409 

The Center for Ethnographic Cultural Analysis combines training in 
ethnography (as a technique of observing, recording and writing about other 
cultures) with various forms of cultural analysis (both quantitiative and 
qualitative). It promotes innovative educational projects, conferences, seminars 
and workshops, and serves as a resource for schools and businesses within the 
community that may wish to draw upon the expertise of anhropology students 
and faculty trained to observe, record and analyze the qualitative complexity 
of human behavior. 

Center for Excellence in Science and Mathematics Education 
McCarthy Hall 527 
(714) 278-4558 

The Center for Excellence in Science and Mathematics Education is a joint 
venture of the School of Natural Science and Mathematics (NSM) and the 
School of Human Development and Community Service(HDCS). The primary 
functions of the Center are: 

1 . Coordinate K-12 science and math education activities on campus. 

2. Support efforts for obtaining external funds for the improvement of science 
and math education. 

3. Enhance outreach activities with area schools and educators. 

4. Publicize existing science and math education programs at CSUE 

5. Promote increased access to science and mathematics to all students, espe- 
cially underrepresented minorities, women, and bilingual speakers. 

6. Foster discussion and develop innovative ideas regarding current issues and 
methods in mathematics and science education. 

7. Promote collaboration between NSM and HDCS faculty in improving sci- 
ence and math education and classroom teaching. 

8. Training/mentoring of graduate teaching assistants as part of the functions 
ofCESME. 

An advisory committee consisting of faculty from NSM and HDCS oversees 
the Center’s activities. 

Center for Governmental Studies 
University Hall 511 
(714) 278-3521 

The Center for Governmental Studies supports research, training and 
publication which assist governmental, professional and civic groups. It is 
housed in the Division of Political Science and Criminal Justice and draws 
upon departmental, community and alumni expertise. The Institute publishes 
monographs and books, sponsors training programs, and supports theoretical 
and applied research which are of interest to public policy makers. Institute 
funds also assist in supporting the teaching mission of the department. 

Center for International Business 
University Hall 313 
(714) 278-2223 

The need for an international dimension to business education is underscored 
by the importance of international business operations to domestic firms and 
the development of multinational firms and agencies. Equally important is a 
growing awareness of the diversity among the worlds cultures and economies, 
and an understanding of an unavoidable interdependence among nations. The 
International Business Center has undertaken to meet these challenges in the 


international area by developing international business programs with the 
School of Business Administration and Economics. 

Center for Molecular Structure 
McCarthy Hall 
(714) 278-3952 

The W.M Keck Center for Molecular Structure (CMolS) houses the first 
comprehensive x-ray crystallographic facility located at a predominantly 
undergraduate institution. The $1.3 million center is a core research and 
education facility that serves the 22-campus California State University, the 
largest four-year and Masters degree-granting public university system in the 
United States. CMolS provides faculty and students throughout the CSU the 
opportunity for joint research and teaching activities directed at the 
determination and critical analysis of molecular structures. Ongoing studies at 
CMolS in various areas is assisted by the use of state-of-the-art computer and 
x-ray instrumentation operating innovative applications have been integrated 
into the undergraduate and graduate curricula. 

Center for Nonprofit Sector Research 
University Advancement, College Park 850 
(714) 278-5376 

Charitable organizations are a vital part of the social fabric, ranging from the 
symphony and hospital to the community clinic and animal shelters. Their 
services, impact and economic scope are substantial, yet the sector as a whole 
is little understood and practically invisible. The Center for Nonprofit Sector 
Research was established to serve the Orange County community and the field 
of nonprofit sector research as the repository for data about philanthropic, 
charitable and volunteer activity in this county. The Center published the first 
formal study of Orange County’s nonprofit sector in 1996. Ongoing activities 
include maintaining the Orange County nonprofit database, encouraging 
scholarly research of the sector, involving practitioners and funders in designing 
future research projects and facilitating meangful discussion of issues affecting 
the nonprofit sector. 

Decision Research Center 
Humanities 532 
(714) 278-2102 

The Decision Research Center in the Department of Psychology supports research 
and instructional activities of faculty and students in the study of behavioral 
decision-making. Research conducted in the center includes experimental and 
theoretical studies of (1) basic psychological laws of judgment and decision- 
making under conditions of risk, uncertainty and ambiguity; (2) the effect of 
sudden changes in wealth on a person’s attitude toward risk (such as the effects 
of winning a prize in the lottery on financial decisions); (3) effects of the judge’s 
point of view on judgments and decisions, and (4) combination of information 
from sources of varied expertise and bias to form judgments and decisions. 

Developmental Research Center 
Humanities 519 E 
(714) 278-2147 

The Development Research Center in the Department of Psychology supports 
the research and instructional activities of faculty and students in developmental 
psychology. Unique opportunities are provided to students in both research 
training and applied developmental psychology: Research conducted at the 
center includes: (1) longitudinal assessment of the relationships between home 


Institutes and Centers 


California State University, Fullerton 


environment, mental development and school readiness; (2) analysis of 
perceptual and cognitive abilities; (3) life-span changes; (4) learning disabilities; 
(5) memory strategy instruction; (6) development of cerebral hemisphere 
specialization; (7) parent-child relationships; and (8) gifted children. 

Family Business Council 
Langsdorf Flail 626 
(714) 278-4182 

The Family Business Council’s focus is on owners of small to mid-sized family 
businesses. Through meetings and networking opportunities among members, 
the Council provides individual owners with information on the accounting, 
legal, and other professional issues associated with running a healthy business. 
A major aspect of the Council’s activities deals with succession planning — one 
of the most difficult transactions faced by a small business owner and one of 
the most important. 

Foreign Language Laboratory 
Humanities 325 
(714) 278-2153 

The Department of Foreign Languages has a state-of-the-art, 24-station 
computer lab. Students in selected classes use the computer lab to learn 
grammar, idioms and vocabulary as well as to write compositions in foreign 
languages. The computer lab is also connected to the Internet, through which 
students can access a wide variety of authentic language materials contained 
in web sites in the countries whose languages they are studying. Adjacent to 
the computer lab is an 18-station Tandberg IS- 10 audio tape lab. Foreign 
Language video tapes and laser discs provide students with authentic and 
interesting supplements to classroom instruction. 

Institute for Economic and Environmental Studies 
Langsdorf Hall 702 
(714) 278-2509 

The Institute issues regular economic forecasts, provides analysis-based policy 
advice on economic and environmental issues and studies regional economic 
impacts. The Institute undertakes independent studies as well as contract 
research into the areas of its focus with private and public entities. It seeks 
funding for research and training, sponsors conferences and workshops, 
presents studies and reports of interest to business, government, academic 
and general communities. Whenever possible, the Institute’s activities are 
structured to allow the participation of graduate and undergraduate students 
at California State University, Fullerton. 

Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition 
McCarthy Hall 282 
(714) 278-3614 

The Institute for Molecular Biology and Nutrition is an interdisciplinary 
organization comprised of faculty members from the Departments of Biological 
Science, and Chemistry and Biochemistry. The mission of the Institute is the 
exploration of ideas and problems concerning cell and molecular life science 
by: (1) fostering communication of scientific ideas to its membership, affiliated 
departments, the university, and to the community at large; (2) promoting 
active research on cellular and molecular problems; (3) encouraging student 
research in affiliation with members of the Institute; (4) development of courses 
related to the Institute’s mission which benefit from the unique interdisciplinary 
approach, and (5) fostering research and education in biotechnology. 


The Institute sponsors a series of special seminars and symposia featuring 
distinguished scientists of national and international renown. 

Institute for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning 
Humanities 113, 115-A 
(714) 278-2841 

The Institute for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning (IATL) promotes 
the preeminence of learning at Calfiornia State University, Fullerton. The IATL 
conducts activities which are focused on learning, this includes student learning 
that goes on in classrooms, faculty learning about good teaching practices, 
faculty studying issues related to learning in their own disciplines, and 
conducting research related to teaching and learning in general. The IATL 
advances pedagogical research projects, including those related to the effects 
on learning by various faculty teaching styles and student learning styles in 
the classrom, and the role of outcomes assessment in the learning process. 
The LATL is the central coordination unit for such activities on the CSU Fullerton 
campus. 

The IATL provides seminars, workshops, colloquia, and Chautauqua-like 
programs for faculty, maintains a faculty library and resource center of 
information about teaching and learning, publishes the series “Creative 
Teaching” and “Creative Teaching Briefs” and assists in the development of 
internal and external faculty enhancement and learning improvement research 
proposals. 

Laboratory of Phonetic Research 
University Hall 417 
(714) 278-3722 

The Laboratory of Phonetic Research is a research and training facility 
administered by the Linguistics Program. It is equipped with electromechanical 
facilities for the study of human speech, recording equipment, and an extensive 
collection of tape recordings of lesser known languages and dialects. Its 
objectives are to provide beginning students with teaching, training and 
experience in phonological analysis and to provide advanced students and 
faculty with facilities for research in phonetics and phonology. 

The Laboratory also serves as the editorial home of the California Linguistic 
Notes. 

North Orange County Leadership Institute 
University Hall 517 
(714) 278-3520 

The North Orange County Leadership Institute is designed to identify and 
develop effective community leaders. Students explore leadership skills, discuss 
issues affecting the North Orange County area and learn how to become more 
involved in community problem-solving. The goal is to improve the quality 
and breadth of those in leadership positions in the region. 

The institutte is coordinated by the Division of Criminal Justice and Political 
Science. It serves the communities of Brea, Diamond Bar, Fullerton, La Habra, 
Placentia and Yorba Linda and is governed by a steering committee of 
representatives of the school districts, cities, chambers of commerce and 
interested members of the business community. Approximately 20 students 
per year take part in the program. Instructional faculty is drawn from the 
university, the cities and the private sector. 


Institutes and Centers 


California State University, Fullerton 


Ocean Studies Institute/Southern California Marine Institute 
McCarthy Hall 282 
(714) 278-3614 

The Ocean Studies Institute, which consists of eight State University campuses 
(Dominguez Hills, Fullerton, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Northridge, Pomona, 
San Diego, San Marcos), participates in training scientists and educating the 
general public by coordinating and facilitating marine educational and research 
activities. It provides facilities for introducing students to the marine 
environment and for intensive participation by students pursuing professional 
programs. The major facility is the R/V Yellowfin (76-foot vessel) which is used 
by classes and research programs in biology, geology and ocean engineering. 
The Institute serves as an engineering educational and research liaison. In 
addition to research vessels located at Terminal Island, the facility includes a 
5000-square-foot building with laboratories, classrooms and running sea water 
system. The Institute serves as an educational and research liason. The OSI 
has recently merged with the University of Southern California and Occidental 
College to form the Southern California Marine Institute which is located at 
820 South Seaside Avenue, Terminal Island, CA 90731 (310) 519-3172, Fax 
(310) 519-1054. 

Real Estate and Land Use Institute 
Langsdorf Hall 522 
(714) 278-7125 

The Real Estate and Land Use Institute is a branch of the California State University 
Systems applied research and professional and public education center for real 
estate and urban land use. The mission of the institute is to promote and advance 
knowledge, objective research and education in the area of real estate and land 
use economics by: (1) providing a neutral and consistent soure of real estate 
research, analysis and data to the real estate community, government agencies 
and educators in Orange County; (2) providing neutral forum where professionals 
in the field address key real estate and land use issues; and (3) maintaining 
liaison with government agencies, private industry and associated organizations 
with interest in public policy affecting real estate and land use. 

Ruby Gerontology Center 
Ruby Gerontology Center 8 
(714) 278-7057 

The Charles L. and Rachael E. Ruby Gerontology Center serves as a forum for 
intellectual activity and creative scholarship in the area of gerontology. The 
Center houses the activities of the Continuing Learning Experience, the 
Gerontology' Research Institute, and is a resource center on aging for the Orange 
County region. The Centers goals include: promoting educational programs 
concerning adult development and aging, developing productive 
intergenerational activities in education and research, fostering cross- 
disciplinary research on topics related to aging and later life, providing 
opportunities for lifelong learning, and expanding opportunities for professional 
growth and development for those interested in gerontology. 

Small Business Institute 
Langsdorf Hall 664 
(714) 278-3930 

The Small Business Institute has many programs designed to guide and help 
smaller, fast-growing businesses. One of the most imponant is its program in 
which faculty and students offer free business consulting to 50 firms a year. 
The students are graduating seniors or MBA candidates who work under the 
close direction of faculty advisers. They prepare a major report that includes 


recommendations for improved performance. More than 700 Orange County 
firms have received this service. The institute selects outstanding reports to 
submit to the Small Business Administration’s case competition. In 1992 and 
1996 teams of MBA students — competing against approximately 6,700 other 
teams — were named national winners. Many other teams won regional honors. 

Social Science Research Center (SSRC) 

McCarthy Hall 33 
(714) 278-3185 

The Social Science Research Center supports collaborative, funded projects 
that link the faculty of the School of Humanities and Social Scienes to our 
regional community. The center annually is involved in numerous special studies 
for local governments, nonprofit sector community organizations and on- 
campus administrative units. Those research projects include surveys, program 
evaluations, governmental planning and policy reviews and statistical analysis. 
Through these activities, the SSRC provides applied research and training 
opportunities for students as well as faculty in the humanities, social and 
behavioral sciences. 

Sport and Movement Institute 
Physical Education 134 
(714) 278-3316 

The purpose of the Sport and Movement Institute is to promote an atmosphere 
congenial to research, creative activity, and services concerned with human 
movement and its related phenomena. Specifically, the organization endeavors 
to: (1) provide services of evaluation, consultation and advisement; (2) foster 
and encourage the generation and communication of ideas and information; (3) 
interpret and facilitate the practical application of research findings; (4) provide 
opportunities for individuals and community groups to participate in activities 
of the Institute such as clinics, workshops, seminars, etc. ; (5) promote and support 
research and other scholarly activities on the part of the membership. 

Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary 

McCarthy Hall 207H 

(714) 649-2760 or (714) 278-3451 

The Tucker Wildlife Sanctuary operates as a nonprofit California State 
University, Fullerton Foundation agency. Located in Modjeska Canyon in the 
Santa Ana Mountains, the sanctuary provides for a program of continuing 
educational service to the community; a research center for biological field 
studies; a facility for teacher education in nature interpretation and conservation 
education; and a center for training students planning to enter into the public 
service field of nature interpretation. 

Twin Studies Center 
Humanities 52 1J 
(714) 278-2568 

The Twin Studies Center of the Psychology Department is designed to serve 
two purposes: (1) conduct research projects on twins that will contribute to 
know ledge concerning the rearing and educating of twins, and enhance our 
understanding of human development, and (2) provide information to the 
public concerning psychological and biological aspects of twinship. 


Institutes and Centers 



California State University, Fullerton 



Student 

Affairs 


Classroom activity is devoted to the academic development of the learner. 
Student Affairs offers programs which support the academic program and 
simultaneously provide students with services and opportunities for personal 
growth. Some Student Affairs programs such as housing and financial aid 
emphasize their service and educationally supportive roles; others, like 
counseling, accentuate their developmental aspects. The opportunities offered 
by the university's Student Affairs program vary from the traditional social 
activities to lectures and concerts funded through the Associated Students. 
Developmental activities include the exploration of personal and vocational 
life styles and leadership and training. 

Student Affairs are comprised of Academic Appeals, Career Development and 
Counseling, Disabled Student Services, Financial Aid, Student Health Center, 
Housing and Residence Life, International Education and Exchange, School 
Based Assistant Deans, Testing and Research, University Activities Center, 
University Center (Student Union), and Women’s/Adult Reentry Center. 


Vice President for Student Affairs 
Langsdorf Hall 805 
(714) 278-3221 

The vice president’s office coordinates and supervises all student affairs services 
and programs. The vice president is responsible for the quality of student life 
on the campus and works with faculty, administration and students to improve 
the campus environment. This office is also charged with administering the 
university’s academic appeals procedure and the student disciplinary codes. 

Academic Appeals 
Langsdorf Hall 805 
(714) 278-3836 

Students who have grade disputes are encouraged to make every effort to resolve 
the issue informally by meeting with the instructor, department chair, and 
dean of the school. Students who feel they have been unsuccessful at resolving 
the issue informally, should contact the coordinator of academic appeals, who 


44 Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


will work to resolve the dispute informally and provide information and 
clarification about university policies. Students are encouraged to contact the 
coordinator if they have questions about the academic appeals process. 

Career Development & Counseling 
Langsdorf Hall 208 
(714) 278-3121 

Career Development and Counseling provides career counseling, personal counseling 
and employment services. The center has designed many programs and services to 
fit career exploration, planning and employment needs. One of the most popular 
services is listings of local, part-time jobs for Cal State Fullerton students. 

Whether a student is just beginning to think about a major or a career or is 
ready to look for a job, the CDC has counselors and programs that will help 
define and achieve career goals. The CDC draws upon both on and off campus 
contacts and resources by working closely with employers and on task forces 
with faculty to plan career programs. In addition to career issues, personal 
counseling is provided at the center. An individual, confidential appointment 
can help clarify concerns and contribute to the learning experience. Make the 
time to get acquainted with and use the CDC’s services and programs. 

Counseling 

CDC professionals can help to identify interests, skills and values and their 
relationship to career opportunities through counseling and vocational testing. 
Students who encounter emotional or personal problems may come to the 
CDC for professional psychological counseling. 

Seminars and Workshops 

Group sessions examine topics such as career planning, resume writing, job 
search techniques, interview skills, and other career related subjects throughout 
the semester. Many of these seminars are designed for specific academic areas. 
In addition, workshops in personal development and life skills are offered at the 
center. See the CDC Calendar published every semester for current information. 

Career Resource Library 

The center has an extensive collection of company, career search, occupational 
and labor market information to help with career research. The library includes 
books, pamphlets, brochures, as well as audio and video tapes. 

Part-Time Employment 

The center has listings of part-time, summer, and temporary employment which 
are received each day from local employers. In addition, there are two Dial-a-Job 
hotlines; one for business, technical and general, and one for teaching positions. 

Career Employment 

Employment listings and recorded job information are available to students 
and graduates seeking full-time career opportunities. The jobs are found in 
government agencies, business, industry, manufacturing, and service industries. 
A job search also can be conducted at the center on the Internet. 

On Campus Recruitment 

Several hundred employers send recruiters to the CDC each fall and spring to 
recruit graduating seniors, graduate students and alumni. Also, there are three 
major career days each year. 


Educational Placement 

The center provides complete services for candidates seeking employment in 
educational institutions including: counseling, file service, position listings, a 
published bulletin of administrative openings, and several job fairs for teachers. 

Minority Services 

The CDC is aware of the career needs of minority students; counselors work 
closely with employers, clubs, and professional organizations to provide services 
and opportunities that will help meet these needs. 

S1G1 PLUS 

S1GI PLUS (pronounced “Siggy”) is a computer-based System of Interactive 
Guidance and Information that will help make career decisions. The program 
will help examine values, explore career options and master decision-making 
strategies. It also contains Graduate School Selector, a program of information 
on 800 graduate schools in the nation. 

Career Class 

Career Exploration and Life Planning (Counseling 252) is a three unit course 
designed to facilitate career and educational decision making. Specific objectives 
of the class include increasing awareness of self, the world of work, relationships 
between college majors and occupations, and job search skills. See the current 
Class Schedule for further information. 

Alumni Career Bank 

The Alumni Career Bank is composed of several hundred CSUF alumni who 
have volunteered to share their work experiences with students. Over 100 
career areas and nearly every major and program are represented in the bank. 

Walk-In Counselor 

Throughout the day a CDC counselor is available to help define career needs 
and suggest appropriate CDC services. This is designed to answer short 
questions, critique resumes, and provide brief information. 

Services of Career Development & Counseling are available without cost to 
currently enrolled students. Services are also available to alumni without charge 
for six months following graduation. After that period, alumni will be charged 
a nominal fee for services. 

The university will furnish, upon request, current information concerning the 
subsequent employment of graduates from programs or courses of study which 
have the purpose of preparing students for a particular career field. This 
information includes data concerning average starting salary and the percentage 
of previously enrolled students who obtained employment. The information 
provided includes data collected from recent graduates of the campus. Copies 
of the published information are available at the center. 

Financial Aid 
University Hall 146 
(714) 278-3125 

The Office of Financial Aid is committed to providing eligible students with 
the necessary financial aid resources to ensure their academic success. The 
office provides financial assistance to approximately 8,292 students annually 
and administers over $46 million each year through the following student 
financial assistance programs: 


Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Parent Loan (PLUS) Program 
Federal Perkins Loan 
Federal Stafford Loan 
Federal Pell Grant 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant 

Bureau of Indian Affairs Grant 

State University Grant Program 

Educational Opportunity Program Grant 

Federal Work Study Program 

Cal Grant A 

Cal Grant B 

State Graduate Fellowship 
Private Scholarship 
Emergency Loan Fund 

For further information concerning financial aid programs available at the 
university see the Registration Procedures section of this catalog or call the 
Office of Financial Aid. 

Disabled Student Services 

University Hall 101 

(714) 278-3117 (V) 278-2786 (TDD) 

The Office of Disabled Student Services provides assistance and offers support 
services to students with temporary and permanent disabilities. The purpose 
of this program is to make all of the university’s educational, cultural, social, 
and physical facilities and programs accessible to students with orthopedic, 
functional, perceptual and/or learning disabilities. The program serves as the 
delegated authority on campus to review documentation and determine specific 
accommodations for students with disabilities.. The professional and support 
staff are experienced in serving the particular needs of persons with disabilities. 

The program works in close cooperation with other university departments in 
order to provide a full range of services. These services include academic 
accommodations (readers, note takers, tutors, interpreters for the deal/hearing 
impaired, alternative testing) counseling, disabled person parking, application 
assistance and priority registration, academic advisement, career counseling 
and job-placement, housing and transportation, health services for acute illness, 
and advocacy. 

The program also provides diagnostic assessment, counseling, advisement, advocacy 
and supportive services for students with functional and/or learning disabilities. 

The program encourages involvement and input from students, faculty, and 
staff in order to maintain a responsive and quality program. 

Information regarding programs and services available to students with 
permanent and temporary disabilities may be obtained from the Office of 
Disabled Student Services. 

Health Service 
Student Health Center 
(714) 278-2800 

The Health Center is staffed by physicians, nurse practitioners, registered nurses, 
laboratory and radiology’ technologists, a pharmacist, and a physical therapist. 
Most of the providers are primary care clinicians. The staff also includes 
specialists in the following fields: gynecology, orthopedics, dermatology, 
podiatry, and family planning counseling. The center has its own laboratory 
and pharmacy which fills prescriptions from the Center’s providers A student 
planning to go overseas may obtain inoculations at the Health Center. 


All medical records are confidential; no information will be released without 
the patient’s written permission, except in the rare case of a court subpoena. 

The basic medical services of the Student Health Center are supported jointly 
by the state budget and a student mandatory health fee. Certain augmented 
services are available at a low additional fee. An optional Titan Health Card 
covering unlimited use of augmented services at a reduced fee may be purchased 
at the Health Center reception desk. 

To schedule an appointment, call (714) 278-2813. 

Housing and Residence Life 
Cypress House 101 
(714) 278-2168 

Up to 396 students are accommodated in 66 Residence Hall suites. Each three- 
bedroom, two-bath suite accommodates six residents, is air-conditioned, 
carpeted, and fully furnished. 

The housing complex offers its residents a study lounge, computer and typing 
rooms, a weight room, a multi-purpose room, and coin-operated washers and 
dryers. Barbecue grills, a picnic area, a basketball court, a sand volleyball court, 
piano, billiards, ping pong, a large screen television set and VCR are also 
available for residents. 

The Housing and Residence Life Office also assists students in their search for 
off-campus housing by providing updated listings of local apartment complexes. 
Bulletin boards are available for posting cards by students seeking roommates 
or accommodations. Other listings highlight rooms for rent in private homes 
and rooms in exchange for work. Information is available on referrals for 
community housing agencies handling landlord/tenant law. 

Residence hall space is available for summer session students and for 
educationally related groups sponsoring workshops and programs on campus. 

Contact the campus Housing and Residence Life Office for further information. 

International Education and Exchange 
University Hall 244 
(714) 278-2787 

California State University, Fullerton is a community of people from many 
nations and cultures. The Office of International Education and Exchange is 
dedicated to promoting the exchange of knowledge and experience within the 
multicultural campus community and with the world at large. The office 
provides information and assistance for all international students attending 
CSUF and for U.S. students planning to study abroad. 

International Students 

Over 1000 students from nearly 70 countries study at CSUF as international 
students, and the staff of the Office of International Education and Exchange 
endeavors to provide them with the best possible academic and personal 
experience. The office provides visa eligibility documents, pre-arrival 
information, and orientation to newly admitted students. The door is always 
open for students to meet with an adviser to discuss academic concerns, cultural 
adjustment, immigration matters or just to chat. 

Campus activities such as cultural events and holiday celebrations, occur 
throughout the year. The office coordinates programs in the community, such 
as the Fullerton International Friendship Council, which offers home hospitality 
and arrival services. 


46 Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Study, Work and Travel Abroad 

A year or semester overseas can provide an invaluable educational experience. 
Cultural awareness, language skills, and an in-depth knowledge of ones field from 
an international perspective are but a few of the many benefits of studying abroad. 
A well planned program offers career advantages with the increasingly multinational 
and multicultural organizations and communities of southern California. 

The California State University International Programs is an academic year 
program with centers in 17 countries. International Programs participants 
remain enrolled at CSUF, earn residential credit, and pay an International 
Programs participant fee and home campus fees. All personal expenses are the 
student’s responsibility. 

CSUF has established campus-based direct exchange programs with universities 
in Russia, China, France, Germany, Japan, and Mexico. Application and admission 
requirements vary somewhat by country. No overseas tuition is charged; students 
pay regular CSUF campus fees, plus international transportation, living, and 
related expenses. Semester programs are available. Detailed information may be 
found in the “International Programs” section of this catalog. 

Information on the International Programs as well as a general library on study, 
work, and travel abroad are available in the International Education Office. 

lntercultural Development Center 

The lntercultural Development Center offers educational support programs 
and services for foreign-born students, particularly recent immigrants and 
refugees from Southeast Asia. Students are offered programs such as 
employment skills workshops, peer support groups, and traditional cultural 
celebrations. The center also provides information on service-learning and 
volunteer opportunities with community agencies serving recent immigrant 
populations in Orange County. 

The lntercultural Development Center builds cross-cultural awareness in the 
campus community by serving as a resource center with published materials 
and presentations on diverse cultures. The Center is well-equipped to assist 
immigrant and refugee students with academic and personal problems. 

School Based Student Affairs 

The assistant deans work in collaboration with the Vice President for Student 
Affairs and the deans in each school and the director of the Mission Viejo Campus, 
to deliver services which support student progress toward degree and professional 
objectives. In addition, the assistant deans design and coordinate programs with 
faculty, students, and administration which enrich the academic environment 
and enhance student development within the schools. 

Responsibilities of the assistant deans may include counseling students with 
personal and academic concerns, coordinating orientation and retention 
programs, advising student groups, administering scholarship programs, and 
developing alumni and community support for the school. 

Testing and Research Center 
Langsdorf Hall 206 
(714) 278-3838 

The Testing Center provides a variety of testing and research services to the 
university. 


The center supports the counseling services available through Career 
Development and Counseling by administering a variety of vocational tests 
designed to help students gain a better understanding of themselves and of 
their goals and interests. These tests are administered on an individual basis in 
response to counselor referrals. 

National group testing programs related to undergraduate and graduate school 
admissions and teacher certification are also coordinated by the center. 
Information on the following tests is available in the center: 

American College Test (ACT) 

Scholastic Assessment Tests (SAT) 

Graduate Record Examination (GRE) 

Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) 

Law School Admission Test (LSAT) 

Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) 

Professional Assessments for Beginning Teachers (PRAXIS) 

California Basic Educational Skills Test (CBEST) 

Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 

The center also administers other group tests related to CSUF degree 
requirements. Information on these tests is available in the center: 

English Placement Test (EPT) 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) 

Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) 

Accounting Qualifying Examination (AQE) 

Mathematics Qualifying Examination (MQE) 

Student Affairs research includes the campus climate survey, program 
evaluations, and support for assessment in Student Affairs. 

Women’s/Adult Reentry Center 
University Hall 205 
(714) 278-3928 

The Women’s Center’s primary objective is to foster a greater awareness of 
women’s issues. Its goal is to promote gender equity through improved 
communication between women and men. It is open to all interested students. 
The center’s hours are from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday. Evening 
appointments are always available. 

The Women’s Center is a place for all students - women and men. It’s a place to 
get help with any problem you may have; a place to study, relax, and make new 
friends. In short, an excellent center for students to receive support, information, 
and resources to help them explore the many options available to them. 

Programs and services include individual counseling, speakers, films, skill- 
building workshops, developmental groups, resource information, and referrals. 
Cultural diversity and what that means for women of color is of special concern 
to the Women’s Center. African-American women, Asian women, and Latinas 
will find groups and books specific to the concerns of each of these populations. 

The Women’s Center is closely involved with the minor in Women’s Studies. 
The center houses a Women’s Studies Library of over 800 books and files with 
excellent research materials. A listing of film and tape titles round out the 
collection. The center also gathers and maintains information on local womens 
events, news, and networks. 

The Adult Reentry Center (ARC) serves adults who, after a break in their 
education, are considering beginning or continuing their college education. 


Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 


The center provides support and guidance for currently enrolled reentry 
students and others whose needs differ from those of the traditional university 
student. 

ARC offers a variety of programs which include support counseling, workshops, 
support groups, and referrals to staff and faculty. The center’s counselors and 
programs can help students and prospective students to clarify their goals and 
determine if a university education is the appropriate method for attaining 
those goals. The center also provides information and assistance with university 
application and registration procedures as well as personal, academic, and 
career counseling. Special programs, groups, workshops, films, and discussions 
which focus on the special needs of reentry students are presented each 
semester. Evening hours are always available. 


48 


Student Affairs 


California State University, Fullerton 




Student Life is a division of Student Affairs that provides educational 
opportunities outside of the classroom at California State University, Fullerton. 
Students can take full advantage of the many lectures, programs and seminars 
offered as part of a well-developed co-curriculum on campus. Students not 
only attend events but participate in the planning and implementation of a 
full slate of activities held throughout the year. 

Office of Student Life 
University Center 235 
(714) 278-3211 

The students, staff, and programs which comprise the Office of Student Life 
offer developmental experiences for students desiring to learn and practice 
leadership skills. Society looks to universities to provide the next generation 
of leaders, but frequently little is done to give students preparation for this 
role. Here, in the Office of Student Life, opportunities range from a more 
structured learning environment like the Student Leadership Institute, to 
participation as an officer in a student club, to volunteering in surrounding 
communities with the Community-based Learning and Service Center. Retreats 
and workshops are held to help students acquire the expertise they will need 
now and in the future. 


The Office of Student Life provides information and assistance in registering a 
club or organization. In addition, one can get information about the 200 student 
clubs and organizations currently registered at CSUF. Student Life is responsible 
for scheduling club meeting space in all campus buildings (except the University 
Center) as well as for scheduling reservation space for outdoor activities. The 
professional staff is available to help plan, implement, and evaluate almost any 
type of program or project. The staff can also assist in budget development, 
publicity, fund-raisers, dances and conferences. The professional staff conducts 
workshops throughout the semester and covers such topics as successful event 
program planning and group dynamics. Furthermore, the Office of Student 
Life staff advises all student groups wishing to sponsor campus-wide cultural 
programs. 

New Student Programs 

The Office of Student Life coordinates several programs targeted at the needs 
and concerns of students new to CSUF Special emphasis is placed in this area 
since a new student’s impression in the first semester plays a major role in the 
student’s long term success. All students are encouraged to be involved in 
these programs whether they are a first-time, transfer, or a returning student. 


Student Life 49 


California State University, Fullerton 


New Student Orientation 

New Student Orientation (NSO) offers students the opportunity to begin 
establishing a sense of belonging and a way to be involved on campus. NSO 
provides a place to meet people, get an overview of the campus, and obtain 
academic advisement and register for classes. 

Titan Welcome Week 

This is an opportunity to join with others in the CSUF community to welcome 
new students and kick off the new academic year. Titan Welcome Week is 
held during the first weeks of the fall semester. Events and programs offered 
during Titan Welcome Week range from academic open houses to the ever 
popular Club Fest. 

Connections 
University Hall 178 
(714) 278-2501 

Connections is a place where new and continuing students can get questions 
answered, learn about locations on campus, and attend programs designed for 
student success at Cal State Fullerton. Connections provides general campus 
information, campus involvement information, a meeting and study group area, 
student organization information and highlights evening programs and services. 
Stop by UH- 1 78 and get “connected” with other students and the campus. Hours 
are Monday-Thursday 10 a.m. to 7 p.m. and Fridays 10 a m. to 3 p.m. 

New Student Information Center 
Langsdorf Hall 112 
(714) 278-3120 

The New Student Information Center offers new and continuing students 
general information about campus events and services, directions and campus 
hours. Students and others are able to pick up applications for admissions, 
information about on-and-off-campus housing, student handbooks and general 
information about the various services on campus.. 

Student Leadership Institute 
University Center 235 
(714) 278-5999 

The Student Leadership Institute is a nationally recognized program which 
offers non-credit workshops for CSUF students on leadership development 
topics. The program is for students who are interested in improving their 
leadership skills. The Leadership Institute offers four certificate programs: 
University Leadership, Peer Education, E.M.B.R.A.C.E. (Educating Myself for 
Better Racial Awareness and Cultural Enrichment) and Leadership for Public 
Service. 

Clubs and Organizations 

Students who want to meet and get to know students who are interested in 
similar types of co-curricular activities can join one of the 200 active student 
clubs and organizations on campus. The Office of Student Life provides 
information about club meeting times, dates, and locations. Categories of clubs 
include academic, honor, cultural, professional, religious, and recreational. 

Academic and professional organizations are either closely affiliated with 
academic areas at Cal State Fullerton or have national professional recognition. 
These groups offer students a chance to identify with faculty and community 
members who have similar career interests. 


Greek letter fraternities and sororities with national affiliations also exist at Cal 
State Fullerton. With a choice of 1 1 fraternities and six sororities, students can 
usually find a group to join. Additionally, there are Asian, Latino, Black and 
Coed fraternities and sororities in which students can also participate. Rush 
information is available at the Office of Student Life. 

Community-based Learning and Service Center (CLASC) 
University Center 245 
(714) 278-7622 

The Community-based Learning and Service Center (CLASC, pronounced 
“classic”) connects students with volunteer opportunities. CLASC provides 
quality service to the surrounding community while broadening the knowledge 
and experience of the servers as responsible and active members in a democratic 
society. CLASC provides a wide range of service-learning projects which are 
student-run, dedicated to issues such as tutoring and mentoring, college prep 
and hunger and homelessness. Additionally, students can use CLASC’s to 
identify in-service learning courses. Community service programs provide a 
variety of experiences including: volunteer work, internships, academic credit 
projects, and some compensated experiences. CLASC will help place students 
in both on-campus and off-campus agencies. 

AS Productions 
University Center 268 
(714)278-3501 

Entertainment possibilities are endless with Associated Students Productions 
(ASP) at CSUF ASP consists of six committees composed of student volunteers 
whose common interest is to keep the campus alive with quality entertainment 
and educational presentations. 

ASP program directors or assistant directors are appointed by the A.S. Board 
of Directors. Any student can volunteer to serve on a committee. Students 
involved with ASP have the opportunity to plan and implement programs, 
manage budgets, and improve their leadership skills. Students can join an AS 
Productions committee anytime during the year by contacting the ASP office. 

Association for Intercultural Awareness 
University Center 254 
(714) 278-2914 

The Association for Intercultural Awareness is composed of the student cultural 
clubs and organizations at CSUF It provides funds to student groups that represent 
ethnic programs and for educational programs that are culturally based. For 
more information about the AICA contact the Office of Student Life. 

Camp Titan 
University Center 259 
(714) 278-3036 

CSUF students devote one week of their time each June to be friends and 
counselors to over 120 children attending Camp Titan, which is accredited by 
the American Camp Association. The children range in age from 5 to 13 years 
and are selected on a referral basis from community service agencies and attend 
camp at no cost. 

Students who are interested in a w eek of hiking, crafts, sitting around a campfire, 
swimming, and spending time with children, can obtain further information 
about Camp Titan from the Office of Student Life. 


50 Student Life 


California State University, Fullerton 


Departmental Association Council 
University Center 256 
(714) 278-3300 

The Departmental Association Council (DAC) is composed of student delegates 
who represent all of the academic student organizations within each department. 

The DAC provides funding for programs originated by member groups. Student 
departmental organizations can use DAC funds to provide speakers, films, 
and presentations that enhance the classroom experience. 

Individual students can receive funds for use in conducting research. All CSUF 
students are eligible to apply for such funds. 

The DAC provides a forum for discussion of student ideas and concerns. All 
students are welcome to attend council meetings. 

For more information on how to get involved in the DAC, contact the University 
Activities Center. 


Associated Students 
University Center 207 
(714) 278-3295 

The Associated Students, Inc. is a campus involvement connection at California 
State University, Fullerton. AS1 offers a variety of learning experiences through its 
government, programs, and services. Many campus special events are the product 
of student efforts to bring students new educational opportunities, to teach them 
about the campus, and to provide them a friendly, social atmosphere at CSUF 

AS1 is a non-profit corporation supported by the activity fee students pay 
through registration each semester. By paying this fee, students are automatically 
a member of the Associated Students, Inc. The purpose of the corporation is to 
provide academic and co-curricular programs and services for students. When 
students are involved in ASI they are a part of an energetic, productive group, 
learning valuable organization and communication skills that can augment 
their personal and professional growth. 

ASI Government 

The ASI government controls the actions of the corporation; it is a powerful, 
active organization that has use for students with all types of talents and skills. 
To apply for a position or find out more about student government, visit the 
ASI government office in the University Center. 

ASI President and Vice President 

The ASI president and vice president are chosen through student elections 
each spring and manage the corporation, its employees, and volunteers. These 
officers represent students’ needs and interests to CSUF’s faculty and 
administration, and to the surrounding community. They also participate in 
several committees. Along with the executive staff, the president and vice 
president submit recommendations to the ASI Board of Directors on the 
corporation’s annual budget of more than $4.1 million. 

ASI Executive Staff 

The executive staff works with the president and vice president to direct the 
programs and operation of the corporation. All executive staff members are 


appointed by the ASI president. Students may apply for these positions in the 
ASI government office. 

The ASI vice president for finance coordinates the budget process. The vice 
president for administration recruits students for presidential appointments 
and implements special projects. The director of legislative affairs is the CSUF 
representative to the California State Student Association. This statewide 
organization influences decisions about education, fee schedules and related 
topics. The public relations director is responsible for marketing the corporation 
and communicating with the campus community. Student volunteers are 
assigned specific duties according to the needs of the corporation. 

ASI Board of Directors 

The ASI Board of Directors is composed of three directors from each school 
who are elected to serve one-year terms. The ASI president, vice president, 
vice president for finance and administrator, one faculty council representative, 
and one appointee of the university president also sit on the board. Directors 
also sit on various board subcommittees and other university committees. 

These directors represent the student body and work with the executive staff 
to implement programs that fulfill students’ academic and co-curricular needs. 
They deal with issues regarding the business and affairs of the corporation, 
including approving budgets and appointments, authorizing business contracts, 
and issuing policy statements for administrative purposes. 

The weekly meetings of the ASI board are held in the Legislative Chambers in 
the University Center. All students are welcome to attend. Board seats are open 
to all students. Election applications are available at the midpoint of each 
semester in the ASI government office in University Center. 

ASI Judicial Commission 

The ASI judicial commission decides cases for the Associated Students, Inc. 
The five justices, who serve staggered two-year terms, make decisions according 
to the ASI bylaws. Any student can bring a case to the ASI judicial commission. 

Child Care Center 
Buildings 200 and 400 
(714) 278-2961 

The Child Care Center is sponsored and funded by Associated Students, Inc. 
For a nominal fee, children aged 3 months through 5 years whose parents are 
CSUF students, staff or faculty can benefit from the services of the center. 
Trained preschool teachers offer a comprehensive curnculum which covers 
learning skills in several areas of education. 

Legal Information and Referral 

Annex Office on Campus, University Center 255 

(714) 278-5757 or (714) 870-5757 

The Associated Students contracts with the College Legal Clinic, a Fullerton- 
based corporation, to provide information on legal procedures and initial 
consultation on all types of legal matters. If desired, students are referred to 
Orange County attorneys for reduced fee services. A 24-hour hot line is 
maintained by the College Legal Clinic. 


Student Life 51 


California State University, Fullerton 


University Center 

The University Center is located on the northwest corner of campus and 
provides areas for club and organizational meetings, recreation, relaxation, 
food service, and study. Each semester a portion of student fees helps support 
the services available there. 

University Center Governing Board 

The University Center Governing Board establishes operating policies for the 
University Center. Board members include students, faculty, an alumni 
representative, administrative representatives and an appointee of the university 
president. Additionally, the board also evaluates the programs and services of 
the University Center as well as space allocation and budgetary matters. 

Board members are involved in several committees. Among them are the Food 
Services Committee, Policy Committee, Interior Design Committee, Space 
Allocation Committee, Art Acquisition Committee, and the Future Directions 
Committee. Any student may apply for a board position. 

Main Information Desk 

The information and service desk of the University Center has the answer to 
most questions. It’s the place to purchase OCTA bus passes and ticket books; 
tickets for some campus events and local movie theaters; receive vending machine 
refunds; retrieve lost belongings from “lost and found”; and obtain general campus 
information. The nearby ride-share board contains the names and phone numbers 
of people seeking carpool companions for long-distance trips. 

Conference and Meeting Services 

This office provides meeting/event facilities and related services in the UC for 
student groups, faculty/staff groups, and for the surrounding community. While 
specific room rental rates vary, some facilities are frequently available at no 
charge to CSUF chartered student organizations. 

Amphitheatre 

The Becker Amphitheatre was built by the Associated Students, Inc. in 
conjunction with the University Center. The amphitheatre, located just 
southeast of the University Center, is used for noontime concerts, theatre 
productions, and other live entertainment. 

Center Gallery 

The Center Gallery offers displays of student, graduate and faculty artwork. 
Exhibits usually feature the work of a single artist and are shown for three 
weeks. All exhibits are chosen by a student art gallery coordinator. 

Graphic Services and Photo Lab 

University Center Graphic Services develops quality flyers, brochures, logos, 
letterheads and posters. Services include illustration, layout design, paste up, 
and desk top publishing. This area also offers a complete black and white 
photo lab. All services are provided at very reasonable prices. 

Music Listening Room 

The Music Listening Room has a living room atmosphere, with soft chairs, 
bright lights for reading, and a counter full of magazines. The Music Listening 
Room has a wide selection of the latest releases of rock, jazz, classical, and 
country-western music. Headsets are available for personal listening. 


Round Table Pizza Pub, Food Court, Garden Cafe 

The Pub’s congenial atmosphere offers a place to relax selling soft drinks, beer 
and wine, and Roundtable Pizza. Major sporting events are shown on the Pub’s 
big-screen television, and music is played continuously. The Pub is located on 
the University Center’s lower level. 

The Food Court is located on the main level of the University Center and 
features Togos Sandwiches, the Green Burrito, the Busy Bee and the Grill O’My 
Dreams. 

The Garden Cafe is located on the lower plaza of the University Center and 
offers a unique cafe menu in a pleasant outdoor garden setting. 

Student Typing and Word Processing Center 

Aside from the study lounges, this is one of the most popular services offered 
by the University Center. Here, students can rent typewriters and personal 
computers to give their assignments that professional look. 

UC Programming 

UC Programming is a committee of the University Center Board, the governing 
body of the University Center. The committee’s purpose is to develop and 
present social, cultural, and educational programs of interest to the University 
community. 

UC Recreation Area 

It’s mostly fun n’ games on the lower level of the UC. The recreation area offers 
a place for diversions that include a lounge with a large screen television, a 
billiard room, video and pinball games, locker rentals, small table games and 
the Titan Bowl. The CSUF community is invited to participate in the various 
bowling leagues and tournaments sponsored each semester. 

UC Theatre 

The University Center Theatre is available to clubs and organizations for 
meetings, conference lectures, and other presentations. It can be reserved 
through the reservation office at the information counter. 

Office of University Recreation Services 
Physical Education 121 
(714) 278-3978 

Believing that recreation and leisure pursuits are an integral part of one’s total 
educational experience and achievement, the Office of University Recreation 
strives to provide all students an opportunity to use their leisure time wisely in 
order to attain the highest degree of physical reward and mental relaxation. 

The benefits of the recreation program are numerous, and it has been proven 
time and again, that those who maintain good health and physical fitness, 
perform better in all aspects of life. These programs are free to all students. 

Informal Leisure Recreation 

An intensive program of unstructured recreational activities are available to all 
CSUF students. By presenting a validated, photo ID card, students can 
participate in the supervised use of numerous facilities including the racquetball 
and tennis courts, swimming complex, gymnasium, and weight room. These 
facilities are open seven days a week. 


52 Student Life 


California State University, Fullerton 


Intramural Sports 

The Intramural Sports Program is a student funded recreational based program 
of competitive leagues and tournaments. The program is accessible to all CSUF 
students, faculty and staff. Students have an active participative voice in all 
operations of the program through student assistants as well as the intramural 
representatives who sit on the Intramural Sports Council. Activities such as 
flag football, ultimate frisbee, bowling, ping pong, basketball, softball, and 
volleyball are scheduled at various times and days to accommodate individual 
schedules. 


Sports Club 

The Sports Club program at California State University, Fullerton is designed 
for individuals and organizations with similar athletic and/or recreational 
interests who wish to compete against other teams outside the university. They 
meet on a regular basis to teach and develop skills, and to promote the sport 
or activity. While competing in leagues and tournaments with other colleges, 
universities, and local clubs, they are representatives of California State 
University, Fullerton. All competitions are on a non-varsity (Non-NCAA) level. 
Typical clubs include rugby, cycling, bowling, skiing, and surfing. 

Student Family Memberships 

Current CSUF students who are married may purchase a recreation membership 
for their spouse and children (2 1 years and younger, living at home). Unmarried 
students living at home may purchase a recreation membership for their parents 
and siblings (21 years and younger, living at home). 


California State University, Fullerton 




Physical Education 158 
(714) 278-2677 


Fencing (Men/Women) 
Heizaburo Okawa 


Director of Athletics: John Easterbrook 
Associate Director: Dr. Maryalyce Jeremiah 

Director of Student Athlete Academic Services: Christine McCarthy 
Sports Information Director: Mel Franks 


Gymnastics 

Lynn Rogers (Women) 

Soccer (Men/Women) 

Al Mistri 


Coaches 

Baseball 
George Horton 

Basketball 

Bob Hawking (Men) 
Deborah Ayres (Women) 


Softball 
Judi Garman 

Tennis (Women) 

Bill Reynolds 

Volleyball 

Mary Ellen Murchinson 


Cross Country/Track (Men/Women) 
John Elders 


Wrestling 
Ardeshir Asgari 


54 Intercollegiate Athletics 



California State University, Fullerton 


Conference Memberships 

National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 1 
Big West Conference 

The rise of academic prestige at California State University, Fullerton has grown 
alongside the development of one of the nations impressive young athletics 
departments. The intercollegiate athletics department provides student-athletes 
the opportunity to compete against the country’s finest competition as well as 
providing a top-notch education. In an effort to ensure academic development, 
the university provides counseling systems designed specifically for student- 
athletes. Those services include academic advisement, guidance counseling, 
and daily study halls. 

CSUF has also made a commitment to provide facilities that enable fans and 
athletes alike to enjoy first-rate competition. The long-awaited Sports Complex 
gives Fullerton fans a much-needed home multi-purpose and soccer stadium. 
The complex provides a 10,000-seat stadium plus upgraded baseball facilities 
that seat more than 2,000. Also included are two lit softball diamonds and a 
lighted track that enable fans to enjoy the university’s many night events. Titan 
Gymnasium already enjoys tremendous popularity among the local community 
with more than 4,000 fans attending home basketball (men’s and women’s), 
women’s gymnastics and women’s volleyball events. An outdoor swimming 
complex, racquetball courts, weight-training facilities, a high-level gymnastics 
practice facility, plus facilities for wrestling and fencing make the Fullerton 
athletic complex a step above. 

Men’s Intercollegiate Athletics 

Baseball 

Few NCAA Division I baseball programs have enjoyed the degree of success that 
the Titans have had over the past two decades. During that time, the Titans have 
won 16 conference championships, nine regional championships and three 
national championships. Major League stars Tim Wallach (Los Angeles Dodgers), 
Phil Nevin (Detroit Tigers) and Brent Mayne (New York Mets) have developed at 
Fullerton. In total, there have been 23 CSUF baseball products competing in the 
major leagues. Additionally, the Titans boasted two 1996 Olympic team members, 
Mark Kotsay and Brian Lloyd. Year in and year out, the Titans compete against 
the nation’s finest programs and always come out winners. 

Basketball 

The development of Fullerton basketball has been one of college sports’ finest 
Cinderella stories. Often in contention for the Big West Championship, the 
program has produced more than half a dozen professional prospects, including 
Cedric Ceballos of the Los Angeles Lakers, and made a pair of NIT appearances, 
along with a trip to the NCAA Final Eight in 1978. 1984 Olympic Team point 
guard Leon Wood is one of many fine athletes who has helped develop the 
Titans into a program that will continue to grow. The university’s commitment 
to basketball ensures that success in the years to come. 

Cross Country 

Men’s cross country is making positive strides. The program competes in the 
v ery competitive Big West Conference which is perennially in the spotlight for 
national attention. The campus and outlying community offer a beautiful setting 
which enables the sport to set new standards among local and national 
universities. 


Soccer 

Soccer is another of Fullerton’s many sports where strong coaching has turned 
the program into a West Coast power. A1 Mistri developed one of Southern 
California’s finest soccer programs at Damien High School in LaVerne before 
taking over at Fullerton. Through hard work and support from a summer soccer 
camp, Coach Mistri has turned Titan soccer into one of the NCAAs most 
competitive men’s squads. Fullerton shared the conference championship in 
1986 and 1992 and placed third in the nation in 1993 and fifth in 1994. The 
team was ranked as high as No. 2 nationally in 1996. With the help of the 
new stadium, Fullerton expects to challenge for the crown every season. 

Fencing 

One of the West Coast’s few Division I fencing programs gives prospective 
athletes a chance to train in a traditional, unique sport. The team has enjoyed 
a great deal of success over the past few years competing against local universities 
in sabre, foil, and epee. 

Track 

Reinstated for the 1989 season, a spring track program provides a complement 
to the fall cross country schedule and should attract greater numbers of athletes. 
A new running track is part of the new Sports Complex and has accelerated 
the growth of the program that was one of the mainstays of Fullerton’s athletics 
department in the early 1970s. 

Wrestling 

Another sport that few West Coast schools support is prospering in Orange 
County as CSUF proves that hard work and strong coaching can bring success. 
Prospective athletes will find an atmosphere that is unparalleled among 
California universities. Top-notch competition and an All-American 
environment are two reasons why Fullerton wrestling is so successful. The 
Titans compete in the rugged Pac-10 conference. Laszlo Molnar placed second 
at 167 pounds in the 1994 NCAA championships. 

Women’s Intercollegiate Athletics 

Basketball 

The rise in popularity of women’s basketball has its foundations tied to the 
success of Fullerton women’s basketball teams. Under former Coach Billie 
Moore, the Titans won one of the very first national championships given out 
in the sport and recent teams have continued to be competitive on a regional 
basis. Two of women’s basketball’s greatest names have risen from Fullerton 
including 1976 Olympian Nancy Dunkle and 1991 All-American Genia Miller. 

Fencing 

One of the West Coast’s few Division I fencing programs gives prospective athletes 
a chance to train in a traditional, unique sport. The team has enjoyed a great 
deal of success over the past few years competing against local universities. 

Gymnastics 

The consistent efforts of Lynn Rogers’ women’s gymnastics squad have made 
them a top-20 national power for virtually all of 21 seasons. No other school 
in the nation has produced more All-Americans or finished in the top three for 
more years than the Titans. Potential scholar-athletes receive an opportunity 
to compete and win year-round. 


Intercollegiate Athletics 



California State University, Fullerton 


Soccer 

This popular and growing sport for women was added in 1993, and Coach Al 
Mistri has goals for success matching the men’s squad. The Titans have made 
great strides since their first season and already play the best programs in 
California. In only the fourth season, the program has already established a 
winning overall record. All-America candidate Dolores Browning finished the 
1995 season as the nation’s No. 3 scorer. 

Softball 

The sport of softball continues to set new standards of excellence on the local 
and national level. Always a contender for the NCAA title, the Titans captured 
their first championship in 1986. Coach Judi Garman’s teaching has brought 
the university countless All-Americans including former Broderick Award 
winners Kathy Van Wyk, Susan Lefebvre and Connie Clark. A two-diamond, 
on-campus facility enables an even greater audience to enjoy one of the nation’s 
most successful teams face off against other national powers. 

Cross Country 

The rebirth of a spring track schedule has been a boon to cross country as 
athletes in the distance races can now train on a competitive level year-round. 
Heather Killeen became the Titans’ first Division I cross country All-Amerian 
in 1994 and then won three events at the 1995 Big West Conference Track 
Championships. She was one of 10 finalists for 1995 NCAA Woman of the 
Year. An outstanding setting plus the addition of some outstanding athletes 
make success a very strong likelihood in the years to come. 


Tennis 

One of the university’s many programs on the rise, Fullerton can take advantage 
of the beautiful climate of Orange County to attract the nation’s top athletes to 
Fullerton. The Titans placed two athletes on the ITA Scholar Athlete All- 
American Team in 1996, Jennifer Canfield and Kara Kolb. The redevelopment 
of the tennis facilities in the Sports Complex make Titan tennis a program that 
is bound to remain competitive in the Big West. 

Track 

Steady improvement and a growing coaching staff have combined to fuel 
optimism that the Titans will become a competitive force in the Big West 
Conference. A new running facility and the advancements made in distance 
running by the cross country team combined with the climate in southern 
California should ensure Fullerton of a solid track program. 

Volleyball 

Titan volleyball is proving to be a program to watch. Recent success, combined 
with the obvious attraction of competing against NCAA Championship 
contenders who are members of the Big West, the nation’s strongest volleyball 
conference make volleyball an exciting attraction. The acquisition of future 
athletes plus the development of budding stars should create an environment 
that will enhance the program’s success. 


56 Intercollegiate Athletics 


California State University, Fullerton 



Anthropology Museum 

The Museum of Anthropology is an educational and research resource for the 
I University and the community. It houses, sponsors, and conducts a variety of 
I activities as part of the CSUF Anthropology program, from lecture series to 
I exhibits. Archeaological exhibits in the museum have included artifacts from 
I California, the Middle East, Mesoamerica, the Southwest and Oceania, but the 
Museum sponsors exhibits that explore all aspects of Anthropology, not just 
I archeaology. (Also see the Center for California Public Archeaology, and 
I Association of the Friends and Docents of the Anthropology Museum). 

Art Gallery 

Since 1963 the Art Gallery at California State University, Fullerton has brought 
I to the campus carefully developed art exhibitions that instruct, inspire and 
challenge the student to the visual arts. Exhibitions of national interest and of 
museum caliber are presented to the entire student body, faculty and to the 
community. These act not only as an educational tool but also create interaction 
between various departmental disciplines and between the campus and the 
community. In 1970 the Art Gallery was housed in its current permanent 


location within the Visual Arts Center. In the following years, the gallery has 
earned national visibility for its program in Museum Studies and Exhibition 
Design in which museum preprofessionals may obtain both conceptual and 
practical experience. 

Daily Titan 

Cal State Fullerton’s Daily Titan is one of the most successful college newspapers 
in the United States. In recent years, the Titan and its reporters, editors and 
designers have won hundreds of regional and national awards. 

The Titan earned first place among all college dailies in the nation in the 1995 
American Scholastic Press Association competition and 1 1 first and second- 
place awards in the College Newspaper Design Contest in 1994-1995. In 1995- 
1996 it won first place for the best news section and best overall design in the 
California Intercollegiate Press Association. 

The Titan is published every Tuesday through Friday throughout the academic 
year. It is produced, written and edited entirely by Cal State Fullerton students. 
Photographic content is the work of CSUF students. 


Resources 


57 


California State University, Fullerton 


The Daily Titan has a daily readership of more than 22,000. It is distributed at 
more than 40 locations on campus, as well as in news racks near the university. 

Work on the Daily Titan provides intensive experience in news writing, copy 
editing, page layout, and the myriad other functions necessary to produce a 
modern daily newspaper. 

Dining & Vending Services 

Primary food service facilities on the campus are on the University Center 
ground floor (the UC Food Court), and at the southeast corner of the campus, 
the campus Carl’s Jr. In addition to these primary facilities, there is a Pub 
serving Round Table Pizza, beer and wine on the basement level of the University 
Center. Catering for the university is the responsibility of Dining Services. 

Over 75 food and beverage vending machines are located at several areas on 
the campus to service the needs of the university. Product selection and prices 
are monitored by the University Food Service Committee. In addition, the 
vending program includes payphones across the campus and laundry machines 
in the residence halls. 

Dining and Vending Services are operated by the California State University 
Fullerton Foundation. 

Fullerton Arboretum 

The Fullerton Arboretum is a 26-acre botanical garden — a living museum of 
plants — located at the northeast corner of the campus. It contains local 
historical artifacts in the Heritage House museum and orticultural collections 
that attract visitors from the university and the surrounding communities. The 
Arboretum is an island of serenity in an increasingly urban/metropolitan 
environment. 

The Arboretum offers countless opportunities to study local history and culture. 
Heritage House is the restored residence and medical office of Dr. George C. 
Clark, an Orange County pioneer physician. The Clark home was built in 
1894 and exemplifies the Eastlake Victorian style of architecture. The house is 
listed in the National Register of Historic Places and the Inventory of California 
Historic Sites. It is also an Orange County Historic Site. It is open to the public 
by reservation. Trained docents discuss the period furnishings and memorabilia. 
Several student projects and studies have used this facility. 

The Arboretum grounds contain a recirculating waterfall, pond and stream 
system that is a focal point for migratory waterfowl and human visitors. Many 
plants are grown in groups according to their moisture requirements. Others 
form special collections such as conifers, palms and rare fruits. Special plant 
displays assist visitors in their selection of plant materials for urban landscaping. 

The CSUF Associated Students (AS) helped to initiate the Fullerton Arboretum 
by contributing $ 10,000 in 197 1 . Since then, the AS have contributed support 
monies each year to hire students to help in the maintenance and operation of 
the Arboretum. 

The Friends of the Fullerton Arboretum, the community support group, also 
supplies operating monies, manages the gift and garden shop, propagates plants 
for plant sales and provides countless hours of volunteer effort on behalf of the 
Arboretum. 

The Fullerton Arboretum is open 8 a m. to 4:45 p.m., seven days a week. The 
Arboretum is closed on Christmas, Thanksgiving and New Years Day 


Herbarium 

The Fay A. MacFadden Herbarium is named after Fay A. MacFadden, who 
sold her extensive collection of plants to the university just prior to her death 
in 1964. The collection now includes more than 25,000 vascular plants, about 
12,000 bryophytes and nearly 800 lichen specimens. The plants are used as a 
research and teaching tool. 

Oral History Program 

The Oral History Program offers students courses, work experience, and 
information about oral history. The program has conducted over 2,200 interviews 
on the history of Orange County, the western United States, and other areas of 
historical study. Either transcriptions or tapes are available for any student to 
use as they would use any library materials, at the Oral History Archive. 

Most of these interviews were done by students in the several classes offered 
through the Oral History Program. The program also maintains a student staff 
through internships, work study or grant-supported positions. These staff 
receive experience in word-processing, editing, book production and 
organizational administration. They are credited with authorship or assistance 
on publications, and several alumni of the program now hold important 
professional positions. 

Reading Clinic 
Education Classroom 24 
(714) 278-3356 

The Reading Clinic serves three major purposes. First, it provides a controlled, 
supervised setting for the training of reading specialists and classroom teachers 
who wish to improve their skills in working with learning disabled and reading 
disabled students. 

Second, the clinic serves as a community service providing very low cost, high 
quality instruction in reading that is not available elsewhere in Orange County. 
The clinic works closely with the Southern California College of Optometry in 
order to provide broader services. 

The third purpose of the clinic is to provide parent education to community 
members whose children have reading disabilities. The clinic provides parent 
inservice sessions, a hot line for phone information, and a monthly newsletter 
of information, tips and examples of student work. The clinic is proud of its 
30-year service to the university and community. 

Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic 

The Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic is an integral part of the curricular 
programs of the university leading to a B.A. and M.A. Degree in Communicative 
Disorders. Since 1961 the Department of Speech Communication has provided 
speech, language and hearing services to the community in conjunction with 
its training program for professional speech pathologists. The graduate program 
in Communicative Disorders holds the distinction of being one of only two 
academic programs in California to maintain continuous accreditation by the 
Educational Standards Board of the American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association since September 1969. 

The clinic is composed of a Speech Pathology Unit, an Audiology Unit and a 
Communicative Disorders Research Laboratory with special emphasis given 
to voice disorders. The clinic offers the services of a resident professional Speech 
Pathologist who holds the Certificate of Clinical Competence (CCC-SLP), faculty 


Resources 


California State University, Fullerton 


supervisors who are clinically certified and, in addition, hold doctoral degrees 
in the field, and student clinicians who have met strictly prescribed standards 
for admission to clinical practicum. Referrals to the clinic come from a variety 
of sources including: physicians, teachers, rehabilitative centers, private speech 
pathologists and audiologists, and self-referrals. Services available at the clinic 
include: diagnostic evaluations, therapeutic intervention, audiometric testing, 
rehabilitative audiology including hearing aid evaluations, screening tests for 
students seeking state credentials, and family counseling relative to problems 
associated with communicative disorders. 

Theatre and Dance Department Productions 

The Department of Theatre and Dance produces six plays and two dance 
concerts each year on main stage along with theatre for young audiences, touring 
plays, MFA Project productions, and original one-acts. CSUF students receive 
special rates to all Theatre and Dance Department productions. Twelve out of 
the last 16 entries in the National Kennedy Center/American College Theatre 
Festival have been selected for production at the regional festivals, chosen each 
year from over 75 university entrants. In 1993, for the first time in the history of 
the Festival, the department was selected to present two original productions; 
The Manager and All That He Was at the National Kennedy Center/American 
College Theatre Festival at the John F Kennedy Center in Washington, D.C. All 
That He Was was also named as the Kennedy Center representative to an 
international theatre conference in Barcelona, Spain and performed at that venue. 

Titan Shops 

The Titan Shops Bookstore provides the required textbooks and supply items 
for the students of the univesity, as well as general interest books, greeting 
cards, computers, an array of gifts, newspapers, magazines, emblematic gifts 
and clothing for the university community. If you have any questions, telephone 
(714) 871-1984 or check us out on the WWW: http://bookstore.fullerton.edu/ 
Our web page will have the current bookstore hours, dates of promotions, 
sales, bookstore author signings, catalog of emblematic gifts, computer software 
and hardware, school supplies, clothing and instructions on ordering your 
textbooks by using Titan Shops home page. 

Brief Stop and The Yum 

The Brief Stop is located in Langsdorf Hall and The Yum is located in the 
University Center. Both are Mini-Bookstores. You can purchase test-taking 
materials, school supplies, emblematic gifts, newspapers, magazines, health 
and beauty aids and a wide selection of snacks: all conveniently located in a 
store close to your classes. The Brief Stop and The Yum are open extended 
hours. So if you need supplies during early morning or late evening, The Brief 
Stop and The Yum are open for you! 

Kinko’s 

Kinko’s Copy is now located in the Titan Shops Bookstore on the campus in 
ihe Commons, first floor. Kinko’s offers state-of-the-art copy equipment 
including color copying, full service, and self serve black and white copying, 
spot color, posters and banners, transparencies, binding, laminating AND self 
service computers with color laser copies. Kinko’s also offers specialty items 
such as rubber stamps, business cards within 24 hours, resumes, wedding 
invitations, and other custom printing services. Kinko’s neighboring off campus 
store offers 24 hour service and free pick-up and delivery. If you have any 
questions, call (714) 871-1984 and ask for Kinko’s. 


TitanCard Office 

All students are required to obtain their all-purpose university ID card that 
verifies eligibility for a variety of campus services. The TitanCard offers several 
options, including that of establishing a TitanTender, or pre-paid debit account. 
CSUF students are welcome to join the Orange County Teachers Federal Credit 
Union and use their TitanCard as an ATM/POS card with an OCTFCU checking 
account. Students also have the option to use the TitanCard for CSUF long 
distance services provided by MCI. For more information about the TitanCard, 
call the TitanCard office at (714) 278-3555. 

Orange County Teachers Federal Credit Union (OCTFCU): 

Offering a full range of financial services. Located on the second floor of Titan 
Mall. 

Undergraduate Reading Lab 

Education Classroom 24A and 18 

The Undergraduate Reading Lab/Professional Library is an essential element 
in the Reading Program for both graduate and undergraduate students. It serves 
as a resource for materials and equipment by which undergraduate students 
can improve their reading skills and complete additional class assignments. 
The lab also functions as a liaison between faculty and students, as a diagnostic 
lab for required or additional assessment of student skills, and as a professional 
resource for graduate students and faculty. 

The lab has also offered services to special students from the Handicapped 
Center, Women’s Center and the Counseling Center. In addition, the 
development of a professional library and the recent donation of material from 
the Reading Educators Guild aids graduate students in their research and course 
work. Finally, a goal of this lab is to develop a base of software materials for 
both classroom and individual student use. 

University Channel 

In conjunction with several cable television companies throughout Orange 
County, the University provides programming over The Titan Channel. The 
channel’s content includes a combination of live instructional, public affairs, 
arts, and information programs. 


Resources 


59 

























- 






» 



California State University, Fullerton 




Academic Advisement Policy 

CSUF Academic Policy (UPS 300.002) states that: 

• the responsibility for ensuring the availability of academic advisement rests 
with each school dean 

• every student should declare a major or school of interest as soon as pos- 
sible after admission to the university; and 

• all students shall confer with an academic adviser on a regular basis. 

Choosing General Education Courses and Electives 

In keeping with the liberal arts tradition, the university requires its graduates to 
have sampled a variety of disciplines as part of their general education. The broad 
categories of general education courses are presented in the catalog section on 
“General Education.” 

All students are strongly encouraged to consult with major advisers or the Academic 
Advisement Center about selection of general education and elective courses. 


Advisement in the Major 

Students who have declared a major should consult their departmental adviser 
on a regular basis for academic advisement. 

Advisement for Students Who Have Not Selected a Major 

Students who have not declared a major should consult one of the school 
advisement offices listed below or the Academic Advisement Center to discuss 
their academic programs. 

School Advisement Offices 

Students w r ho have declared a school of interest or w'ho wish to explore the 
majors offered by a specific school should contact the appropriate school 
advisement office: 

School of the Arts Office of the Dean 
Visual Arts 199 
(714) 278-3256 


Academic Advisement 


California State University, Fullerton 


School of Business Business Advising Center 

Administration Langsdorf Hall 700 

and Economics (714) 278-2211 

School of Communications Office of the Dean 

Education Classroom 48 
(714) 278-3355 

Office of the Associate Dean 
Computer Science 503 
(714) 278-3362 

Office of the Associate Dean 
Education Classroom 324 
(714) 278-3311 

Office of Student Academic Affairs 
McCarthy Hall 103 
(714) 278-2024 

Office of Academic Affairs 
McCarthy Hall 166 
(714) 278-2638 

Academic Advisement Center 
University Hall 179 
(714) 278-3606 

The Academic Advisement Center provides guidance in the selection of elective 
and general education courses. It is the administrative center for undeclared 
undergraduate majors. All problems encountered by the undeclared major, which 
normally require the assistance of a department chair, are handled by the director 
of the Academic Advisement Center. No appointment is necessary to engage the 
assistance of an adviser about various aspects of academic life at the university. 

Undeclared Majors 

Lower division students who are uncertain about their primary educational or 
vocational goals may enroll as undeclared majors. They may select the School 
which most closely reflects their general interests and consult that School’s 
advisement office for academic assistance. During their freshman and 
sophomore years, such students may explore their interests and potential by 
enrolling in a set of courses recommended by the School adviser. The Academic 
Advisement Center is also a major information resource for undeclared majors. 

Choosing an Undergraduate Major 

Ever>' student should choose a major by the beginning of the junior year so 
that he or she may complete major requirements in an orderly way. 

To help students, the University has available a number of useful resources: New 
Student Orientation programs; summary sheets on majors available from 
department offices; a variety of counseling and testing services provided by the 
Career Development and Counseling Center, and brochures and manuals from 
school and department offices describing their programs of study and later work 
opportunities. There are student organizations with disciplinary and professional 
interests and a Career Development and Counseling Center which has information 
on vocations and work opportunities to help in the selection of a major. 

The task of selecting a major (and often a minor or other complementary 
specialization) becomes one of crystallizing ideas on the basis of experiences 


in specific courses, discussions with other students, faculty, the staff of the 
Academic Advisement Center, etc. 

Students must plan freshman or sophomore programs which will permit them 
to enter or take advanced courses in fields they may want to pursue. They 
should be sure to begin or complete requirements such as mathematics, 
chemistry or a foreign language early in their academic careers. Students 
anticipating graduate or professional study should exercise special care in 
planning undergraduate programs and seek faculty counseling in the field of 
interest. Advance examination of the possibilities of graduate or professional 
study will be helpful to students who have clear educational and vocational 
objectives. 

Those whose goals and objectives have not yet crystallized will have 
opportunities to take courses in various fields and make up their minds during 
their lower division work. They should, however, take full advantage of the 
opportunities that exist on and outside the campus to learn more about available 
fields of study and occupational fields. 

Planning a Major Program 

When students have selected a major field, they should study all the 
requirements which are specified in this catalog under their chosen degree 
program. They should make a tentative semester by semester plan for 
completing the requirements including prerequisites and discuss this plan with 
an adviser in the major. 

In addition to courses in the major department, related courses in other fields 
and supporting courses in basic skills may also be required. These should be 
included in the tentative semester by semester plan. 

Some departments require placement tests prior to admission to classes. The 
times and places for such tests are given in the class schedule. Students should 
purchase a copy of the class schedule at the Titan Bookstore when registration 
for classes begins. 

Change of Major, Degree or Credentialed Objective 

To change a major, degree, or credential objective, obtain the required form in 
the Office of Admissions and Records and take it to the appropriate office(s) 
for signature(s). Such a change is not official until the form has been signed 
and filed in the Registrar’ s Office. 

Departmental Academic Advisement 

Each department follows the advisement system which it finds the most 
appropriate for its majors. 

It is the responsibility of the student to obtain the assistance of an academic 
adviser. 

The adviser is a resource person who can provide information and suggestions 
and who can assist the student to find the most desirable ways to meet the 
requirements for graduation and for the major or credential. The final choice 
of courses and the responsibility for the program lies with the student. 
Undergraduate students who have not yet decided upon a major (undeclared 
majors) or who are not seeking a degree will be advised in the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

Academic program advisers are able to offer better advice if students provide 
lists of courses they have taken and their own copies of transcripts from colleges 
previously attended (if students are new to Cal State Fullerton). 


School of Engineering 
and Computer Science 

School of Human 
Development And 
Community Service 

School of Humanities 
and Social Sciences 


School of Natural 
Science and Mathematics 


Academic Advisement 


California State University, Fullerton 


Graduate students will be assigned a major adviser in their fields of 
specialization, except in education where all will have a professional adviser 
from the School of Human Development and Community Service. Those 
students seeking a credential for teaching in secondary schools will be assigned 
both a professional and a major adviser. 

Preprofessional Programs 

The academic programs of the university provide appropriate preparation for 
graduate work in a variety of fields. Students who have made tentative decisions 
about institutions at which they may wish to pursue graduate work should 
consult the catalogs of those graduate schools as they plan their undergraduate 
programs. Students planning to undertake graduate work should supplement 
their undergraduate programs by anticipating requirements at major graduate 
schools. 

The university offers a number of professional programs through the master’s 
degree. These include programs in the fine arts, business administration, 
communications, education, engineering, health education and kinesiology 
and recreation, public administration, and speech pathology-audiology. 
Students interested in preparing for professional careers in these areas, either 
here or at other educational institutions, are encouraged to seek assistance and 
guidance from CSUF faculty members in these fields. 

Prelegal Preparation 

It is recommended that prospective law students prepare themselves in such 
fields as English, American history, economics, political science (particularly 
the history and development of English and American political institutions) 
and such undergraduate courses as judicial process, administrative law, 
constitutional law and international law, philosophy (particularly ethics and 
logic), business administration, anthropology, psychology and sociology. 

A distribution of course sequences among the social sciences, the natural 
sciences and the humanities is desirable. Students with interest in becoming 
lawyers should contact the Prelaw Adviser. Some faculty members in the School 
of Business Administration and Economics and the Departments of American 
Studies, History and Political Science, also can provide advice and assistance. 

Pretheological 

Students who might be interested in pursuing careers in the ministry, the 
teaching of religion, and associated fields should take some courses in religion, 
psychology, anthropology, sociology, philosophy, education, communications, 
history, English, speech communication and a foreign language. Students 
desiring assistance and counseling regarding advanced work in religious studies 
or professional careers in the ministry or rabbinate may seek help from the 
faculty in the Department of Religious Studies. 

Social Welfare 

Students who plan to seek employment in social work or social welfare should 
prepare themselves in the fields of human services, psychology' (particularly 
child and adolescent psychology'), sociology, anthropology', political science, 
economics and research methods in social science. 


Students who intend to enter a professional school following undergraduate 
training should learn about the specific prerequisites for admission to the 
graduate school of their choice. Ordinarily a major in one of the social sciences, 
and some additional work in at least several other social sciences, are 
recommended. Students with interests in pursuing careers in the fields of 
social welfare should contact the Department of Sociology or the Human 
Services Program for advice and assistance. 

Health Professions 
Langsdorf Hall 203 
(714) 278-3980 

All health professions programs are seeking the best qualified applicants with 
a good command of communication skills, rigorous basic science preparation, 
and as broad a general education base as possible. 

Health Professions Office 

The Health Professions Office assists students in preparing for admission to 
health professions schools consistent with their educational experience, 
interests and professional objectives. We continue to be concerned about the 
under-representation of minority students entering the health care professions 
Thus, minority students are encouraged to apply, and every effort is made to 
assist all students in achieving their goals. 

Student Responsibility 

All new students, both first-time freshmen and transfer students, interested in 
preparing to enter one of the following health professions, should register 
with the secretary of the committee, in the Health Professions Office 
chiropractice, dental hygienist, dentistry, medical technologist, medicine, 
nutritionist, occupational therapist, optometry, osteopathic medicine, 
pharmacologist, pharmacology, pharmacy, physical therapist, physician’s 
assistant, podiatric medicine, public health, and veterinary medicine. 

Health Professions Committee 

Students who receive a favorable Health Professions Committee review of their 
academic records and personal qualifications, including commitment and 
motivation, have a committee letter prepared for them in support of their 
application. 

The committee assists the students in choosing courses to meet professional 
school admission requirements and assists the students to (a) gain a clinical 
experience with a practicing professional in the area appropriate to the field of 
interest; (b) select a list of professional schools to which there is a likelihood 
of admission; (c) prepare professional school applications; and (d) prepare for 
an admissions interv iew. 


64 


Academic Advisement 


Answers To Your Questions 

Topic 

Academic Appeals 
Add or Drop a Class 
Address Change 
Admissions/Applications 
Advisement: 

Undeclared Major 
Declared Majors 
Athletics Tickets 
Child Care 
Counseling: 

Personal 

Vocational 

Degree Application/Diploma Orders 
Degree Evaluation, Undergraduate 
Disabled Student Services 
Disqualification/Reinstatement 
Emergency Messages 
Employment: 

Business, Industry, Government 
Educational 
Minority Relations 
Student (Part-Time) 

Staff 

Enrollment Verification: 

Duplicate I.D. Card 
Fee Receipt 
Letter Request 
Extension Class Information 
Evaluations/General Education 
Financial Aid 
Foreign Student: 

Advisement 
Permits to Register 
Graduate Studies 

Graduation Requirements (undergraduate) 
Health Insurance 
Housing and Transportation 
Internships and Cooperative Ed. 

Library Information 
Mentor Program 
Name Change 
Organizations & Clubs 
Outreach Services 
Parking: 

Fees 

Information 
Handicapped 
Readmission 
Records (Student) 

Registration Fees 

Residency 

Scholarships 

Student Academic Services 
(EOP/SAA/Retention) 

Summer Sessions, Information 
Test Information 
Transcripts 
Tutoring 

Veterans Certification 
Women's Center 


California State University, Fullerton 


Where To Go 

Location 

Telephone 

Academic Appeals Office 

Langsdorf Hall 810 

278-3221 

See Class Schedule 


278-2300 

Admissions & Records Information 

Landgsdorf Hall 109 

278-2300 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

278-2300 

Academic Advisement Center 

University Hall 179 

278-3606 

Major Department 

Athletic Ticket Office 

Physical Education 122 

278-2783 

Child Care Center 

Temporary 200 

278-2961 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

278-3121 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

278-3121 

Graduation Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

278-2300 

Graduation Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

278-2300 

Office of Disabled Student Services 

University Hall 101 

278-3117 

Admissions Counselor 

Langsdorf Hall 1 1 1 

278-2370 

Vice President for Student Affairs 

Langsdorf Hall 805 

278-3221 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

278-3121 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

278-3121 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

278-3121 

Career Development and Counseling 

Langsdorf Hall 208 

278-3121 

Personnel Services 

Temporary 14 

278-2425 

Titan Card Office 

Titan Shops (Aug ’97) 

278-3555 

Cashier 

University Hall 180 

278-3918 

Admissions &r Records Counter 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

278-2300 

Extended Education Office 

Temporary 14 

278-2611 

Evaluations Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 1 1 1 

278-2300 

Financial Aid Office 

University Hall 146 

278-3125 

Major Department 

International Education Office 

University Hall 244 

278-2787 

Graduate Studies Office 

McCarthy Hall 129 

278-2618 

Graduation Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

278-2300 

University Center 

U.C. Lobby 

278-2468 

Housing Office 

Cypress 101 

278-2168 

Internship Office 

Humanities 112 

278-2171 

Library Building 

Library Lobby 

278-2724 

Vice President for Student Affairs 

Langsdorf Hall 805 

278-3221 

Admissions & r Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

278-2300 

University Activities Center 

U.C 2-43 

278-3211 

University Outreach Office 

University Hall 215 

278-2086 

Cashier 

University Hall 180 

278-3918 

Department of Public Safety 

Temporary 1200 

278-2515 

Disabled Student Services 

University Hall 101 

278-3117 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

278-2300 

Records Office 

Langsdorf Hall 116 

278-2300 

Cashier 

Langsdorf Hall 180 

278-3918 

Evaluations Unit 

Langsdorf Hall 111 

278-2300 

Financial Aid Office 

University Hall 146 

278-3125 

Student Academic Services Office 

University Hall 143 

278-2288 

Extended Education Office 

Temporary 14 

278-2611 

Testing Center 

Langsdorf Hall 206 

278-3838 

Admissions & Records Information 

Langsdorf Hall 109 

278-2300 

Intensive Learning Experience 

University Hall 210 

278-7236 

Veterans Affairs Office 

Langsdorf Hall 108 

278-2300 

Women’s Center 

University Hall 205 

278-3928 


Academic Advisement 

65 


















np 


filin' 




piib 



















































































California State University, Fullerton 


Undergraduate 

Students 





Freshmen Requirements 

You will qualify for regular admission as a first-time freshman if you 

1 . are a high school graduate, 

2 . have a qualifiable eligibility index (see Eligibility Index Table next page) and 

3. have completed with grades of C or better the courses in the comprehensive 
pattern of college preparatory subject requirements: 

English: 4 years 

Mathematics, 3 years: algebra, geometry, and intermediate algebra 

U.S. History or U.S. history and government: 1 year 

Science, 1 year with laboratory: biology; chemistry, physics, or other acceptable 
laboratory science 

Foreign Language: 2 years in the same language (may be waived for applicants 
who demonstrate competence in a language other than English equivalent 



Admissions 


to or higher than expected of students who complete two years of foreign 
language study) 

Visual and Performing Arts, l year: an, dance, drama/theater, or music 

Elective s. 3 years: selected from English, advanced mathematics, social science, 
history, laboratory science, foreign language, visual and performing arts, 
and agriculture 


California State University, Fullerton 


Eligibility Index Table for California High School Graduates or Residents of California 



ACT 

SAT 


ACT 

SAT 


ACT 

SAT 


ACT 

SAT 


ACT 

SAT I 

GPA 

Score 

Score 

GPA 

Score 

Score 

GPA 

Score 

Score 

GPA 

Acore 

Score 

GPA 

Score 

Score 

3.00 and above qualifies 

2.81 

14 

660 

2.60 

18 

820 

2.39 

22 

990 

2.18 

26 

1160 

with any score 


2.80 

14 

660 

2.59 

18 

830 

2.38 

22 

1000 

2.17 

26 

1170 




2.79 

14 

670 

2.58 

18 

840 

2.37 

22 

1010 

2.16 

27 

1180 

2.99 

10 

510 

2.78 

14 

680 

2.57 

18 

850 

2.36 

23 

1020 

2.15 

27 

1180 

2.98 

10 

520 

2.77 

14 

690 

2.56 

19 

860 

2.35 

23 

1020 

2.14 

27 

1190 

2.97 

10 

530 

2.76 

15 

700 

2.55 

19 

860 

2.34 

23 

1030 

2.13 

27 

1200 

2.96 

11 

540 

2.75 

15 

700 

2.54 

19 

870 

2.33 

23 

1040 

2.12 

27 

1210 

2.95 

11 

540 

2.74 

15 

710 

2.53 

19 

880 

2.32 

23 

1050 

2.11 

28 

1220 

2.94 

11 

550 

2.73 

15 

720 

2.52 

19 

890 

2.31 

24 

1060 

2.10 

28 

1220 

2.93 

11 

560 

2.72 

15 

730 

2.51 

20 

900 

2.30 

24 

1060 

2.09 

28 

1230 

2.92 

11 

570 

2.71 

16 

740 

2.50 

20 

900 

2.29 

24 

1070 

2.08 

28 

1240 

2.91 

12 

580 

2.70 

16 

740 

2.49 

20 

910 

2.28 

24 

1080 

2.07 

28 

1250 

2.90 

12 

580 

2.69 

16 

750 

2.48 

20 

920 

2.27 

24 

1090 

2.06 

29 

1260 

2.89 

12 

590 

2.68 

16 

760 

2.47 

20 

930 

2.26 

25 

1100 

2.05 

29 

1260 

2.88 

12 

600 

2.67 

16 

770 

2.46 

21 

940 

2.25 

25 

1100 

2.04 

29 

1270 

2.87 

12 

610 

2.66 

17 

780 

2.45 

21 

940 

2.24 

25 

1110 

2.03 

29 

1280 

2.86 

13 

620 

2.65 

17 

780 

2.44 

21 

950 

2.23 

25 

1120 

2.02 

29 

1290 

2.85 

13 

620 

2.64 

17 

790 

2.43 

21 

960 

2.22 

25 

1130 

2.01 

30 

1300 

2.84 

13 

630 

2.63 

17 

800 

2.42 

21 

970 

2.21 

26 

1140 

2.00 

30 

1300 

2.83 

13 

640 

2.62 

17 

810 

2.41 

22 

980 

2.20 

26 

1140 

Below 2.00 does not qualify 

2.82 

13 

650 

2.61 

18 

820 

2.40 

22 

980 

2.19 

26 

1150 

for regular admission 


The eligibility index is the combination of your high school grade point average and your test score on either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic 
Assessment Test (SAT I). For this purpose we compute your grade point average on your final three years of high school studies, excluding physical education and 
military science, and use bonus points for certain honors courses, (see “High School Honors Courses” in this section of the catalog.) CSUF may offer you early, 
provisional admission based on your work completed through the junior year of high school and planned for your senior year. 


You can calculate the index by multiplying your grade point average by 800 and 
adding your total score on the SAT I. Or, if you took the ACT, multiply your grade 
point average by 200 and add ten times the composite score from the ACT. If you 
are a California high school graduate (or a legal resident of California for tuition 
purposes), you need a minimum index of 2900 using the SAT I or 694 using the 
ACT; the table above shows the combinations of test scores and averages required. 

If you neither graduated from a California high school nor are a legal resident of 
California for tuition purposes, you need a minimum index of 3502 (SAT I) or 842 

(A CT). 

Applicants with grade-point averages above 3.00 (3.61 for nonresidents) are 
exempt from the test requirement. However, students are urged to take the SAT 
1 or ACT since campuses use test results for advisement and placement purposes. 

You will qualify for regular admission to programs not impacted (See “Impacted 
Programs” in the Application Procedure section of this catalog) when the 
university verifies that you have a qualifiable eligibility index and that you will 
have completed the comprehensive pattern of 15 college preparatory units. A 
unit is one year of study in high school. 

Transfer Requirements 

You will qualify for admission as a transfer student if you have a grade point 
average of 2.0 (C) (2.40 for non-residents) or better in all transferable units 
attempted, are in good standing at the last college or university attended, and 
meel the following standard. 

(a) you will meet the freshman admission requirements in effect for the term to 
which you are applying 


(b) you were eligible as a freshman at the time of high school graduation and 
have been in continuous attendance in an accredited college since high school 
graduation 

(c) were eligible as a freshman at the time of high school graduation except for 
the college preparatory subjects and have made up the missing subjects at 
a high school or college and have been in continuous attendance in an ac- 
credited college since high school graduation 

(d) you have completed at least 56 transferable semester (84 quarter) units and 
meet requirements based on high school graduation date. Nonresidents 
must have a 2.4 grade point average or better. (See Admission Requirements 
for Undergraduate Transfer Students) 

Transferable courses are those designated for baccalaureate credit by the college 
or university offering the course. 

High School Honors Courses 

Up to eight semesters of honors courses, taken in the last two years of high 
school, that are designated honors in approved subjects receive additional points 
in grade point average calculations. Each unit of A in an approved courses will 
receive a total of 5 points; B, 4 points; C, 3 points. 

International Baccalaureate Program 

California State University, Fullerton recognizes the high scholastic quality of 
the International Baccalaureate Diploma Program. High school graduates who 
have participated in the program are encouraged to apply for admission, and 


Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 


those who have received the International Baccalaureate Diploma will be given 
special consideration for admission. Advanced placement and/or university 
credit for International Baccalaureate subject examinations may be awarded at 
the discretion of individual departments. 

For example for a grade of 4 or better, the Departments of Foreign Language 
and Mathematics award credit in the following manner: 

Foreign Languages. Subject to a successful oral interview with two CSUF 
instructors of the target languages, and upon their recommendation: 

Higher Level Language B: 

• Waiver of appropriate lower division requirements 

• 3 to 12 units of upper division language credit 

Subsidiary Level Language B: 

• waiver of appropriate lower division requirements 

• 0 to 6 upper division language credit (if 0 upper division is awarded, a 
minimum of 6 units of 200 level credit is recommended.) 

Mathematics 

Higher level: 

• two semesters of Calculus (Math 150A and Math 150B) Subsidiary level: 

• one semester of Calculus Math 1 50A or equivalent 

Health Screening 

All new and readmitted students born after January 1 , 1957, will be notified of 
the requirement to present proof of measles and rubella immunizations. This 
is not an admissions requirement, but shall be required of students by the 
beginning of their second term of enrollment in CSUF Proof of measles and 
rubella immunizations shall also be required for certain groups of enrolled 
students who have increased exposure to these diseases. 


Measles and Rubella Immunizations 

The campus shall notify certain students born after January 1, 1957, of the CSU 
requirement to present proof of measles and rubella immunizations by the beginning 
of the second term of enrollment. At the beginning of the next term of enrollment, 
those so notified who have not presented acceptable proof of the immunizations 
shall be notified further of the need to comply before receiving registration materials 
to enroll for the succeeding term. This is not an admission requirement. 

Persons subject to these health screening provisions include: 


Test Scores 


Freshmen and transfer applicants who have fewer than 56 semester or 84 
quarter units of transferable college credit must submit scores, unless exempt 
(See “Eligibility Index” section), from either the Scholastic Assessment Test 
(SAT I) of the College Board or the American College Testing program (ACT). 
If you are applying to an impacted program and are required to submit test 
scores, you should take the test no later than early December if applying for 
fall admission. Test scores are also used for advising and placement purposes 
Registration forms and dates for the SAT I or ACT are available from high 
school or college counselors or from a CSU campus testing office. Or, you may 
write to or call: 


The College Board (SAT) 
Registration Unit, Box 592 
Princeton, New Jersey 08541 
(609) 771-7588 


American College Testing Program 
Registration Unit, P.O. Box 168 
Iowa City, Iowa 52240 
(319) 337-1270 


TOEFL Requirement 

All undergraduate applicants regardless of citizenship who have not attended 
schools at the secondary level or above for at least three years full-time where 
English is the principal language of instruction must present a score of 500 
or above on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The TOEFL 
results submitted must not have been earned more than two years prior to 
the desired enrollment date. A minimum score of 500 on the Test of English 
as a Foreign Language is required. Individual campuses may require a higher 
score. Institutional TOEFL tests administered outside of CSUF are not 
acceptable. 


Placement Test Requirements 

The CSU requires new students to be tested in English and mathematics after 
they are admitted. These are not admission tests, but a way to determine whether 
you are prepared for college work and, if not, to counsel you how to strengthen 
your preparation. You might be exempted from one or both of the tests if you 
have scored well on other specified tests or completed appropriate courses. 

English Placement Test (EPT) 

The English Placement Test (EPT) is required of all entering California State 
University undergraduate students who are not otherwise exempt. Exemptions 
are granted only for those students who present proof of having met one of 
the following criteria: 


New students enrolling fall 1986 and later; 


a score of 25 or above on the ACTE (Enhanced) English Test (taken October 
1989 or later) 


Readmitted students reenrolling fall 1986 and later; 
Students who reside in campus residence halls; 


a score of 3, 4 or 5 on either the Language and Composition or the Compo- 
sition and Literature examination of the College Board Advanced Placement 
Program 


Students who obtained their primary and secondary’ schooling outside the 
United States; 


a satisfactory score on the CSU English Equivalency Examination that qualifies 
a student for exemption from the English Placement Test 


Students enrolled in dietetics, medical technology, nursing, physical therapy, 
and any practicum, student teaching, or field work involving preschool-age 
children, school-age children, or taking place in a hospital or health care setting. 

The Student Health Center shall provide immunizations without cost to those 
students unable to obtain acceptable proof of immunizations. 


• a score of 470 or above on the Verbal section of the College Board Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (SAT) taken prior to March 1994 

• a score of 470 or above on the Verbal section of the College Board SAT I** 
Reasoning Test taken between March 1994 and March 1995. (If taken after 
March 1995, see note below.) 


Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 


• a score of 22 or above on the American College Test (ACT) English Usage 
Test taken prior to October 1989 

• a score of 25 or above on the enhanced ACT English Test taken October 
1989 or later 

• a score of 600 or above on the College Board Achievement Test * * in English 
Composition with essay taken prior to January 1994 

• a score of 600 or above on the College Board SAT II** Writing Test taken 
between January 1994 and March 1995 (If taken after March 1995, see note 
below) 

• A score of 550 or above on the Verbal section of the College Board SAT 
I**Reasoning Test taken on or after April 1, 1995. (See note below.) 

• A score of 660 or above on the College Board SAT II * * Writing Test taken on 
or after April 1, 1995. (See note below.) 

• completion of an acceptable college course in English composition of four 
quarter or three semester units with a grade of C or better 


"NOTE: The College Board SAT and Achievement Tests were replaced by 
SAT I and SAT II, respectively, 

beginning March 1994. Beginning April 1, 1995, the SAT I and SAT II exams 
will be scored on a new scale. 

California State University, Fullerton (CSUF) has established the following 
policy regarding compliance with this regulation: 

All new and continuing undergraduate students who have not taken the EPT 
and who are not otherwise exempt must take the test prior to the beginning of 
their second semester of enrollment at CSUF. Students can only take the EPT 
exam once. Students who fail to comply with this policy shall be placed on 
administrative probation in their next semester of enrollment at Fullerton. 
Students on probation for this reason who do not take the EPT prior to the 
beginning of their third semester of enrollment at CSUF will be administratively 
disqualified from enrolling until they take the EPT. 

Students who have taken the EPT exam but have not been placed in English 
101 must remediate their English skills by taking Developmental Writing. 
Students who fail to comply with this policy will be placed on administrative 
probation prior to the beginning of the next semester of enrollment. 

Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) Test 

The (ELM) examination tests for entry level mathematics skills acquired through 
three years of rigorous college preparatory mathematics coursework (normally 
Algebra I, Algebra II and Geometry). All new undergraduate students must 
take the test or be exempted from it prior to placement in appropriate university 
mathematics coursework. Specific policies regarding retesting and placement 
*tll be determined by the campus. Exemptions from the test are given only to 
those students who can present proof of one of the following: 

• a score of 3 or above on the College Board Advanced Placement Mathematics 
examination (AB or BC) 

* a score of 560 or above on the mathematics section of the College Board 
SAT taken prior to March 1994 

A score of 560 or above on the mathematics section of the College Board 
SAT I** Reasoning test OR on the College Board SAT II** Mathematics 
Tests Level I, II, or IIC (Calculator) taken on or after March 1, 1994. (See 
note below.) 


• a score of 24 or above on the American College Testing Mathematics Test 
taken prior to October 1989 

• a score of 25 or above on the enhanced ACT Mathematics Test taken Octo- 
ber 1989 and later 

• a score of 560 or above on the College Board Mathematics Achievement 
Test** Level I or Level II taken prior to March 1994 

• completion and transfer to the CSU of a college course that satisfies the 
General Education-Breadth Requirement or the Intersegmental General Edu- 
cation Transfer Curriculum requirement in Quantitative Reasoning, provided 
such course was completed with a grade of C or better. 


**NOTE: The College Board SAT and Achievement Tests were replaced by 
SAT I and SAT II, respectively, beginning March 1994. Beginning April 1, 1995, 
the SAT l and SAT II exams will be scored on a new scale; however, the SAT 
scores qualifying for exemption from the ELM remain the same. 

The ELM test is offered only to admitted students and has no effect on admission 
decisions, but it must be taken and passed before the student can enroll in any 
course that satisfies the Mathematical Concepts and Quantitative Reasoning 
portion of the General Education-Breadth requirements. 

California State University, Fullerton established the following policy regarding 
compliance with this regulation: 

Requirement To Take The ELM Test: 

Effective fall 1986, all new and continuing undergraduate students who have 
not taken the ELM test and who are not otherwise exempt must take the test 
prior to the beginning of their next semester of enrollment at CSUF Students 
who fail to comply shall be placed on administrative probation in their next 
semester of enrollment at Fullerton. Students on probation for this reason 
who do not take the test prior to the beginning of the third semester of 
enrollment at CSUF will be administratively disqualified from enrolling until 
such lime as they take the ELM test. 

Students Who Have Taken But Not Passed The ELM Test: 

Students who have taken but failed to pass the ELM test must participate in a program 
designed to assist them in learning the skills needed to pass the test. The program 
may be one offered at CSUF or an appropriate program on another campus. New 
and returning students must participate in an approved program in their first semester 
of enrollment after the receipt of the test results. Intensive Learning Experience is 
responsible for monitoring compliance with this provision and for certifying the 
appropriateness of the course in which the student wishes to participate. 

Participation in a program to prepare for the ELM test must be continued. At 
least one attempt to pass the test must be made. Students who fail to comply 
with this requirement shall be placed on administrative probation. Students 
on probation for this reason must remediate their math skills before the 
beginning of the next semester or they will be administratively disqualified 
from enrolling. 

Failure to take either of these tests as required, before the end of the first 
semester or second quarter of enrollment may lead to administrative probation, 
which according to Section 41300. 1 of Title 5, California Code of Regulations, 
and CSU Executive Order 393, may lead to disqualification from future 
attendance. 


Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 


Information bulletins and registration materials for the EPT and ELM will be 
mailed to all students subject to the requirements. The materials may also be 
obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records or the campus test office. 

Determination of Residence for 
Nonresident Tuition Purposes 

The campus admissions office determines the residence status of all new and 
returning students for nonresident tuition purposes. Responses to the 
Application for Admission and, if necessary, other evidence furnished by the 
student are used in making this determination. A student who fails to submit 
adequate information to establish a right to classification as a California resident 
will be classified as a nonresident. 

The following statement of the rules regarding residency determination for 
nonresident tuition purposes is not a complete discussion of the law, but a 
summary of the principal rules and their exceptions. The law governing 
residence determination for tuition purposes by The California State University 
is found in Education Code Sections 68000-68090, 68121, 68123, 68124, 
and 89705-89707.5, and in Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations, 
Sections 41900-41912. A copy of the statutes and regulations is available for 
inspection in the campus admissions office. 

Legal residence may be established by an adult who is physically present in 
the state and who has the legal capacity and who, at the same time, intends to 
make California his or her permanent home. Steps must be taken at least one 
year prior to the residence determination date to show an intent to make 
California the permanent home with concurrent relinquishment of the prior 
legal residence. The steps necessary to show California residency intent will 
vary from case to case. Included among the steps may be registering to vote 
and voting in elections in California; filing resident California state income tax 
forms on total income; ownership of residential property or continuous 
occupancy or renting of an apartment on a lease basis where one’s permanent 
belongings are kept; maintaining active resident memberships in California 
professional or social organizations; maintaining California vehicle plates and 
operator’s license; maintaining active savings and checking accounts in 
California banks; maintaining permanent military address and home of record 
in California if one is in the military service. 

The student who is within the state for educational purposes only does not 
gain the status of resident regardless of the length of the student’s stay in 
California. 

In general, an unmarried minor (a person under 18 years of age) derives legal 
residence from the parent with whom the minor maintains or last maintained 
his or her place of abode. The residence of an unmarried minor who has a 
parent living cannot be changed by the minor’s own act, by the appointment 
of a legal guardian, or by the relinquishment of a parent’s right of control. 

A married person may establish his or her residence independent of his or her 
spouse. 

An alien may establish his or her residence, unless precluded by the Immigration 
and Nationality Act from establishing domicile in the United States. An 
unmarried minor alien derives his or her residence from the parent with whom 
the minor maintains or last maintained his or her place of abode. 

Nonresident students seeking reclassification are required by law to complete 
a supplemental questionnaire concerning financial independence. 

The general rule is that a student must have been a California resident for at 
least one year immediately preceding the residence determination date in order 


to qualify as a “resident student” for tuition purposes. A residence determination 
date is set for each academic term. 

At the Fullerton campus, the residence determination date for the fall term is 
September 20, and for the spring term is January 25. 

Questions regarding residence determination dates should be directed to the 
campus admissions office which can give you the residence determination date 
for the term for which you are registering. 

There are exceptions from nonresident tuition, including: 

1. Persons below the age of 19 whose parents were residents of California but 
who left the state while the student, who remained, was still a minor. When 
the minor reaches age 18, the exception continues for one year to enable the 
student to qualify as a resident student. 

2. Minors who have been present in California with the intent of acquiring 
residence for more than a year before the residence determination date, and 
entirely self-supporting for that period of time. 

3. Persons below the age of 19 or adults, who have lived with and been under 
the continuous direct care and control of an adult, not a parent, for the two 
years immediately preceding the residence determination date. Such adults 
must have been a California resident for the most recent year. 

4. Dependent children and spouses of persons in active military service sta- 
tioned in California on the residence determination date. The exception, 
once attained, is not affected by retirement or transfer of the military person 
outside the state. 

5. Military personnel in active service stationed in California on the residence 
determination date for purposes other than education at state-supported 
institutions of higher education. This exception continues until the military 
personnel has resided in the state the minimum time necessary to become a 
resident. 

6. Effective January’ 1 , 1996, military personnel in active service in California 
for more than one year immediately prior to being discharged from the mili- 
tary. Eligibility for this exception runs from the date the student is discharged 
from the military until the student has resided in state the minimum time 
necessary to become a resident. 

7. Dependent children of a parent who has been a California resident for the 
most recent year. This exception continues until the student has resided in 
the state the minimum time necessary to become a resident, so long as con- 
tinuous residence is maintained at an institution. 

8. Graduates of any school located in California that is operated by the United 
States Bureau of Indian Affairs, including , but not limited to, the Sherman 
Indian High School. The exception continues so long as continuous atten- 
dance is maintained by the student at an institution. 

9. Certain credentialed, full-time employees of California school districts. 

10. Full-time State University employees and their children and spouses: State 
employees assigned to work outside the State and their children and spouses 
This exception applies only for the minimum time required for the student 
to obtain California residence and maintain that residence for one year. 

1 1 . Certain exchange students. 


Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 


12. Children of deceased public law enforcement or fire suppression employees, 
who were California residents, and who were killed in the course of law 
enforcement or fire suppression duties. 

The initial campus determination of residency classification is made by the 
evaluations unit of Admissions and Records. The final campus residency 
decision is made by the Director of Admissions and Records. Written appeals 
may be made to the Director in Langsdorf Hall 102. 

Any student, following a final campus decision on his or her residence 
classification, only may make written appeal within 120 calendar days of 
notification of the final decision on campus of the classification to: 

The California State University 
Office of General Counsel 
400 Golden Shore 

Long Beach, California 90802-4275 


The Office of General Counsel may make a decision on the issue, or it may 
send the matter back to the campus for further review. Students classified 
incorrectly as residents or incorrectly granted an exception from nonresident 
tuition are subject to reclassification as nonresidents and payment of 
nonresident tuition in arrears. If incorrect classification results from false or 
concealed facts, the student is subject to discipline pursuant to Section 41301 
of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations. Resident students who become 
nonresidents, and nonresident students qualifying for exceptions whose basis 
for so qualifying changes, must immediately notify the admissions office. 
Applications for a change in classification with respect to a previous term are 
not accepted. 

The student is cautioned that this summation of rules regarding residency 
determination is by no means a complete explanation of their meaning. The 
student should also note that changes may have been made in the rate of 
nonresident tuition, in the statutes, and in the regulations between the time 
this catalog is published and the relevant residence determination date. 


Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 



Applications may be obtained from the admissions office at any of the campuses of 
The California State University or at any California high school or community 
college. An electronic version of the CSU application is accessible on the World 
Wide Web at http://www.calstate.edu. Requirements for admission to California 
State University, Fullerton are in accordance with Title 5, Chapter 1, Sub-chapter 
3, of the California Code of Regulations. A student unsure of these requirements 
should consult a high school or community college counselor or the admissions 
office at California State University, Fullerton. 

The CSU advises prospective students that they must supply complete and accurate 
information on the application for admission, residence questionnaire and financial 
aid forms. Further, applicants must submit authentic and official transcripts of all 
previous academic work attempted. Failure to file complete, accurate and authentic 
application documents may result in denial of admission, cancellation of academic 
credit, suspension or expulsion (Section 41301 of Title 5, California Code of 
Regulations). 

Prospective students, applying for part-time or full-time undergraduate 
programs of study, in day or evening classes, must file a complete application 
as described in the undergraduate admissions booklet. The $55 nonrefundable 
application fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to 


The California State University. The application fee may not be transferred or 
used to apply to another term. An alternative campus and major may be 
indicated on the application, but applicants should list as an alternative campus 
only a CSU campus that also offers the major. Generally, an alternate major 
will be considered at the first choice campus before an application is redirected 
to an alternate choice campus. Applicants interested in redirection should 
contact the Admissions Office. 

How to Apply for Admission 

1 . Submit a completed application for admission within the announced filing 
period accompanied by the required application fee to: 

Office of Admissions and Records 
California State University, Fullerton 
P O. Box 6900 

Fullerton, California 92834-6900 

2. When asked to do so, request required transcripts of record of all previous 
scholastic work from each school or college attended. The transcripts re- 
quired at CSUF are: 


74 Applications Procedures 


California State University, Fullerton 


— for undergraduate applicants with fewer than 56 transferable semester 
units: 

(a) the high school transcript, and 

(b) a transcript from each college or university attended. 

— for undergraduates with 56 or more transferable semester units: 

(a) transcript from each college or university attended. 

(b) high school transcript may be required. 

— for graduates: 

(a) applicants for unclassified postbaccalaureate standing with no degree 
or credential objective must submit a transcript from the college or 
university where the baccalaureate was earned. Further, one transcript 
from other institutions attended is required as necessary so that the 
university has a complete record of the last 60 semester units attempted 
prior to enrollment at Fullerton. 

(b) applicants for a masters degree or teaching credential, or both, must 
submit two copies of the transcript from each college or university 
attended. 

Note: In addition, all students should have a personal set of college transcripts 
for advising purposes. All transcripts must be received directly from the issuing 
institutions and become official records of the university; such transcripts 
therefore cannot be returned or reissued. Foreign language transcripts must 
be accompanied by certified English translations. 

3. All undergraduate students who have completed fewer than 56 semester or 
84 quaner units of transferable work are required to submit scores from either 
one of two national testing programs before eligibility for admission to the 
university can be determined. This requirement does not affect undergradu- 
ate students who have previously attended CSUF and who have submitted 
ACT or SAT scores at the time of their first admission. Registration forms and 
test dates for either test may be obtained from school or college counselors, 
from the address below, or from campus testing offices. For either test, submit 
the registration form and fee at least one month prior to the test date. 

ACT Address 

American College Testing Program, Inc. 

Registration Unit, PO. Box 168 
Iowa City, Iowa 52240 

SAT Address 

The College Board (SAT) 

Registration Unit,.PO. Box 592 
Princeton, New Jersey 08541 

Applicants to graduate programs must submit the scores of any qualifying 
examinations required in their prospective programs of study. 

Impacted Programs 

The CSU designates programs to be impacted when more applications are 
received in the first month of the fall and spring filing period than the spaces 


available. Some programs are impacted at every campus where they are offered; 
others are impacted at some campuses but not all. You must meet supplementary 
admissions criteria if applying to an impacted program. 

The CSU will announce before the opening of the fall filing period which 
programs are impacted for the academic year. That announcement will be 
published in the CSU Review, distributed to high school and college counselors. 
We will also give information about the supplementary criteria to program 
applicants. 

You must file your application for admission to an impacted program during 
the first month of the filing period. Further, if you wish to be considered in 
impacted programs at two or more campuses, you must file an application 
to each. 

Supplementary Admission Criteria: Each campus with impacted programs uses 
supplementary admission criteria in screening applicants. Supplementary 
criteria may include ranking on the freshman eligibility index, the overall 
transfer grade point average, and a combination of campus-developed criteria. 
If you are required to submit scores on either the SAT I or ACT, you should 
take the tests no later than December if applying for fall admission. The 
supplementary admission criteria used by the individual campuses to screen 
applicants appear periodically in the CSU Review and are sent by the campuses 
to all applicants seeking admission to an impacted program. 

Unlike unaccommodated applicants to locally impacted programs, who may 
be redirected to another campus in the same major, unaccommodated applicants 
to systemwide impacted programs may not be redirected in the same major, 
but may choose an alternative major either at the first choice campus or another 
campus. 

At the time of the preparation of this catalog, no majors at California State 
University, Fullerton have been declared impacted. Such circumstances are 
liable to change so early application is advised. 

Application Filing Periods 

Terms Filing Period Begins Filing Period Duration 

Fall Previous November Until application 

Spring Previous August categories are filled 

Filing Period Duration 

Each campus accepts applications until capacities are reached. Many campuses 
limit undergraduate admission in an enrollment category because of overall 
enrollment limits. If applying after the initial filing period, consult the campus 
admission office for current information. 

Application Acknowledgment 

You may expect to receive an acknowledgment from your first choice campus 
within several weeks of filing the application. A notice that space has been 
reserved for you will also include a request that you submit the records necessary 
for the campus to evaluate your qualifications. You may be assured of admission 
if the evaluation of your qualifications indicates that you meet admission 
requirements. Such a notice is not transferable to another term or to another 
campus. 


Applications Procedures 


California State University, Fullerton 


Hardship Petitions 

Fullerton has established procedures to consider qualified applicants who would 
be faced with an extreme hardship if not admitted. Prospective petitioners 
should write to the director of admissions and records regarding specific policies 
governing hardship admission. 

Records Retention 

The university retains the admissions materials for those who apply, but who 
for whatever reason do not enroll for two years. For those who do enroll the 
university will retain the materials in student folders, including transcripts of 
the record of work completed elsewhere, for five years beyond the date of last 
attendance. Records of academic performance at California State University, 
Fullerton, including individual student records, faculty grade lists, and 
graduation lists are kept permanently. 



Applications Procedures 




California State University, Fullerton 



Admission Requirements for First-Time Freshmen 
High School Graduates 

You will qualify for regular admission as a first-time freshman if you 

1 are a high school graduate 

2 have a qualifiable eligibility index (see previous chart), and 

have completed with grades of C or better the courses in the comprehensive 
pattern of college preparatory subject requirements: 

English: 4 years 

Mathematics, 3 years: algebra, geometry, and intermediate algebra 

U.S. History or U.S. history and government: 1 year 

Science, 1 year with laboratory: biology, chemistry, physics, or other accept- 
able laboratory science 

Foreign Language: 2 years in the same language (may be waived for appli- 


cants who demonstrate competence in a language other than English equivalent 
to or higher than expected of students who complete two years of foreign lan- 
guage study) 

Visual and Performing Arts, 1 year: art, dance, drama/theater, or music 
Electives, 3 years: selected from English, advanced mathematics, social sci- 
ence, history, laboratory science, foreign language, visual and performing 
arts, and agriculture 

Subject Requirements 

The California State University requires that all undergraduate applicants for 
admission complete with a C or better a comprehensive pattern of college 
preparatory study totaling 15 units. A “unit” is one year of study in high school. 

Foreign Language Subject Requirement: The foreign language subject requirement 
may be satisfied by applicants who demonstrate competence in a language 
other than English equivalent to or higher than expected of students who 
complete two years of foreign language study. Consult with your school 
counselor or any CSU 

campus admission or relations with schools office for further information.Please 

77 


Admission Requirements 


California State University, Fullerton 


consult with any CSU admissions office for further information about alternative 
ways to satisfy the subject requirements. 

Alternate Admission Criteria-UC Prepared Applicants 

Beginning with the academic year 1995-96 and continuing through 1998-99, 
the CSU will conduct an admission experiment that will permit campuses to 
admit applicants who have completed either the CSU or all of the UC college 
preparatory (a-D requirements. 

Substitutions for Disabled Students 

Applicants with disabilities are encouraged to complete college preparatory 
course requirements if at all possible. If you are an applicant judged unable to 
fulfill a specific course requirement because of your disability, alternative college 
preparatory courses may be substituted for specific subject requirements. 
Substitutions may be authorized on an individual basis after review and 
recommendation by your academic adviser or guidance counselor in 
consultation with the director of CSUFs Disabled Student Services. You should 
be aware that failure to complete courses required for admission may limit 
your later enrollment in certain majors, particularly those involving 
mathematics. For further information and substitution forms, please contact 
the director of CSUF’s Disabled Student Services. 

Provisional Admission 

The university may provisionally admit first-time freshman applicants based 
on their academic performance through the junior year of high school and 
planned for the senior year. California State University, Fullerton will monitor 
the senior year of study of those provisionally admitted to ensure that those so 
admitted complete their senior year of studies satisfactorily, including the 
required college preparatory subjects, and graduate from high school. A final, 
official high school transcript should be forwarded to the Admissions Office as 
soon as final senior grades and the graduation date have been posted. 

Non-High School Graduates 

Applicants over 18 years of age, but who have not graduated from high school, 
will be considered for admission as first-time freshmen only when preparation 
in all other ways is such that the university believes promise of academic success 
is equivalent to that of eligible California high school graduates. 

High School Students 

Students still enrolled in high school will be considered for enrollment in certain 
special programs if recommended by the principal and the appropriate campus 
department chair and if preparation is equivalent to that required of eligible 
California high school graduates. Such admission is only for a given program 
and does not constitute the right to continued enrollment. 

Adult Students 

As an alternative to regular admission criteria, an applicant who is twenty-five 
years of age or older may be considered for admission as an adult student if all 
of the following basic conditions are met: 

1. Possesses a high school diploma (or has established equivalence through 
either the Tests of General Educational Development (GED) or the Califor- 
nia High School Proficiency Examination). 

2. Has not been enrolled in college as a full-time student for more than one 
term during the past five years. Part-time enrollment is permissible. 

78 Admission Requirements 


3. If there has been any college attendance in the past five years, has earned a 
C average or better. 

Consideration will be based upon a judgment as to whether the applicant is as 
likely to succeed as a regularly admitted freshman or transfer and will include 
an assessment of basic skills in the English language and mathematical 
computation including but not limited to completion of English Composition 
and Intermediate Algebra. Interested adult students should contact the Office 
of Adult Reentry. 

Admission Requirements for 
Undergraduate Transfer Students 

You will qualify for admission as a transfer student in a non-impacted major if 
you have a grade point average of 2.0 (C) or better (2.4 nonresidents) in all 
transferable units attempted, are in good standing at the last college or university 
attended, and meet the following standard: 

1 . you will meet the freshman admission requirements in effect for the term to 
which you are applying (See “Freshman Requirements,” in the preceding 
section). 

2. you are eligible as a freshman at the time of high school graduation and have 
been in continuous attendance in an accredited college since high school 
graduation. 

3. you were eligible as a freshman at the time of high school graduation except 
for the subject requirements, have made up the missing subjects and have 
been in continuous attendance in an accredited college since high school 
graduation. 

4. you have completed at least 56 transferable (84 quarter) units and meet the 
requirements listed below based on high school graduation date. Nonresi- 
dents must have a 2.4 grade point average or better. 

Applicants who graduated from high school 1988 or later: 

• have completed all subject requirements in effect when graduating from 
high school (can use both high school and college coursework) or, 

• have completed at least 30 semester units of college coursework with a grade 
of C or better in each course to be selected from courses in English, arts and 
humanities, social science, science and mathematics at a level at least equiva- 
lent to courses that meet general education requirements. The 30 units 
must include all of the general education requirements in communication 
in the English language and critical thinking (at least 9 semester units) and 
the requirements in mathematics/quantitative reasoning (usually 3 semester 
units), or 

• the Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) require- 
ments in English communication and mathematical concepts and quantita- 
tive reasoning. 

Applicants who graduated from high school prior to 1 988: 

• have completed 4 years of high school English and 2 years of high school 
math, with grades of C or better, or 

• have completed baccalaureate courses with grades of C or better than meet 
the general education requirements in communication in the English lan- 
guage and mathematics/quantitative reasoning, or 


California State University, Fullerton 


• IGETC requirements in English composition and mathematical concepts 
and quantitative reasoning. The course meeting either general education 
math requirement must be above the level of intermediate algebra. 

Transferable courses are those designated for Baccalaureate credit by the college 
or university offering the courses. 

Admission Requirements for International Students 

The university is pleased to accept applications from international students. 
The CSU must assess the academic preparation of foreign students. For this 
purpose, “foreign students” include those who hold US visas as students, 
exchange visitors, or in other non-immigrant classifications. 

The CSU uses separate requirements and application filing dates in the 
admission of foreign students. Verification of English proficiency (See the section 
on the TOEFL Requirement for undergraduate applicants), financial resources, 
and academic performance are all important considerations for admission. 
Academic records from foreign institutions must be on file at least 8 weeks 
before registration for the first term and, if not in English, must be accompanied 
by certified English translations. 

Freshman applicants applying directly from overseas should have outstanding 
academic qualifications and meet TOEFL score requirements. Applicants who 
are graduates of foreign secondary schools must have preparation equivalent 
to that required of eligible California high school graduates. The university 
will carefully review the previous record of all such applicants and only those 
with promise of academic success equivalent to that of eligible California high 
school graduates will be admitted. Undergraduate transfers, who have 
completed a two-year program in an accredited institution of higher education, 
with a good academic record and satisfactory TOEFL scores, shall receive 
priority for admission. 

Postbaccalaureate applicants who have completed a bachelor’s degree or its 
equivalent, with a strong academic record, and satisfactory TOEFL scores from 
an accredited institution may be considered for admission as graduate students. 

The university has established deadlines to insure the timely processing of all 
applications and to enable admitted applicants to make arrangements to reach 
the U.S. and the campus prior to orientation and registration. Early application 
is strongly advised due to strong demand for programs. Newly admitted students 
are required to take an English Placement Examination prior to enrollment in 
classes (mid-August for fall semester and mid-January for spring semester). 

Applications may be submitted according to the following schedule: 

For Fall Semester 

Apply beginning November 1 of the preceding year. Application must be 
completed with supporting documents by April 15 * 

For Spring Semester 

Apply beginning August 1 of preceding year. Application must be completed 
with supporting documents by October 31.* 

All international student applicants must declare a major field of study when 
the application is filed. Campus programs of study which receive more 
a Pplications than spaces are available or have been declared impacted are 
not open to nonresidents, foreign or domestic. 


Please be advised that file completion deadlines may be subject to change. 


All applicants whose native language is other than English are required to 
present scores for the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) before 
they can be admitted to the university unless they have attended for at least 
three years, full time, an educational institution at the secondary level or above 
where English is the principal language of instruction. Undergraduate 
applicants must achieve a score of 500, graduate applicants a score of 550, 
second Bachelor’s degree applicants a score of 550, graduate music applicants 
560, MBA applicants a score of 570, and Graduate TESOL applicants a score 
of 575. Adequate performance on the TOEFL is mandatory for admission. 

Applicants should obtain the TOEFL Bulletin of Information and registration 
forms well in advance. Copies of this bulletin and registration forms are often 
available at American embassies and consulates, offices of the United States 
Information Service, United States educational commissions and foundations 
abroad, bi-national centers, and several private organizations. Those who cannot 
obtain locally a TOEFL Bulletin of Information should write to: Test of English 
as a Foreign Language, Educational Testing Services, PO. Box 6151, Princeton, 
New Jersey, USA, 08541-6151. 

International student applicants must include a statement of financial support 
accompanied by a bank statement from their sponsor. Students sponsored by 
an international organization or home government agency must include a letter 
of scholarship support specifying this university and the students proposed 
degree and program of study. 

Transcripts of all educational documents in languages other than English must 
be accompanied by translation into English certified by independent agencies. 
All academic records must be received directly from the issuing institutions 
and become official records of the university. 

International student applicants who are admitted by the university will be 
issued form 1-20 which is used to obtain an F-l student visa from a U.S. Embassy 
or Consulate overseas. Students transferring from a U.S. institution will use 
form 1-20 to apply for transfer authorization through the Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. Arrival, orientation and registration information from 
the Office of International Education and Exchange will accompany the 
admission materials mailed to new students. 

Insurance Requirement 

Effective August 1, 1995, as a condition of receiving an 1-20 or IAP-66 form, 
all F-l and J-l visa applicants must agree to obtain and maintain health 
insurance as a condition of registration and continued enrollment in the 
California State University. Such insurance must be in amounts as specified 
by the United States Information Agency (USIA) and NAFSA: Association of 
International Educators. The campus president or designee shall determine 
which insurance policies meet these criteria. Further information may be 
obtained from the Office of International Education and Exchange. 

Admission Requirements for 
Postbaccalaureate and Graduate Students 

See admissions information in the “Graduate Regulations” section of this 
catalog. 

Cancellation of Admission 

A student admitted to the university for a given semester but who does not 
register in the specified semester will have the admission canceled. The student 
must file a new application form when again seeking admission and must 
follow the complete application procedure and meet the current admission 
requirements. 


Admission Requirements 


79 


California State University, Fullerton 


Admission Requirements for Summer Session Students 

Although the quality of the program and most of the course offerings are the 
same as in the regular session, students who wish to enroll in summer session 
courses must register for them through the Office of Extended Education. 
Students normally must be high school graduates, however, and are expected 
to have satisfied the prerequisites for the courses in which they register. 
Admission to summer session does not grant admission to the 
regular session. 

Readmission of Former Students 

A student previously enrolled in the university, planning to return after an 
absence of more than one semester, must file a new application for admission. 
Unless a leave of absence was granted, catalog requirements at the time of 
readmission will apply. Please see the “Stop-Out Policy” section in the 
regulations subchapter of this catalog for further information on applications 
for readmission. 

Former Students in Good Standing 

A student who left the university in good standing will be readmitted provided 
any academic work attempted elsewhere since the last attendance does not 
change his or her scholastic status. Transcripts of the record of any work 
attempted in the interim are required. 


Former Students Who Were on Probation 

A student on probation at the close of the last enrollment will be readmitted 
on probation provided he or she is otherwise eligible. The student must furnish 
transcripts of any college work taken during the absence. 

Former Students Who Were Disqualified 

The readmission of a previously disqualified student is by special action only. 
Consideration for readmission is primarily based on evidence that the student 
has significantly raised the CSUF grade point average through grades in CSUF’s 
Extended Education program. Any work since disqualification at other accredited 
institutions affect the cumulative grade point average but not the CSUF grade 
point average. Appointments are available for counseling regarding the 
possibilities of readmission or transfer to another institution. (713/773-2370) 


Admission Requirements 




California State University, Fullerton 



Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

When a student is admitted, the Office of Admissions and Records will evaluate 
previous college work in relation to the requirements of CSU Fullerton. All 
undergraduate degree candidates will be issued a credit summary during the first 
semester of attendance which serves as a basis for determining remaining 
requirements for the student’s specific objectives. The admissions office will convert 
quarter units of credit transferred to the university to semester units by multiplying 
quarter-unit totals by two-thirds. 

Once issued to a student, the evaluation remains valid as long as the student 
enrolls at the date specified, pursues the objective specified, and remains in 
continuous attendance. The student will not be held to additional graduation 
requirements unless such requirements become mandatory as a result of changes 
in the California Administrative Code or the California Education Code. If the 
student does not remain in continuous attendance and has not applied for and 
heen granted a formal leave of absence, the evaluation issued upon readmission 
will specify the remaining requirements for the student’s objectives. 

In view of the foregoing regulations, the student should notify the Office of 
Admissions and Records immediately of a change in the objective specified in 


the evaluation. While the evaluation for a student remains valid, the student is 
held responsible for complying with all changes in regulations and procedures 
which may appear in subsequent catalogs. 

Acceptance of Credit 

Credit for work completed at accredited institutions, other than course work 
identified by such institutions as remedial or in other ways as being 
nontransferable, will be accepted toward the satisfaction of baccalaureate degree 
and credential requirements at the university within limitations of residence 
requirements and community college transfer maximums. 

Transfer of Credit From a Community College 

Upper division credit is not allowed for courses taken in a community college. 
Credential credit is not allowed for courses in professional education taken in 
a community college. This does not invalidate credit for preprofessional courses 
taken at a community college, such as introduction to education, art or design, 
arithmetic, or music for classroom teachers. After a student has completed 70 


Transfer Credits 


California State University, Fullerton 


units of college credit at a community college, no further community college 
units may be accepted for unit credit. 

Credit by Examination 

California State University, Fullerton grants credit to those students who pass 
examinations that have been approved for credit systemwide. These include 
the Advanced Placement Examinations, CSU English Equivalency Examination 
and some CLEP examinations. Students may challenge courses by taking 
examinations developed at the campus. Credit shall be awarded to those who 
pass them successfully. 

Credit by Advanced Placement 

Students who have successfully completed courses in the advanced placement 
program of the College Entrance Examination Board (defined as receiving a 
score of 3, 4 or 5) shall be granted credit for each advanced placement course 
toward graduation, advanced placement in the university’s sequence of courses 
and credit for curriculum requirements. 

Cal State Fullerton grants credit toward its undergraduate degrees for successful 
completion of examinations of the Advanced Placement Program of the College 
Board. Students who present scores of three or better will be granted semester 
units of college credit as listed below. 


Advanced Placement 

Equivalent 

Semester 

Course 

Course: CSUF 

Units 

American History 

History 180 

3 

Art History 

Art 201A.B 

3 

Studio Art 

Art 103 or 104 

Art 107A or 107B 

3-6 1 

Biology 

Biology 101 

3 

Chemistry 

Chemistry 120A.B 

6 2 

Computer Science 

Computer Science 121 

3 3 


Computer Science 131 

3 3 

Economics 

English: 

Economics 201-202 

6 

Language and Composition 

English 101,201 

6 8 

Literature and Composition 

English 101, 200 

6 8 

European History 

History 11 0B 

3 

French 

French 101, 102 

10 4 

German 

Government and Politics 

German 101, 102 

10 4 

(Comparative) 

Government and Politics 

lower division elective 

3 6 

(United States) 

Poli Sci 101 

3 7 

Latin 4 

Latin 101 

3 

Latin 5 

Latin 101, 102 

6 

Math A & B 

Math 150A 

4 

Math B & C 

Math 150A.B 

8 

Physics 

Physics 211, 212 

6 5 

Spanish 

Spanish 101, 102 

104 


‘Consult the Department of Art for applicability of advanced placement examination credit. 

2 To complete the requirement for Chemistry 120A.B, the student must successfully complete four units 
of Chemistry 121L and 122L laboratory at Cal State Fullerton 

’Consult the Department of Computer Science for applicability of advanced placement examination credit 
4 No Credit for literature. 

’To complete the requirement for Physics 2 1 1 , 212 the student must successfully complete two units of 
Physics 21 1L and 212L laboratory at CSUF 

6 Consult the Department of Political Science for applicability of advanced placement examination credit. 
These units do not count toward the major. 

7 To meet the state requirement, you must take Political Science 300. 

8 Passing both exams grants a maximum of 9 units in English 101, 200, 201. 


Transfer Credits 



Credit for Extension and Correspondence Courses 

The maximum amount of credit through correspondence and extension courses 
which may be allowed toward the bachelor’s degree is 24 units, if otherwise 
applicable. 

Credit for Noncollegiate Instruction 

Cal State Fullerton grants undergraduate degree credit for successful completion 
of non-collegiate instruction, either military or civilian, appropriate to the 
baccalaureate, that has been recommended by the Commission on Educational 
Credit and Credentials of the American Council on Education. The number of 
units allowed are those recommended in the Guide to the Evaluation of 
Educational Experience in the Armed Services and the National Guide to 
Educational Credit for Training Programs. Students who have at least one year 
of active military service may be granted six or 12 units of undergraduate credit 

Credit for Prior Learning 

California State University, Fullerton grants up to 30 units of undergraduate 
credit for learning, knowledge, or skills-based experience that has been 
documented and evaluated according to campus policy. Requests for Credit 
for Prior Learning will be evaluated individually. 

College Level Examination Program 

The university shall accept three semester units of credit for each of the following 
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) examinations, subject to achievement 
of the scores indicated, provided the examination was not taken previously within 
one calendar year and that degree credit has not been granted for previous course 
work at the equivalent or at a more advanced level than for the examination in 
question. 


Examination Passing score 

Mathematics General Exam - 50* 

College Algebra-Trigonometry 49 

Introductory Calculus and Analytic Geometry 48 

Statistics 49 

General Chemistry 48 


Fullerton may grant additional credit and advanced standing based upon CLEP 

examination results using as minimum standards: 

General Examinations 

1. That the student achieve a score at or above the 50th percentile, college 
sophomore norms. 

2. That no unit credit be granted for any test in the general examinations, but 
that up to six units of general education requirements be waived for each 
test completed except English with the appropriate score. 

Subject Examinations 

1. That the student submit a score at or above the 50th percentile of those in 
the norm group who earned a mark of C or better. 

2. That equivalency to Fullerton courses be determined by the appropriate aca- 
demic department in conjunction with the Office of Admissions and Records. 


*On both parts of examination. 


California State University, Fullerton 


3. That university credit shall have not been previously earned in the courses 
in question. 

In no case will credit so awarded count toward residence credit. 

English Equivalency Examination 

Students passing the California State University English Equivalency 
Examination shall be awarded six semester units of credit (English 101 and 
200) provided credit has not been granted previously at the equivalent or at 
more advanced levels. Further, those who pass this optional examination are 
exempt from the requirement to take the English Placement Test. 

Following are the categories of performance and scores which qualify for credit 
and/or exemption of the English Placement Test: 

1. Pass for credit and exemption from the English Placement Test (EPT). A 
student receiving a minimum score of 14 on the EEE essay and a minimum 
multiple choice converted score of 51 shall receive credit and exemption. A 
student earning a minimum score of 1 5 on the EEE essay and a minimum 
multiple choice converted score of 43 shall also receive credit and exemption. 

2. Exemption from the English Placement Test (EPT) only. 

Students scoring at least 12 on the essay with a minimum converted mul- 
tiple choice score of 36 or more shall receive exemption from the EPT, but 
no credit. Also, students with an essay score of at least 15 shall be awarded 
exemption, regardless of the converted multiple choice score. 


Transfer Credits 
























California State University, Fullerton 



Orientation 

Various opportunities are provided for new students to obtain information 
relating to academic programs, student services and activ ities, and other aspects 
of university life. Information about specific programs is published separately. 

Registration 

Class Schedule 

A complete listing of courses offered will be found in the class schedule 
published prior to the start of each semester. This publication, which may be 
purchased in the Titan Bookstore, also includes detailed information pertaining 
to the semester including class enrollment and fee payment procedures. 

It is important that students familiarize themselves not only with the academic 
policies stated in this catalog but also with the requirements and procedures 
in the class schedule as both are used in the selection of classes for the semester. 


Registration 

Registration involves two steps: class enrollment and fee payment, and may be 
accomplished through TITAN, Cal State Fullertons Touchtone Information 
Telecommunications Access Network, from home, work or on-campus before 
the semester starts, or through late registration during the first three weeks of 
instruction. Most students should find registration by telephone advantageous. 

At registration, every student is required to file a study program with the Office 
of Admissions and Records. The filing of a program by the student and its 
acceptance by the university obligates the student to perform the designated 
work to the best of his or her ability. It is emphasized that registration does not 
become official until all fees have been paid. 

Computerized Records System 

The student records system, including the registration process, is computerized. 
It is a fact of life in a large institution such as Cal State Fullerton that 


Registration Information 



California State University, Fullerton 


computerization is essential. Thus, there are requirements for data forms, code 
numbers, student identification numbers and for meeting precise criteria for 
recording data, which introduce impersonal elements in the student records 
system. Despite these conditions, every effort is made to provide courteous, 
efficient and personalized service to students and the entire university 
community. To assist in providing this service, students are urged to be careful 
and accurate in preparing forms, especially the telephone registration worksheet 
and change of program forms. Accurate preparation of information will assure 
each student of error-free records. 

Controlled Entry Classes 

In general, all courses listed in the semester class schedule shall be available to 
all matriculated students except for appropriate academic restrictions as stated 
in the schedule and the catalog. These restrictions, including special 
qualifications and other academic limitations, on class entry shall be published 
in the class schedule as appropriate footnotes to the designated class or class 
section and shall be consistent with the catalog. 

Late Registration 

The last day to register late each semester will be announced in the class 
schedule. Late registrants will find themselves handicapped in arranging their 
programs and must pay a $25 late registration fee in addition to regular fees. 

Changes in Program After Registration 

Each student is responsible for the program of courses listed at registration. 
Changes may be made thereafter only by following procedures announced in 
the class schedule. 

Students may add classes to their programs of study during the first three 
weeks of instruction. They may drop classes through the first two weeks. After 
the second week of instruction the university expects students to complete all 
courses in which they are enrolled. If students must withdraw after the deadline 
for dropping classes published in the class schedule, they are subject to the 
withdrawal policy contained in the “University Regulations” section of this 
catalog. In all instances, dropped classes must be officially dropped by the 
student; students not attending class are not dropped automatically. 

Concurrent Enrollment Outside the CSU System 

A student enrolled at the university may enroll concurrently for additional 
courses at another institution outside the CSU system without advance written 
approval from the student’s academic adviser or the Office of Admissions and 


Records. Students are reminded that the study load in the proposed combined 
program of study may not exceed the maximum number of units authorized at 
this university . 

Enrollment at Other CSU Campuses 

Fullerton students may enroll at other campuses of The California State 
University either while concurrently enrolled at Cal State Fullerton or as visitors. 
There are certain eligibility requirements and enrollment conditions that must 
be met, including completion of at least one semester at Cal State Fullerton 
and being in good academic standing. Information and application forms may 
be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. 

Visitor Enrollment 

Students enrolled at other campuses of The California State University may 
enroll at Cal State Fullerton while concurrently enrolled at their home campus 
or as visitors. Information about eligibility requirements, enrollment conditions 
and application forms are available from the Office of Admissions and Records 
at the home campus. 

Auditors 

A properly qualified student may enroll in classes as an auditor. The student 
must meet the regular university admission requirements and must pay the 
same fees as other students. See the description of Audit in the “University 
Regulations” section of this catalog under “Administrative Symbols.” 

Disabled Students 

Disabled students who require assistance should consult with Disabled Student 
Services prior to the announced semester registration period so that special 
arrangements can be made. 

Veterans 

California State University, Fullerton is approved by the Bureau of School 
Approvals, State Department of Education, to offer programs to veterans seeking 
benefits under state and federal legislation. All students seeking veterans’ 
benefits must have a degree or credential objective. 

Applications for benefits should be filed well in advance of the semester in 
which the veteran plans to use these benefits to have the authorization at the 
time of registration. 


Registration Information 


California State University, Fullerton 






Tuition is not charged to legal residents of California. The 1997-98 and 1998- 
99 schedule of fees will be published in the class schedules for those years. 
The following are the fees and nonresident tuition assessed at the time of 
preparing this catalog. 

Application fee (nonrefundable) 

Payable by check or money order at time application is made $55 

State University Fee (Per Semester) 


0 to 6 units $459 

7 or more units 792 


Nonresident and Foreign Visa Students 

Nonresident tuition fee (in addition to fees charged 

all students) per unit $246 


Fees charged to students, including students auditing class, are categorized as 
“mandatory”, “tuition”, “user” or “penalty”. These fee amounts may change 
without advance notice. Students should refer to the current class schedule for 
fee amounts and for additional information. 

Mandatory Fees 

Mandatory fees are required to apply to, enroll in, to attend, and to graduate 
from Cal State Fullerton. They include, but are not limited to, the CSU 
Application Fee, costs assessed per semester such as the State University Fee 
and those associated with the operation of the student union. Associated 
Students programs and services, on-campus health services and specific courses. 

Tuition Fees 

Nonresident and foreign students pay a per unit tuition fee each semester, in 
addition to fees charged to all students. Tuition is not charged to legal residents 
of California. 


Schedule of Fees 


California State University. Fullerton 


User Fees 

User fees are required to receive non-instructional materials and services, to 
use facilities provided by the university, or to enroll in intersession, Summer 
Session or Extended Education courses. They include, but are not limited to, 
parking fees, locker rentals, and administrative processing fees for transcripts, 
petitions, major and minor changes, certain enrollment verifications, diplomas 
and commencement-related expenses. 

Penalty Fees 

Penalty fees are required to reimburse the university for additional costs 
resulting from dishonored payments, late submissions, misuse of property, or 
as a security or guarantee. They include, but are not limited to, late registration, 
failure to meet an administrative deadline, late installment payments, returned 
checks, and late library returns. 

Alan Pattee Scholarships 

Children of deceased public law enforcement or fire suppression employees, 
who were California residents and who were killed in the course of law 
enforcement or fire suppression duties, are not charged fees or tuition of any 
kind at any California State University campus, according to the Alan Pattee 
Scholarship Act, California Education Code Section 68121. Students qualifying 
for these benefits are known as Alan Pattee scholars. For further information 
contact the Admissions Office, which determines eligibility. 

ID Card 

The campus ID card, the TitanCard, incorporates multiple applications into 
a single card. The TitanCard, bearing the user’s photograph, signature and 
CSUF logo, is designed to be the students permanent ID card with electronic 
validation occurring each semester of enrollment. The card permits easy 
access to university facilities and services including the University Library, 
recreation activities, several Student Affairs offices, athletic ticket office, Titan 
Shops, dining and vending services, computer labs, student elections, etc. 
TitanTender is the debit account portion of the TitanCard, reducing the need 
to carry cash on campus. The card can also serve as a long distance calling 
card and ATM card. 

Waiver of Fees 

Section 32320 of the California Education Code provides for the waiver of certain 
fees, other than nonresident tuition, for certain veterans’ dependents. Those 
w ho meet one or more of the following criteria should present a certificate of 
eligibility obtained from the Division of Educational Assistance, California 
department of Veterans Affairs, to theveterans’ benefits coordinator in the 
Registrar’s Office on or before the date of registration. 

A. Children of veterans who have service-connected disabilities and whose an- 
nual income, not including governmental compensation for such service- 
connected disability, does not exceed $5,000. 

B Children of veterans who died in action or as a result of a service-connected 
disability, where the annual income of such children, including the value of 
any support received from parents and the annual income of surviving par- 
ents, does not exceed $5,000. There are no limitations on a person’s age or 
the length of time as a California resident. 


Refund of Fees 

Details concerning fees which may be refunded, the circumstances under which 
fees may be refunded, and the appropriate procedure to be followed in seeking 
refunds may be obtained by consulting Section 42201 (parking fees), 41913 
(nonresident tuition), 42019 (housing charges) and 41802 (all other fees) of 
Title 5, California Code of Regulations. In all cases it is important to act quickly 
in applying for a refund. 

Information concerning the policy and appropriate procedure to be followed 
in seeking a refund may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the 
Cashier’s Office. 

Parking Fees 


Semester pass (nonreserved spaces): 

Regular and limited students (4-wheeled vehicle) $54.00 

Regular and limited students (2-wheeled vehicle) $13.50 

Coin operated gate per exit $1.50 

Summer session (4-wheeled vehicle) $36.00 

Summer session (2-wheeled vehicle) $9.00 


Typical Student Expenses 

Typical school year budgets for California residents living at home or making other 
housing arrangements will vary widely. It is estimated that, including a $4,700 
yearly allowance for room and board, and $400 for books and supplies, the total 
cost will approximate $7,600 for an unmarried person. Nonresident students must 
also allow for nonresident tuition in addition to those fees listed above. 

State University Fee 

The state university fee provides financing for the following student services. 

1. Social and Cultural Development Activities. Provides for the coordination of 
various student activities, student organizations, student government and 
cultural programs. 

2. Counseling. Includes the cost of counselors’ salaries and clerical support, 
plus operating expenses and equipment. 

3. Testing. Covers the cost of test officers, psychometrists, clerical support, 
operating expenses and equipment. 

4. Placement. Provides career information to students and faculty for academic 
program planning and employment information to graduates and students. 

5. Financial Aids Administration. Includes the cost of the counseling and busi- 
ness services provided in connection with the financial aid programs. 

6. Health Services. Provides health services to students and covers the cost of 
salaries of medical officers and nurses and related clerical and technical per- 
sonnel, as well as operating expenses and equipment. 

7. Housing. Supports personnel who provide housing information and moni- 
tor housing services available to students. 

8. Student Affairs Administration. Covers 50 percent of the cost of the office of 
the vice president for student affairs, which has responsibility for the overall 
administration of student services. 


Schedule of Fees 89 


California State University, Fullerton 


Associated Students Fee 

The law governing The California State University provides that a student body 
fee may be established by student referendum with the approval of two-thirds 
of those students voting. The Associated Students fee was established at 
California State University, Fullerton by student referendum in December 1959. 
The same fee can be abolished by a similar two-thirds approval of students 
voting on a referendum called for by a petition signed by ten percent of the 
regularly enrolled students ( Education Code, Section 89300). The level of the 
fee is set by the Chancellor who may approve a fee increase only following a 
referendum approved by a majority of the students. The Associated Students 
fee supports a variety of cultural and recreational programs, child care centers 
and special student support programs. 

Miscellaneous Course Fees 

For some courses an additional fee is collected for special course materials or, 
in the case of some music courses, for the use of a musical instrument. Students 
have the option of purchasing these items from another source if they choose 
to do so. For some laboratory courses a breakage fee is collected. The breakage 
fee is mandatory, but a portion or all of it is refundable at the end of the semester 
depending on what breakage has occurred. The materials fees and breakage 
fees are paid separately from the registration fees at the Cashier’s Office after 
classes begin. In the class schedule, individual footnotes for these courses 
explain the purpose of the fee and the fee amounts are indicated on the 
miscellaneous course fee page at the back of the class schedule. 


Average Annual Costs and Sources of Funds Per 
Full-Time Equivalent Student 

The 23 campuses and the Chancellor’s Office of The California State University are 
financed primarily through funding provided by the taxpayers of California. The 
total state appropriation to the CSU for 1996/97 (including capital outlay funding 
in the amount of $150,000,000) is $1,936,061,000. However, the total cost of 
education for CSU is $2,522,307,000, which must provide support for a projected 
255,501 full-time equivalent students (FTES). The number of full-time equivalent 
students is determined by dividing the total academic student load by 1 5 units per 
term (the figure used here to define a full-time student’s academic load). 

The total cost of education in the CSU is defined as the expenditures for current 
operations, including payments made to the students in the form of financial 
aid, and all fully reimbursed programs contained in state appropriations, but 
excluding capital outlay appropriations and lottery funds. The average cost of 
education is determined by dividing the total cost by the total FTES. The average 
cost is further differentiated into three categories: State Support (the state 
appropriation, excluding capital outlay), Student Fee Support, and Suppon 
from Other Sources (including federal funds). 

Thus, excluding costs which relate to capital outlay, the average cost of education 
per FTE student is $9,872. Of this amount, the average student fee support 
per FTE is $2,094 (The State University Fee, application fee, and nonresident 
tuition are included in the average costs paid by the students; individual 
students may pay less or more than $2,094, depending on whether they are 
part-time, full-time, resident, or nonresident students.) 


Sources of Funds and Average Costs for 1996/97 CSU Budget 
(Projected Enrollment: 255,001 FTE) 


Average 
Cost Per 

Amount FTE Student Percentage 


Total Cost of Education $2,522,307,000 $9,872 100.0 

* State Appropriation 1,786,061,000 6,990 70.8 

•Student Fee Support 535,062,000 2,094 21.2 

•Support from other sources 201,184,000 787 8.0 


•Includes $10,121,000 to fund retirement rate increases during 1996/97; does include $1,761,000 reappropriated for lease bond payments. 



Schedule of Fees 


California State University, Fullerton 




Financial Aid refers to a wide variety of programs designed to assist students 
m meeting the cost of attendance at California State University, Fullerton. These 
programs include gift aid in the form of scholarships and grants which do not 
require repayment or performance of work, student loans which require 
repayment over a period of time at a specified interest rate, and employment 
programs through Federal Work-Study. The Emergency Loan program also 
provides students with resources to meet unusual or unexpected emergencies 
through a short-term loan. 

Students who have specific questions regarding financial aid or who would 
like further information should contact the Office of Financial Aid. 

Eligibility Requirements 

The following eligibility requirements apply to all financial aid programs except 
emergency loans and scholarships. 

To be considered eligible for most student aid programs, the demonstration of 
financial need is one of the primary requirements However, alternate forms of 
financial assistance such as scholarships, emergency loans, and parental loan 
Programs should also be explored since many of these alternate sources of aid 


do not necessarily require the demonstration of financial need. Financial need 
is the difference between the reasonable and approved costs incurred by a student 
at CSUF and all of the resources available to the student, including contributions 
from parents, student (and spouse, if applicable), and other aid the student may 
be eligible to receive. The university uses a nationally accepted formula developed 
by the federal government in determining the family contribution. In addition 
to demonstrating financial need, all applicants for federal student financial 
assistance must meet the following eligibility requirements: 

1 be a U.S. citizen or national or permanent resident of the U.S. Eligible stu- 
dents also include citizens of the Marshall Islands and permanent residents 
of the Trust Territories as well as other eligible non-citizens who can docu- 
ment their status in the United States as other than for a temporary pur- 
pose. Students should be aware that the citizenship requirements apply to 
all forms of federally-funded assistance but may differ for State supported 
grant programs and private scholarships; 

2 . be admitted to or enrolled on at least a half-time basis in a program of study 
leading to a degree, certificate or recognized credential offered by the insti- 
tution. (Graduate students pursuing prerequisites required to gain admis- 
sion to a graduate program may be eligible only for limited loan eligibility); 


Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


3. maintain satisfactory academic progress in the course of study according to 
the standards and practices of the university; 

4. not be in default on any loan made from a student loan fund and not owe a 
refund on grants previously received for attendance at any college or university; 

5. complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and submit 
all documentation requested by the Office of Financial Aid; 

6. be registered for the Draft with the Selective Service or certify that he/she is 
not required to register; 

7. have a Social Security number; and 

8. have a high school diploma or recognized equivalent. 

Scholarships & Institutional Grants 

Scholarships and Awards 

Scholarships and awards should not be viewed as another form of financial 
aid, even though many scholarships and awards do take financial need into 
consideration during the review process. They are given to honor outstanding 
achievement. Many scholarships are available to all students and are known as 
university scholarships. Other scholarships have special objectives and may 
be awarded to students pursuing selected majors, underrepresented students, 
students with certain career goals, or to those living in certain geographic areas. 

Most scholarship applications are due the last week day in February. Generally, 
the recipients are selected during the spring semester and the funds are awarded 
the next academic year. Full details regarding scholarship requirements and 
application deadlines are in the Scholarship and Awards Bulletin which is 
available the first week in December. The bulletins and applications can be 
picked up at the Office of Financial Aid and all the Deans’ Offices. 

Educational Opportunity Program Grant (EOPG) 

The Educational Opportunity Program Grant of the California State University 
system is available to undergraduate students who are residents of California 
and who are officially enrolled in the EOP (contact the EOP Office for program 
enrollment procedures). EOP grants range from $200 to $800 per year. 

State University Grant (SUG) 

The State University Grant is available for graduate and undergraduate students who 
are residents of California. All applicants who file a FAFSA will be considered for this 
grant. The maximum SUG is the equivalent of the amount of the state university fee 
component of the registration fees. The award is for registration fees. 

State Grants 

Cal Grant A & B 

The State of California, through the California Student Aid Commission, 
administers grant programs for undergraduates seeking a post secondary 
education. To qualify for Cal Grant A or B, a student must be a California 
resident attending an eligible school or college within the State, must be making 
satisfactory academic progress, and must not owe a refund on any State or 
Federal grant or have defaulted on a student loan. Applicants for Cal Grant 
funds are required to complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA) no later than March 2 prior to the fall semester for which the grant 
will be used. First time applicants must verify their GPA by March 2. 


Cal Grant A is designed to assist low and middle income students with the 
cost of tuition and fees. Recipients are selected on the basis of financial need 
and grade point average. This grant is to be used for registration fees but may 
not cover full fees. 

Cal Grant B is designed to provide very low income students with a living 
allowance. In addition, Cal Grant B recipients may also receive assistance with 
tuition and fee costs. First year students receiving Cal Grant B will generally 
receive a living allowance up to a maximum of $1,410 for the academic year. 
During their 2nd, 3rd and 4th year of postsecondary education, Cal Grant B 
recipients will receive the living allowance in addition to tuition and fee assistance 

State Graduate Fellowship 

The Student Aid Commission awards approximately 500 Graduate Fellowships 
annually. Candidates must be a legal resident of California, plan to pursue 
recognized graduate degrees at an eligible California graduate school and must 
demonstrate their intent to become college or university faculty members. 
Teacher credential or certificate programs do not meet the requirements of the 
fellowship program. 

Eligibility is based on academic achievement and financial need. The award is 
for registration fees. 

Applicants for Graduate Fellowship funds are required to complete a Free 
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) no later than March 2 prior to 
the fall semester for which the grant will be used. Applicants must also submit 
a Graduate Fellowship endorsement form to the Student Aid Commission no 
later than April 10. The endorsement form serves to demonstrate the student’s 
intent to pursue a teaching career at the university or college level. A GPA 
verification must also be completed by March 2. 

Federal Programs 

Federal Pell Grant 

The Federal Pell Grant program is the largest of all federal student grant 
programs and is the “foundation” of all forms of student assistance. Pell Grants 
are available to undergraduates who meet all eligibility requirements described 
earlier and who have not already obtained a bachelor’s degree. The amount of 
the grant is based on financial need and range from $400 to $2,470 for students 
enrolled full-time. Part-time undergraduates are also eligible. Students may 
apply by completing a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) 

The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant supplements other 
forms of financial assistance offered to an eligible student. Applicants must 
meet all other eligibility requirements. Although designed to meet the needs 
of undergraduate students with the greatest amount of need, FSEOG funds 
are provided to schools and colleges by the federal government and awards to 
students are made according to the school’s awarding practices. Priority in 
awarding FSEOG funds must be given to Pell Grant recipients. Aw ard amounts 
to CSUF students range from $100 to $600. 

Federal Perkins Loans 

Federal Perkins Loans are low-interest loans (5 percent interest) available to 
undergraduate and graduate students. Based on their demonstrated financial 
need, students may borrow' up to $3,000 each academic year and up to a 
maximum borrowing limit of $15,000 for completing an undergraduate degree 
The combined borrowing limit for completion of undergraduate and graduate 


92 Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


study is $30,000. Students borrow through the Federal Perkins Loan program 
at their school or college and availability of funds is dependent on repayment 
of the school’s previous borrowers and annual federal allocations to the program. 
During the 1996-97 award year, loan amounts ranged from $200 to $1,800 at 
CSU Fullerton. Interest does not accrue on the loan and there is no repayment 
while the student is enrolled at least half-time. Repayment begins nine months 
following graduation, withdrawal, or enrollment below half-time status. 

Federal Work-Study 

The Federal Work-Study program provides students with employment opportunities 
both on and off campus. Eligibility for the program is determined by the school or 
college based on the student’s demonstrated financial need. Students awarded Work- 
Study receive an allocation of funds to be earned through part-time employment 
with an approved employer. The hourly wage will depend on the type of job and 
placement assistance is provided by the school or college. Students can take advantage 
of this employment opportunity to work in areas related to their studies or career 
plan as well as to minimize their student loan borrowing. Undergraduates and graduate 
students are eligible to participate in the program. 

Federal Stafford Student Loan 

The Stafford Student Loan is a long-term loan made to students by banks, 
savings and loan associations and credit unions. The loans are guaranteed by 
the State of California and insured by the federal government. 

The federal government pays interest on the loan while the student is in school. 
Six months following graduation, withdrawal or less than half-time enrollment, 
borrowers begin repayments. 

Stafford Student Loan borrowers will be required to repay the loan at a variable 
interest rate set annually. The interest rate will be based on the 91 -day T-bill 
rate plus 3.10% and capped at 9%. 

First year students are eligible to borrow up to $2,625 annually, second year 
students may borrow up to $3,500, and other undergraduates will be limited 
lo $5,500 annually. Students enrolled in a program of study for less than one 
academic year will have their loan eligibility prorated based on the length of 
the program. The aggregate loan limit for an undergraduate will be $23,000. 

Graduate students will be eligible to borrow up to $8,500 annually with an 
a 88 re gate borrowing limit of $65,500 including undergraduate loans. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan 

Students who do not demonstrate sufficient financial need to borrow under the 
tegular Stafford Student Loan program may borrow under the unsubsidized Stafford 
Loan. Students may borrow within the loan limits and at the same interest rates as 
the regular Stafford loan program. With the exception of demonstrating financial 
nee d, borrowers must meet all eligibility critena of the regular Stafford loan. 

Borrowers will pay a combined origination and insurance premium of 4% 
w hich will be deducted from the loan checks. Interest payments must begin 
immediately after the loan is disbursed or may be added to the principal balance. 
Regular repayment begins six months after the borrower graduates or is no 
longer enrolled at least half-time. 

federal PLUS Parent Loans 

The PLUS program is a loan designed to assist parents in meeting the educational 
costs of their dependent. The parent is the borrower and is responsible for 
^payment of the loan. The PLUS program is designed for families who generally 


do not qualify for other forms of financial assistance and who can meet the 
additional burden of loan payments. 

Parents who do not have an adverse credit history may be eligible to borrow 
up to the total cost of the student’s education, minus any other financial aid 
received by the student. The PLUS interest rate is variable, up to a maximum 
interest rate of 10 percent. Repayment of the loan begins within 60 days of the 
disbursement of the loan. Parents must repay both interest and principal and 
should check with their lender concerning deferment options. 

Federal Direct Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loans 

Federal government loan programs providing long-term, low-interest loans to 
students. Interest is paid by the government for Direct Subsidized Loans. The 
federal maximum is $2,625 per year for first-year students and unclassified 
graduates, $3,500 for second-year students; $5,500 per year for juniors, seniors, 
second BA candidates and credential candidates; and $8,500 per year for 
Master’s degree candidates. You may not borrow more than $23,000 during 
your undergraduate years, nor more than $65,500 for both graduate and 
undergraduate years. 

Direct Unsubsidized Loans are for students who do not qualify, in whole or in 
part, for the Direct Subsidized Loan. The terms for the unsubsidized loan are the 
same as the terms of the Direct Subsidized Loans except that the family contribution 
is not a factor in awarding, and there is no interest subsidy. You can get a Direct 
Unsubsidized Loan regardless of your financial need. Students must pay the interest 
while in school or request that the accrued interest be added to the loan amount. 
Eligibility for a Direct Subsidized Loan must be determined before you will be allowed 
to borrow an unsubsidized loan. 

Direct Plus (Parent Loan) 

A long-term loan program with an interest rate up to 9 percent is available 
through the federal government. This program is designed to assist parents in 
meeting the educational costs of their dependent. Parents are the borrower 
and are responsible for repayment of the loan. These loans may substitite for 
the expected family contribution but may not exceed the cost of education 
minus other aid. Parent borrower eligibility is based solely on ability to pay 
and a good credit record. Generally repayment must begin 60 days after receipt 
of a check unless the parents qualify for a deferment. 

Application Periods 

The deadlines listed below are approximate and are subject to annual changes. 
Consult with the Office of Financial Aid for current dates. 

Emergency Loans 

Emergency loans are available from the first day of classes until 30 days before 
the end of the semester. 

Scholarships 

Applications for scholarships are due in the Office of Financial Aid by late 
February. Students should contact the Office of Financial Aid for an application 
in mid-January. 

Bureau of Indian Affairs Grants 

Consult with the BLA for exact dates. The application deadline is usually in 
mid-June. 


Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


All Other Aid 

Priority is given to FAFSA applications mailed between January 1 and March 2 
for the next academic year. 

Rights and Responsibilities of Students Receiving Aid 

Rights 

All students are entitled to and are guaranteed fair and equitable treatment in 
the awarding of financial aid. In addition, there shall be no discrimination of 
any kind. Appeals procedures exist for anyone who feels that a violation has 
occurred; consult with the director of financial aid for details. 

All students have the right to receive full and open information about various 
financial aid programs and the status of their eligibility. In addition, they have the 
right to know the selection and review processes used in awarding financial aid. 

All students have the right to know the costs of attending the institution, the 
refund policies in case of withdrawal from the university, the academic programs 
offered by the university, the faculty and physical facilities of the institution, 
and data regarding student retention at the university. The following information 
concerning student financial assistance may be obtained from the Director of 
Financial Aid, University Hall UH-146, phone: (714) 278-3125: 

1. student financial assistance programs available to students who enroll at 
CSU, Fullerton; 

2. the methods by which such assistance is distributed among recipients who 
enroll at CSU, Fullerton; 

3. the means, including forms, by which application for student Financial as- 
sistance is made and requirements for accurately preparing such applica- 
tion; 

4. the rights and responsibilities of students receiving financial assistance; and 

5. the standards the student must maintain to be considered to be making 
satisfactory progress for the purpose of establishing and maintaining eligi- 
bility for financial assistance. 

The following information concerning the cost of attending California State 
University, Fullerton, is available from the Director of Financial Aid, University 
Hall UH-146, phone: (714) 278-3125: 

1. fees and tuition (where applicable); 

2. estimated costs of books and supplies; 

3. estimates of typical student room and board costs and typical commuting 
costs; and 

4. any additional costs of the program in which the student is enrolled or ex- 
presses specific interest. 

Responsibilities 

All financial aid recipients agree to carry and complete a specific number of 
units each semester, report graduation or withdrawal from the university and 
to notify the Office of Financial Aid of any changes in their financial or marital 
status. 


Recipients of financial aid must use the funds only to meet education costs. 
Any other use of the funds is prohibited by law. 

Students who are receiving financial aid must maintain satisfactory academic 
progress. See the section below for details. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards 

Federal and state regulations governing student financial aid programs require 
the university to ensure that each student who is receiving financial aid 
maintains SAP toward a degree objective. These regulations allow the institution 
to set the standards of SAP as long as “those standards are reasonable, are 
applied consistently and are at least as strict as the requirements for all students, 
and measure progress toward the degree for all periods of enrollment regardless 
of whether the student is receiving financial aid.” At CSUF, all undergraduate 
programs are four-year programs but for purposes of SAP a maximum time 
frame of six academic years of work attempted is allowed. CSUF uses a graduate 
completion percentage for each year to determine if SAP is being maintained 

Qualitative Standards (Measurement by Grades) 

All students, including financial aid recipients, must maintain scholastic 
academic progress as outlined in the California State University, Fullerton 
catalog. 

Students are expected to complete their educational objective, degree, or 
certificate according to the following schedule: 

Required for Degree Max. AttemptedUnits 

Undergraduate: 124 units (B. A.) 186 

Graduate: 30 or more depending upon program 45 

You may not continue to receive financial assistance at CSUF once you have 
attempted or enrolled in a maximum number of units. If you are classified as 
an undergraduate, the maximum is 186 units. If you are classified as a graduate 
or post-baccalaureate, the maximum is 45 units. The unit maximum includes 
all units attempted at CSUF as well as all transferable units attempted at other 
colleges/universities. If your program requires more than the average number 
of units, provide documentation to the Office of Financial Aid to request an 
exception to the standard. 

A student who cannot complete his/her objective within the maximum 
attempted units outlined above according to his/her degree standing will not 
be eligible for any financial aid from any federal or state source. 

Successful Completion Requirement 

In order to maintain satisfactory academic progress, each student must have a 
cumulative C average or an academic standing consistent with the institution’s 
requirements for graduation by the end of the student’s second academic year 
This requirement is in addition to the requirement that a student maintain 
scholastic academic progress at the end of each semester as defined by California 
State University, Fullerton. Since California State University, Fullerton academic 
probation and disqualification standards permit a student to enroll on academic 
probation with a cumulative grade-point average of 1 .86 or better with fewer 
than 60 semester units, the equivalent of the end of the student’s second 
academic year, CSUF meets the provisions of the Higher Education 
Amendments of 1986. As a result, a student who maintains a 1.86 or better 
cumulative grade-point-average at the end of the second academic year will be 
considered to be making satisfactory academic progress. 


94 Financial Aid 


California State University. Fullerton 


Semester Grade Review 

Even though California State University, Fullerton will measure Satisfactory 
Academic Progress according to the number of units successfully completed at 
the end of each academic year, federal financial aid program regulations require 
each college and university to determine that a student is maintaining 
Satisfactory Academic Progress each payment period and each time it certifies a 
Stafford Loan. To meet this requirement, a student will have been certified as 
having made Satisfactory Academic Progress for payment purposes at the end 
of the fall semester if the student meets the “qualitative standards” as outlined 
above. 

Determination of Units Completed 

The following grades will be counted in determining units successfully 
completed: A, B, C, D, CR (credit). 

SP (Satisfactory Progress) and RD (Report Delayed) will be temporarily considered 
as units completed provided these designations are replaced with an acceptable 
final grade within one calendar year from the beginning date of the semester. 
If the final SP grade is not posted within one year, the student must submit a 
wntten appeal to the Office of Financial Aid. If a Report is Delayed beyond 
one year, the student must submit to the Office of Financial Aid a statement 
from the faculty member explaining the cause for the extended delay. 

The following grades will count as units attempted but will not count as units 
completed: F, NC (No Credit), W (Withdrawal), AU (Audit), I (Incomplete), U 
(Unofficial Withdrawal). 

If a grade is changed after the official posting for a semester, it is the student’s 
responsibility to bring verification of the change to the Office of Financial Aid. 

Repeated Courses: A repeated course in which the student initially received a D 
or better will not count as units attempted or completed since an improved 
grade will only result in a grade change and not additional unit credit. A repeated 
course in which a student withdrew or received an unauthorized incomplete 
will count as units attempted and completed. 

Remedial Courses will be considered as units completed for purposes of 
reviewing a students Satisfactory Academic Progress only when the university 
or department requires a student to take a remedial course(s) as part of his/ 
her program whether or not the student receives unit credit towards 
graduation. 

SAP Review 

The students award letter indicates SAP level. The SAP level was established 
the first term the student entered CSUF and advanced automatically each year. 
Use the current SAP level and semester ENROLLMENT STATUS with the 
table below to determine the minimum number of units that must be completed 
during the academic year in order to make satisfactory academic progress. All 
TOP students must complete 12 units each semester. 

SAP is monitored based on semester ENROLLMENT STATUS and SAP LEVEL. 
The semester enrollment status is based on the number of units the student is 
enrolled in at the fourth week of the semester (the first day of the fifth week). 
Use current ENROLLMENT STATUS and SAP LEVEL with the table below to 
determine the minimum number of units that must be completed in order to 
ma ke saatisfactory academic progress. 

Students must receive credit for the course in order for the units to be counted 
toward satisfactory academic progress. 


The Office of Financial Aid monitors units completed annually but recommends 
that the student monitor progress each semester. If the student completes fewer 
than the minimum units during the Fall semester, for example, the student 
must enroll in extra units in the Spring so that the cumulative units will meet 
the standard requirement. If the minimum units are not completed, a 
notification will be mailed at the end of Spring semester that financial aid 
eligibility is terminated. 

Minimum Annual Units Requirements 

(Units are shown per year/per semester) 


SAP 

Full 

3/4 

1/2 

Level 

Time 

Time 

Time 

1 

18/9 

12/6 

12/6 

2 

21/10 

15/7 

12/6 

3 

21/10 

18/9 

12/6 

4+ or E 

24/12 

18/9 

12/6 


Failure to Maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress 

A student who fails to maintain the qualitative or quantitative measurement 
standards will be defined as having failed to maintain Satisfactory Academic 
Progress and will be ineligible to receive any federal or state financial aid. 

Reinstatement of Financial Aid Eligibility 

Students whose financial aid eligibility has been terminated for failure to 
complete the minimum number of units may have their aid eligibility 
reevaluated when the deficit units are completed and the student has 
demonstrated capability of making satisfactory academic progress in accordance 
with the incremental completion rate. 

Appeal Process 

You have the right to appeal a financial aid eligibility termination by presenting 
a written appeal to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee. Complete the 
“Fianancial Aid Appeal” form and include (1) appropriate documentation of 
extraordinary circumstances relating to the lack of academic progress and (2) 
a plan of action detailing how you will make up the unit deficiency. You will be 
notified in writing of the committee’s decision. 

Eligibility for Multiple Degrees 

Students will be eligible to receive financial aid towards the completion of 
their first bachelor’s degree and towards their first graduate degree. 

Refund Policy 

As stated in the appropriate CSUF Class Schedule, a student may be entitled to 
a refund of fees if he/she withdraws from the University or drops units. If a 
student received financial aid, fee refunds will be credited partially or completely 
to various financial aid accounts. 

Since financial aid is awarded to help meet educational costs, financial aid is 
considered to be used first for direct educational costs (fees). Therefore, if a 
student withdraws and is scheduled to receive a refund of fees, all or part of 
this refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid program(s) from which 
the student received funds. 

If a student received financial aid in excess of direct fees, a repayment of 
additional financial aid funds may be required. 


Financial Aid 


California State University, Fullerton 


Repayment Policy 

Since financial aid is awarded to help meet educational costs, financial aid is 
considered to be used first for direct educational costs (fees). Therefore, if a 
student withdraws and is scheduled to receive a refund of fees, all or part of 
this refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid program(s) from which 
the student received funds. 

If a student received financial aid in excess of direct fees, a repayment of 
additional financial aid funds may be required. 

Students who receive financial aid and later terminate their enrollment by 
dropping out or by withdrawing and who received cash disbursements of Title 
IV financial aid for payment of their non-institutional costs require institutional 
review to determine if there has been an overpayment, and therefore, if a 
repayment is required. Repayment designates the amount that a student must 
repay of the funds he/she received in cash that could not have reasonably been 
spent for non-institutional costs during the portion of the term that the student 
was enrolled. 


96 


Financial Aid 




California State University, Fullerton 





Each student is responsible for meeting the requirements printed in the 
university catalog and all published regulations of the university. 

The university establishes certain academic policies and requirements which 
must be met before a degree is granted. These include major and unit 
requirements and prerequisites. While advisers, directors, deans and faculty 
will provide a student with information and advice, responsibility for meeting 
these requirements rests with the student. Since failure to satisfy these 
requirements may result in the degree being withheld, it is important for each 
student to become thoroughly acquainted with all regulations. The catalog 
and the semester class schedule, available in the Titan Bookstore, are the best 
sources of information on current policy and regulations. 

The student also has the responsibility for securing the consent of the instructor 
before enrolling in a course with prerequisites that the student has not 
completed. 

To ensure receipt of timely information and accurate grade reports from the 
university, each student must keep the Office of Admissions and Records 
informed of changes in personal data, including changes in name, address and 
program of study. Enrollment corrections and changes must be reported to the 


registrar by the 20th day of classes each semester, using TITAN (telephone) 
and/or Change of Program forms. (See class schedule for details.) Between the 
15th and 20th day of classes, a $20 administrative late fee will be required to 
make such changes. Other corrections should be reported on forms provided 
by and returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. 

Enrollment Regulations 

Unit of Credit 

Each semester unit represents three hours of university work per week for one 
semester. Courses are of three types: 

Lecture: one hour in class plus two hours of study. 

Activity : two hours of class plus one hour of study. 

Laboratory: three hours of laboratory activity in class plus one hour of study 
outside class. 

Some courses may combine two or more of these types. All required courses 
carry unit credit. 


98 University Regulations 


California State University, Fullerton 


Class Levels 

Undergraduate students who have completed 0-29 semester units of work are 
classified as freshmen, 30-59 semester units as sophomores, 60-89 semester 
units as juniors, and 90 or more as seniors. 

Maximum Number of Units 

Undergraduate students requests to enroll for more than 19 units must be 
approved by the student’s adviser and the department chair of the major. If 
such requests are denied, appeals may be made to the appropriate school dean. 
(Undeclared majors must receive the approval of the coordinator of 
undergraduate studies.) The minimum full-time program is 12 units. 

A student whose academic record justifies a study list in excess of the normal 
may request to be allowed to enroll for extra units. Request forms may be 
obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. In general, only students 
with superior academic records are allowed to enroll for more than the 
maximum. In addition, the need to enroll for the extra study must be 
established. Factors such as time spent in employment or commuting, the 
nature of the academic program, extracurricular activities and the student’s 
health should be considered in planning a study program. Students who are 
employed or have outside responsibilities are advised to reduce their program 
of study. 

The minimum and maximum units of a full-time program of study for graduate 
students are defined in the “Graduate Regulations” section of this catalog. 

Graduate Level Courses 

Graduate level (500) courses are organized primarily for graduate students. 
Undergraduate students may be permitted to enroll in a graduate level course if: 

a. they have reached senior status (completed a minimum of 90 semester units) 

b. have the academic preparation and prerequisites required for entry into the 
course 

c - gain the consent of the instructor on the appropriate form available at the 
Admissions and Records information counter. 


Students wishing to use 500-level coursework taken during their undergraduate 
degree toward a master’s degree should read the section on postgraduate credit 
in the “Graduate Regulations” section of this catalog. 

Class Attendance 

While class attendance is not recorded officially by the university, regular 
attendance in class is often essential to success in a course. The policy on class 
attendance is within the discretion of the individual faculty member and shall 
be announced by the faculty member at the first class meeting of the semester. 

Initial Class Meeting 

It is especially important that students attend the first meeting of a class. 
Students absent from the first meeting must notify the instructor or 
departmental office of the absence no later than 24 hours after the class meeting 
in order to preserve their places in the class. Instructors may deny admission 
to the class to absentees who fail to contact the instructor or office, in order to 
admit persons on waiting lists. 

Instructor-Initiated Drops 

A student who registers for a class and whose name appears on the first-day- 
of-class list should attend all class meetings in the first week. If a student 
decides not to continue enrollment in a class, either before or after instruction 
begins, it is the students responsibility to follow appropriate prcedures for dropping 
the class ; however, if a student is absent without notifying the instructor or 
departmental office within 24 hours after any meeting missed during the first 
week, the student may be dropped administratively by the instructor. Students 
should not assume that this will be done for them and should take the 
responsibility to ensure that they have been dropped by following the 
appropriate procedures for dropping classes. 

An instructor may also administratively drop a student who does not meet 
prerequsites for the course. These administrative withdrawals shall be without 
penalty and must be filed by the instructor with the registrar no later than the 
end of the second week of instruction (the specific date is published in the 
class schedule each semester). 


Enrollment Regulations 


99 


California State University, Fullerton 



Grading System 

Every student of the university will have all course work evaluated and reported 
by the faculty using letter grades or administrative symbols. 

The university uses a combination of traditional and nontraditional grading 
options as follows: 

Traditional (Letter Grade Option) 

Letter grades, defined as: 

A — outstanding performance 
B — above average performance 
C — average performance 
D — below average performance, though passing 
F — failure 

Nontraditional (Credit/No Credit Option) 

CR (Credit) for satisfactory (equivalent to C or better in undergraduate courses; B 
or better in graduate courses) and NC (No Credit) for less than satisfactory work. 

too Grading Policies 


When, because of circumstances, a student does not complete a particular 
course, or withdraws, certain administrative symbols may be assigned by the 
faculty. Grades and symbols are listed in a chart on the following page together 
with grade-point values. The chart also illustrates the academic bookkeeping 
involved for all grades and symbols used. 

Selection of Grading Option 

Selection of a grading option, with certain exceptions, is the responsibility of 
the student. Graduate students must use the letter grade option for courses 
that are on study plans leading to masters degrees. Undergraduates must use 
the letter grade option for major, minor and general education requirements. 

Exceptions are those courses designated by the faculty to be graded solely on 
either a letter grade only or creditlno credit basis. 

These courses will be so designated in the class schedule (and shall not be 
changed by the faculty after publication of the class schedule) for each semester 
and may be included in major, core or special program requirements. 

Students shall inform the registrar up to the end of the third week of classes 
regarding the selection of grading options in designated courses. If a student 



California State University, Fullerton 


does not do so, the letter grade option will be used. Students are not permitted 
to change grading options after the university census date except, by petition, 
changes from credit/no credit to letter grade which will bring the student into 
compliance with major, minor, and general education requirements. 

The faculty shall grade all students using the traditional A, B, C, D or F grades 
except in Credit/No Credit courses, and the registrar shall make the necessary 
changes from A, B, C, D or F, converting A, B, C to Credit, and D and F to No 
Credit in undergraduate courses and A, B to Credit, and C, D and F to No 
Credit in graduate courses. In those courses offered only on a Credit/No Credit 
basis, the instructor shall assign grades of CR or NC or appropriate 
administrative symbols. 

Nontraditional Grade Option 

A nontraditional grading option is available to undergraduate students, 
nonobjective graduate students and to classified graduate students for courses 
not included in the approved study plan. Any student attempting a course 
using the nontraditional grading option must meet the prerequisites for that 
course. Each student shall be permitted to select courses in subjects outside of 
the major, minor and general education requirements for enrollment on a Credit/ 
No Credit basis. The phrase “major requirements” shall be taken to include 
core plus concentration (or option) requirements in departments using such 
terms, and professional course requirements in teacher education curricula. A 
student in any one term may take one course under the Credit/No Credit option. 
In addition, he or she may enroll in a required course offered only under 
Credit/No Credit; however, a maximum of 36 units of Credit/No Credit courses, 
including those transferred from other institutions, may be counted toward 
the baccalaureate. 

Under the Credit/No Credit option, the term “Credit” signifies that the student’s 
academic performance was such that he or she was awarded full credit in 
undergraduate courses with a quality level of achievement equivalent to a C 
grade or better, unless the catalog course description states otherwise. In all 
graduate level and professional education courses Credit signifies academic 
performance equivalent to B or A grades. No Credit signifies that the student 
attempted the course but that the performance did not warrant credit toward 
the objective. 

Ordinarily, a student shall be limited to one nonmajor course per term using 
this option, exclusive of courses offered only on a Credit/No Credit basis. 

When an undergraduate student changes his or her major field of study to one 
where he or she has completed courses with CR grades, such lower division 
courses shall be included in major requirements. Upper division courses may 
he included at the option of the department upon petition by the student. 


ADVISORY CAUTION: Undergraduate students who plan to pursue 
graduate or professional studies later are advised to be selective in opting 
for courses on a credit/no credit basis. As a general rule (advisory only), 
course work that is preparatory or prerequisite to advanced specialized 
study should be completed and evaluated on a letter grade basis and 
not Credit/No Credit. 





Grade 


Grade or Symbol 

GPA 

Units 

Point 

Full 

Traditional 

Units 

Earned 

Value 

Credit 

A 

... Yes 

Yes 

4 

Yes 

B 

... Yes 

Yes 

3 

Yes 

C 

... Yes 

Yes 

2 

Yes 

D 

... Yes 

Yes 

1 

No 

F 

... Yes 

No 

0 

No 

Nontraditional 





CR 

* 

Yes 

None 

Yes 

NC 

* 

No 

None 

No 

Administrative Symbols 





I (Incomplete authorized) 

.... t 

No 



U (Unauthorized Incomplete).. 

...Yes 

No 

0 

No 

W (Withdrawal) 


No 

No 

None 

No 





WF (Withdrawal) tt 

....Yes 

No 

0 

No 

AU (Audit) 


No 

No 

None 

No 





SP (Satisfactory Progress) 

.... No 

No 

None 

No 

RD (Report Delayed) 

No 

No 

None 

No 

Totals 

.... Used 

Counted 

Used 



In 

In 

Toward 



GPA 

Objective 

GPA 



*Credit/No Credit course units are not included in GPA computations, 
tlf not completed within one semester the I will be changed to an F (or NC). 
ttEffective fall 1991, this symbol is no longer assigned. 

Administrative Symbols 

Incomplete Authorized (I) 

The symbol I signifies that a portion of required course work has not been 
completed and evaluated in the prescribed time period owing to unforeseen but 
fully justified reasons and that there is still a possibility of earning credit. It is the 
responsibility of the student to bring pertinent information to the instructor and 
to reach agreement on the means by which the remaining course requirements 
will be satisfied. A final grade is assigned when the work agreed upon has been 
completed and evaluated. 

An Incomplete must be made up during the semester immediately following the 
end of the term in which it was assigned. This limitation prevails whether or not 
the student maintains continuous enrollment. Failure to complete the assigned 
work will result in an Incomplete being changed to an F or an NC. 

A grade of Incomplete may be given only when, in the opinion of the instructor, 
a student cannot complete a course during the semester of enrollment for reasons 
beyond the student’s control. 

Such reasons are assumed to include: illness of the student or of members of the 
student’s immediate family, extraordinary financial problems, loss of outside 
position and other exigencies. In assigning a grade of I, the instructor shall file 
with the department for future reference and student access a Statement of 
Requirements for Completion of Course Work. The requirements shall not include 
retaking the course. The instructor will also designate a time limit (up to one 
semester) for completing requirements. Upon request, a copy of the document 
will be furnished to the student. The student should review this statement at the 
earliest opportunity. 


Grading Policies 101 


California State University, Fullerton 


The statement of requirements will include an indication of the quality of the 
student’s work to date. This not only provides an interim evaluation for the 
student but assists the department chair in assigning a final grade in those 
instances where the instructor is no longer available. 

When the specific requirements are completed, the instructor will report a 
change of grade. The responsibility for changing the incomplete grade rests 
with the instructor. 

Withdrawal (W) 

Students may withdraw from class during the first two weeks of instruction 
without record of enrollment! After that time, students should complete all 
courses in which they are enrolled. 

The university authorizes withdrawal after the first two weeks of instruction 
and prior to the last three weeks of instruction only with the approval of the 
instructor and the department chair (and, in some cases, the school associate 
dean). All requests for permission to withdraw during this period and all 
approvals shall be made in writing on the Withdrawal Request form and the 
Change of Program form and shall be filed at the Office of Admissions and 
Records by students or their proxies. 

Authorization to withdraw after the second week of instruction shall be granted 
for only the most serious reasons i.e. a physical, medical, emotional or other 
condition which has the effect of limiting the student’s full participation in the 
class. Such reasons must be documented by the student. Poor academic 
performance is not evidence of a serious reason for withdrawal. Signatures of 
the instructor and department chair are required for each course. In some 
departments, the signature of the associate dean is also required. Withdrawal 
from a class is signified by a grade of “W". Such grades are not included in 
grade point average calculations. 

Students may not withdraw during the final three weeks of instruction except 
in cases, appropriately documented, such as accident or serious illness, where 
the assignment of an Incomplete is not practicable. Ordinarily, withdrawals of 
this nature will involve withdrawal from all classes except that Credit or 
Incomplete Authorized (I) may be assigned for courses in which students have 
completed sufficient work to permit an evaluation to be made. Requests for 
permission to withdraw from all classes under these circumstances, with 
authorizations as described above, shall be submitted with Change of Program 
forms by the students (or their proxies) to the registrar. 

Unauthorized Incomplete (U) 

The symbol U indicates that an enrolled student did not withdraw from the 
course but failed to complete course requirements. It is used when, in the opinion 
of the instructor, completed assignments or course activities or both were 
insufficient to make normal evaluation of academic performance possible. For 
purposes of grade-point average computations this symbol is equivalent to an F 

Students may petition for retroactive withdrawal from individual courses or 
from an entire semester, provided they can document both the serious and 
compelling reasons or circumstances that required the withdrawal and the 
date of such withdrawal. Such a petition must be filed within 30 days after the 
first class day of the following semester. 


ADVISORY NOTE: Students who unofficially withdraw and who are 
receiving financial aid or benefits which are dependent on completion of 
specified course units are advised that they may have such benefits 
suspended and may be subject to repayment of allowances received after 
date of unofficial withdrawal. 


Audit (AU) 

The symbol AU is used by the registrar in those instances where a student has 
enrolled in a course either for information or other purposes not related to the 
student’s formal academic objective. Enrollment as an auditor is subject to the 
permission of the instructor, provided that enrollment in any course as an 
auditor shall be permitted only after students otherwise eligible to enroll in 
the course on a credit basis have had an opportunity to do so. Auditors are 
subject to the same fees as credit students and regular class attendance is 
expected. An auditor may not change to credit status and a student who is 
enrolled for credit may not change to audit after the third week of instruction. 
An auditor is not permitted to take examinations in the course; therefore, 
there is no basis for evaluation nor a formal grade report. 

Satisfactory Progress (SP) 

The SP symbol is used in connection with thesis, project or similar courses 
that extend beyond one academic term. It indicates that work is in progress, 
and has been evaluated and found to be satisfactory to date, but that assignment 
of a final grade must await completion of additional course work. Cumulative 
enrollment in units attempted may not exceed the total number applicable to 
the student’s educational objective. Work is to be completed within a stipulated 
period which may not exceed one year except for graduate degree theses or 
projects for which the time may be longer, but may not exceed the overall 
limit for completion of all master’s degree requirements. 

Report Delayed (RD) 

The RD symbol is used where a delay in the reporting of a final grade is due to 
circumstances beyond the control of the student. The symbol is assigned by 
the registrar and will be replaced as soon as possible. An RD shall not be 
included in calculation of a grade-point average. 

Student Records 

Grade Reports to Students 

A report of the final grades assigned in classes is sent to each student at the 
end of each semester. Many students also leave self-addressed post cards for 
instructors of specific courses to send them earlier reports. Grades are also 
available at the end of each term by telephone and through several touch- 
screen kiosks located on the campus. 

Class Grade-Point Averages 

Beginning with the fall semester 1978, information is included on student grade 
reports and permanent academic records that is intended to depict the level of 
achievement of students in relation to other students in a particular class. The 
class size and grade point average information is displayed for each graded course. 
The first set of figures indicates the number of students officially completing the 
course and the second set is the class grade-point average. In making the 
computations, marks of W, I, CR, NC, and SP are excluded. This same information 
is displayed for summer session and intersession classes, but not for extension 
or intersession classes sponsored by the Office of Extended Education. 

Examinations 

Final examinations, if required by the instructor, will be given at times scheduled 
by the university Once established, the Final examination schedule may not be 
changed unless approved by the dean of the school. No makeup final examination 
will be given except for reason of illness or other verified emergencies. 


102 Grading Policies 


California State University, Fullerton 


Credit by Examination 

Students may be granted credit toward the baccalaureate and to meet curriculum 
requirements in certain designated courses by the satisfactory completion of 
challenge examinations in the courses. The examinations are to be 
comprehensive and administered by the sponsoring departments. Well in 
advance of the semester in which a challenge examination is to be administered, 
the student, using the appropriate university form, will secure written approval 
of his or her major advisor and the chair of the department in which the course 
is offered. In general, prior work or academic experience will be required. 

Courses to be offered as challenge examinations will be determined by the academic 
departments. Matriculated students may either enroll in these courses during 
registration or add them during the first three weeks of the semester. The examination 
must be administered not later than the end of the third week of instruction. 

Upon successful completion of the examination, the instructor will report the 
grade of CR. Students who fail the challenge examination may elect to continue 
the course for credit or may officially withdraw from the course through the 
normal class withdrawal procedure. The challenge examination for any course 
may be administered only once. 

A maximum of 30 credits can be earned by challenge examination, including 
those earned by advanced placement. Credit by examination may not be used 
to fulfill the minimum residence requirements. 

Grade-Point Averages 

The numerical grade-point values in the grading system chart are intended to 
give an exact determination of a student’s scholastic standing. To compute the 
grade-point average for course work at Fullerton, the grade-point value of 
each grade, with the exception noted in the “Repetition of Courses” section, is 
multiplied first by the unit value of each course to obtain a total of all grade 
points earned. The total is then divided by the total units attempted in all 
courses in which grades of A, B, C, D, F, U and WF were received. The resulting 
figure is the grade-point average. 

Repetition of Courses 

Undergraduate students may repeat courses at California State University, 
Fullerton for which D or failing grades were earned either at Cal State Fullerton 
or at other institutions; in repeating such courses, the traditional grading system 
shall be used. In computing the grade-point average of a student who repeats 
courses in which he or $he received D or failing grades, only the most recently 
earned grades and grade points shall be used for the first 16 units repeated. 
Nevertheless, the original grade on the academic record shall not be changed 
or eradicated. Persons who plan to seek professional school admission, e.g., 
law, medicine should note that all grades may be calculated for admission 
regardless of local application of the CSUF repetition of course policy. 

In exercising this option, an undergraduate student must repeat the course at 
Cal State Fullerton and may request application of this policy when a course 
has been repeated. This should be accomplished using the appropriate form, 
immediately following the term in which the course has been completed, so 
that the students grade-point average can be revised. In the absence of student 
requests, courses successfully repeated are routinely credited by the Office of 
Admissions and Records during disqualification cycles and degree requirement 
reviews at the time of graduation. 

This policy may also be applied to courses in which U or WF grades were 
assigned, as a means of eliminating such marks from grade-point average 
computations. 


In the case of any repetition beyond the 16-unit limit or in courses for which 
a C or better grade was awarded, both grades are considered in computing 
grade-point averages. Successful repetition of a course originally passed carries 
no additional unit credit toward a degree or credential except for certain courses 
such as independent study, practicum, or other courses specified in this catalog 
as “may be repeated for credit.” 

Students transferring from other colleges where courses were taken and repeated 
may be eligible for consideration under this policy. In general, the policy of 
the college where the course was repeated shall be followed; however, units 
for the courses taken and repeated at the transfer institution are included in 
the 16-unit limitation. 

Subject to the following restrictions, if a graduate or post-baccalaureate student 
(excluding students with a second bachelors degree objective) repeats courses 
for which a grade of U (unauthorized incomplete) was received, only the most 
recently earned grade(s) and grade points shall be used in computing the grade 
point average; however, the original U grade(s) will remain on the permanent 
record. This policy may be applied only to grades earned during the first 
semester in which U grades are received. Repeated courses must be taken at 
Cal State Fullerton using the traditional grading system. Students who have 
successfully repeated U-graded courses must notify the Admissions and Records 
office using the appropriate form if they wish adjustment to their grade point 
averages. 

Grade Changes 

The university recognizes the long-standing prerogatives of faculty to set 
standards of performance and to apply them to individual students. The 
university will seek to correct injustices to students but at the same time believes 
that the instructor’s judgment at the time the original grade is assigned is better 
than a later reconsideration of an individual case. Equity to all students is of 
fundamental concern. The following policies apply to changes of grades except 
for changes of Incomplete Authorized and Unauthorized Incomplete symbols. 

1 . In general , all course grades are final when filed by the instructor in the end- 
of-term course grade report. Each student is notified by mail of the grades 
earned during the term, and these grades become a part of the official record. 

2. A change of grade may occur only in cases of clerical error, administrative 
error, or where the instructor reevaluates the original course assignments of 
a student and discovers an error in the original evaluation. A clerical error is 
an error made by the instructor or an assistant in calculating or recording 
the grade. A change of grade shall not occur as a consequence of the accep- 
tance of additional work or reexamination beyond the specified course re- 
quirements. 

3. A request for a change of grade shall be initiated by the student affected and 
shall be directed to the instructor within 60 calendar days of the first day of 
classes of the regular semester following the award of the original grade. If 
the instructor determines that there is a valid basis for the change, a Change 
of Grade form shall be used to notify the Office of Admissions and Records. 
These forms are available in department offices and are not to be handled by 
students. If the instructor determines that there is not a valid basis for the 
change, and denies the student’s request, the instructor’s decision is final. 
The student may file a petition with the Academic Appeals Board on the 
basis of capricious or prejudicial treatment by the instructor. 

4. The Change of Grade form completed and signed by the instructor, noting 
the basis for the change, shall not be accepted by the registrar unless ap- 
proved separately by the department chair and school dean. 


Grading Policies 103 


California State University, Fullerton 


5. If a request for change of grade is initiated after 60 calendar days into the 
following semester, it will be approved only in extraordinary circumstances. 
An explanation of such circumstances must accompany the request and 
must be approved separately by the instructor, department chair, and the 
dean before acceptance by the registrar. 

Academic Dishonesty 

Academic dishonesty includes such things as cheating, inventing false 
information or citations, plagiarism, and helping someone else commit an act 
of academic dishonesty. It usually involves an attempt by a student to show 
possession of a level of knowledge or skill which he or she does not possess. 

Cheating is defined as the act of obtaining or attempting to obtain credit for 
work by the use of any dishonest, deceptive, fraudulent or unauthorized means. 
Examples of cheating include, but are not limited to: using notes or aids or the 
help of other students on tests and examinations in ways other than those 
expressly permitted by the instructor, plagiarism as defined below, tampering 
with the grading procedures, and collaborating with others on any assignment 
where such collaboration is expressly forbidden by an instructor. 

Plagiarism is defined as the act of taking the specific substance of another and 
offering it as one’s own without giving credit to the source. When sources are 
used, acknowledgment of the original author or source must be made following 
standard scholarly practice. 

The initial responsibility for detecting and dealing with academic dishonesty 
lies with the instructor concerned. An instructor who believes that an act of 
academic dishonesty has occurred is obligated to discuss the matter with the 
student involved. The instructor should possess reasonable evidence, such as 
documents or personal observation. However, if circumstances prevent 
consultation with the student, the instructor may take whatever action, subject 
to student appeal, the instructor deems appropriate. 

An instructor who is convinced by the evidence that a student is guilty of 
academic dishonesty shall: 

1 . Assign an appropriate academic penalty. This may range from an oral repri- 
mand to an F in the course. To the extent that the faculty member considers 
the academic dishonesty to manifest the students lack of scholarship and to 
reflect on the students academic performance and academic integrity in a 
course, the students grade should be adversely affected. Suggested guide- 
lines for appropriate actions are an oral reprimand in cases where there is 
reasonable doubt that the student knew that his or her action constituted 
academic dishonesty; an F on the particular paper, project or examination 
where the act of dishonesty was unpremeditated, or where there were sig- 
nificant mitigating circumstances, or an F in the course where the dishon- 
esty was premeditated or planned. 

2. Report to the student involved, to the department chair, and to the vice 
president for student affairs the alleged incident of academic dishonesty, 
including relevant documentation, and make recommendations for action 
that he or she deems appropriate. 

The vice president for student affairs shall maintain an academic dishonesty 
file of all cases of academic dishonesty with the appropriate documentation. 
Students shall be informed when their names are inserted into the file and 
provided with copies of any appeals or disciplinary procedures in which they 
may become involved. The vice president for student affairs or his or her 
designees may initiate disciplinary proceedings under Title 5, California Code 
of Regulations, Section 41301, and Chancellors Executive Order 148; when 
two or more incidents involving the same student occur, he or she shall do so. 
Opportunities for appeal regarding sanctions resulting from disciplinary 
proceedings are provided by Executive Order 148. 


A student may appeal any action taken on a charge of academic dishonesty 
under the University Policy Statement 300.030, “Academic Appeals.” If the 
Academic Appeals Board decides that a student is innocent of academic 
dishonesty, then no entry shall be made in the academic dishonesty file. 

If the Academic Appeals Board decides either that a student is innocent of 
academic dishonesty, or that a faculty member has acted arbitrarily or 
capriciously towards a student, it shall instruct the faculty member to meet 
with his or her department chair and, if appropriate, the dean of the school for 
the purpose of reassessing the student’s performance. If the faculty member 
refuses to do so, or if the Board’s recommendation does not specify a particular 
grade as the one to be assigned, the matter shall be referred to an ad hoc 
committee, to be established by the department, which shall have ultimate 
authority to act in the case. 

Academic Renewal 

In 1974, the Board of Trustees of the California State University adopted an 
academic renewal policy that became part of Executive Order No. 213 issued 
by the Chancellor’s Office. The Board of Trustees made it clear at the time 
Executive Order 213 was approved that the purpose of this policy was not to 
raise grade point averages, but to ensure that able students were not required 
to stay on after completion of all course requirements simply to remove a 
deficiency. 

The university may disregard up to two semesters or three quarters of previous 
undergraduate course work taken at any college or university from all 
considerations associated with requirements for the baccalaureate when a 
student meets the mandatory condition that “there is every evidence that the 
student would find it necessary to complete additional units and enroll for 
one or more additional terms in order to qualify for the baccalaureate if the 
request were not approved.” 

Final determination that one or more terms shall be disregarded in the 
determination of eligibility for graduation shall be based upon a careful review 
of evidence by the Review Committee for Academic Renewal and shall be made 
only when the mandatory condition stated above is met and when: 

1 . Five years have elapsed since the most recent work to be disregarded was 
completed; 

2. The student has requested the action formally and has presented evidence 
that work completed in the terms under consideration is substandard and 
not representative of present scholastic ability and level of performance; 

3. The level of performance represented by the terms under consideration was 
due to extenuating circumstances; 

4. The student has completed at Cal State Fullerton, since the most recent 
work to be disregarded was completed, 15 semester units with at least a 3.0 
grade-point average, or 30 semester units with at least a 2.5 GPA, or 45 
semester units with at least a 2.0 GPA. Work completed at another institu- 
tion cannot be used to satisfy this requirement 

When such action is taken, the student permanent academic record shall be 
annotated so that it is readily evident to all users of the record that no work 
taken during the disregarded terms, even if satisfactory; may apply toward 
baccalaureate requirements. All work must remain legible on the record 
ensuring a true and complete academic history. 


104 Grading Policies 


California State University, Fullerton 


This policy is not intended to merely allow students a means by which they 
may improve their overall grade-point averages for graduation with honors, 
admission to graduate and professional schools or to meet eligibility criteria 
for other awards, employment or acceptance into military and other programs. 

Transcripts 

Official transcripts of courses taken at the university are issued only with the 
written permission of the student concerned. Partial transcripts are not issued. 
A fee of $4 for each transcript must be received before the transcript can be 
released. 

Normally, transcripts are available within three working days, except at the 
end of the semester when the student should allow about 10 days after the last 
day of the semester. 

Transcripts from other institutions, which have been presented for admission 
or evaluation, become a part of the student’s permanent academic file and are 
not returned or copied for distribution. Students desiring transcripts covering 
work attempted elsewhere should request them from the institutions concerned. 






Grading Policies 105 


California State University, Fullerton 


Continuous 



Good Standing 

Good standing indicates that a student is eligible to continue and is free from 
financial obligation to the university. A student under academic disqualification, 
disciplinary suspension or disciplinary expulsion is not eligible to receive a 
statement of good standing on transcripts issued by the university or on other 
documents. 

Choice of Requirements 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular sessions and 
continuing in the same curriculum at any campus of the California community 
colleges or in any combination of California community colleges and campuses 
of The California State University may for purposes of meeting graduation 
requirements, elect to meet the graduation requirements of such campuses 
from which he or she will graduate in effect either at the time of entering the 
curriculum or at the time of graduation therefrom, except that substitutions 
for discontinued courses may be authorized or required by the proper university 
authorities. 


Stop-Out Policy 

With certain exceptions, undergraduate students and postbaccalaureate 
unclassified students may be absent for one semester and maintain their 
continuing student status. This includes election of curriculum requirements 
for graduation and eligibility to register for the next semester. The exceptions 
are as follows: 

Disqualified Students — Students who are disqualified at the end of a semester 
and have not been reinstated will not receive registration materials; they must 
apply for readmission, and if admitted, may be subject to new curriculum 
requirements. 

Foreign-Visa Students — Students with foreign visas are required to maintain 
continuous enrollment. The stop-out policy is not applicable. 

Students absent for more than one semester must apply for readmission should 
they wish to return to Fullerton. Election of catalog requirements will not be 
jeopardized for certain students. Students should consult an evaluator in the 
Office of Admissions & Records. 


106 Continuous Residency Regulations 


California State University, Fullerton 


Leave of Absence 

A leave of absence may be granted based on certain documented extenuating 
circumstances and normally is granted for not more than one year. 

Such an approved leave of absence authorizes the student to return without 
reapplying to the university and continue under the catalog requirements that 
applied to the enrollment prior to the absence. 

Undergraduate and postbaccalaureate unclassified graduate students on 
approved leaves of one year (two academic semesters) or less are eligible to 
register for the semester immediately following the end of the leave and will 
be mailed registration materials automatically. 

The leave of absence policy for conditionally classified and classified graduate 
students and credential students is defined in the “Graduate Regulations” section 
of this catalog. 

Withdrawal from the University 

A student who wishes to withdraw from the university during a semester must 
do so officially following procedures defined in the class schedule for that 
semester. Complete withdrawal from the university is accomplished by 
following the procedures for dropping classes. See the section on refund of 
fees for possible refunds. No student may withdraw after the date shown on 
the university calendar as the last day of instruction. 

Retention, Probation and Disqualification 

For purposes of determining a students ability to remain in the university, 
both quality of performance and progress towards the educational objective 
will be considered. 

Academic Probation 

An undergraduate student shall be placed on academic probation if in any 
semester the cumulative grade-point average or the grade-point average at 
Fullerton falls below 2.0 (grade of C on a four-point scale). The student shall 
be advised of probation status promptly and, except in unusual instances, 
before the start of the next consecutive enrollment period. 

An undergraduate student shall be removed from academic probation and 
restored to clear standing upon achieving a cumulative grade-point average of 
2.0 in all academic work attempted, in all such work attempted at Fullerton, 
and is making satisfactory progress towards his or her educational objective. 

A postbaccalaureate student (credential, unclassified or undeclared status but 
not second baccalaureate degree students) shall be subject to academic 
probation if after completing 12 or more units his or her postbaccalaureate 
cumulative grade-point average for units attempted at California State 
University, Fullerton falls below a 2.50 average. The GPA will determine whether 
a student is subject to probation only after the student has completed 12 
semester units. 

A graduate student enrolled in a graduate degree program in either conditionally 
classified or classified standing shall be subject to academic probation if he or 
she fails to maintain a cumulative grade-point average of at least 3.0 (grade of 
Bona four-point scale) in all units attempted. 


Academic Disqualification 

An undergraduate student on academic probation shall be subject to academic 
disqualification if: 

1. as a lower-division student (fewer than 60 semester units of college work 
completed) he or she falls 15 or more grade points below a 2.0 average on 
all college units attempted or in all units attempted at this institution; or 

2. as a junior (60 to 89.9 semester units of college work completed) he or she 
falls nine or more grade points below a 2.0 average on all college units 
attempted or in all units attempted at this institution; or 

3. as a senior (90 or more semester units of college work completed) he or she 
falls six or more grade points below a 2.0 average on all college units at- 
tempted or in all units attempted at this institution. 

A graduate student enrolled in a graduate degree program shall be subject to 
disqualification if while on probation sufficient grade points are not achieved 
to remove probationary status. Disqualification may be either from further 
registration in a particular program or from further enrollment in the university, 
as determined by appropriate campus authority. 

A postbaccalaureate student who is on probation shall be subject to 
disqualification if he or she fails to earn at least a 2.50 grade-point average 
each term after the completion of 12 units at California State University, 
Fullerton in postbaccalaureate status. Disqualification may be either from 
further registration as a postbaccalaureate, credential or certificate program 
student or from enrollment at California State University, Fullerton, as 
determined by the vice president for academic affairs or designee. 

Student Conduct 

The university properly assumes that all students will conduct themselves as 
mature citizens of the campus community. Compliance with all regulations of 
the university is therefore expected. If, however, on any occasion a student or 
an organization is alleged to have compromised accepted university standards, 
appropriate judiciary procedures shall be initiated through the established 
university process. Every effort will be made to encourage and support the 
development of self-discipline and control by students and student 
organizations. The vice president for student affairs, aided by members of the 
faculty, is responsible to the president of the university for the behavior of 
students in their relationships with the university. The president in turn is 
responsible to the chancellor and the trustees of The California State University, 
who themselves are governed by specific laws of the State of California. 

Inappropriate conduct by students or by applicants for admission is subject 
to discipline as provided in Sections 41301 through 4 1304 of Title 5, California 
Code of Regulations. These sections are as follows: 

41301. Expulsion, Suspension and Probation of Students. Following procedures 
consonant with due process established pursuant to Section 41304, any student 
of a campus may be expelled, suspended, placed on probation or given a lesser 
sanction for one or more of the following causes which must be campus- related: 

(a) Cheating or plagiarism in connection with an academic program at a campus. 

(b) Forgery, alteration or misuse of campus documents, records, or identification 
or knowingly furnishing false information to a campus. 

(c) Misrepresentation of oneself or of an organization to be an agent of the 
campus. 


Continuous Residency Regulations 


California State University, Fullerton 


(d) Obstruction or disruption, on or off campus property, of the campus educa- 
tional process, administrative process, or other campus function. 

(e) Physical abuse on or off campus property of the person or property of any 
member of the campus community or of members of his or her family or the 
threat of such physical abuse. 

(0 Theft of, or non-accidental damage to, campus property, or property in the 
possession of, or owned by, a member of the campus community. 

(g) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized use of, or misuse of campus property. 

(h) On campus property, the sale or knowing possession of dangerous drugs, 
restricted dangerous drugs, or narcotics as those terms are used in Califor- 
nia statutes, except when lawfully prescribed pursuant to medical or dental 
care, or when lawfully permitted for the purpose of research, instruction or 
analysis. 

(i) Knowing possession or use of explosives, dangerous chemicals or deadly 
weapons on campus property or at a campus function without prior au- 
thorization of the campus president. 

(j) Engaging in lewd, indecent, or obscene behavior on campus property or at 
a campus function. 

(k) Abusive behavior directed toward, or hazing of, a member of the campus 
community. 

(l) Violation of any order of a campus president, notice of which had been 
given prior to such violation and during the academic term in which the 
violation occurs, either by publication in the campus newspaper, or by posting 
on an official bulletin board designated for this purpose, and which order is 
not inconsistent with any of the other provisions of this Section. 

(m) Soliciting or assisting another to do any act which would subject a student 
to expulsion, suspension or probation pursuant to this Section. 

(n) For purposes of this Article, the following terms are defined: 

(1) The term “member of the campus community" is defined as meaning 
California State University trustees, academic, non-academic and ad- 
ministrative personnel, students, and other persons while such other 
persons are on campus property or at a campus function. 

(2) The term “campus property” includes: 

(A) Real or personal property in the possession of, or under the control 
of, the Board of Trustees The California State University, and 

(B) All campus feeding, retail, or residence facilities whether operated 
by a campus or by a campus auxiliary organization. 

(3) The term “deadly weapons” includes any instrument or weapon of the 
kind commonly known as a blackjack, sling shot, billy, sandclub, 
sandbag, metal knuckles, any dirk, dagger, switchblade knife, pistol, 
revolver, or any other firearm, any knife having a blade longer than 
five inches, any razor with an unguarded blade, and any metal pipe or 
bar used or intended to be used as a club. 

(4) The term “behavior” includes conduct and expression. 

(5) The term “hazing” means any method of initiation into a student 
organization or any pastime or amusement engaged in with regard to 


108 


Continuous Residency Regulations 


such an organization which causes, or is likely to cause, bodily danger, 
or physical or emotional harm, to any member of the campus community; 
but the term “hazing’ does not include customary athletic events or 
other similar contests or competitions. 

(o) This Section is not adopted pursuant to Education Code Section 89031. 

(p) Notwithstanding any amendment or repeal pursuant to the resolution by 
which any provision of this Article is amended, all acts and omissions oc- 
curring prior to that effective date shall be subject to the provisions of this 
Article as in effect immediately prior to such effective date. 

41302. Disposition of Fees: Campus Emergency; Interim Suspension. The 
President of the campus may place on probation, suspend, or expel a student 
for one or more of the causes enumerated in Section 41301 . No fees or tuition 
paid by or for such student for the semester, quarter, or summer session in 
which he or she is suspended or expelled shall be refunded. If the student is 
readmitted before the close of the semester, quarter, or summer session in 
which he or she is suspended, no additional tuition or fees shall be required of 
the student on account of the suspension. 

During periods of campus emergency, as determined by the President of the 
individual campus, the President may, after consultation with the Chancellor, 
place into immediate effect any emergency regulations, procedures, and other 
measures deemed necessary or appropriate to meet the emergency, safeguard 
persons and property, and maintain educational activities. 

The President may immediately impose an interim suspension in all cases in 
which there is reasonable cause to believe that such an immediate suspension 
is required in order to protect lives or property and to insure the maintenance 
of order. A student so placed on interim suspension shall be given prompt 
notice of charges and the opportunity for a hearing within 10 days of the 
imposition of interim suspension. During the period of interim suspension, 
the student shall not, without prior written permission of the President or 
designated representative, enter any campus of the California State University 
other than to attend the hearing. Violation of any condition of interim 
suspension shall be grounds for expulsion. 

41303. Conduct by Applicants for Admission. Notwithstanding any provision 
in this Chapter 1 to the contrary, admission or readmission may be qualified 
or denied to any person who, while not enrolled as a student, commits acts 
which, were he enrolled as a student, would be the basis for disciplinary 
proceedings pursuant to Sections 41301 or 41302. Admission or readmission 
may be qualified or denied to any person who, while a student, commits acts 
which are subject to disciplinary action pursuant to Section 41301 or Section 
41302. Qualified admission or denial of admission in such cases shall be 
determined under procedures adopted pursuant to Section 41304. 

41304. Student Disciplinary Procedures for The California State University 
The chancellor shall prescribe, and may from time to time revise, a code of 
student disciplinary' procedures for The California State University. Subject to 
other applicable law, this code shall provide for determinations of fact and 
sanctions to be applied for conduct which is a ground for discipline under 
Sections 41301 or 41302, and for qualified admission or denial of admission 
under Section 41303; the authority of the campus president in such matters; 
conduct-related determinations on financial aid eligibility and termination; 
alternative kinds of proceedings, including proceedings conducted by a hearing 
officer; time limitations; notice; conduct of hearings, including provisions 
governing evidence, a record, and review; and such other related matters as 
may be appropriate. The chancellor shall report to the Board actions taken 
under this section. 


California State University, Fullerton 


Parking on Campus 

Parking decals or daily permits are required Mondays through Thursdays from 
7 a m. until 10 p.m. and from 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Fridays. These same times 
also apply to all 30-minute zones (green curbs). Red curbs/fire lanes, 1 5-minute 
time zones, disabled person stalls, service/maintenance stalls, state vehicle only 
stalls, loading zones/white and yellow curbs are enforced 24 hours a day. 

Parking decals or daily permits are required during intercession and summer 
session. Parking citations are issued the first day of classes for all illegal parking 
including lack of a current decal. 

Student decals or daily permits are honored in the following student lots: A, 
B, C, E and G. Student decals and daily permits also are valid in Lot E West 
after 1 p.m. only and Lots D and I after 6 p.m. only. Lots F, H and K are 
designated for faculty/staff parking only. 

Decals are available from the university cashier, located in University Hall, 
upon presentation of your CSUF ID card, completion of the decal application 
and payment of the fee. A student semester parking decal is $54. Decals also 
may be purchased via mail only in conjunction with your registration fees. 
Decals are not transferable and are valid only when purchased from the 
university cashier. 

The cost of a daily permit is $1 .50. Daily permits may be purchased in Lots A, 
B North and G during all hours in which permits are required. Daily permits 
also may be purchased in Lot E West and B South after 1 p.m., and Lots D and 
I after 6 p.m. Daily permits purchased from any open permit machines are 
valid in any student lot. 

It is a violation to wait in parking lot aisles for parking space. Violators are 
subject to a $36 citiation. 

Motorcycle decals are required for all motorcycles and mopeds and may be 
purchased only from the University Cashier. Motorcycles must park in 
designated areas of decal lots. Mopeds may be parked in designated motorcycle 
areas of decal lots. 

Parking decals for the disabled persons are available for purchase only from 
the University Cashier. A signed authorization form must be obtained from 
Disabled Student Services (University Hall, UH 101) and must accompany the 
decal application. 

Debts Owed to the University 

Should a student or former student fail to pay a debt owed to the university, 
the university may “withhold permission to register, to use facilities for which 
a fee is authorized to be charged, to receive services, materials, food or 
merchandise or any combination of the above from any person owing a debt” 
until the debt is paid (per Sections 42380 and 42381 of Title 5, California Code 
°f Regulations). For example, the university may withhold permission to receive 
official transcripts of grades for any person owing a debt. If a student believes 
that he or she does not owe all or part of an unpaid obligation, the student 
should consult with the Controller’s office. The student may submit pertinent 
information to support his or her appeal of the unpaid debt. The Controllers 
office will consider the students appeal, consulting with another office or 
department if necessary. The student will be advised by the Controllers office 
of its decision on payment of the debt. 


Student Rights 

Right of Petition 

Students may petition for review of certain university academic regulations 
when unusual circumstances exist. It should be noted, however, that academic 
regulations when they are contained in Title 5, California Code of Regulations, 
are not subject to petition. 

Petition forms are available in the Office of Admissions and Records. The 
University Petitions Committee will take action on the petition based on 
recommendations provided by appropriate officers and the student will be 
notified of the decision. Results of the action will be placed in the student’s 
folder in the Office of Admissions and Records. 

The petitions committee members shall consist of the associate dean of each 
school, or designee, the university registrar, an Academic Programs 
representative, the coordinator of undergraduate studies, one faculty member 
of the University General Education Committee, and the associate registrar, 
who will serve as the secretary. 

Right of Noncompliance 

Certain university activities either within or outside of the classroom may 
involve varying degrees of risk to the participants. It is university policy that 
the instructor directing such activities fully divulge to all potential participants 
the specific nature of such risks and obtain from them their expressed or implied 
consent prior to undertaking activities. 

The student who at any time comes to believe that the risks, whether physical 
or psychological, are excessive has the responsibility to withdraw from 
participation at the time and to inquire of the instructor if there are alternative 
means of fulfilling the requirements without penalty. If there is none, the student 
may petition for withdrawal from the course without penalty or appeal for an 
appropriate modification of the activity. The appeal may be made either to the 
chair of the department concerned, or to the chair of the Committee on Activities 
Involving Human Subjects, or both. 

Right of Academic Appeal 

The right of due process, appeal and peer judgment is established by the Student 
Bill of Rights and Responsibilities for students who feel they have been treated 
capriciously or with prejudice by faculty or administrators. Students should 
make every effort to resolve the issue informally by consulting the individual 
concerned, and if necessary the department chair and dean of the school. 

Students who still believe the problem has not been resolved should consult 
with the coordinator of academic appeals. Upon the student’s request, the 
coordinator will convene the Academic Appeals Board to review the student’s 
appeal. Students must initiate the appeals process by contacting the faculty 
member and/or the department chair within one academic month after they 
could reasonably be expected to be aware of the action in question. 

Copies of the governing documents are available in the Academic Appeals 
Office. 

Privacy Rights of Students 

The federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (20 U.S.C. 1232g) 
and regulations adopted thereunder (34 C.FR. 99) and California Education 
Code Section 67100 et seq., set out requirements designed to protect the privacy 
of students concerning their records maintained by the campus. Specifically, the 


Continuous Residency Regulations 


109 


California State University, Fullerton 


statute and regulations govern access to student records maintained by the 
university, and the release of such records. In brief, the law provides that the 
university must provide students access to official records related to them and 
an opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the grounds that 
they are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise inappropriate. The right to a 
hearing under the law does not include any right to challenge the 
appropriateness of a grade as determined by the instructor. The law generally 
requires that written consent of the student be received before releasing 
personally identifiable data about the student from records to other than a 
specified list of exceptions. The institution has adopted a set of policies and 
procedures concerning implementation of the statutes and the regulations on 
the campus. Copies of these policies and procedures may be obtained from 
the vice president for student affairs. Among the types of information included 
in the campus statement of policies and procedures are: (1) the types of student 
records and the information contained therein; (2) the official responsible for 
the maintenance of each type of record; (3) the location of access lists which 
indicate persons requesting or receiving information from the record; (4) 
policies for reviewing and expunging records; (5) the access rights of students; 
(6) the procedures for challenging the content of student records; (7) the cost 
which will be charged for reproducing copies of records; and (8) the right of 
the student to file a complaint with the Department of Education. An office 
and review board have been established by the Department to investigate and 
adjudicate violations and complaints. The office designated for this purpose 
is: The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA), U.S. 
Department of Education, 330 C Street, Room 4511, Washington, D C. 20202. 

The campus is authorized under the Act to release “directory information” 
concerning students. “Directory information” includes the student’s name, 
address, telephone listing, date and place of birth, major field of study, 
participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height 
of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, 
and the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by 
the student. The above designated information is subject to release by the 
university at any time unless it has received prior written objection from the 
student specifying information that the student requests not be released. Written 
objections should be sent to the vice president for student affairs. 

The campus is authorized to provide access to student records to campus 
officials and employees who have legitimate educational interests in such access. 
These persons are those who have responsibilities in connection with the 
university’s academic, administrative or service functions and who have reason 
for using student records connected with university or other related academic 
responsibilities. Disclosure may also be made to other persons or organizations 


under certain conditions (e.g. as part of accreditation or program evaluation; 
in response to a court order or subpoena; in connection with financial aid; to 
other institutions to which the student is transferring). 

Use of Social Security Number 

While a social security account number is required from financial aid recipients 
and university employees, the use of the social security account number is 
optional for all other applicants and students. Applicants are requested to 
include their social security account number in designated places on 
applications for admission pursuant to the authority contained in Section 
41201 , Title 5, California Code of Regulations. The social security account number 
is used as a means of identifying records pertaining to the student as well as 
identifying the student for purposes of financial aid eligibility and disbursement 
and the repayment of financial aid and other debts payable to the institution. 

Students who are neither financial aid recipients nor university employees and 
who prefer to be identified by an alternate CSUF ID number may submit a 
written statement indicating this preference to the Admissions and Records 
counter in the lobby of Langsdorf Hall. Upon receipt of the request, an appropriate 
ID number will be assigned. The new number will be communicated to the 
student in writing. 

Applicants for admission may request an alternate CSUF identification number 
by simply omitting their social security account number from their application 
for admission. An alternate ID number will be assigned and included in the 
application acknowledgement, which is mailed to the applicant. 

Disclosure of a student’s account number is required as a condition for paayment 
of any university debt. The SSN may be used as an account number (identifier) 
throughout the life of the student’s enrollment. 

Students are required to write their student identification numbers on personal 
checks submitted for any payment to the university. Payment by personal check 
is consent by the student for the university to write the student’s identification 
number on the check if it is not referenced. If a student prefers that his or her 
student identification number not be on the check, then the student must 
submit payment by chasier’s check, money order, or, when appropriate (other 
than mail-in or drop-off registration), cash. Use of the student identification 
number assures credit to the correct student university account. The social 
security number, which is the student identification number for most students, 
is required by the Franchise Tax Board for collection of returned checks. 


no 


Continuous Residency Regulations 








California State University, Fullerton 




Graduate Applications 

All applicants for any type of postbaccalaureate or graduate standing (e.g., 
masters degree applicants, those seeking credentials, and those interested in 
taking courses for personal or professional growth) must file a complete 
application within the appropriate filing period. Second baccalaureate degree 
candidates should apply as postbaccalaureate students with an undergraduate degree 
objective. A complete application for postbaccalaureate or graduate standing 
includes all of the forms and fees described in the Graduate and 
Postbaccalaureate application booklet. Applicants who completed 
undergraduate degree requirements and graduated the preceding term are also 
required to complete and submit an application and the nonrefundable 
application fee. In the event that an applicant wishes to be assured of initial 
consideration by more than one campus, it is necessary to submit a separate 
application (including fee) to each. 

Applications may be obtained from the academic department sponsoring the 
degree, the Office of Admissions and Records or the Graduate Studies Office 
of any California State University campus. Instructions for completing the 
application forms are included in the material supplied. Since some programs 
require the completion of an additional form as part of the application process, 

112 


students should inquire concerning this possibility at the office of the academic 
unit offering the particular program. An electronic version of the CSU 
application is available on the World Wide Web at “http://www.calstate.edu 

Transcripts 

When an applicant for graduate standing, with a masters degree objective, a 
credential-only objective, or a masters degree and credential objective, receives 
the application acknowledgement, requests should be submitted to all of the 
institutions of higher learning in which previously registered, requesting that 
two official transcripts from each institution be sent to the university Admissions 
and Records Office. 

One copy of each transcript will be forwarded to the academic unit offering 
the degree or credential program specified by the student as the objective; and 
the other official transcript will be retained for use by both the Admissions 
and Records Office and the Graduate Studies Office. 

Students who receive their baccalaureate degree at Cal State Fullerton and 
continuing graduate students who change their declared objective subsequent 
to admission must obtain whatever additional transcripts are needed to provide 


Graduate Applications 


California State University, Fullerton 


two complete sets of transcripts, but do not need to request Cal State Fullerton 
transcripts. 

Postbaccalaureate applicants with no degree or credential objective must submit 
a transcript from the college or university where the baccalaureate was earned. 
Further, one transcript from other institutions attended is required as necessary 
so that Cal State Fullerton has a complete record of the last 60 semester units 
attempted prior to enrollment at Fullerton. 

All transcripts must be received directly from the issuing institutions and become 
official records of the university; such transcripts therefore cannot be returned 
or reissued. Transcripts which include course work from other than the issuing 
institution are not sufficient evidence of course work taken elsewhere. Foreign 
language transcripts must be accompanied by certified English translations. 

Tests 

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or another test, may be required for 
conditionally classified admission, or subsequently for the granting of classified 
standing. Test requirements vary from department to department. Students 
should refer to master’s degree requirements outlined by each department in 
the “Curricula” section of this catalog. Applications and information on test 
dates for nationally administered tests (e.g. GRE, GMAT) are available in the 
Testing Center. 

TOEFL Requirement 

All graduate and postbaccalaureate applicants, regardless of citizenship, whose 
preparatory education was principally in a language other than English, must 
demonstrate competence in English. Those who do not possess a bachelor’s 


degree from a postsecondary institution where English is the principal language 
of instruction must receive a minimum score of 550 on the Test of English as 
a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Programs requiring a higher score than the 
minimum 550 include the MBA (570), the MPA (570), the M S. in Education- 
TESOL (575) and the M.M. and M.A. in Music (560). 

International Students 

See procedures outlined in the international student portion of the “Admissions 
Policies” section of this catalog. 

Second Master’s Degree or Concentration 

Students may wish to pursue a second masters degree or concentration. 
Approval for admission to graduate standing in the second degree program or 
concentration may be given only after the first degree has been awarded. Units 
used for the first degree or concentration may not be applied to the second. 
Students who have completed a master’s degree at Cal State Fullerton in one 
concentration and wish to complete another will not be awarded a second 
degree. 

Nonaccredited Schools 

An applicant who is a graduate of a nonaccredited school must apply for 
admission as an undergraduate to complete requirements for a bachelor’s degree 
from this institution. Flowever, once admitted, a student in this category who 
gives evidence of unusual promise and superior background may petition for 
graduate standing as conditionally classified. If the petition is granted, the 


Graduate Applications 


California State University, Fullerton 


Graduate Admissions 


student may then proceed in the graduate program. If the petition is denied, 
the student may be requested to complete a specified number of undergraduate 
units in order to establish equivalency to the bachelor’s degree or to complete 
requirements for a bachelor’s degree at CSUF For further information, contact 
the Graduate Studies Office. 

Following completion of application procedures and subsequent review of the 
student’s eligibility by the Admissions Office and appropriate academic unit, 
the student will be notified by the Admissions Office concerning admission. 
Only a written notice from the Admissions Office is valid proof of admission. 
Academic advisement prior to admission is tentative and cannot be construed 
as granting official admission to a program or establishing requirements for 
the degree. 

Students may apply for a degree objective, a credential or certificate objective, 
or no program objective. Four admission categories are defined in terms of 
these academic objectives. 

Postbaccalaureate Standing: Unclassified 

To qualify for admission with no degree objective, students must (1) hold an 
acceptable bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited four-year institution 
or have equivalent preparation as determined by the appropriate campus 
authority; (2) have a grade-point average of at least 2.5 (A = 4.0) in the last 60 
semester (90 quarter) units; and (3) have been in good standing at the last 
college attended. In unusual circumstances, exceptions may be made to these 
criteria. 

Admission with postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing does not constitute 
admission to graduate degree or credential programs. If a student wishes to 
change academic objective after admission, an application for change of 
objective must be filed in the Admissions Office. 

Postbaccalaureate Standing: Classified 


To qualify for admission with a credential or certificate objective, students 
must (1) meet the requirements for postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing 
and (2) satisfy any additional professional, personal, scholastic, and other 
standards, including qualifying examinations. Refer to specific credential 
requirements under the departmental section of this catalog. 

Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

To qualify for admission with a graduate degree objective, students must (1) 
meet the admission requirements for postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing 
and (2) meet any additional requirements of the particular program including 
a favorable recommendation from the academic unit. 

An applicant who has deficiencies in prerequisite preparation or in grade- 
point average may be considered for admission in conditionally classified 
standing with the approval and recommendation of the appropriate campus 
authority. A student admitted in conditionally classified standing may 
subsequently be granted classified standing in an authorized graduate degree 
curriculum if professional, personal, scholastic, or other standards including 
qualifying examinations are met. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

Determination of the student’s prerequisites and assignment of courses, units, 
and grade points required to remove deficiencies is made by the academic 
unit. For specific information on prerequisites to classified standing, consult 
departmental program requirements. 

Classified standing is normally granted when all prerequisites have been satisfactorily 
completed, the official study plan formulated, and the recommendation made by 
the appropriate graduate adviser and committee to the Dean of Graduate Studies 
who gives final approval. An eligible student may be granted classified standing 
prior to the first registration or during the first semester of registration. 

No more than nine units of postgraduate work taken at this institution prior 
to classified standing will be applied to a master’s degree study plan. Any 
acceptable transfer work is excluded from the nine units permitted. 


Graduate Admissions 


California State University, Fullerton 




for the 
Master’s 
Degree 



It is the student’s responsibility to initiate the request for classified standing by 
making an appointment with the departmental graduate program adviser. The 
student will be sent a copy of the approved study plan by the Graduate Studies 
Office. Copies will be filed in the academic unit, university records, and the 
Graduate Studies Office. A student is not officially classified until an approved 
study plan is on file in the Graduate Studies Office. 

To be granted the master’s degree, a student must have been classified, advanced to 
candidacy, and completed a satisfactory pattern of study in an approved field. 
Requirements which apply to all programs follow. For specific requirements of particular 
programs, see the program descriptions in the departmental section of this catalog. 

bach student’s program for a master’s degree (including eligibility, classified 
standing, candidacy, and award of the degree) must be approved by the 
departmental graduate program adviser, the students graduate committee, and 
the Office of Graduate Studies. 

University Writing Requirement 


Students working toward a master’s degree are required to demonstrate writing 
ability commensurate with the baccalaureate degree. This requirement should 
be met within the first nine units of graduate work by successfully completing 
one of the following: 

1 . An upper-division writing requirement at any CSU campus. 

2. An upper-division course at another university equivalent to a course which 
meets the Cal State Fullerton requirement. Such equivalence must be certi- 
fied by the department or program responsible for the student’s academic 
work. 

3. Cal State Fullerton Examination in Writing Proficiency. 

4. An upper-division or graduate-level course that is certified as meeting the 
writing requirement and is approved by the department or program respon- 
sible for the student’s academic work. The grade received must be a C or 
better. 

Any student who has not met the requirement within the first nine units of 
graduate work will be required to enroll in a certified course at the earliest 


Requirements for the Master’s Degree 


California State University, Fullerton 


opportunity. 

Departments and programs may, at their discretion and with approval of the 
Graduate Education Committee, establish additional writing requirements for 
their graduate students. For further information, students should consult their 
department program adviser or the Graduate Studies Office. 

Study Plan 

General requirements for the master’s degree study plan include: 

1 . A minimum of 30 approved semester units, or more, as determined by the 
particular program. 

2. A minimum of 21 semester units in residence (transfer and Cal State Ful- 
lerton extension credit are not considered to be in residence). For pro- 
grams 42 units or larger, at least half the units must be taken in residence. 

3. A unit of course work taken at a college or university on the quarter sys- 
tem will be considered as equivalent to two-thirds of a unit when such 
course work is considered acceptable as transfer work. See additional re- 
quirements for transfer credit under “Graduate Enrollment Policies.” 

4. Upper-division and graduate-level courses only. The inclusion of 300-level 
course work is generally discouraged. The graduate program adviser must 
submit to the Dean of Graduate Studies a written justification for any 300- 
level course work proposed for inclusion on the study plan unless it is an 
existing program requirement. 

5. Not less than one-half of the total units in graduate (500-level) courses. 

6. Not more than six semester units for a thesis, if a thesis is required. 

7. A maximum of six units of independent study. 

8. No courses taken to satisfy prerequisite requirements included in the mini- 
mum of 30 units. 

9. None of the following: correspondence courses, credit by examination, or 
similar. 

10. No courses with nontraditional grades (e g., CR, S, P) and no grade on the 
study plan below a C. 

11. A minimum grade-point average of 3.0 (B) in all courses attempted to 
satisfy requirements for the degree. 

12. Completion or satisfactory validation of all study plan courses within five 
years starting with the earliest course on the study plan. 

13. All courses taken after the baccalaureate (or postbaccalaureate credit 
granted) and not credited toward another degree. 

14. A final evaluation, which may be a thesis, a project, a comprehensive ex- 
amination, or any combination of these. 

The approved study plan is valid as long as the student maintains continuous 
enrollment in regular semesters at the university; otherwise it is necessary to 
reapply and meet any changed or additional requirements approved in the 
interim. 


Election of Curriculum 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular semesters and 
continuing in the same curriculum may elect to meet the degree requirements 
in effect either at the time of entering the curriculum or at the time of completion 
of degree requirements, except that substitution for discontinued courses may 
be approved by the graduate program adviser. 

Advisers and Committees 

University policy provides that each student’s program for the master’s degree 
shall be under the guidance of an adviser and for some programs, a committee 
as well. A graduate program adviser is designated in each department or program 
to give overall supervision for the graduate program. In some departments, 
the graduate program adviser also serves as the individual student’s adviser. 
Policies and procedures related to graduate committees are available in the 
Graduate Studies Office. 

It is the responsibility of the student to arrange appointments for advisement 
and other information in the office of the academic unit offering the degree 
program. As a minimum, the student should obtain advisement (1) either prior 
to or during the first semester of attendance, (2) when requesting classified 
standing, and (3) when applying for a graduation check prior to the final 
semester. 

It is advisable for the student to maintain a personal file of transcripts and 
other evidences of grades and achievements, and to have these documents 
available whenever seeking advisement. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

A student who has been granted classified standing is normally advanced to 
candidacy after a request is filed for graduation by the student and an affirmative 
recommendation made by the graduate program adviser. A minimum grade-point 
average of 3.0 (B) for all study plan course work is required; other scholastic, 
professional and personal standards, the passing of examinations, and other 
qualifications, may be prescribed. Only those students who continue to demonstrate 
a satisfactory level of scholastic competence and fitness, as determined by the 
appropriate authorities, shall be eligible to continue in graduate programs. 

Completion of Requirements and Award of Degree 

The degree is awarded upon the satisfactory completion of all state and 
university requirements, the specific requirements for the particular program, 
the recommendation of the appropriate graduate adviser and committee 
(advancement to candidacy), and the approval of the faculty and the Office of 
Graduate Studies. It is highly recommended that all work for the degree, except 
final course examinations, be submitted by the last day of classes, in order to 
assure granting of the degree by the end of the semester or session. 

If a thesis is required, it must be deposited in the campus bookstore in accordance 
with the instruction shown under “Theses and Projects,” no later than the last day 
of final examinations for the semester or session in which the degree is to be 
awarded. 

It is the student’s responsibility to file an application for a graduation check 
and pay the graduation and diploma fee prior to the beginning of the final 
semester. Forms are available at the Admissions and Records information 
counter, the Graduate Studies Office, and the Registrar’s Office graduation unit 


Requirements for the Master’s Degree 


California State University, Fullerton 


The application for graduation initiates review of degree requirements and formal 
approval by the faculty as well as serving as a diploma order. The last date to file 
the application is list in the front inside cover of the class schedule for each 
regular semester. Candidates for August graduation must file their requests 
prior to registration for the spring semester. 

Students who fail to complete requirements as planned must update the 
application for a graduation check and do so by the appropriate deadline. An 
additional fee is required to change the graduation date. 

Since Cal State Fullerton is on the semester basis, master’s degree programs are 
ordinarily completed in January and June. A student who wishes to complete 
requirements during the summer must obtain written approval prior to summer 
term on a form available in the Graduate Studies Office. The approved form 
must be returned to Graduate Studies during the spring semester. 

The effective date of graduation will be the last day of the specific term in 
which requirements are completed. 

Commencement ceremonies are held only at the end of the spring semester. 
Students completing requirements at the end of the fall and spring semesters 
and during the following summer may participate in those ceremonies. 
Information concerning commencement activities is sent to students by the 
Registrar during the final semester. Arrangements for cap, gown and hood 
rental are made in the campus bookstore, Titan Shops. 

Time Limit for Completion 

All requirements for the master’s degree, including all course work on the 
student’s study plan, normally should be completed within five years. This 
time limit begins with the semester of the earliest course used on the student’s 
study plan and consists of a total of ten (10) consecutive semesters. When 
individual circumstances warrant, this time limit may be extended for up to 
two years (four additional consecutive semesters). 

A student may request an extension of the five-year time limit by filing a petition 
with the Graduate Studies Office. The petition must contain a full explanation 
of the circumstances which prevented completion of the degree requirements 


within the normal five-year limit and must be approved (signed) by the graduate 
program adviser, the chair of the appropriate graduate committee and the 
Director of Graduate Studies. Approvals for extension must be obtained prior to 
the expiration of the five-year limit. 

Outdated course work (course work older than the student’s approved time 
limit; i.e., normally five years but with approval may be a maximum of seven 
years) must be repeated. A maximum of nine (9) units of course work may be 
exempt from this policy if it can be validated. Copies of the “Petition for Validating 
Outdated Coursework” may be obtained from the Graduate Studies Office. 
Validation is allowed at the discretion of the graduate program adviser, the 
academic unit offering the subject course and the Director of Graduate Studies. 
Validation must be accomplished by passing a written comprehensive test of 
the materials covered by the course being validated or by some equivalent 
method with prior approval of both the graduate program adviser and the 
Director of Graduate Studies. Any outdated course work which cannot be 
validated either because of a denial of the petition or because it is in excess of 
the nine units allowed for validation, must be repeated or updated through 
the use of additional study plan course work. If course work is repeated or 
additional course work is required to update, the units and grades will be 
added to the study plan. 

NOTE: Outdated transfer course work cannot be validated. 

Changes in Study Plan 

If a classified graduate student wishes to make a change in the approved study 
plan, a request should be made to the appropriate graduate program adviser. 
Requests must be made prior to registration for any course work to be 
substituted or added. No course may be removed from the study plan after a 
student has taken it. Forms which may be used to file a request for change in 
study plan are available in the Graduate Studies Office. 

Changes in study plan may also be warranted by outdated coursework or grade- 
point average (see “Time Limit for Completion” and “Grade-point Average 
Standards”). 


Requirements for the Master’s Degree 


117 


California State University, Fullerton 


Graduate 





Consult previous sections of this catalog and the class schedule for other 
information and regulations relating to registration and enrollment. 

Residence Requirement 

A student is considered to be in residence when registered during regular 
semesters at this university. Of the minimum of 30 semester units of approved 
course work required for the master’s degree, not less than 2 1 shall be completed 
in residence at this institution. For programs 42 units or larger, at least half 
the units must be taken in residence. Approved units earned in summer sessions 
may be substituted for regular semester unit requirements on a unit for unit 
basis. Extension credit may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence 
requirement. 

Continuous Enrollment 

A graduate student with a graduate degree objective is required to maintain 
continuous enrollment during regular semesters (summer sessions and 
intersession excluded) until award of the degree. This policy is designed to 
eliminate the need for readmission to the university provide opportunity for 


continuous use of facilities, including the Library, and assure the development 
of an integrated program, adequately supervised, and effectively terminated 
within the time limitations allowed by regulations. 

Unless granted an approved leave of absence, a graduate student who fails to 
register each semester has discontinued enrollment in the graduate degree 
program. If the student wishes to resume studies, it will be necessary to reapply 
for admission to the university and to the degree program and meet any changed 
or additional requirements approved in the interim. 

Students who may have completed all course work, but who may not have 
satisfactorily completed a comprehensive examination or other requirement, 
are expected to maintain continuous enrollment until award of the degree. 

A graduate student who finds it impossible to attend during a certain semester 
and is not eligible for a leave of absence, must register in Graduate Studies 
700. Registration in this course is restricted to conditionally classified or 
classified graduate students. It carries no unit credit and does not require class 
attendance. Registration in this course in each semester when no other course 
work is taken will be necessary until award of the degree. 


Graduate Enrollment Policies 



California State University, Fullerton 


Similarly, Credential Studies 701 is available for students with a credential- 
only objective who find it impossible to enroll in course work and are not 
eligible for a leave of absence. 

Leave of Absence 

Graduate degree or credential students may request a leave of absence for up 
to one year. Conditionally classified or classified graduate students qualify for 
a leave if they are in good academic standing and have completed at least six 
credit hours’ work toward the degree in residence at Cal State Fullerton. 
Students with a credential-only objective qualify if they have completed at 
least one semester of course work in good academic standing. Forms to request 
a leave of absence are available at the Admissions and Records information 
counter or in the Graduate Studies Office. 

Any one of the following circumstances may be grounds for requesting a leave 
of absence: 

1 . Illness or disability (permanent or temporary) or similar personal exigen- 
cies including pregnancy which make it impossible or inadvisable for a stu- 
dent to register for classes. 

2. Activities which enhance a student’s professional career objectives. 

3. Active duty in the armed forces of the United States. 

4 Other reasons at the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies. 

After review by the Graduate Studies Office, the academic unit (where 
applicable), and the Registrar’s Office, a response is mailed to the student. 

A first-time leave of absence of one semester only will normally be granted 
upon request for students who qualify and will not require an application for 
readmission to the university. Registration materials for the semester following 
the leave will be sent to the student. 

Students requesting a subsequent leave or a leave longer than one semester are 
required to provide appropriate documentation (e g., doctor’s recommendation, 
verification of employment). Such requests must also be endorsed by the 
program adviser. 

A leave granted to a degree objective student preserves the election of curriculum 
rights regarding catalog requirements. However, leaves of absence do not change 
the time limit for completion of the degree. For credential students, a leave 
granted by the University does not exempt them from new requirements 
imposed by the State regardless of the catalog year and also does not extend 
time limitations imposed by the State for completing specific teaching credential 
requirements. 

Study Load 

To qualify for full-time enrollment cetification by the university, Graduate 
students must carry a study load of 12 units of course work a semester or nine 
tmits of which six are in 500-level courses. A normal full-time load in summer 
session is one and one-third units per week of instruction. The maximum 
study load for students working toward a master’s degree is 12 units per 
semester; in exceptional cases, however, a student may take more with the 
a pproval of the graduate program adviser. 


Extended Education 

In addition to its regular academic programs, the university offers courses 
through Extended Education This includes summer session, intersession, 
extension only courses, and adjunct enrollment. The applicability of credit 
earned in courses taken through Extended Education is subject to approval by 
the graduate program adviser and Office of Graduate Studies. Consultation 
with a graduate adviser before taking any course through Extended Education 
is strongly recommended. 

Any student desiring a master’s degree must be admitted to the university and 
maintain continuous enrollment every fall and spring semester until award of 
the degree. Enrollment through University Extension does not maintain 
continuous enrollment. 

Summer Session/lntersession 

Appropriate courses taken during the summer session or intersession may be 
applied to a graduate degree program, provided the courses are approved in 
advance. 

Enrollment in courses taken during summer session or intersession does not 
constitute admission to the university or enrollment as a continuing student 
in the university. 

Extension Credit 

No more than nine units of extension credit may be applied to a graduate 
degree. Extension credit is granted for two types of courses: (1) those with an 
“X” prefix in the Extended Education Bulletin and (2) those taken through 
adjunct enrollment. 

Adjunct Enrollment 

Adjunct enrollment through Extended Education permits students who are 
not formally admitted to the university to enroll in regular university courses, 
i.e., those courses listed in the university catalog, during fall or spring semesters. 
Courses taken through adjunct enrollment are included in the nine-unit 
extension credit limit. 

Enrollment in 500-Level Courses by Seniors 

Undergraduate students may enroll in graduate level courses (500-level) if 
they: 

a have reached senior status (i.e., completed a minimum of 90 semester units) 

b. have the academic preparation and prerequisites required for entry into the 
course 

c. gain the consent of the instructor. 

Students wishing to use 500-level course work taken during their undergraduate 
degree toward a master’s degree should read the following section on 
Postgraduate Credit. 


Graduate Enrollment Policies 119 


California State University, Fullerton 


Postgraduate Credit 

A graduate student may petition for a maximum of nine units of postgraduate 
credit for course work (either 400- or 500-level) taken during the undergraduate 
degree at California State University, Fullerton, if: 

a. the course work was not used to meet any of the university’s requirements 
for the baccalaureate degree (including major, minor or concentration) 

b. the course work was taken during the twelve months immediately prior to 
the student’s graduation 

c. the coursework was completed with a grade of B or better. 

Petition forms are available at the Admissions and Records information counter. 
If approved, appropriate notations will be entered on the student’s permanent 
record. 

The use of postgraduate course work on a student’s graduate study plan is 
governed by the general regulations for all graduate degrees and must be 
approved by the program adviser, the appropriate graduate committee and the 
Office of Graduate Studies. 

Transfer Credit Policy 

Graduate students may be able to use a limited amount of transfer course 
work in meeting the requirements for a master’s degree. The use of transfer 
course work on a student’s study plan is subject to the following provisions: 

1 . Each course being transferred must: 

a. have been taken at an accredited college or university. 

b. be acceptable for credit toward a graduate degree at the institution 
where the course work was taken. 


c. have been completed with a grade of B or better. 

d. not have been used in meeting the requirements for another earned de- 
gree (either graduate or undergraduate). 

e. have been completed within the student’s five-year time period which is 
required for completion of the requirements for the master’s degree at 
CSUF 

2. An absolute minimum of 21 semester units toward any master’s degree at 
CSUF must be in residence units. For master’s degrees requiring more than 
42 semester units, a minimum of half of the units used on the student’s 
study plan must be in residence units. Residence units are granted for courses 
taken at the University during regular sessions of Fall and Spring and any 
special session. 

3. Use of transfer work on a student’s study plan is subject to all other policies 
concerning study plan course work; e.g., fifty percent must be graduate 
level work, no correspondence course work, no credit by examination, no 
courses with nontraditional grades. 

4. In all cases, the use of transfer course work on a student’s study plan is 
subject to the acceptance and approval of the academic unit’s graduate ad- 
viser and the Office of Graduate Studies. Course work taken at another 
institution after admission to CSUF as a graduate student is rarely accepted 
for credit toward a master’s degree and can only be accepted if the student 
has received prior approval of both the graduate adviser and the Office of 
Graduate Studies. 

5. All approved transfer units and grade points will be entered on the CSUF 
transcript at graduation. 


120 Graduate Enrollment Policies 


California State University, Fullerton 



Grade-Point Average Standards 

University 

A graduate degree student is expected to earn a 3.0 average in all units 
subsequent to admission to the program. In addition, a graduate degree student 
must earn a 3.0 average in all 400- and 500-level courses taken in the student’s 
department or program (including 400- and 500-level program prerequisites). 
Any 400- and 500-level course taken only to satisfy credential or certificate 
program requirements shall not be considered applicable. 

Study Plan 

The 30 or more semester units of approved study plan course work, including 
transfer work, required for the degree must be completed with a 3.0 (B) 
minimum grade-point average. Only grades of A, B, or C are considered 
satisfactory for study plan courses. If a student receives a grade less than a C 
on a study plan course, the course must be repeated and passed with a grade 
of C or better. A course may be repeated only once. In extenuating 
circumstances, the student can petition the Office of Graduate Studies to add 
another course to the approved program with unit value equivalent to that of 
the course in which the unsatisfactory grade was received. 

If a student approaches the completion of the degree requirements with less 
than a 3.0 average, a request may be made for a change in the study plan to 

a add no more than six units of course work in order to achieve at least a 3.0 
grade -point average, or 

h repeat no more than six units of course work in which a C or lower was 
earned in order to achieve at least a 3.0 grade-point average. 

c. A combination of a. and b. equal to six units. 

Requests for course work to be added to the study plan or repeated must be 
approved by the graduate program adviser and Office of Graduate Studies 
pnor to registration (see “Changes in Study Plan”). If the grade-point average 
at any time falls below such a level that it cannot be raised to a 3.0 within the 
prescribed limits of course work, this has the effect of disqualifying the student 
hom the masters degree program. 

I If permission is given to repeat a course, both grades are considered in 
I computing grade-point averages. However, successful repetition of a course 
originally passed carries no additional unit credit toward a degree. 

I When a course is added, the original course stays on the study plan and both 
I grades received shall be used in the calculation of the student’s GPA. 

Academic Probation and Disqualification 

I A graduate student enrolled in a graduate degree program in either conditionally 
I classified or classified graduate standing is subject to academic probation if a 
I cumulative grade-point of at least 3.0 (grade of B on a four- point scale) is not 


maintained. A listing of students subject to probation is reviewed each semester 
by the Office of Graduate Studies with the advice of the student’s graduate 
program adviser. 

The Office of Graduate Studies, with the advice of the students graduate 
program adviser, will disqualify a graduate student who is on academic 
probation if the student does not, or cannot, raise the study plan and applicable 
course work cumulative grade-point average to 3.0 by the completion of the 
second regular semester (exclusive of interim and summer sessions) following 
the session in which the cumulative grade-point average failed to meet the 
minimum 3.0 standard. 

A student who has been disqualified from a master’s degree program or from a 
postbaccalaureate credential or certificate program may apply for readmission 
to that program or to another program after one calendar year following 
disqualification. A readmitted student must file a new study plan which meets 
current requirements and policies. Any disqualified student who wishes to use 
previous course work must have it approved by the Office of Graduate Studies. 
Disqualification will remove the student from graduate standing and prevent 
further enrollment in the university. 

A graduate student may also be placed on probation or may be disqualified for 
reasons other than cumulative grade-point average. These reasons include 
repeated withdrawal, failure to progress toward an educational objective, non- 
compliance with an academic requirement, and inappropriate behavior as 
defined in the Student Bill of Rights and Responsibilities, and in the Academic 
Dishonesty sections of this catalog (see “University Regulations”). 

A postbaccalaureate student (credential, unclassified, or undeclared status) 
will be subject to academic probation if after completing 12 or more units, the 
cumulative grade-point average falls below a 2.5 average. A postbaccalaureate 
student on probation will be subject to disqualification if the cumulative grade- 
point average is not raised to 2.5 the semester after being placed on probation. 
Disqualification may be either from further registration toward a 
postbaccalaureate credential or certificate program, or from further enrollment 
in the university as determined by the Director of Graduate Studies. 

Declassification 

Graduate students in classified graduate standing shall be declassified upon 
the recommendation of the appropriate academic unit, with a change to 
postbaccalaureate standing, unclassified, when one or more of the following 
conditions exist: 

1 . The student’s request for declassification has been recommended for ap- 
proval by the graduate committee. 

2. The student fails to maintain the grade-point average required in the master’s 
degree program. 

3. The student has failed to demonstrate a satisfactory level of scholastic com- 
petence and fitness. 

4. The student fails to complete the degree within the prescribed time limit. 

A recommendation for declassification is sent to the Graduate Studies Office 
by the graduate program adviser for the particular degree. 


Graduate Academic Standards 


California State University, Fullerton 



Definition 

A thesis is defined as the written product of a systematic study of a significant 
problem. It identifies the problem, states the major assumptions, explains the 
significance of the undertaking, sets forth the sources for and methods of 
gathering information, analyzes the data, and offers a conclusion or 
recommendation. The finished product evidences originality, critical and 
independent thinking, appropriate organization and format, and thorough 
documentation. Normally, an oral defense of the thesis is required. 

A project is a significant undertaking appropriate to the fine and applied arts or 
to professional fields. It also evidences originality and independent thinking, 
appropriate form and organization, and a rationale. It is described and 
summarized in a written abstract that includes the projects significance, objectives, 
methodology and a conclusion or recommendation. An oral defense of the project 
may be required. 

Annual Thesis Award 

An award of $1000 along with an engraved plaque will be given each year to 
the student whose thesis represents the highest standard of scholarly 
accomplishment as determined by a panel of judges chosen from emeriti 


professors. Interested students should contact the Graduate Studies Office or 
their program adviser for further information on eligibility and deadlines. Finalists 
from each school may also be recommended for Honorable Mention by the judges: 
these will receive a certificate of Honorable Mention and a $100 cash award. 

General Regulations 

Of the minimum of 30 semester units of approved course work required for 
the masters degree, no more than six are allowed for a thesis. 

When a thesis is required, the Library is to be provided with the approved 
original copy, or a fully acceptable duplicated copy, in the approved binding 
and an acceptable microfilm of it. An abstract accompanies the thesis and will 
normally be published in the University Microfilms International journal 
Masters Abstracts. Copies are thereby made available for order by interested 
scholars. 

An approved copy of the thesis or project may also be required by the student* 
academic department. Students should check with their graduate program 
adviser as to whether a copy is needed by the department as part of the 
requirements for graduation. 


122 Theses and Projects 


California State University, Fullerton 


When a project is required, it will be filed with the academic unit offering the 
degree program. Some record of the project, or the project itself, is preserved in 
the academic unit and, when appropriate, in the Library. When the appropriate 
authority recommends, a project or its written record may be treated as a thesis. 

Although a minimum of three faculty members supervise and approve the 
thesis, it is possible for a qualified person who is not a regular university faculty 
member to serve as a visiting examiner and join in the approval of the written 
record. This person serves as the fourth member of the committee. 

Title to theses (and projects when treated as theses, as above) passes to the 
university upon their acceptance by the evaluating faculty. 

Variations from procedures and regulations should be referred to the Office of 
Graduate Studies for approval. 

Format Guidelines and Style Manuals 

All-university format guidelines are included in a thesis manual which has 
been developed to assist the student in preparation of a thesis or a project 
which is to be treated as a thesis. Copies are available in the Office of Graduate 
Studies. It is the student’s responsibility to make certain that the requirements are 
met. The student is strongly advised to become familiar with the instructions in the 
manual. Theses from the library or departmental offices should not be used as 
examples of correct format. 

The academic unit, through the students adviser and/or committee, is 
responsible for the academic content and English usage in the thesis and for 
the student’s correct use of forms of documentation and bibliography. In 
addition to the university formal guidelines, each academic unit may select a 
supplementary style manual to be followed in matters of documentation and 
bibliography. Students should consult their academic program adviser or thesis 
committee chair concerning the style manual used. 

If the supplementary style manual presents regulations which conflict with 
the all-university format guidelines published in the thesis manual, the 
university regulations take precedence. 

Some graduate programs require style manuals or guides designed for journal 
articles. Although these are helpful for abbreviations, tables, figures and 
footnoting, as well as other purposes, students should be aware of the difference 
between a thesis and an article and make appropriate adaptations, approved 
by the graduate program adviser. 

If the academic unit does not recommend a specific style manual, the student 
should refer to A Manual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and Dissertations 
(Fifth Edition) by Kate L. Turabian. 

Thesis Typists 

The student makes all necessary arrangements for the typing of the thesis. A 
fist of thesis typists is available in the Office of Graduate Studies. The university 
Career Development Center also maintains a listing of students and others 
w ho have indicated their availability for typing assignments. An experienced 
typist is strongly advised, although the university does not endorse or 
re commend individual typists. 


Deadlines 

Adequate time should be allowed for typing, reading and approval by the 
adviser, the committee members, and the university thesis reader. 

It is recommended that the academic area sponsoring the degree program 
require that the final version of the thesis be submitted for approval at least six 
weeks prior to the last day of classes of the appropriate semester. The deadline 
for submission to the university thesis reader is two weeks prior to the last day of 
classes. For summer completion, the student should check with the academic 
unit and the Office of Graduate Studies for appropriate deadlines. The Office 
of Graduate Studies must receive notification from the campus bookstore by 
the last day of final examinations for the appropriate semester or session that 
the thesis has been deposited there and the fees paid. Ample time should be 
allowed for any special arrangements, such as duplication of the thesis by the 
campus bookstore or elsewhere, prior to the deadline. 

Final Procedures 

1 . Approval Signatures : When the final draft is completed, the student obtains 
signatures on the approval page of all of the members of the committee. The 
title/approval page may be photocopied onto the correct paper stock; how- 
ever, the signatures must be original. Photocopied signatures are not accept- 
able for binding or microfilming. The signatures must be in black ink. If 
there is a disagreement within the committee concerning the acceptability 
of the thesis, the approving signatures of a majority of the committee will be 
sufficient. Nonavailability of one member of the committee is not an ad- 
equate reason for acceptance of signatures by less than the full committee. 
No changes or additions will be allowed after the final signatures have been 
obtained. The student should arrange for at least three original title pages to 
be signed by the committee members. (One original is submitted to the 
bookstore with the thesis or project; the other originals may be used as the 
student’s personal copy and for the departmental copy.) 

2. University Thesis Reader: The thesis is ready for review by the university 
thesis reader after the faculty have signed off and the thesis has been typed 
in its final form. One unbound copy of the thesis including the original 
approval page is taken to the Office of Graduate Studies for review by the 
thesis reader for conformity to all-university format guidelines. The copy 
submitted to the Graduate Studies Office may be a photocopy provided it is 
copied on the correct paper stock. The student will be notified of any revi- 
sions or corrections which need to be made. Final approval on format is 
given by the Office of Graduate Studies on the “Thesis Approval Form.” 

3. Binding and Microfilming: The student takes the approved copy of the the- 
sis, two signed title and approval pages, and the signed Thesis Approval 
Form to the campus bookstore and pays the appropriate fees. The book- 
store arranges for the binding of the thesis by a local bindery and other 
services by University Microfilms International (UMI). Once submitted and 
receipted, the thesis may not be withdrawn by the student from the campus 
bookstore. The campus bookstore sends the approved original or dupli- 
cated copy (including the original signed approval page) to University Mi- 
crofilms International for filming and publication of the abstract, and upon 
its return sends it to the bindery. 

An agreement is normally completed for UMI to publish the abstract in 
Masters Abstracts, prepare a negative microfilm, and sell microfilm or xero- 
graphic copies to interested scholars. Arrangements for copyrighting are 
also possible, if desired, through UMI. 


Theses and Projects 123 


California State University, Fullerton 

Steps in the Masters Decree 


4. Notification for Award of the Degree: The grade for the thesis is reported in 
the usual manner to the Office of the Registrar by the appropriate faculty. 
The campus bookstore notifies the Office of Graduate Studies that the ap- 
proved thesis has been deposited, the fees paid, and the agreement for mi- 
crofilming and publication of the abstract completed by the student. 


5. Depositing of Thesis in Library: When the thesis is returned by the bindery, 
the bound copy is sent by the university bookstore to the library for circula- 
tion. One set of the slides or separately mounted illustrative material is housed 
with the bound copy. The second set is placed in the university archives 
with the microfilm copy 



124 


Theses and Projects 


California State University, Fullerton 



There may be additional steps for individual students in particular programs; 
for these, consult the program description and the academic unit (school, 
department or program) offering the degree program. 

• Action initiated by student (as indicated below) 

1. Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

• Apply for admission 

• Declare objective(s), using precise codes on the application form 

• Receive application acknowledgement from the Admissions Office 

• Request two sets of official transcripts of all previous college-level course 
work attempted to be sent to Admissions Office 

• Take tests, if required by program, and order test scores sent to Cal State 
Fullerton, designating appropriate academic unit on the test registration 
form 

• Consult appropriate academic unit for advisement 

• Provide appropriate academic unit with any other supporting statements 
or materials, as required 

Recommendation for admission made by academic unit to Admissions 
Office 

Receive notification of admission from Admissions Office 

2. Graduate Standing: Classified 

• Complete any course prerequisites and/or remove deficiencies 

• Apply for classified standing in the academic area offering the 
particular program prior to completion of nine units of study plan 
course work 

• Consult appropriate academic unit for advisement, including develop- 
ment of official study plan 

• Provide appropriate academic unit with any other supporting statements 
or materials, as shown in program descriptions in this catalog 

• Take tests if required by program, and order test scores sent to Cal 
State Fullerton, designating appropriate academic unit on the test 
registration form 

Recommendation made by academic unit to the Office of Graduate 
Studies 

Receive notification of classified standing being granted from Graduate 
Studies when the study plan is sent, showing approval by the Office of 
Graduate Studies. 


• If not received within a reasonable length of time, call the academic 
unit sponsoring the degree or Graduate Studies. 

3. Completion of Requirements 

• Apply for a graduation check and advancement to candidacy prior to 
the beginning of the final semester and no later than the deadline initiating 
university review and formal approval by faculty. The form is available 
at the Admissions and Records information desk, the Graduation Unit 
and the Graduate Studies Office. A graduation and diploma fee must 
be paid when filing the request with the university cashier. 

• Consult appropriate academic unit for advisement 

• Complete written and/or oral examination, if required 

• Complete thesis or project, if applicable 
Obtain approval of committee 

Obtain approval of university thesis reader (thesis only) 

• Deposit approved copy of thesis and make arrangements for binding, 
microfilming and publication of the abstract in the campus bookstore 
by the applicable deadline 

Final, approved study plan, with recommendation, sent by appropriate 
academic unit to Office of Graduate Studies 

Preliminary approval, pending adequate grades, and completion of any 
other requirements, granted by Office of Graduate Studies. 

• Deposit approved copy of thesis or project in academic department (if 
required) 

• Complete all general and specific requirements, other than final course 
examinations, by the last day of classes, in order to assure granting of 
the degree by the end of the semester 

Final verification of completion of requirements sent by the Graduate 
Studies Office to the registrar 

Receive notification of award of degree from registrar approximately eight 
weeks after the end of the semester 

4. Commencement 

• Make appropriate arrangements for cap, gown and hood rental in the 
campus bookstore 

Commencement information sent by the Registrar’s Office 


Steps in the Master’s Degree 















































V* 







California State University, Fullerton 



California State University, Fullerton offers the following baccalaureate degree 
programs which are described on the pages listed : 


B.A. Speech Communication 
B.A. Theatre Arts 


267 

181 


B.A. American Studies 347 

B.A. Anthropology 351 

B.A. Art 158 

B.F.A. Art 159 

B.S. Biochemistry 420 

B.A. Biological Science 462 

B.A. Business Administration 201 

B.A. Chemistry 471 

B.S. Chemistry 470 

B.S. Child Development 290 

B.S. Civil Engineering 268 

B.A. Communications 238 

B.A. Communicative Disorders 247 

B.A. Comparative Literature 367 

B.S. Computer Science 259 

B.A. Criminal Justice 364 

B.A. Dance 183 

B.A. Economics 209 

B.S. Electrical Engineering 274 

B.S. Engineering (Engineering Science) 265 

B.A. English 368 

B.A. Ethnic Studies (option in Afro-Ethnic studies) 344 

B.A. Ethnic Studies (option in Chicano studies) 361 

B.A. French 378 

B.A. Geography 395 

B.S. Geology 478 

B.A. German 379 

B.S. Health Science 314 

B.A. History 403 

B.S. Human Services 309 

B.A. International Business with a concentration in 

French, German, Japanese, Portuguese or Spanish 219 

B.A. Japanese 380 

B.S. Kinesiology. 313 

B.A. Latin American Studies 411 

B.A. Liberal Studies 414 

B.A. Linguistics 417 

B.A. Mathematics 483 

B.S. Mechanical Engineering 282 

B.A. Music 170 

B.M. Music 171 

B.S. Nursing 325 

B.A. Philosophy 421 

B.S. Physics 491 

B.A. Political Science (including concentration in 

public administration) 425 

B.A. Psychology 434 

B.A. Religious Studies 442 

B.A. Russian & East European Area Studies 447 

B.A. Sociology 452 

B.A. Spanish 380 

B.A. Special Major 150 


The following master’s degree programs are offered: 


M.S. Accountancy 196 

M.A. American Studies 349 

M.A. Anthropology 352 

M.A. Art 161 

M.F.A. Art 162 

M.A. Biology 463 

M.B.A. Business Administration 204 

M.S. Chemistry 472 

M.S. Civil Engineering 269 

M.A. Communications 240 


M.A. Communicative Disorders 
M.A. Comparative Literature .... 

M.S. Computer Science 

M.S. Counseling 

M.A. Economics 


M.S. Education (with concentrations in bilingual/bi-cultural education [Spanish- 
Englishl, elementary curriculum and instruction, reading, educational 


administration, special education 

M.S. Education (TESOL) 

M.S. Electrical Engineering 

M.S. Engineering (Engineering Science) 

M.A. English 

M.S. Environmental Studies 

M.A. French 

M.A. Geography 

M.A. German 

M.A. History 

M.A. Interdisciplinary Studies 

M.S. Kinesiology 

M.A. Linguistics 

M.S. Management Science 

M.A. Mathematics 

M.S. Mechanical Engineering 

M.A. Music 

M.M. Music 

M.S. Physics 

M.A. Political Science 

M.A. Psychology 

M.S. Psychology (Clinical) 

M.P.A. Public Administration 

M.A.T. Science 

M.A. Social Sciences 

M.A. Sociology 

M.A. Spanish (including emphasis in bilingual studies) 

M.A. Speech Communication 

M.S. Taxation 

M.A. Theatre Arts 


297. 301 

301.302 

275. 303 

266. 304 

368 

383 

382 

396 

383 

403 

150 

317 

417 

226 

484 

283 

173 

173 

491 

426 

435 

436 

427 

495 

450 

452 

383 

247 

198 

183 


M.F.A. Theatre Arts (with concentrations in Acting, 
Directing, Design and Technical Production) 


183 


128 Degree Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


Graduation 



Requirements 

for the 
Bachelor’s 
Degree 


Unit Requirements 

A. Total Unit Requirements 

The minimum number of semester units necessary for a bachelors degree, 
exclusive of remedial courses (i.e. courses numbered 0-99), is as follows: 

1* For the Bachelor of Arts degree ^ 


All units from upper-division courses are applicable to the upper-division units 
requirement, including units from courses in the major, the minor, and general 
education. 

C. Special Unit Totals 

The maximum number of special semester units accepted for a bachelor’s degree 
is as follows: 


2- For the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree 132 

3- For the Bachelor of Science degree 124-132 

For the Bachelor of Nursing degree 128 

3 For the Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree 135 

6- For the Bachelor of Music degree 1^2 

H Upper-Division Requirement 

A minimum of 40 semester units of upper-division coursework is required for 
an y CSUF bachelors degree. Courses offering upper-division credit are those 
Numbered at the 300- and 400-levels. 


1 . Transferable units from community or junior colleges 70 

2. Transferable units from a four-year university or college or from a 
combination of two and four-year institutions for degrees 

requiring 124 units 94 

3. From credit by examination 30 

4. From extension & correspondence courses 24 

5. From credit/no credit courses 36 

6. From Reading Skills courses numbered at the 100- and 200-levels 4 

7. From Internship courses 6 

8. From Independent Study courses 9 


Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree 129 


California State University, Fullerton 


Residence Requirement 

A minimum of thirty (30) semester units must be earned in courses taken at 
California State University, Fullerton. Twenty-four (24) of these units must be 
earned in upper-division courses. At least twelve (12) upper-division semester 
units in the major must be taken at this institution. Courses taken in extension 
(except for summer session and intersession courses offered as part of the 
special sessions program) and units earned through credit by examination may 
not be used to fulfill these requirements. 

Grade-Point Average Requirements 

Three grade-point averages, each 2.0 or higher, are required for graduation: 

A. An average based on all units attempted, including those attempted at other 
institutions. 

B. An average based on all units attempted at CSUE 

C. An average based on all units attempted in the major. 

Distribution of Requirements 

A. General Education 


Examination. After completing 60 units toward the baccalaureate, students must 
take the University Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP). The EWP consists 
of two parts, a machine-scored test of Standard Written English, and a 90-minute 
essay which is evaluated by faculty readers. Students who fail the examination 
may retake it until they pass it. A limited number of students who have failed the 
EWP two or more times may enroll in English 199, Intensive Writing Review. 
Credit in English 199 will be equivalent to passing the examination. This course 
will not count toward graduation requirements, nor will it satisfy the upper-division 
writing course requirement described above. Information about registration for 
the EWP and testing dates is published in the class schedule each semester. 

Petitions. In certain cases, students may petition the University Board on Writing 
Proficiency for exemption from or modification of the requirement. 

1. Transfer students and candidates for a second baccalaureate may be certi- 
fied as meeting the requirement after they have submitted to the Board ac- 
ceptable evidence of having completed the equivalent to CSUF’s upper-divi- 
sion requirement. 

2. Students may petition for substitution of an alternative to the EWP when 
exceptional circumstances, e.g. a clinically identified learning disability, make 
the examination inappropriate. Petitions must include documentation of 
the special circumstances and propose specific alternative means of demon- 
strating writing proficiency. 

D. Minors 


A minimum of 51 semester units are needed to complete CSUF’s general 
education requirements. See the “General Education” section of this catalog. 

B. Major 

The unit requirement in a major varies substantially from major to major. Some 
majors require as little as 33 semester units while others require as much as 
105 units. Refer to the Department listings for the specific requirements of any 
particular major. 

C. Upper-Division Baccalaureate Writing Requirement 

The university requires that every person completing a bachelor’s degree under 
1980-81 and later catalog requirements, demonstrate writing ability acceptable 
for graduation. The upper-division writing requirement has two parts; students 
must satisfy each: 

Upper-division course requirement: Each major requires that students pass 
a specially designated upper-division course or courses of at least three 
semester units. Examination requirement: The university faculty requires 
that each student pass the University Examination in Writing Proficiency 
(EWP), which has been designed to measure writing ability. 


A minor is a means by which students can enrich their academic preparation 
through concentrated study of a discipline related to, or different from, their 
declared major. Although students can pursue multiple majors, many decide 
that declaring a major and a minor is a more desirable choice. A minor provides 
a structured selection of courses to augment or complement the student’s major 
by broadening a student’s academic experience or serving as preparation for a 
specific career. A minor can extend the student’s knowledge in two related 
areas (e g., English and Speech Communication, Anthropology and Foreign 
Languages, Sociology' and Women’s Studies) or in two disparate ones (e g.. 
Business Administration and Computer Science, Economics and Foreign 
Languages, Mathematics and Psychology). A minor can also enable students 
to systematically explore fields of knowledge about which they are curious or 
enthusiastic. Students may wish to consult with an adviser in their major 
department for recommendations of suitable minor fields of study. 

A minor is not required for the baccalaureate; however, students may elect to 
complete one or more minors from those available and have that noted on 
their records. In completing the requirements for a minor, a minimum of twelve 
(12) units, of which at least six (6) must be upper division, must be distinct 
and different from the units used to complete the requirements of the major. 
Any units above this minimum requirement which can be used to satisfy both 
the requirements for the minor and for the major may be double counted 
General education courses, however, may be used to meet minor requirements 


Courses. The University Board on Writing Proficiency must certify the course 
or courses that each major department designates to fulfill the requirement. 
Departments and programs may specify either a single course of at least three 
units which involves intensive instruction in writing, or two or more courses 
(a total of at least six units) in which students are required to write one or 
more lengthy papers, or several shorter ones, which involve the organization 
and expression of complex ideas. In these courses students will be given careful 
and timely evaluations of their writing and suggestions for improvement. An 
assessment of writing competence will be included in determining the final 
course grade. 

Students must pass these courses with a grade of C or better. A list of courses 
designated for each major will appear in the class schedule each semester. 


Below is a list of currently approved minors: 


Afro-Ethnic Studies 
American Studies 
Anthropology 
Art 

Asian Studies 
Asian-American Studies 
Biotechnology 
Business Administration 
Chemistry 
Chicano Studies 
Child Development 


Human Services 

International Politics 

Japanese 

Jewish Studies 

Kinesiology 

Latin American Studies 

Linguistics 

Management Info Systems 
Mathematics for Teacher Ed. 
Military Science 
Music 


130 


Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree 


California State University, Fullerton 


Christian Studies Peace Studies 

Computer Science Philosophy 

Conservation Physics 

Criminal Justice 
Economics 
English 
French 
Geography 
Geology 
German 
Gerontology 
Health Promotion 
History 

E. Electives 

After fulfilling the requirements in general education, and a specific major 
(and possibly a minor), each student is free to choose the rest of the courses 
needed to complete the semester units required for graduation. Different majors 
vary considerably in both the number of units they require in their own and 
related fields. They also vary considerably in the amount of latitude or choice 
they permit in selecting courses to satisfy the major requirement. The general 
education requirement encourages freedom of choice within the natural 
sciences, social sciences, arts and humanities, and basic subjects. Students at 
the university use their electives to broaden their general education, deepen 
some aspect of their specialties, pursue work in related fields, and satisfy 
curiosities and enthusiasms for particular subjects or areas of interest. 


of Executive Order 338, i.e. 12 units in each of the areas of arts and hu- 
manities, social sciences, and math and science, (b) the statutory require- 
ments and (c) the English Writing Proficiency requirements. Students will 
not be held to specific CSUF categories or courses. 

(2) all requirements in the major field of study 

(3) residence and scholarship requirements 

Two baccalaureates from Fullerton. With the approval and recommendation of 

the faculty, a student may qualify for a second baccalaureate under the following 

circumstances: 

(1) a minimum of 30 units have been earned in residence after the first degree 
has been granted. 

(2) a minimum of 24 upper-division units are included among the 30 units 
mentioned above 

(3) a minimum of 12 units must be offered by the department in which the 
second degree is being sought 

(4) two or more degrees are not awarded at the same time 

Units included in second baccalaureate programs may not apply to graduate 

degrees or credential programs. 


Political Science 
Portuguese 
Psychology 
Public Administration 
Religious Studies 
Sociology 
Spanish 

Speech Communication 
Women's Studies 


Advisement on general education and electives is provided by the Academic 
Advisement Center. 

F. Multiple Majors and Second Baccalaureate Degrees 

Within the units required for the baccalaureate it is possible for a student to 
complete the requirements for more than one major within one degree (for 
example a B.S.) when the additional major is within the same degree (in this 
case, another B.S.). At least 24 units, including 12 at the upper-division level, in 
each bachelor of arts major, or 36 units, including 18 at the upper-division level, 
in each bachelor of science major, must be applied exclusively to the respective 
major and may not be used to meet requirements in other majors or in general 
education. The student shall declare the additional major with the appropriate 
department not later than the beginning of the student’s final year of study. The 
completion of additional majors will be noted at the time of graduation by 
appropriate entries on the academic record and in the commencement program. 

h is possible for a student to complete a major in one degree (for example a 
B.S.) concurrently with an additional major from a different degree (for example 
a B.A.). This process is possible as long as the unit restrictions mentioned in 
the preceding paragraph are met. If the student adheres to the rules about 
units and how they are counted, the student will then choose which degree he 
or she will receive, with that degree’s major being noted on the diploma (for 
example, B.A. in History). The completion of the second major will be noted 
°n the student’s academic record. The university does not award two degrees 
for multiple majors that are completed concurrently. 

Second baccalaureate degrees: 

First degree completed elsewhere, second at Fullerton. Students seeking a 
Bachelor’s degree from Fullerton after having received a baccalaureate from 
a nother institution may qualify for graduation with the approval and 
•^commendation of the faculty upon completion of the following: 

(1) General Education requirements: Students holding a baccalaureate degree 
from an accredited institution will be held to (a) the breadth requirements 


Graduation Requirement Check 

A candidate for graduation must file an application for a graduation 
requirements check before the first day of instruction of the semester prior to 
the semester in which the student expects to graduate. The graduation and 
diploma fee is required when the application is filed. Application forms are 
available at the Admissions and Records information counter and in the 
graduation unit. 

Candidates for the baccalaureate should refer to the semester class schedule 
for application filing dates. A senior should have completed at least 100 units 
(including the current work in progress) and a substantial portion of the major 
requirements before requesting a graduation check. If the candidate does not 
complete the requirements in the semester indicated, a change of graduation 
date must be filed in the Office of Admissions and Records. 

Faculty Approval and Recommendation 

Under provisions of the Academic Senate, the Office of Admissions and Records 
publishes a list of degree candidates twice a year: in the fall and in the spring 
(for both spring and summer graduates). After review and approval by the 
faculty, and upon verification of the completion of requirements, diplomas 
are issued with the last day of the respective term as the official date of 
graduation. 

Annual commencement exercises are held at the end of the spring semester 
for those who completed degree requirements mid-year and for those 
completing degree requirements in the spring semester or summer session. 
The president of the university, with the authority of the Board of Trustees, 
confers all degrees, subject to the completion of remaining requirements. 

Note: Students completing bachelor degree requirements who wish to continue 
their studies at the university for postbaccalaureate or graduate degree objectives 
must apply for admission declaring their new objectives. 


Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree 


131 


California State University, Fullerton 




General Education Objectives 

The general education-breadth requirements are designed so that, taken with 
the major-depth program and electives, they will assure that graduates have 
made noteworthy progress toward becoming truly educated persons. 
Particularly, the purpose of these requirements is to provide means whereby 
graduates: 

A. will have achieved the ability to think clearly and logically, to find and criti- 
cally examine information, to communicate effectively both orally and in 
writing, and to perform quantitative functions; 

B. will have acquired appreciable knowledge about their own bodies and minds, 
about how human society has developed and how it now functions, about 
the physical world in which they live, about the other forms of life with 
which they share that world, and about the cultural endeavors and legacies 
of their civilization; 

C. will have come to an understanding and appreciation of the principles, meth- 
odologies, value systems, and thought processes employed in human in- 
quiries. (Executive Order 595) 


General Education Requirements 

All students beginning studies Fall 1987 or later must complete a minimum of 
51 semester units of general education courses selected in accordance with the 
pattern designated on the following pages. General education courses must be 
selected/rom an approved list and taken for a letter grade. Students should refer 
to the latest university Schedule of Classes for the most up-to-date list of approved 
classes. A student who has a break in enrollment for more than one semester in 
any calendar year may be liable for new catalog requirements. 

Students must complete at least nine units of upper-division (i.e. 300- or 
400-level) general education course work taken after the student has achieved 
junior standing (i.e. 60 units). At least nine units of general education must 
be earned in residence at California State University, Fullerton. 

A grade of C or better must be earned for each course in Basic Subjects: Oral 
Communication (I.A.), Written Communication (I.B.), Critical Thinking (I.C), 
and Mathematics (III.A.4.). All general education courses must be taken on a 
grade option 1 basis (A, B, C, D, F). An option 2 (credit/no credit) course may be 
used for general education if that is the only grade option for the course. Consult 
the course description in the departmental sections of this catalog for grade option 
information on a specific course. 


General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


Courses offered by the department of the students major may not be used to 
fulfill the unit requirement of categories III or IV with the exception of categories 
offering choices from only one department. Courses which are cross-listed 
meet general education category requirements for all majors except those in 
the home department of the cross-listed course. The “home” department is the 
one under which the course description appears in the catalog. For example. 
Anthropology is the “home” department for Anthropology/Religious Studies 
305; hence, it may not be used by an Anthropology major to meet general 
education requirements. Also, no more than nine units from any single 
department may be used in meeting the requirements of general education. 
Upper-division courses offered by the department of the student’s major may 
not be used for general education credit. Upper-division requirements for 
IGETC certified transfer students are described below. 

At least three (3) semester units of Cultural Diversity course work must be 
taken from among the asterisked courses in Section IV. At least one laboratory 
course must be taken from among the courses marked with a dagger (t) in 
Sections III.A.l., III.A.2., or III.A.3. 

Among the following list of requirements a few courses appear in more than 
one category. These courses may be used to fulfill the requirements of only 
one, and not both, of the categories within which they appear. 

A score of T 145 or higher on the English Placement Test (EPT), or completion 
of English 99 (EPT test required) with a grade of C or better, is a prerequisite 
for enrollment in courses in category I. A. 2. Written Communication, for all 
students except those with an exemption. 

A score of 550 or higher on the Entry Level Mathematics (ELM) examination 
is a prerequisite for enrollment in courses in Category II. A. 4. Mathematics for 
all students except those with an exemption. 

Certification Policy 

Under provisions of Title 5 and Executive Order 595, accredited colleges and 
universities may certify the completion of part of the 48-51 units required in 
general education. Within the policy of the Board of Trustees, Cal State Fullerton 
will accept such certification of general education up to a maximum of 39 
semester units, but may accept no more in general education than the number 
of units required in each area. 

Transfer students who are certified in any category with fewer than the required 
units will be subject to additional units and will be permitted to take the 
additional units in upper-division categories. 

Intersegmental General Education Transfer Curriculum 
(IGETC) 

All lower-division Cal State Fullerton general education requirements may be 
satisfied by the completion in its entirety of this transfer curriculum at a 
California community college campus. Information about IGETC is available 
al each campus. Upper-division general education requirements for IGETC 
certified transfers are as follows: 

^•ine units of upper-division coursework from Plan B categories III.A.3., IV.A. 1 ., 
^A.2., and IV.B. with the following conditions: 

No more than six units from any one category 
No more than six units from any one department 
No units from the department of the student’s major 
A minimum of three units of a “cultural diversity” (asterisked) course, if not 
met prior to transfer. 


California Articulation Number 

California State University, Fullerton is authorized to cross-reference certain 
courses with a California Articulation Number (CAN). This is a system of 
equating courses between campuses in California. It is used by an increasing 
number of community colleges and four-year universities and colleges to 
identify some of the transferable, introductory courses in several academic 
disciplines. 

The system assures students that CAN courses noted in the catalog of one 
campus will be accepted in lieu of the comparable CAN course on another 
participating campus. An example is our Anthropology 101 Introduction to 
Biological Anthropology; CAN ANTH 2 is accepted in lieu of courses similarly 
marked in other university or college catalogs. 

The California Articulation Numbers are listed in parentheses by the course 
descriptions in the catalog. A listing of courses currently approved for CAN 
follows: 

California 
Articulation 
Number 

CAN ANTH 2 
CAN ANTH 4 
CAN ANTH 6 
CAN ART 2 
CAN ART 4 
CAN ART 6 
CAN ART 8 
CAN ART 12 
CAN ART 14 
CAN ART 16 
CAN BIOL 4 
CAN BIOL 6 
CAN CHEM 2 
CAN CHEM 4 
CAN DRAM 12 
CAN DRAM 14 
CAN ENGL 2 
CAN ENGR 2 
CAN ENGR 6 
CAN ENGR 8 
CAN ENGR 12 
CAN FREN 2 
CAN FREN 4 
CAN FREN 8 
CAN FREN 10 
CAN GEOG 2 
CAN GEOG 4 
CAN GEOL 2 
CAN GEOL 4 
CAN GOVT 2 
CAN HIST 8 
CAN HIST 10 
CAN JOUR 4 
CAN MATH 10 
CAN MATH 16 
CAN MATH 18 
CAN MATH 20 
CAN MATH 22 
CAN MATH 30 


Cal State Fullerton Courses 

Anthro 101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology 

Anthro 102 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 

Anthro 103 Introduction to Archaeology 

Art 201 A Art and Civilization 

Art 201 B Art and Civilization 

Art 106A Beginning Ceramics 

Art 107A Beginning Drawing 

Art 216A Beginning Sculpture 

Art 103 Two-dimensional Design 

Art 104 Three-dimensional Design 

Biology 261 Principles of Zoology 

Biology 241 Principles of Botany 

Chemistry 120A General Chemistry 

Chemistry 120B General Chemistry 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup 

English 101 Beginning College Writing 

EG-ME 102 Graphical Communications 

EG-EE 203 + 203L Electric Circuits and Laboratory 

EG-CE 201 Statics 

EG-EE 203 Electric Circuits 

French 101, Fundamental French - A 

French 102, Fundamental French - B 

French 203, Intermediate French - A 

French 204, Intermediate French - B 

Geography 110 Principles of Physical Geography 

Geography 160 Culture and Environment 

Geological Sci 101 + 101L Physical Geology and Lab 

Geological Sci 201 Earth History 

Poli Sci 100 American Government 

History 170A United States to 1877 

History 170B United States Since 1877 

Comm 233 Mass Communication in Modern Society 

Mathematics 115 College Algebra 

Mathematics 125 Precalculus 

Mathematics 1 50A Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Mathematics 1 50B Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Mathematics 250A Intermediate Calculus 

Mathematics 1 30 A Short Course in Calculus 


General Education 133 


California State University, Fullerton 


CAN MATH 34 
CAN MATH SEQ B 

CAN PHIL 2 
CAN PHIL 6 
CAN PHYS 2 
CAN PHYS 4 
CAN PHYS 8 

CAN PHYS 12 

CAN PSY 2 
CAN SOC 2 
CAN SPCH 4 
CAN SPCH 6 


Mathematics 135 Business Calculus 
Mathematics 1 50A & 1 50B Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus 

Philosophy 100 Introduction to Philosophy 
Philosophy 210 Logic 

Physics 211 and 21 1L Elementary Physics + Lab 
Physics 212 and 212L Elementary Physics + Lab 
Physics 225 and 22 5L Fundamental Physics: Mechanics 
+ Lab 

Physics 226 +Physics 226L Fundamenta + Lab Physics: 

Electricity and Magnetism + Lab 
Psychology 101 Introductory Psychology 
Sociology 101 Introduction to Sociology 
Speech Comm 102 Public Speaking 
Speech Comm 235 Essentials of 
Argumentation 


University Honors Program 

The University Honors Program offers students many of the educational benefits 
of a small college in the midst of the rich resources of a large university The 
program’s small class sizes provide challenging learning experiences, individual 
attention from professors, and closer interaction with other students. 

In honors sections of general education courses, students are encouraged to 
develop and discuss ideas in an active, imaginative and original way Professors 
contribute by making creative use of curricular materials and student 
assignments. They interact personally and intensively with each student and 
encourage students to interact with each other. These courses do not simply 
demand a greater quantity of work. They create a learning environment in 
which students are encouraged to realize their intellectual potential. 

The University Honors Program gives officially accepted students an 
opportunity to earn recognition for distinguished academic performance in 
general education courses. Those participants who successfully complete the 
requirements for honors in general education will have a notation placed on 
their transcripts and special recognition at graduation. 

Entrance to the Program 

Academic achievement in high school or college serves as the prerequisite for 
admission to the honors program. Those eligible for entrance include (1) first- 
time freshmen with a high school g.p.a. (grade point average) of 3.5 or better 
and (2) continuing students with a collegiate g.p.a. of 3.0 or better. 

Students should declare their intent to pursue the University Honors Program 
by submitting a formal letter of application to the coordinator of the University 
Honors Program. The letter should include the student's name, current address 
and phone number, high school or college g.p.a., and a paragraph stating the 
reasons for pursuing the program. 

Entrance to Courses 

Individual honors courses are also open to any student who meets the program’s 
g.p.a. standards. Exceptions to this policy may be made with the consent of 
the honors course instructor and the authorization of the honors program 
coordinator. First priority for class entrance, however, goes to students formally 
admitted to the program. 


Requirements for Completion 

Program students are normally expected to average one honors course a 
semester. These course sections are officially designated in the class schedule 
by the word “honors” in the course title. 


134 


General Education 


To complete the honors program, a student must (1) complete 24 units of 
general education honors courses with a grade of C or better in each course 
and (2) accomplish a GPA of 3.25 or better for the 24 units of general education 
honors courses attempted. With approval of the honors program coordinator, 
up to six units of advanced placement credit with a score of 4 or higher may be 
substituted for general education honors credit. 

Students are responsible for requesting a review of their records to verify 
completion. Upon verification, a notation will be made on the student’s 
transcript indicating completion of the program. 

Transfer Course Work 

Students transferring into CSUF who have taken honors courses at another 
accredited institution may apply those courses to the University Honors 
Program. 

The following stipulations apply to the transfer of courses: 

1 . The course is used in partial fulfillment of CSUF general education require- 
ments. 

2. The course is designated and acknowledged as an honors course by the 
institution where the course was taken. 

3. The course was completed with a grade of B or better. 

4. A maximum of nine units of transfer honors courses may be applied toward 
completion of the honors program. 

Any questions concerning the Honors Program should be directed to the 
coordinator of the General Education Honors Program. 


I. BASIC SUBJECTS (9 units minimum) 

NOTE: A grade of C or better is required in sections I.A., I.B., and I.C. and 
I1I.A.4. 


A. Oral Communication (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area are designed to impart skills in the use of human symbolic 
interaction, focusing on effective speaking. 

Choices: 


Chicano Studies 102 
Speech Comm 100 
Speech Comm 102 
Theatre 110 


Communication Skills (3) 

Introduction to Human Communication (3) 
Public Speaking (3) 

Oral Communication of Literature (3) 


B. Written Communication (3 units minimum) 

The course in this area is designed to impart skills in organizing, analyzing 
and expressing thoughts and concepts in standard written English. Students 
must satisfy the English Placement Test (EPT) requirement prior to enrollment 
in the course. 

English 101 Beginning College Writing (3) 


California State University, Fullerton 


C. Critical Thinking (3 units minimum) 

Courses in this area are designed to develop skills in critical thinking, including 
the ability to distinguish fact from judgment and belief from knowledge, to 
reason inductively and deductively, and to understand the formal and informal 
fallacies of language and thought. 

Choices: 


III. DISCIPLINARY CORE COURSES 
(21 units minimum) 

A. Mathematics and Natural Sciences (12 units) 

At least one laboratory course must be taken in 1II.A.1., I1I.A.2., or III.A.3. 
Approved laboratory courses are indicated with a dagger (t). 


English 103 
Philosophy 200 
Philosophy 210 
Psychology 110 
Reading 290 
Speech Comm 235 


Critical Reasoning and Writing (3) 
Argument and Reasoning (3) 

Logic (3) 

Reasoning and Problem Solving (3) 
Critical Reading as Critical Thinking (3) 
Essentials of Argumentation 


1. Physical Science (3 units minimum) 

Courses in this area provide the content and methodology that form the bases 
for studies in the physical sciences. 

Choices: 


11 HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL FOUNDATIONS 
(12 units minimum) 


A. The Development of Civilization (6 units minimum) 

Courses in this area give a holistic view of the development of society - its 
values, traditions, and institutions. 

History 1 10A World Civilization to the 16th Century (3) 

History 11 0B World Civilization since the 16th Century (3) 

B. American History, Institutions and Values (6 units minimum) 

Courses in this section meet Title 5, section 40404, requirements by providing 
a “comprehensive study of American history and American government 
including the historical development of American institutions and ideals, the 
Constitution of the United States and the operation of representative democratic 
government under the Constitution, and the process of state and local 
government.” 


L American History (3 units minimum) 


Choices: 


Afro-Ethnic 190 

American Studies 201 
Chicano Studies 190 

History 170A 
History 170B 
History 180 
History 190 


Survey of American History with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 

Introduction to American Studies (3) 

Survey of American History with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 

United States to 1877 (3) and 
United States since 1877 (3) 

Survey of American History (3) 

Survey of American History with Emphasis on 
Ethnic Minorities (3) 


NOTE: Students who take History 170A must also take History 170B and vice 
versa. 


L Government (3 units minimum) 

Political Science 100 American Government (3) 

NOTE: Transfer students from outside the State of California who have ALREADY 
completed a basic course in American Government may substitute Political 
Science 300 Contemporary Issues in California Government and Politics (3) 
for Political Science 100. 


Chemistry 100 
Chemistry lOOLt 
Chemistry 115 
Chemistry 120At 
Geological Sci 101 
Geological Sci lOILt 
Physics 101 
Physics 10 1L 
Physics 211 
Physics 21 lLt 
Physics 225 
Physics 225Lt 


Survey of Chemistry (3) 

Survey of Chemistry Lab (1) 

Introductory General Chemistry (4) 
General Chemistry (5) 

Physical Geology (3) 

Physical Geology Lab (1) 

Survey of Astronomy and Physics (3) 
Survey of Astronomy and Physics Lab (1) 
Elementary Physics (3) 

Elementary Physics Lab (1) 

Fundamental Physics: Mechanics (3) 
Fundamental Physics: Lab (1) 


2. Biological Science (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area provide the content and methodology that form the bases 
for studies in the biological sciences. 

Choices: 


Biology 101 
Biology 101LT 
Biology 131 


Elements of Biology (3) 
Elements of Biology Lab(l) 
Principles of Biology (3) 


3. Alternatives in Natural Sciences and Mathematics 


Courses in this area are topical and thematic specialized inquiries into the 
contributions of the sciences and mathematics. These courses have a substantial 
scientific and/or mathematical content. In addition, they are either introductory 
to the major subdisciplines or they relate science and/or mathematics to 
significant social problems or other related disciplines. 

Choices: 


Anthropology 101 
Anthropology 301 
Anthropology 440 
Biology 300 
Biology 305 
Biology 306 
Biology 310 
Biology 311 
Biology 318 
Biology 319 
Biology 319Lt 
Biology 323 
Biology 330 


Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3) 
Primate Behavior (3) 

Human Evolution (3) 

Environmental Biology (3) 

Human Heredity & Development (3) 

Biology of Aging (3) 

Human Physiology (3) 

Nutrition & Disease (3) 

Wildlife Conservation (3) 

Marine Biology (3) 

Marine Biology Lab (1) 

Biology of Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD) (2) 
Ecology of American Indians (3) 


General Education 135 


California State University, Fullerton 


Biology 352 
Biology 353 
Biology 353Lt 
Biology 360 
Chemistry 111 
Chemistry 311 
Chemistry 321 
Computer Sci 313 
Geography 110 
Geography 120 
Geological Sci 120 
Geological Sci 120Lt 
Geological Sci 140 
Geological Sci 201 
Geological Sci 310T 
Geological Sci 333 
Geological Sci 335 
Geological Sci 340 
Geological Sci 376 
History 230 
History 321 
History 430 
Mathematics 338 
Mathematics 368 
Philosophy 303 
Philosophy 368 
Philosophy 386 
Physics 200 
Physics 212 
Physics 212Lt 
Physics 226 
Physics 226Lt 
Physics 384 
Sociology 303 
Speech Comm 303 


Plants and Life (3) 

Principles of Horticulture (2) 

Principles of Horticulture Lab (1) 

Biology Of Human Sexuality (2) 

Nutrition &r Drugs (3) 

Nutrition & Disease (3) 

Molecules and Life (3) 

The Computer Impact (3) 

Principles of Physical Geography (3) 
Environment and Change (3) 

Introduction to Earth Science (3) 

Earth Science Lab (1) 

Earth’s Atmosphere (3) 

Earth History (4) 

Topics in California-Related Geology (1-3) 
General Oceanography (3) 

General Hydrology (3) 

General Meteorology (3) 

Applied Geology (3) 

The Ascent of Man (3) 

Molecules and Life (3) 

History of Science: Copernicus to the Present (3) 
Statistics Applied to Natural Sciences (3) 

First Course in Symbolic Logic (3) 

Introduction to Philosophy of Science (3) 

First Course in Symbolic Logic (3) 

Philosophy of Biology (3) 

Introduction to Astronomy (4) 

Elementary Physics (3) 

Elementary Physics Lab (1) 

Fundamental Physics: Electricity and Magnetism (3) 
Fundamental Physics: (Lab) (1) 

Philosophy of the Physical Sciences (3) 

Statistics for the Social Sciences (3) 

Biology of Human Communication (3) 


4. Mathematics (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area are designed to provide a basis for understanding 
mathematical concepts and methodologies and their applications. A grade of 
“C” or better is required in this section. Students must pass the Entry Level 
Mathematics (ELM) test before taking any course in this section. No more 
than four (4) units of lower-division course work may be counted in this section. 


Choices: 


Management Sci/ 
Info Systems 361 A 

Mathematics 110 
Mathematics 115 
Mathematics 120 
Mathematics 125 
Mathematics 130 
Mathematics 135 
Mathematics 150A 


Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Mathematics for Liberal Arts Students (3) 
College Algebra (4) 

Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3) 
Precalculus (4) 

A Short Course in Calculus (4) 

Business Calculus (3) 

Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 


B. Arts and Humanities (6 units minimum) 


1. Introduction to the Arts (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area are designed to motivate students to cultivate and refine 
their affective, cognitive and physical faculties through studying great works 
of the human imagination. 


Choices: 

Art 101 
Art 201A 
Art 201B 
Art 311 
Art 312 
Dance 101 
Music 100 
Music 101 
Theatre 100 


Introduction to Art (3) 

Art and Civilization (3) 

Art and Civilization (3) 

Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Modern Art (3) 

Introduction to Dance (3) 

Introduction to Music (3) 

Music Theory for Non-Music Majors (3) 
Introduction to the Theatre (3) 


2. Introduction to the Humanities (3 units minimum) 

Courses in this area introduce students to reflective inquiry into the values 
and subjective responses of civilization in its language, philosophy, and 
literature. 

Choices: 


Anthropology 100 
Comparative Lit 110 

Comparative Lit 111 

Comparative Lit 324 
Comparative Lit 325 
Comparative Lit 373 
English 110 

English 111 

English 200 
English 311 
English 312 
English 32 1 
English 322 
Foreign Lang 101 
Foreign Lang 102 
Foreign Lang 203 
Foreign Lang 204 
French 213 
French 214 
German 213 
German 214 
Linguistics 106 
Linguistics 301 
Philosophy 100 
Philosophy 110 
Philosophy 290 
Philosophy 300 

Philosophy 310 
Religious Studies 101 
Religious Studies 105 
Religious Studies 110 
Religious Studies 200 
Religious Studies 210 
Religious Studies 280 
Religious Studies 301 
Spanish 105 
Spanish 201 


Non-Western Cultures & the Western Tradition (3) 
Literature of the Western World from 
Ancient through Medieval Times (3) 

Literature of the Western World from the 
Renaissance through the 19th Century (3) 
World Literature to 1650 (3) 

World Literature from 1650 (3) 

19th Century Russian Literature (3) 

Literature of the Western World from Ancient 
through Medieval Times (3) 

Literature of the Western World from 
Renaissance through the 19thCentury (3) 
Introduction to Literature (3) 

British Literature to 1760 (3) 

British Literature from 1760 (3) 

American Literature to Whitman (3) 

American Literature from Twain to Modem (3) 
Fundamental Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Fundamental Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Intermediate Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Intermediate Foreign Languages (3-5) 
Intermediate Diction and Phonetics (2) 
Intermediate Conversation and Composition (2) 
Intermediate Reading - A (2) 

Intermediate Reading - B (2) 

Language and Linguistics (3) 

Sanskrit (4) 

Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

The Worlds Great Religions (3) 

History of Philosophy: Greek Philosophy (3) 
History of Philosophy: Rationalism and 
Empiricism (3) 

Ethics (3) 

Fundamental Hebrew-A (4) 

The Sacred Quest for Human Meaning (3) 

The Worlds Great Religions (3) 

Introduction to Christianity (3) 

Introduction to Judaism (3) 

Introduction to Buddhism (3) 

Sanskrit (4) 

Intensive Review of Fundamental Spanish (5) 
Spanish for Spanish Speakers (3) 


136 General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


Spanish 213 Intermediate Conversation (3) 

Spanish 214 Intermediate Composition (3) 

C. Social Sciences (3 units minimum) 

1. Introduction to the Social Sciences (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this area provide an introduction to the conceptual and 
methodological aspects of the social sciences to human, social, political, and 
economic institutions and behavior in their contemporary and historical 
settings. 

Choices: 


American Studies 101 
Anthropology 102 
Economics 100 
Economics 201 
Geography 100 
Political Sci 200 
Psychology 101 
Sociology 101 


Introduction to American Culture Studies (3) 
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 
The Economic Environment (3) 

Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

World Geography (3) 

Introduction to the Study of Politics (3) 
Introductory Psychology (3) 

Introduction to Sociology (3) 


IV. IMPLICATIONS, EXPLORATIONS AND LIFE-LONG 
LEARNING (9 units minimum) 

At least one asterisked (*) course in IV. must be taken. Asterisked courses 
fulfill the cultural diversity requirement. Cultural diversity courses are designed 
to enhance understanding of cultural differences within or between western 
and/or non-western societies. 

A. Implications and Explorations (6 units minimum) 

L Implications, Explorations and Participatory Experience in the 
Arts and Humanities (3 units minimum) 


Art 462 


Chicano Studies 

302 

Chicano Studies 

304 

Chicano Studies 

315 

Chicano Studies 

316 

Chicano Studies 

336 

Chicano Studies 

337 

Chicano Studies 

430 

Chicano Studies 

433 

Chicano Studies 

440 

Communications 300 
Communications 383 

Comparative Lit 

312 

Comparative Lit 

315 

Comparative Lit 

374 

Comparative Lit 

380 

Comparative Lit 

381 

Comparative Lit 

423T 

Dance 112 


Dance 122 


Dance 126 


Dance 132 


Dance 301 


Dance 325 


English 105 


English 204 


English 32 3T 


English 381 


English 420 


English 424 


English 433 


English 441 


French 315 


French 325 


French 375 


German 315 


German 325 



Courses in this area deepen the appreciation of the content of III.B.l. and 
III.B.2. 


Choices: 


Afro-Ethnic 314 

Pan-African Dance and Movement (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 320 

Black American Intellectual Thought (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 381 

African Literature (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 424 

Afro-American Literature (3) 

Afro-Ethnic 437 

American Indian Religions and Philosophy (3) : 

Afro-Ethnic 460 

Afro-American Music Appreciation (3)* 

Anthropology 104 

Traditional Cultures of the World (3)* 

Anthropology 305 

Anthropology of Religion (3)* 

Anthropology 306 

Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3)* 

Art 103 

Two-dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 

Three-dimensional Design (3) 

An 106A 

Beginning Ceramics (3) 

An 107A 

Beginning Drawing (3) 

An 107B 

Beginning Painting (3) 

An 205A 

Beginning Crafts (3) 

An 216A 

Beginning Sculpture (3) 

An 326A 

Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

An 338A 

Creative Photography (3) 

An 364A 

Stained Glass (3) 

An 401 

History of Women Artists (3)* 


German 335 
Japanese 315 
Japanese 316 
Japanese 375 
Portuguese 320 

Portuguese 325 
Spanish 315 
Spanish 316 
Spanish 375 
Spanish 415 
Spanish 416 
History 405 
History 465A 
History 483 
Library 200 
Music 103 
Music 183 
Music 184A 
Music 184B 
Music 185 
Music 301 
Music 302 
Music 303 


Latin American Art From 1800 to 1950’s (3)* 
Ancient Mexican Culture (3)* 

Music of Mexico (3)* 

Chicano/Latino Theatre (3)* 

The Chicano Music Experience (3)* 

Main Trends in Spanish-American Literature (3) 
Contemporary Chicano Literature (3) 

The Evolution of Mexican Literature (3) 

Mexican Literature Since 1940 (3) 

Mexican Intellectual Thought (3)* 

Visual Communication (3) 

World Cinema (3) 

The Bible as Literature (3) 

Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) 

20th Century Russian Literature (3) 

Introduction to Asian Literature (3)* 

African Literature (3)* 

Topics In Asian Literature (3)* 

Ballet I (2) 

Modern Dance 1 (2) 

Dance Improvisation (2) 

Jazz I (2) 

Dance and Cultural Diversity (3)* 

Dance Theory and Criticism (3) 

Introduction to Creative Writing (3) 
Intermediate Creative Writing (3) 

Cultural Pluralism in American Literature (3)* 
African Literature (3)* 

Literature of the American Indians (3)* 
Afro-American Literature (3) 

Children’s Literature (3) 

Linguistics & Literature (3) 

Origins of Modern France (3)* 

Contemporary French Civilization (3) 
Introduction to Literature (3) 

Introduction to German Civilization (3)* 
Current Trends in Culture of German Speaking 
People (3) 

Introduction to Literature (3) 

Introduction to Japanese Civilization (3)* 
Modern Japan (3)* 

Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Introduction to Luso-Brazilian Culture and 
Civilization (3)* 

Contemporary Brazilian Civilization (3) 
Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3)* 
Introduction to Spanish-American Civilization (3)* 
Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 
Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 
Contemporary Spanish-American Culture (3) 
History of The Jews (3) 

History of India (3)* 

American Religious History (3) 

Elements of Bibliographic Investigation (3) 
History of Rock (3) 

Voice Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Guitar Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 
Techniques of Song Writing (3) 

History of Jazz (3)* 

World Music (3)* 


General Education 137 


California State University, Fullerton 


Music 304 
Music 352 

Music 355 
Music 361 A 
Music 36 1C 
Music 36 ID 
Music 36 IE 
Music 36 IF 
Music 36 1M 
Music 36 1W 
Music 362A 
Music 362B 
Music 362D 
Music 362E 
Music 362M 
Music 362S 
Music 363B 
Music 363G 
Music 363J 
Music 363K 
Music 363S 
Music 363W 
Music 363X 
Music 460 
Philosophy 312 
Philosophy 313 
Philosophy 314 
Philosophy 323 
Philosophy 350 
Political Sci 331 

Political Sci 340 
Religious Studies 250 
Religious Studies 270T 
Religious Studies 305 

Religious Studies 312 
Religious Studies 345A 

Religious Studies 345B 

Religious Studies 346A 

Religious Studies 346B 

Religious Studies 347A 

Religious Studies 347B 

Religious Studies 349A 

Religious Studies 349B 

Religious Studies 350T 
Religious Studies 358 
Religious Studies 405 
Religious Studies 437 
Religious Studies 465A 
Theatre 163 
Theatre 277 
Theatre 315 


Music of Mexico (3)* 

Symphonic Music in Western and Eastern 
Cultures (3)* 

Film Music (3) 

Symphony Orchestra (1) 

Symphonic Band (1) 

Opera Theatre (1) 

University Singers (1) 

University Wind Ensemble (1) 

Men’s Chorus (1) 

Women’s Choir (1) 

Chamber Orchestra (1) 

Varsity Band (1) 

Percussion Ensemble (1) 

Brass Ensemble (1) 

Horn Ensemble (1) 

Jazz Ensemble II (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Brass (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Guitar (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Jazz Combo (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Keyboard (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Strings (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Woodwind (1) 

Chamber Ensemble Saxophone (1) 
Afro-American Music Appreciation (3)* 

Business and Professional Ethics (3) 
Environmental Ethics (3) 

Medical Ethics (3) 

Existentialism (3) 

Asian Philosophy (3)* 

Comparative Third World PoliticsThrough 
Literature (3) 

Political Philosophy (3) 

The Religion of Islam (3)* 

Introduction to the Asian Religions (3)* 
Contemporary Practices of the World’s 
Religions (3)* 

The Bible as Literature (3) 

History and Development of ChristianThought: 

The Beginning to 1274 (3) 

History and Development of ChristianThought: 

1275 to the Present (3) 

History and Development of JewishThought: 

Biblical Origins to Maimonides (3)* 

History' and Development of JewishThought: 1204 
to the Present (3)* 

History and Development of Hinduism to 
1200 (3)* 

History and Development of Hinduism from 
1200 (3)* 

History and Development of Islamic Thought: The 
Beginning to 1258 (3) 

History and Development of Islamic Thought: 1259 
to Modern Times (3) 

Major Christian Traditions (3) 

Comparative Mysticism (3) 

History of the Jews (3) 

American indian Religion and Philosophy (3)* 
History of India (3)* 

Acting for Non Majors (3) 

Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Chicano/Latino Theatre (3)* 


Theatre 310 Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 

Theatre 41 1 Oral Interpretation of Children’s Literature (3) 

2. Implications and Explorations in the Social Sciences 
(3 units minimum) 

Courses in this area are topical and thematic, specialized inquiries into the 
contributions of the social sciences to the understanding of human behavior, 
both within and across traditional disciplines. 

Choices: 


Afro-Ethnic 101 

Introduction to Ethnic Studies (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 107 

Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 220 

The Indian in American History (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 280 

Afro-American History (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 301 

Afro-American Culture (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 309 

The Black Family (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 310 

Black Women in America (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 311 

Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 312 

American Indian Women (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 317 

Black Politics (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 325 

African-American Religion (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 335 

History of Racism (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 346 

The African Experience (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 385 

Schools and Minority Groups (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 422 

Psychology of the Afro-American (3)* 

Afro-Ethnic 430 

A Social Psychological Study in Ethnic Minority 
Behavior (3)* 

American Studies 300 

Introduction to American Popular Culture (3) 

American Studies 301 

The American Character (3)* 

American Studies 345 

The American Dream (3) 

American Studies 411 

The White Ethnic in America (3)* 

American Studies 450 

Women in American Society (3)* 

American Studies 386A 

American Social History 1750-1860 (3) 

American Studies 386B 

American Social History 1865-1930 (3) 

Anthropology 103 

Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Anthropology 300 

Language and Culture (3) 

Anthropology 320 

Cultures of Europe (3) 

Anthropology 321 

The American Indian (3)* 

Anthropology 325 

Peoples of South America (3)* 

Anthropology 327 

Origins of Civilizations (3) 

Anthropology 328 

Peoples of Africa (3)* 

Anthropology 329 

Peoples of the Caribbean (3) 

Anthropology 340 

Peoples of Asia (3)* 

Anthropology 345 

Peoples of the Middle East and North Africa (3)* 

Anthropology 347 

Peoples of the Pacific (3)* 

Anthropology 360 

Contemporary American Culture (3)* 

Anthropology 409 

Applied Anthropology (3) 

Anthropology 410 

Urban Anthropology (3) 

Anthropology 412 

Culture Change (3) 

Anthropology 413 

Culture and Personality: Psychological 
Anthropology (3) 

Anthropology 450 

Culture and Education (3)* 

Anthropology 460 

Public Archaeology in California (3) 

Chicano Studies 106 

Introduction to Chicano Studies (3)* 

Chicano Studies 220 

Mexican Heritage (3)* 

Chicano Studies 305 

The Chicano Family (3)* 

Chicano Studies 403 

Cultural Differences in Mexico & the 

Southwest (3)* 

Chicano Studies 406 

La Chicana (3)* 

Chicano Studies 431 

The Chicano Child (3)* 


General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 


Chicano Studies 432 
Chicano Studies 445 
Chicano Studies 450 
Chicano Studies 453 
Chicano Studies 460 
Child Dev 312 
Communications 233 
Communications 425 

Counseling 380 
Criminal Justice 300 
Criminal Justice 440 
Economics 201 
Economics 202 
Economics 330 
Economics 331 
Economics 332 
Economics 333 

Economics 334 
Economics 350 
Economics 361 
Economics 362 
Geography 160 
Geography 170 
Geography 332 
Geography 333 
Geography 340 
Geography 344 
Geography 350 
Geography 366 
History 270 
History 330 

History 332 

History 350 
History 360 

History 386A 
History 386B 
History 452 
History 455 
Human Services 311 
Human Services 380 
Kinesiology 381 
Linguistics 108 
Linguistics 369 
Linguistics 412 
Music 305 
Philosophy 302 
Philosophy 341 
Political Sci 300 

Political Sci 309 
Political Sci 310 
Political Sci 315 
Political Sci 317 
Political Sci 320 
Political Sci 330 
Political Sci 350 
Political Sci 352 


The Chicano Adolescent (3)* 

History of the Chicano (3)* 

The Chicano and Contemporary Issues (3)* 
Mexico Since 1906 (3)* 

The Chicano and Politics (3)* 

Human Growth and Development (3) 

Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 
History and Philosophy of American Mass 
Communication (3) 

Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) 
Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) 

Minorities and the Criminal Justice System (3)* 
Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Economies in Transition (3) 

Economies of the Pacific Rim (3) 

Economic Development: Analysis 6s Case 
Studies (3) 

Economics of Latin America 6s the Caribbean (3) 
American Economic History (3) 

Urban Economics (3) 

Environmental Economics (3) 

Culture and Environment (3) 

The City (3) 

United States and Canada (3)* 

Latin America (3)* 

Asia (3)* 

Africa (3)* 

Conservation 6s Ecology in America (3) 
Geography of Religion (3) 

Women in American History (3)* 

History of Economic Development in the First and 
Third Worlds (3) 

Women, Family and Society in Comparative 
Historical Perspective (3) 

History of Latin American Civilization (3)* 
Modem Asia: Nationalism 6s Revolutionary 
Change (3)* 

American Social History 1750-1860 (3) 

American Social History 1865-1930 (3) 

20th Century Brazil (3)* 

Latin America Since 1945 (3) 

Intracultural Socialization Patterns (3)* 

Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3) 
Human Movement in Cultural Perspective (3) 
Linguistics and Minority Dialects (3)* 

Language, Sex Roles 6s the Brain (3) 
Sociolinguistics (3) 

Women in Music (3)* 

Introduction to Intercultural Women’s Studies (3)* 
Assumptions of Psychotherapy (3) 

Contemporary Issues in California Government 
and Politics (3) 

Introduction to Metropolitan Politics (3) 
American Political Behavior (3) 

American Policy-Making Process (3) 

Black Politics (3)* 

Politics, Policy and Administration (3) 
Comparative Political Analysis (3) 

World Politics (3) 

American Foreign Policy (3) 


Political Sci 375 
Political Sci 460 
Political Sci 481 

Political Sc 485 
Psychology 311 
Psychology 312 
Psychology 331 
Psychology 341 
Psychology 350 
Psychology 351 
Psychology 361 
Psychology 362 
Religious Studies 366 
Religious Studies 481 

Sociology 133 
Sociology 361 
Sociology 371 
Sociology 407 
Sociology 431 
Sociology 436 
Sociology 450 
Sociology 451 
Sociology 465 
Speech Comm 320 


Public Law (3) 

The Chicano and Politics (3)* 

Religion and Politics in the American 
Experience (3) 

Women and Politics (3) 

Educational Psychology (3) 

The Psychology of Human Sexual Behavior (3) 
Psychology of Personality (3) 

Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Environmental Psychology (3) 

Social Psychology (3) 

Developmental Psychology (3) 

Psychology of Aging (3) 

Geography of Religion (3) 

Religion and Politics in the American 
Experience (3) 

Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

Population and the Environment (3) 

Urban Sociology (3) 

Women in Contemporary Society (3) 

Minority Group Relations (3)* 

Social Stratification (3)* 

Sociology of Sex Roles (3) 

Sociology of the Family (3) 

Law and Society (3) 

Intercultural Communication (3)* 


B. Life-Long Learning (3 units minimum) 


Courses in this section facilitate understanding of the human being as an 
integrated physiological, social, and psychological organism. They may also 
integrate major areas of earlier portions of the general education program 
(Sections II. through IV.A.2.). 


Choices: 


American Studies 450 
Anthropology 4 1 5 
Anthropology 417 
Anthropology 432 
Anthropology 442 
Biology 306 
Biology 311 
Biology 360 
Chemistry 1 1 1 
Chemistry 311 
Chicano Studies 305 
Child Dev 312 
Child Dev 330 
Comparative Lit 355T 
Ed Sec 386 
English 355T 
English 356 
Geography 357 
Health Science 101 
Health Science 301 
Health Science 321 
Health Science 342 
Health Science 353 
Human Services 300 
Kinesiology 342 
Kinesiology 353 


Women in American Society (3)* 

Culture and Nutrition (3) 

Life Quests (3) 

Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective (3) 
Medical Anthropology (3) 

Biology of Aging (3) 

Nutrition and Disease (3) 

Biology of Human Sexuality (2) 

Nutrition and Drugs (3) 

Nutrition and Disease (3) 

The Chicano Family (3)* 

Human Growth and Development (3) 
Adolescence & Early Adulthood (3) 

Images of Women in Literature (3) 
Adolescence (3) 

Images of Women in Literature (3) 

The Literature of Aging (3) 

Social Geography: Perception & Behavior (3) 
Personal Health (3) 

Promotion of Optimal Health (3) 

Drugs and Society (3) 

Stress Management (3) 

Physical Activity and Lifelong Well-Being (3) 
Character and Conflict (3) 

Stress Management (3) 

Physical Activity 6s Lifelong Well-Being (3) 


General Education 


139 


California State University, Fullerton 


Music 350 

Music in Our Society (3) 

Nursing 301 

Promotion of Optimal Health (3) 

Nursing 303 

Women’s Health and Healing (3)* 

Philosophy 312 

Business 6z Professional Ethics (3) 

Philosophy 324 

Existential Group (3) 

Political Science 344 

AIDS: Politics, Policy and Management (3) 

Psychology 312 

The Psychology of Human Sexual Behavior (3) 

Psychology 361 

Developmental Psychology (3) 

Psychology 362 

Psychology of Aging (3) 

Religious Studies 380 

The Religious Roots of Nonviolence (3) 

Secondary Ed 386 

Adolescence (3) 

Sociology 341 

Social Interaction (3) 

Sociology 450 

Sociology of Sex Roles (3) 

Sociology 451 

Sociology of the Family (3) 

Sociology 460 

Sociology of Death and Dying (3) 

Speech Comm 345 

Communication and Aging (3) 


General Education 


California State University, Fullerton 



California State University, Fullerton offers a full range of State-approved credential 
programs leading to careers in education. From its earliest days to the present, 
this has been one of the chief missions of the university. Pursuing a teaching 
credential in California is a complicated matter because of the number of specific 
requirements that must be met. Credential requirements are established by the 
Legislature and enforced by the Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CTO 
This commission also reviews and approves all credential preparation programs, 
such as those at the university. An academic major in education is not permitted 
in California, thus students seeking teaching credentials must do so in conjunction 
with, or after the completion of, a baccalaureate degree program in an academic 
area outside of education. CSUF offers programs leading to basic teaching 
credentials, specialist credentials, and services credentials. The specialist and services 
credentials, described briefly below, are more advanced programs designed to 
^ taken in conjunction with graduate study. 

in this section of the catalog information is presented regarding. 

A Basic Credential Programs 

B The Multiple Subject Credential and Subject Matter Preparation Program 
c The Single Subject Credential and Subject Matter Preparation Programs 


D. Supplementary Authorizations for the Basic Teaching Credentials 

E. Education Specialist Credentials 

F. Services Credentials 

A. Basic Credential Programs 

In California there are three basic teaching credentials, the Multiple Subject 
Credential , Single Subject Credential and the Special Education Specialist Credential. 
The Multiple Subject Credential authorizes a person to teach in a classroom where 
many different subjects are taught by a single individual, such as in elementary 
schools. The Single Subject Credential authorizes a teacher to teach in a classroom 
where only one subject is taught, such as a classroom in departmentalized 
high schools and junior high schools. Thus the person interested in elementary 
school teaching should pursue the program designed for the Multiple Subject 
Credential, and the person interested in teaching a specific subject at the junior 
high or high school level should pursue the program for the Single Subject 
Credential. The Special Education Specialist Credentials are designed for 
persons interested in working with children and adults with disabilities. 

141 


Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


In California a person can earn first a preliminary and then a professional clear 
basic teaching credential. The requirements for the professional clear credential 
are built on those for the preliminary credential. The preliminary credential is 
the level that authorizes beginning teaching. 

Minimum Requirements for a Preliminary Multiple, Single Subject, 
or Special Education Credential 

Although it is possible to complete the minimum requirements for a preliminary 
basic teaching credential in four years, it generally takes a good student with 
accurate academic advising about four and a half years full time to complete 
all the requirements for a preliminary basic teaching credential and a 
baccalaureate degree. The minimum requirements for a preliminary basic 
credential include : 

1 . A baccalaureate degree in a field other than professional education from a 
regionally accredited college or university. 

2. An approved program of professional preparation, including supervised stu- 
dent teaching. A two semester program may be taken during the fourth and/ 
or fifth year of study. Cal State Fullerton offers State approved professional 
preparation programs through the School of Human Development and Com- 
munity Service. An alternative plan is the three semester Intern Credential 
Program, which combines one semester of supervised student teaching and 
coursework. This alternative is offered in both Multiple Subject and Mul- 
tiple Subject with a Bilingual Emphasis Credential Programs. Further infor- 
mation about these programs, including admission and prerequisite require- 
ments, is provided in this catalog under the Department of Elementary and 
Bilingual Education, and the Secondary Teacher Education Program. 

3. Passage of the California Basic Education Skills Test (CBEST), a test of read- 
ing, writing, critical thinking and mathematics skills. CSUF is one of the 
State-approved testing centers for this examination as well as for other ex- 
aminations used in the teacher credentialing process. 

4. Demonstration of subject matter knowledge appropriate to the specific cre- 
dential being authorized. This can be achieved either by passing a State- 
approved subject matter examination (for the Multiple Subjects Credential 
this test is the NTE Multiple Subjects Assessment for Teachers IMSAT1) or 
by completing the CSUF state-approved Multiple Subject Matter Prepara- 
tion Program (formerly Multiple Subject Waiver Program). This program is 
described below. (For Single Subject credentials, please discuss this option — 
test or waiver — with the coordinator for your subject matter. Some pro- 
grams require that you complete a waiver program.) 

5. Satisfactory completion of at least two semester units of work on the provi- 
sions and principles of the U.S. Constitution or passage of an examination 
on this area. 

To help ensure that all credential requirements are met with a minimum of difficulty, 
it is essential that people seek sound academic advising as soon as possible. The 
Office of Admissions to Teacher Education, located in Education Classroom 
207, provides information on Multiple Subject Matter Preparation program 
advising and specific credential requirements, details on procedures for 
admission to the professional program in teacher preparation, information on 
preprofessional prerequisites, and advice on a number of other important 
matters of concern to students interested in the possibility of becoming a teacher. 
Students are encouraged to seek the information offered by this Office by 
attending an overview at their earliest convenience. Schedules for overviews 
may be obtained by contacting the Department of Teacher Education, Education 
Classroom-379. 


B. The Multiple Subject Credential and 
Subject Matter Preparation 

In California, Professional Teacher Preparation is a two- or three-semester 
program taken during the fourth and/or fifth year of college; there is no major 
in education. Since students will be devoting their first three years of work to 
completing general education, major and multiple subject matter preparation 
program requirements, it is essential that students consider their selection of 
an academic major carefully. Most persons interested in earning a Multiple 
Subject Credential at CSUF select child development, liberal studies or human 
services as an academic major. Persons interested in working as bilingual 
teachers by earning a Multiple Subject Credential with a Bilingual Emphasis 
might consider majoring in a foreign language. Majors in the social sciences, 
humanities or natural sciences can also be excellent backgrounds for careers 
in elementary’ school teaching. According to California law, any major (other 
than education) can be selected. 

A person seeking a Multiple Subject Credential will also be required to 
demonstrate a broad general knowledge of the arts, humanities, social sciences, 
mathematics, language arts, and natural sciences. There are two ways to 
demonstrate that knowledge, one is by passing a state -approved examination, 
MSAT; the other is by completing the CSUF state-approved Multiple Subject 
Matter Preparation Program (formerly. Multiple Subject Waiver Program) 

Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program 
(formerly, Multiple Subject Waiver Program) 

The Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program requires both coursework 
and an assessment portfolio. The assessment portfolio contains both original 
essays as well as work samples from assessment courses designated below 
(Students should take Elem Ed 215 as soon as possible to learn how to develop 
their portfolios.) A grade of C or better, or credit, is required in all classes used 
to meet multiple subject matter preparation program requirements. A student 
may take a maximum of four assessment courses CR/NC with no more than 
one CR/NC assessment course per category. Students are reminded that any 
class intended to apply to the major or GE must be taken for a grade. 

The specific requirements of the CSUF multiple subject matter preparation 
program are subject to change by the California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing. Students wishing to complete this program must receive an 
official transcript evaluation through procedures established by the Multiple 
Subject Matter Preparation Program Coordinator, whose office is located in 
Education Classroom 207. 

1. Language and Literature (21 units minimum) 

1 . 1 Composition (6 units minimum) 

1.11 Completion of the “Written Communication’’ requirement of the campus 
GE program 

1.12 Any course approved by the University Board on Writing Proficiency 
as meeting the upper-division writing requirement 

1.2 Literature (6 units minimum) 

*1.21 Children’s literature (3 units minimum) - one of the following; En- 
glish 433 or Theatre 41 

1.22 Literature (3 units minimum) - one of the following: Chicano Studies 
336, 337, 430 or 433; or Comparative Literature 111 or 325; or 
English 200, 311, 312, 321, 322 or 352 

1.3 Speech (3 units minimum) - Completion of the “Oral Communication 
requirement of the campus GE program 

1 .4 Language acquisition (6 units minimum) 

*1.41 Grammar; English 303 


142 Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 


1.42 Language acquisition - one of the following: Anthropology 300; Lin- 
guistics 106; Speech Communication 403; or one semester college 
level study of a modem foreign language 

1.43 Interdisciplinary Studies (optional): Speech Communication 301 
(NOTE: Students completing this course may waivesection 1.42) 

2. Mathematics (9 units minimum) 

2.1 Completion of a course (or equivalent) listed under the mathematics 
section, III. A. 4. of the campus GE program (3 units minimum) 

*2.2 Math education: Mathematics 303A and 303B 

3. Science (15 units minimum) 

3.1 Completion of the “Biological Science” requirement of the campus 
GE program 

3.2 Completion of the “Physical Science” requirement of the campus GE 
program 

3.3 Completion of the laboratory requirement of the campus GE program 

3.4 Other coursework to complete the GE mathematics and natural sci 
ences requirement (2 units minimum) 

*3.5 Science Education (6 units minimum) 

Science Education 410 
Science Education 453 

4. Social Sciences and History (21 units minimum) 

4.1 U.S. govemment/political science (3 units minimum) - completion 
of the “Govemment”requirement of the campus GE program 

4.2 American History (3 units minimum) - completion of the “American 
History” requirement of the campus GE program 

4.3 World History and Culture (3 units minimum) - one of the following: 
Anthropology 100; or History 110A, 110B, 302A, or 302B 

*4.4 Geography (3 units minimum) - one of the following: Geography 
100 or 160 

4.5 Economics (3 units minimum) - one of the following: Economics 
100, 201, 202 or 210; or Geography 360; or Political Science 457 

4.6 Anthropology/Psychology/Sociology (3 units minimum) - one of the 
following: Anthropology 102; or Psychology 101; or Sociology 101 

*4.7 Cultural Diversity in the Social Sciences (3 units minimum) - one of 
the following GE cultural diversity classes: Afro-Ethnic Studies 309, 
310 or 31 1; or American Studies 301 or 450; or Anthropology 450; 
or Chicano Studies 305 or 431; or Sociology 431; or Speech Com- 
munication 320 

4.8 Interdisciplinary Studies (optional): Liberal Studies 305 (NOTE: Stu- 
dents completing this course may waive section 4.5 or 4.6) 

5 Humanities (9 units minimum) 

5.1 Logic (3 units minimum) - completion of the “Critical Thinking 
requirement of the campus GE program 

*5.2 Philosophy/Ethics/Classics (3 units minimum) - one of the following: 
Latin 101; or Comparative Literature 1 10, 315, 320 or 324; or History 
415A, 415B, 417A or 417B; or Philosophy 100, 115, 116, 290, 300 
or 310 

*5.3 Comparative Arts (3 units minimum) - one of the following. 
American Studies 395; or Anthropology 306; or Dance 301; or 
Liberal Studies 303; or Music 350 or 352; or Theatre 402A 


6. Visual and Performing Arts (12 units minimum) 

6. 1 Completion of the “Introduction to the Arts” requirement of the campus 
GE program 

*6.2 Children’s art (3 units minimum) - Art 380 
*6.3 Children’s music (3 units minimum) - one of the following: Music 
333 or 433 

*6.4 Children’s theatre and dance - one of the following: Dance 471 or 
Theatre 402A 

7. Health and Movement (6 units minimum) 

*7.1 Health (3 units minimum) Health Science 355 

*7.2 Movement for children (3 units minimum) - Kinesiology 372 

8. Human Development (3 units minimum) 

*8.1 Child Development 312 or Psychology 361 (Child Development 
majors must take Child 320, 325, 330 sequence) 

9. Field Experience (0-3 units) 

9.1 Elementary Education 315A and 315B (or equivalent experience) 

The above Multiple Subject Matter Preparation Program has been designed for 
maximal compatibility with the campus general education program. 
Nevertheless, good academic advising and careful course selection each semester 
are essential if a person is to complete major requirements, preparation program 
requirements and general education requirements with the least amount of 
difficulty. Students are urged to contact the Multiple Subject Matter Preparation 
Program Coordinator in Education Classroom 105 for transcript evaluation 
and advisement early in their academic careers. 


‘Assessment Portfolio courses. 

C. Single Subject Credentials and 
Subject Matter Preparation 

Although a person seeking a Single Subject Credential may complete any 
academic major, most people decide to complete the degree major closest to 
the subject field in which they wish to be authorized to teach. CSUF offers a 
Single Subject Credential program in each of the following state-authorized 
subject fields. 

Art 

Business Education 
English (English, Theater) 

French 

German 

Japanese 

Life Science (Biology) 

Mathematics 

Music 

Physical Education 

Physical Sciences (Chemistry, Geology and Physics) 

Social Sciences (Anthropology, American Studies, 

Economics, Geography, Chicano Studies, History, Afro-Ethnic Studies, 
Psychology and Sociology) 

Spanish 


Teaching Credential Programs 143 


California State University, Fullerton 


To demonstrate subject matter competence a person must either pass the 
appropriate state-approved examination, or complete a state-approved subject 
matter preparation program. These subject matter preparation programs 
generally coincide sufficiently with the degree major to make it possible to 
complete major requirements and subject matter preparation requirements 
using many of the same courses. But degree programs and subject matter 
preparation programs serve different purposes; taking one is not a guarantee 
that you will have satisfied the requirements of the other. For students seeking 
Single Subject credentials, please discuss the option of test or waiver with the 
coordinator for your subject matter; some programs required that you complete 
a waiver program. 

Good advising and careful planning are crucial. Transfer students seeking a 
CSUF subject matter preparation program should seek a transcript evaluation 
from the Credential Preparation Center, Education Classroom 207 , and then 
see their major department for information on their subject matter preparation 
program. Specific requirements for each subject matter preparation program 
were not approved as of catalog press-time. 

D. Supplementary Authorizations for the 
Basic Teaching Credentials 

It is possible to expand the subject matter authorization a teaching credential 
initially carries to other subject fields. Please contact the Credential Preparation 
Center, Education Classroom-207, for further information. 

E. Specialist and Services Credentials 

CSUF offers several State approved programs leading to basic specialized 
credentials. These specialist or services credentials are oriented toward 
postbaccalaureate course work and coincide with Master’s degree programs. 
Further information about specific requirements for each can be obtained under 
the appropriate departmental listing in this catalogue. 

CSUF offers the following Specialist Credential programs: 

1 . Mild/Moderate Disabilities, to teach persons with mild/moderate disabilities. 
See Department of Special Education, School of Human Development and 
Community Service. 

2. M oderate/Servere Disabilities, to teach persons with moderate/severe disabili- 
ties or who have multiple disabilities. See Department of Special Education, 
School of Human Development and Community Service. 


3. Early Childhood Special Education, to teach infants, toddlers, preschoolers 
with or at risk for disabilities or developmental delays ages birth through 
five years of age and their families. 

4. Resource Specialist (Certificate of Competency), to serve as a resource spe- 
cialist in programs serving special education students, their parents and 
their regular teachers. See Department of Special Education, School of Hu- 
man Development and Community Service. 

5. Reading and Language Arts Specialist, to teach reading to students of diversi- 
fied grade and ability levels and to assist all teachers in being better reading 
teachers. See Department of Reading, School of Human Development and 
Community Service. 

In addition CSUF is currently seeking approval for a newly authorized 

credential, Language Development Specialist, to teach limited or non-English 

proficient students. See Department of Foreign Language and Literature, School 

of Humanities and Social Science . 

CSUF offers the following Services Credential programs: 

1 . Administrative Internship, a field based internship program leading to a pre- 
liminary level administrative services credential. See Department of Educa- 
tional Administration, School of Human Development and Community Ser- 
vice. 

2. Administrative Services (Preliminary Level), the first step of the new two-step 
administrative services credential structure, authorizing service as a school 
site administrator, principal or other administrative officer of a school dis- 
trict. See Department of Educational Administration, School of Human De- 
velopment and Community Service. 

3. Administrative Services (Professional Level), the second step of the new two- 
step administrative services credential structure. See Department of Educa- 
tional Administration, School of Human Development and Community Ser- 
vice. 

4. Clinical Rehabilitative (Language, Speech and Hearing), to provide services to 
students with exceptional needs and/or neurophysical disorders in language, 
speech, and hearing. See Department of Speech Communication, School of 
Humanities and Social Sciences. 

5. Clinical Rehabilitative (Special Class Authorization), to provide services to stu- 
dents with severe disorders of language. See Department of Speech Com- 
munication, School of Humanities and Social Sciences. 


144 Teaching Credential Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 



Extended Education and Human Resources 
Building T-1410 
(714) 278-2611 

Extension 

Extension brings the resources of the university to the community through 
cr edit and non-credit programs designed primarily for individuals not currently 
working toward completion of a university degree. Seminars, workshops, and 
certificate programs serve needs associated with professional continuing 
education, certification, career advancement, and career change. Other 
programs are designed for personal development and intellectual growth. 
Extension programs can be designed to meet the specific needs of particular 
groups or agencies, can be initiated any time during the year and offered at a 
'ariety of locations including the workplace. Telecommunications technologies 
can deliver extension programs to off-campus sites. 

7He amount of extension credit which will be accepted toward a baccalaureate 
^ e gree is 24 semester units. Nine semester units of extension credit may be 
a Pplied toward a masters degree with appropriate approval. Extension credit 
not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement for graduation. 


Adjunct Enrollment 

Many of the university credit courses listed in the fall and spring class schedules 
are open on a space-available basis to extension students through Adjunct 
Enrollment. Matriculated students may not enroll through this program. 

Summer Session 

Summer session course offerings are selected primarily to serve the needs of 
students working toward the completion of degree programs; prospective 
students who wish to begin coursework while admission to the university is in 
progress; and members of the community who wish professional advancement, 
professional continuing education, or personal enrichment. Summer session 
is open admission although students are expected to satisfy all prerequisites 
for the courses in which they enroll. Courses offered as a part of summer 
session apply toward residence and graduation requirements. Summer 
enrollment does not constitute admission to the university. 

A summer session class schedule listing courses to be offered in the coming 
summer with descriptions of special course offerings, a registration form and 
instructions, is available in March. Registration may be completed in person, 


Extended Education 145 


California State University, Fullerton 


by fax, telephone, or mail. 

Televised Instruction 

Modern telecommunications technologies make it possible to receive 
educational programs from distant locations and to deliver courses to off- 
campus sites. Resources available to faculty and students include satellite 
teleconferences, Interactive Televised Instruction, optical fiber and cable delivery 
systems. Residence credit, extension credit and non-credit courses are delivered 
to the Mission Viejo Campus, public schools, business, industry, and the home 
via Interactive Televised Instruction. Informational programs about CSUF, its 
faculty, students, staff, and the surrounding community are delivered via The 
Titan Cable Network. 

For more information on Interactive Televised Instruction, contact University 
Extended Education Distance Learning office. 


Intersession 

Intersession is scheduled between the fall and spring semesters during the 
month of January. One- to three-unit courses are offered which primarily serve 
the needs of degree seeking students. These courses allow students to enrich 
their educational experience by taking courses in topics not offered during 
other academic terms and to accelerate progress toward a degree. Intersession 
courses are open enrollment and apply toward residence and graduate 
requirements. 

Certificate Programs 

Certificate programs are designed for those who want formal recognition for 
completing a structured and rigorous course of study in a specific field which 
is not a part of a university degree program. Certificates are awarded when 
participants complete the course requirements. University Extended Education 
offers credit certificate programs in the following areas: 

Gerontology 

School Business Management 
Manufacturing Operations Management 
Technical Writing 
Production and Inventory Practice 
World Religions 

Information Resources Management 


Non-credit certificate programs are available in several areas including: 

C Programming Language 
CAD/CAM for Engineers 
Client/Server Computing 

Commercial Bank Credit Analysis and Loan Extension 

Creative Writing 

Crime and Intelligence Analysis 

Direct Marketing 

Effective Employee Management 

Entrepreneurship 

Excellence in Manufacturing Management 
Gerontology 

Industrial Controls Technology 
Industrial Distribution 
International Marketing 
Logistics Management 
Magic: The Performance Art 

Managing for Excellence with Culturally Diverse Employees and Customers 

Manufacturing Operations Management 

Microcomputer System Design 

Mortgage Lending 

Object-Oriented Programming 

Operations and Administration of Microcomputers in Libraries 
PowerBuilder 

Production and Inventory Practice 
Professional Meeting Planning 
Professional Selling and Sales Management 
Real Estate Appraisal 
School Business Management 
Senior Fitness Instructor Certificate 
Technical Writing 
UNIX(tm) Operating System 
Visual BASIC 

New credit and non-credit programs are continuously being developed. For 
current titles, contact University Extended Education. 

Community Service Programs 

University Extended Education is committed to public service and community 
development programs serving the multicultural population of Orange County. 
For example, Continuing Learning Experience (CLE) is a program for retired 
and semi-retired persons. The CLE office is located in the Charles L. and Rachael 
E. Ruby Gerontology Center. Other examples of community service programs 
include La Universidad de la Familia and the Children’s Summer Art Camp 


146 


Extended Education 


California State University, Fullerton 



I Developing intercultural communication skills and international understanding 
I among its students is a vital mission of The California State University (CSU). 
I Since its inception in 1963, the CSU International Programs has contributed 
I to this effort by providing qualified students an affordable opportunity to 
I continue their studies abroad for a full academic year. More than 12,000 CSU 
I students have taken advantage of this unique study option. 

I international Programs participants earn resident academic credit at their CSU 
I campuses while they pursue full-time study at a host university or special study 
I center abroad. The International Programs serves the needs of students in over 
I 100 designated academic majors. Affiliated with more than 70 recognized 
I u mversities and institutions of higher education in 1 7 countries, the International 
I ^tograms also offers a wide selection of study locales and learning environments. 

I Australia The University of Western Sydney 

I Brazil Universidade de Sao Paulo 

I Canada The universities of the Province of Quebec (including Universite 
de Montreal, Concordia University, Universite Laval, McGill 
University, Universite du Quebec system. Bishop’s University, i.a.) 


education affiliate of the University of Copenhagen) 

France Institut des Estudes Frangaises pour £tudiants Etrangers, 
Universite de Droit, d'Economie et des Sciences d'Aix-Marseille 
(Aix-en-Provence), Mission interuniversitaire de coordination des 
^changes franco-am£ricains, Universites de Paris III, V, VI, VIII, 
X, XI, XU, XIII 

Germany The institutions of higher education in the German Federal State 
of Baden-Wurttemberg, including: 

Ruprecht-Karls-Universitat (Heidelberg) 

Universitat Hohenheim 
Fachhochschule Nurtingen 
Fachhochschule Reutlingen 
Berafsakademie Stuttgart 
Universitat Stuttgart 
Eberhard-Karls-Universitat (Tubingen) 

Israel The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Tel Aviv University 

Italy CSU Study Center (Florence), University degli Studi di Firenze, 


De wnark Denmark's International Study Program (the international 


International Programs 147 


California State University, Fullerton 


and La Accademia di Belle Arti di Firenze 

Japan Waseda University (Tokyo) 

Korea Yonsei University (Seoul) 

Mexico Universidad Pedagdgica Nacional (Mexico City) 

Instituto Technoldgico y de Superiores de Monterrey, Campus 
Qeretaro 

New Lincoln University (Christchurch) and Massey University 
Zealand (Palmerston North) 

Spain Universidad Complutense de Madrid and Universidad de 

Granada 

Sweden Uppsala Universitet 

Taiwan National Chengchi University (Taipei) 

United Bradford University, Bristol University, Kingston University, 
Kingdom University, and University of Swansea 

Zimbabwe University of Zimbabwe (Harare) 

International Programs 

The International Programs pays all tuition and administrative costs for 
participating California residents students to the same extent that such funds 
would be expended to support similar costs in California. Participants are 
responsible for all personal costs, such as transportation, room and board, 
living expenses, and home campus fees. Participants remain eligible to receive 
any form of financial aid (except work-study) for which they can individually 
qualify. 

To qualify for admission to the International Programs, students must have 
upper-division or graduate standing at a CSU campus by the time of departure. 
Students at the sophomore level may, however, participate in the intensive 
language acquisition programs in France, Germany, and Mexico. California 
Community Colleges transfer students are eligible to apply directly from their 
community college if they can meet this requirement. Students must also 
possess a current cumulative grade point average of 2.75 or 3.0, depending on 
the program for which they apply. Some programs also have language study 
and/or other coursework prerequisites. 

Additional information and application materials may be obtained on campus 
from the Office of International Education and Exchange or by writing to The 
California State University International Programs, 400 Golden Shore, Suite 
122, Long Beach, California 90802-4275. Visit us on the World Wide Web at 
http://www.calstate.edu/csuienet/>. 

International Exchange Programs 

California State University, Fullerton has direct institutional exchange programs 
with universities throughout the world. Such agreements allow for the exchange 
of faculty and students for purposes of teaching, study, research and for the 
promotion of cultural understanding and interaction. 

Current programs link California State University, Fullerton with Fudan 
University, Shanghai, People’s Republic of China; eight campuses of the 
University of Paris, France; the Autonomous University of Guadalajara; the 


148 


International Programs 


Mexicali and Ensenada campuses of the Autonomous University of Baja 
California, Mexico; Nanzan University, Nagoya, Japan; and Tubingen and 
Nurtingen Universities, Germany. Additional exchange opportunities are in 
development at the time of catalog publication. 

CSUF students pay home campus fees plus their living, transportation and 
related expenses. They must maintain home campus full-time enrollment status 
in the exchange program. They thereby may qualify for any financial aid for 
which they normally would be eligible. Credit received while studying abroad 
is subject to CSUF departmental approval for determination of equivalency. 

Information and application forms are available in the Office of Academic 
Programs, McCarthy Hall- 129, and in the Office of International Education 
and Exchange, University Hall 244. 

American Language Program 

California State University, Fullerton welcomes international students who want 
to perfect their English language skills, and prepare for study in a U.S. university 
The American Language Program (ALP) course of study provides intensive 
practice in listening, speaking, reading, writing and study skills while promoting 
an understanding of U.S. culture and society. Classes are small, so students will 
receive individual attention which will help them achieve rapid fluency in English 

All entering ALP students must take a placement test. On the basis of the test 
results, students are placed in one of six academic levels. At the beginning and 
intermediate levels, students attend multi-skills classes 24 hours per week 
Additional hours are required for homework and practice in the Language 
Laboratory. Advanced level students are in a semi-intensive program. In addition 
to multi-skills classes, they may take specialized classes such as English for 
Business, an English program for science and technology, and TOEFL (Test for 
English as a Foreign Language) preparation. They may also enroll in one or 
two university classes for credit. 

No university credit is given for ALP classes; however, qualified advanced 
students may take one or two classes for university credit through Extended 
Education with the consent of the program director. Students should expect 
homework assignments in all their regular classes. 

For further information, contact the Director of the American Language Program 
(714) 278-2909. 

AIESEC 

AIESEC, the French acronym for International Association of Students in Business 
and Economics, is an international student organization that brings students 
and businesses together to increase international understanding and cooperation 
Working with local corporations, it brings business trainees from all parts of the 
world to Orange County and, therefore, earns credits for placement of CSUF 
students in the 75 other participating countries. Students can be engaged for 
periods from six weeks to eighteen months and gain invaluable business 
experiences in another culture. For further information call (714) 278-2266 

International Study Courses 

Cal State Fullerton students under The California State University International 
Study Programs register concurrently at Cal State Fullerton and at the host 
institution abroad, with credits assigned to the student which are equivalent 
to courses offered at Cal State Fullerton. Undergraduate students who discover 
appropriate study opportunities at the host Institution but no equivalent course 
at Cal State Fullerton may use Independent Study 499 and International Stud) 


California State University, Fullerton 


292 or 492. Graduate students may use Independent Graduate Research 599 
and International Study 592. 

292 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-6 lower-division units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State University International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of The California 
State University. 

492 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-3 upper-division units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State University International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of The California 
State University. 

592 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-3 graduate units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State University International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of The California 
State University. 


International Programs 149 


California State University, Fullerton 



From the total curriculum of the university, students may wish to plan a specially 
designed program of study that does not duplicate significantly any existing 
major or concentration. The undergraduate special major and the graduate 
interdisciplinary studies program provide opportunities for selected students 
to pursue individualized programs of study leading to a degree when legitimate 
academic and professional goals can be satisfied by a judicious selection of 
courses from two or more fields, and when these aims cannot be satisfied by 
the authorized standard degree majors or double majors that are available on 
the campus (e.g., liberal studies, social sciences). The special major and 
interdisciplinary studies program are designed for exceptional cases of 
individual students only and provide an opportunity to develop a concentration 
or specialization outside the framework of existing majors. These programs are 
not intended as a means of bypassing normal graduation requirements or as a means 
by which students may graduate who fail to complete the degree major in which they 
are enrolled. 

B.A. Special Major 

Students desiring to work for a bachelor’s degree with a special major should 
consult with the Office of Academic Advisement. 

1. Entrance to the special major program is normally at the beginning of the 
junior year (60 units remaining for graduation). 

2. The minimum requirement for the major is 48 units. A minimum of 36 
upper-division units must be included in the major. 

3 . Although students may include on their study plans, course- work in progress 
and a maximum of 12 units of coursework completed prior to the time of 
filing, approval of these courses is not automatic. 

4. No more than six units of 499 (Independent Study) and/or internship 
coursework may be included in the major. 

5. Neither lower- nor upper-division courses applied to general education 
breadth requirements will be applicable toward the major. 

6. At least three units of appropriate course work in methodology shall be 
included in the students study plan. Where appropriate this requirement 
may be waived by the University Curriculum Committee. 

7. All courses in the major must be taken for a letter grade. A grade-point 
average of 3.0 in the major is required for graduation. 

8. Prior to taking any substitute course work, a petition for change of the study 


plan must be approved by the student’s adviser and the University Curricu- 
lum Committee. 

9. A senior thesis shall be written by the student in this program during the 
semester preceding graduation. This thesis should show scholarly evidence 
of the merit in the student’s choice of an interdisciplinary program. This 
paper shall be written under the direction of the student’s special major 
adviser and approved by the faculty designated by the departments repre- 
sented on the student’s study plan. 

M.A. Interdisciplinary Studies 

A graduate student desiring to work for a master’s degree in interdisciplinary 

studies should consult with the Office of Graduate Studies and fill out an 

initial request form available at that office. 

1. Entrance to the program requires a grade-point average (GPA) of 3.0 in the 
undergraduate major and a GPA of 3.0 in the last 60 units of course work. 

2. The minimum requirement of units for an M.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies 
is 30 units of which at least half must be graduate courses (500-level). 

3. Although students may include on their proposed study plan coursework in 
progress or completed prior to the time of filing , approval of these courses 
is not automatic. No more than nine units of coursework taken prior to 
classified standing can be approved on the program. 

4. The program may contain no more than six units combined of Independent 
Study, Project or Thesis. 

5. All courses on the study plan must be taken for a letter grade and no grade 
below a C is acceptable on the study plan. Please see the “Graduate Regula- 
tions” section in this catalog under “Study Plan” for additional requirements 

6. Prior to taking any substitute coursework, a petition for change of the stud) 
plan must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser and graduate com- 
mittee. 

7. A Thesis or Project is required for the completion of the program. The com- 
pleted thesis is filed with the Library; whereas the project is filed with the 
Office of Graduate Studies. 


150 Special Programs 


California State University, Fullerton 



Curricula 

Information 


Course Descriptions 

Course descriptions briefly describe the content or subject matter to be covered 
and provide additional information on units of credit, the level of instruction 
(see course numbering code), prerequisites and the type of course (lecture, 
laboratory, activity, seminar and individually supervised work). 

Course Numbering Code 

^e first number in each course designation is intended to indicate the level of 
complexity of the course. In addition, the first number also is a rough index of 
l he students year of study at the university. The following are guidelines for 
course numbering. 

00 1 '099 Courses which carry no credit toward a degree or credential. 
Generally, developmental, remedial, or pre-college in content. 

1 OO-I 99 Lower-division courses designed primarily for freshman level, but 
also open to other students. These courses are generally introductory 
in nature and are usually designed without prerequisites. 

^00-299 Lower-division courses designed primarily for sophomore level, but 


also open to other students. Although there is no clear distinction 
between lower-division courses listed at the 100 or 200 level, there 
is an inherent assumption that students in these courses have 
acquired skills appropriate to the second year of university level 
work. 

300-399 Upper-division courses designed primarily for juniors, but also open 
to other students. Third year or junior level coursework is likely to 
emphasize specialization in the disciplines. It is expected that 
specific prerequisites are used to indicate the necessary competencies 
required for study at this level. These courses do not give graduate 
credit unless included on an approved graduate study plan for a 
specific graduate student. Such a study plan shall include an explicit 
rationale for the inclusion of said 300-level course(s). 


400-499 Upper-division courses designed primarily for seniors, but also open 
to other students. Prerequisite work is required. Coursework is 
intended to provide depth of understanding or additional focus 
appropriate to the disciplines. Courses at the 400 level are 
sufficiently sophisticated for inclusion on graduate study plans. 


500-599 Courses designed primarily for graduate students who are enrolled 


Curricula Information 


151 




California State University, Fullerton 


in advanced degree programs. The courses of study are advanced 
and specialized in nature and require substantial undergraduate 
preparation. Undergraduate students may enroll if they have reached 
senior status, have the prerequisites required for entry into the 
course, and have gained consent of the instructor. 

700-701 Course numbers for graduate and post-baccalaureate students 
(including those seeking a credential) to maintain continuous 
enrollment during a particular semester, and who are not enrolled 
in regular courses. These numbers do not represent courses and do 
not therefore grant credit. 

900-999 Courses specifically designed for professional groups seeking 
vocational improvement or career advancement. Credit for these 
courses does not apply to undergraduate or graduate degrees or 
credentials at the university. 

An honors courses shall use the letter H. A laboratory course which accompanies 
another course should use the letter L. A variable topics course shall use the 
letter T. 

A controlled entry course is one which has enrollment requirements in addition 
to any prerequisite courses. Additional requirements include prior approval of 
the instructor, special academic advisement, a qualifying exam, a placement 
test, an audition, a teaching credential, or similar special qualifications. 

Special Course Numbers 

For uniformity, certain types of courses have been listed by all departments 
and schools with the same numbers: 499 and 599 are used respectively for 
undergraduate and graduate independent study; 196 or 496 for student-to- 
student tutorials; 597 for a graduate project; and 598 for a graduate thesis. 

Explanation of Course Notations 

Certain notations are uniformly used in the course descriptions in this catalog. 

1 . The figure in parentheses following the course title indicates the number of 
semester units for the course. Courses offered for varying units are indi- 
cated as (1-3) or (3-6). 

2. A course listing such as Afro-Ethnic Studies 108 (3) (Same as Linguistics 
108) indicates that a student taking the course may choose to count it in 
either of those two disciplines. 

3. A notation such as (Formerly 433) following the course title and the num- 
ber of units indicates the same course previously was numbered 433. 

Student-to-Student Tutorials 

The student-to-student tutorial provides a formal way to encourage students 
to learn through teaching. It also provides tutoring to all students who need 
and want tutorial assistance. 

In those departments which choose to offer such courses, the courses are 
numbered 196 or 496 and carry one to three units of credit. The prerequisites 
include a grade-point average of at least 3.0 and/or consent of the instructor. 
The tutor and tutee(s) will work in mutually advantageous ways by allowing 
all involved to delve more carefully and thoroughly into the materials presented 
in this specific course. One to three students may be tutored by the tutor 


unless the instructor decides that special circumstances warrant increasing the 
usual maximum of three tutees. Three hours of work per week are expected 
for each semester unit of credit, and this work may include, apart from contact 
hours with tutees, such other activities as: tutorial preparations; consulting 
with instructors; reporting, analysis and evaluation of the tutorial experiences; 
and participation in an all-university orientation and evaluation program for 
tutors. A maximum of three units may be taken each semester. No more than 
three units of any combination of tutorial courses (196 or 496) may count 
toward an undergraduate degree program. The course must be taken as an 
elective and not counted toward general education, major or minor 
requirements. The course can be taken on a credit/no credit basis by the tutor. 
Requests for tutors must be initiated by tutees and can be initiated up until the 
official university census date. Tutors electing to respond to such requests will 
receive credits at the end of the semester and can register in the course until 
the official university census date. Both tutors and tutees must submit written 
reports, analyses and evaluations of their shared tutorial experience to the 
instructor, and both must participate in an all-university orientation program 
as well as in any conference or critique that the instructor of the course may 
require. 

Further information can be obtained from the department in which the student 
is interested in a student-to-student tutorial. 

Independent Study 

Under the independent study program, the student may pursue topics or 
problems of special interest beyond the scope of a regular course under the 
supervision of a faculty adviser. The work is of a research or creative nature, 
and normally culminates in a paper, project, comprehensive examination, or 
performance. Independent study units shall not be granted for teaching duties, 
administering classes, tutoring students or grading courses; or for internships. 
For Independent study used on graduate study plans, 300-level courses may 
not be used as the sole basis for 499 Independent Study. 300- and 400- level 
coursework may not be used as the sole basis for 599 Independent Study. 
100- and 200-level courses may not be used as any part of the basis for 499 or 
599 Independent Study. 

Before registering, the student must get a topic approved by the instructor 
who will be supervising independent study and by the department chair 
Independent study used on a graduate study plan must also be approved by 
the departmental graduate program adviser. 

A student may take no more than six units of independent study at the 
undergraduate level (299 and 499 numbered courses) in a given semester. No 
more than nine units of independent study may be applied toward completion 
of the baccalaureate degree. A graduate student may apply no more than six 
units of independent study (499 or 599 numbered courses) toward completion 
of master’s degree. 

Cross-Disciplinary University Programs 

A joint degree program is an endeavor involving two or more existing academic 
departments which need not be within the same school. Such programs a re 
administered by program councils composed of representatives elected by 
participating departments. The joint degree programs are housed in 
administration units as follows: 


Curricula Information 


California State University, Fullerton 


School of Human Development and 
Community Service 

Child Development, B.S. 

Human Services, B.S. 

School of Humanities and Social Sciences 

Environmental Studies, M.S. 

Latin American Studies, B.A. 

Liberal Studies, B.A. 

Russian and East European Area Studies, B.A. 

Social Sciences, M.A. 

The degree descriptions are located within the appropriate school section of 
this catalog. 

Bilingual/Cross-Cultural Studies 

Students may pursue a course of study with a bilingual/cross-cultural emphasis. 

Complete course listings and details are available from the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures, the Department of Chicano Studies, Division 
of Teacher Education and Educational Opportunity Program advisers. 

Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) 

Through arrangements with Loyola Marymount University (LMU) in west Los 
Angeles, students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (AFROTC) program. AFROTC offfers a variety of two, three, and four 
year scholarships, many of which pay the full costs of tuition, books, and fees. 
Successful completion of as little as four semesters of AFROTC academic classes 
and leadership laboratories can lead to a commission as a second lieutenant in 
the United States Air Force. 

For more information, contact the Loyola Marymount University Department 


of Aerospace Studies (AFROTC) at (310) 338-2770. 


LIBRARY COURSES 


200 Elements of Bibliographic Investigation (3) 

A survey of important information sources in various subject fields and the 
application of research methods which will enable students to become effective 
library users. Particular attention is given to the assembling of material for 
term papers and reports, including the preparation of bibliographies. 

302T Library Research Methods for Specific Majors (1) 

Library research methodology and introduction to library resources in special 
subject areas such as business, education and science. 


UNIVERSITY STUDIES COURSE 


100 Introduction to University Studies (1) 

Designed for first-time freshmen. Introduction to higher education structure 
and expectations. Study skills development. Advisement towards academic 
and personal development and success. Organization and purpose of curricular 
and administrative requirements. Offered credit/no credit only. 


Curricula Information 153 















Dean: Jerry Samuelson 

Associate Dean: Dean W. Hess 

Assistant Dean, Student Affairs: Nancee Buck 

The learning opportunities within the School of the Arts are based on a 
commitment to artistic and academic excellence. We provide an 
environment which encourages individual achievement for performers, 
artists and scholars. 

Within the broader university liberal arts environment, the School of 
the Arts offers intensive programs in Art, Music, Theatre and Dance. 
We are also committed to the enhancement of artistic awareness of all 
students. 

We extend a warm welcome to you and we promise that with your 
perseverance, we will do everything possible to further your goals and 
objectives in whatever field of the arts you choose. 

Academic advisement is available through the departments. Faculty 
advisors are available to assist students with career decisions and degree 
requirements. 

Several scholarships are available to students in the School of the Arts. 
Inquiries should be made to the respective department offices. 


Programs Offered 


Art, Bachelor of Arts 

Art History' 

General Studio Art 
Teaching 

Art, Bachelor of Fine Arts 

Ceramics 

Crafts 

Creative Photography 

Drawing and Painting 

Entertainment Art/Animation 

Graphic Design 

Illustration 

Printmaking 

Sculpture 


Minor in Art 




life 




California State University, Fullerton 


Art, Master of Arts ^ 

Drawing and Painting (including Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, Wood, Jewelry/ Metalsmithing). 
Design (including Graphic Design, Illustration, Exhibition Design, 
Creative Photography) 

Art History 

Art, Master of Fine Arts 

Drawing, Painting and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/Metalsmithing, and Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, Illustration and Exhibition Design) 
Creative Photography 

Certificate in Museum Studies ^ 

Dance, Bachelor of Arts 


Minor in Music ^ 

Music, Masterjof Arts 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 

Music, Master of Music m 

Performance 

Theory-Composition 

Theatre Arts, Bachelor of Arts 

Liberal Arts 

Production/Performance 

Acting 

Directing 

Musical Theatre 

Playwriting 

Technical Production/Design 
Teaching 


Music, Bachelor of Arts 

Liberal Arts 

Music Education 

Music History and Theory 

Music, Bachelor of Music 

Commercial Music 

Composition 

Instrumental 

Keyboard 

Voice 

Accompanying 


Theatre Arts, Master of Arts^^ 

Theatre Arts, Master of I ine Arts 

Acting 

Directing 

Design and Technical Production 


156 School of the Arts 


California State University, Fullerton 



Department Chair: Darryl J. Curran 
Department Office: Visual Arts 102 


Bachelor of Arts in Art 

Art History 
General Studio Art 
Teaching 


Minor in Art ^ 

Master of Arts in Art m 

Drawing and Painting (including Printmaking) 

Sculpture 

Crafts (including Ceramics, Glass, Wood, Jewelry/Metalsmithing) 

Design (including Graphic Design, Illustration, Exhibition Design, Creative 
Photography) 

An History 


Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art m m 

Ceramics 

Crafts 

Creative Photography 

Drawing and Painting 

Entertainment Art/Animation 

Graphic Design 

Illustration 

Erintmaking 

Sculpture 


Master of Fine Arts in Art 

Drawing, Painting, and Printmaking 
Sculpture 

Ceramics (including Glass) 

Crafts (including Jewelry/Metalsmithing, and Woodworking) 

Design (including Graphic Design, Illustration, and Exhibition Design) 
Creative Photography 

Certificate in Museum Studies ^ 


Art 157 




California State University, Fullerton 


Faculty 

Ana-Victoria Aenelle, Bryan Cantley, Ruth Capelle, John Carter, Al Ching, Kyung 
Sun Cho, Done Christjansen, Eileen Cowin, Frank E. Cummings III, Darryl 
Curran, Maurice Gray, Thomas Holste, George James, Jim Jenkins, Jade Jewett, 
Lawrence Johnson, G. Ray Kerciu, Donald Lagerberg, Dana Lamb, Sergio 
Lizarraga, Clinton MacKenzie, Mike McGee, Jerry Rothman, Jerry Samuelson, 
Jon Stokesbary, Vincent Suez 

Advisers 

Undergraduate: Contact department office. 

Graduate: Al Ching 


INTRODUCTION 


The Department of Art is accredited by the National Association of Schools of 
Art and Design. 

The Department of Art offers programs which include the scholarly fields of 
art history, theory, analysis and criticism; the studio fields of drawing and 
painting, printmaking, sculpture, crafts (including jewelry, wood and metal), 
ceramics (including glass), graphic design, creative photography, illustration, 
and exhibition design; and the single subject teaching field of art education. 

Curricular plans for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Fine Arts have 
been developed to meet the individual needs and interests of students in art. 

The general objectives of the programs are to provide a comprehensive learning 
environment which contributes conceptually and technically to the 
development of the art historian, the visual artist and the art teacher. Specifically, 
the programs provide opportunities for students to: (1) develop a knowledge 
and understanding of fundamental visual experience and concepts basic to 
many forms and fields of art; (2) develop a critical appreciation of historical 
and contemporary art forms as they relate to individual and social needs and 
values; (3) creatively express one’s personal experience and thought with visual 
skill and clarity; (4) develop knowledge and skills necessary to pursue graduate 
studies in visual arts, or to teach art and (5) develop the understanding and 
expertise applicable to professional practice. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ART 


The 124-unit Bachelor of Arts degree offers concentrations in Art History', 
General Studio Art, and Teaching. The program objectives are to provide 
correlative experiences, information and theory. 

The Art History concentration emphasizes the area of art history, theory, and 
appreciation and is particularly recommended for those students who wish to 
pursue graduate studies in art history or museum studies. 

The General Studio Art concentration is a varied curriculum that provides a 
broad education in the visual arts. 

The Teaching concentration is for students who wish to meet the requirements 
for single subject instruction (Ryan Act) for teaching art in grades K-12. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet the 
other university requirements for a bachelor of arts degree. Students in the Teaching 
concentration must also meet specific requirements for the desired teaching 
credential. 

All art majors must take Art 300, Writing in the Visual Arts, and pass the 
university’s Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP) after achieving junior 


standing (60 units). Testing dates for the EWP are available from the Testing 
Center or the Academic Advisement Center. 

To earn a Bachelor of Arts in Art students must achieve grades of C or better in 
all art courses required for the degree. 

Art History Concentration ^ 

Preparation for the major (lower division-21 units) 

Art 201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Lower division studio courses (3,3) 

Approved electives in art, American studies, anthropology, history, literature, 
music, philosophy or theatre (3,3,3) 

The major (upper division-33 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

480 Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Approved upper division elective (3) 

Upper division art history (21) 

General Studio Art Concentration 

Lower Division (27 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Art Electives (3,3) 

Select at least two courses from two of the following areas: design 
pnntmaking; creative photography; sculpture; ceramics; crafts; drawing 
and painting. 

Upper Division (21 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Studio Area (12 units) 

Select one course from each of the following: (1) drawing and painting: 
(2) sculpture, creative photography, printmaking; (3) crafts and ceramics. 
(4) design. 

Electives (3,3) 

Choose two courses from at least two different categories of the following 
drawing and painting; printmaking; creative photography, sculpture; crafts 
(glass); ceramics; graphic design; illustration; exhibition design; art education 

Teaching Concentration 

Single Subject Instruction -Ryan Act 
(Qualifies for Teaching Art in Grades K-12) 

Preparation for the major (lower division-30 units) 

103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

207A Drawing/Painting (3) 

Major requirements (upper division-24 units) 

Select Drawing/Painting, Crafts or Creative Photography and Computer Design 
Emphasis. 


158 Art 




California State University, Fullerton 


Drawing and Painting Emphasis: 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

307A.B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Crafts Emphasis: 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

305A Advanced Crafts (3) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

310A Watercolor (3) 

312 Modem Art (3) 

315A Jewelry (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Creative Photography and Computer Design Emphasis: 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363B Illustration (3) 

441 A Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Select two courses from the following: 

338B Creative Photography (3) 

339A Photo Illustration (3) 

438A Creative Color Photography (3) 

Select one course from the following: 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Professional Preparation (24-27 units) 

An Ed 442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (3) 

Education course work (9-12) 

Student teaching (one semester full-time) (12) 

Program Requirements 

1 Be advised by a faculty adviser in art education assigned by the art depart- 
ment chair. 

2 Fulfill credential requirements listed in the catalog within the School of 
Human Development and Community Service for the Ryan Act curriculum. 

3 Meet the requirements listed under the Teaching concentration. 

T Complete the major requirements prior to enrolling in the teacher education 
program. 

5 Be admitted to teacher education through the School of Human Develop- 
ment and Community Service prior to enrollment in Art Ed 442, profes- 
sional education courses and student teaching. 

6- Be accepted for teacher education and student teaching based on candidate 
quotas, portfolio review, and evidence of success in completed university 
course work. 

' Be recommended by the faculty adviser in art education. 

8 Complete Secondary Education 310 and 386 or equivalents. 

9 Pass C-BEST exam prior to admission to Teacher Education. 

Have a G.PA. of 2.89 overall, 3.0 in major. 


CREDENTIAL INF ORMATION 


Upon completion of the above program and the bachelor of arts degree, the 
student is eligible for a partial credential, which meets state requirements for 
teaching art in grades K-12. Within the specified period of time from the 
beginning of a teaching assignment, 30 units of course work must be completed 
at an accredited college or university to qualify for a clear credential. Credentials 
are issued from the institution where this requirement has been completed. 

Multiple Subject Instruction — Ryan Act 

The following three courses are recommended for all students intending to 
teach in the elementary schools in multiple subject classrooms. 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Music 333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Theatre 402 Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 

The following additional list of courses would be strongly recommended for 
students who wish to expand their knowledge in any or all of the arts: 

Art 101, 103, 104, 106A, 107A, 201A.B, 310A.B, 330, 380, 441 

Dance 101, 112, 122, 132, 142, 323A,B, 422 

Music 111, 251, 281B,P,S,W, 283 

Theatre 100, 263A.B, 276A, 277, 370A.B, 402A.B, 403A,B 


BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN ART 


The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is a professional program providing directed 
studies in nine studio concentrations within the visual arts. The program is 
designed for students seeking in-depth preparation for specialized goals selected 
from one of the following areas: ceramics, crafts, creative photography, drawing 
and painting, entertainment art/animation, graphic design, illustration, 
printmaking, and sculpture. 

The program develops the understanding and advanced specialized skills 
applicable to professional practice and to meet entrance requirements to 
graduate school. 

Admission Requirements 

Upon admission to the University with art as the major, students are placed in 
the Bachelor of Arts category, whether entering as a freshman or transferring 
from a community college. Upon proof of completion of the 12 lower-division 
studio units listed below with a B or better grade-point average, students may 
contact the Art Department regarding procedures for changing their academic 
objective to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art program. 

Art 103 Two-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 104 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

Art 107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Art 107B Beginning Painting (3) 

P rogram Requireme nts 

The 132-unit Bachelor of Fine Arts degree program requires a minimum of 69 
units in art: 12 units of Art History plus 57 units of studio art. The major is divided 
into 2 1 units of lower-division preparation and 48 upper-division units. In addition 
to the minimum 69-unit requirement for the B.FA. degree, students must meet 
the other university requirements for a bachelor’s degree (see the university Catalog 
and Class Schedule). 


Art 159 




California State University, Fullerton 


To earn a Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art, siudenis must achieve grades of C or 

better in all art courses required for the degree. 

In addition to Art 300 Writing in the Visual Arts ("below), students must also 

take and pass the Examination in Writing Proficiency (EWP). 

Ceramics Concentration — 

Preparation (lower division — 21 units) 

106A,B Beginning Ceramics (3,3) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3,3) 

484A or 484B Special Studies (3,3.3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

Crafts Concentration ^ 

Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

205A,B Beginning Crafts (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Select 12 units from: 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

364A.B Stained Glass (3,3) 

485A,B,C, or F Special Studies in Crafts (3,3) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3,3, 3) 

Creative Photography Concentration ^ 

Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

247 Introduction to Lingrum and Woodcut Prints (3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

317A Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3) 

338A,B Creative Photography (3,3) 

3 39 A Photo Illustration (3) 

348 Artists Books (3) 

438A,B Creative Color Photography (3,3) 

489 Special Studies, Creative Photo (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 


Drawing and Painting Concentration ^ 

Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

207A.B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts* (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

487A Special Studies, Painting (3) 

487B Life Studies, Drawing (3) 

Upper division drawing and painting options from 487A.B and/or C (3,3,3 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 

Entertainment Art/Animation Concentration — m 

Preparation (lower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art &r Civilization (3,3) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3,3) 

Lower-division studio elective (3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

317A,B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

318A Drawing & Painting, Head and Hands (3) 

318B Portraiture (3) 

337 Animals and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

353A Drawing for Animation (3) 

353B Animation (3) 

367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 

Choose six units of the following: 

373 Cartooning & Caricature* (3) (renamed from first proposal) 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

483F Design for Interactive Art* (3) 

487 S Special Studies, Sequential Art (3) 

Art History (3,3) 

Art Studio Electives and/or Interdisciplinary' courses by approval (3.3 

Graphic Design Concentration ^ 

Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

223A,B Lettering and Typography (3,3) 

Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 

Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

323A.B Graphic Design (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

363A.B Illustration (3,3) 

483A Special Studies, Graphic Design (3,3) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

495 Internship (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3,3) 


160 Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


Illustration Concentration ^ 

Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 
117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 
223A Lettering and Typography (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 


course in each of the following areas is required: (1) art history, theory, analysis 
and criticism; (2) design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 

Recommended courses to meet the “basic courses” requirement are: (1) Art 
201A or B; (2) Art 103 or 104; (3) Art 107A or B; (4) Art 106A or 205A. 
Completion of these courses will provide a reasonable foundation for entry 
into upper division courses. Those students planning to qualify for a standard 
teaching credential specializing in elementary or secondary teaching with art 
as a minor must obtain approval from the Art Department. 


Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

317A.B Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 
318A Drawing and Painting the Head and Hands (3) 
323A Graphic Design (3) 

363A,B Illustration (3,3) 

483C Special Studies, Illustration (3,3) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3,3, 3) 

Printmaking Concentration ^ 


MASTER OF ARTS IN ART 


This program provides a balance of study and practice for those who wish a 
career in the visual arts, or who want to prepare for further graduate work in 
the field. The program offers the following areas of concentration: (1) drawing 
and painting (including printmaking); (2) sculpture; (3) crafts (including 
ceramics, wood, glass, jewelry/metalsmithing); (4) design (including graphic 
design, illustration, exhibition design, creative photography); and (5) art history. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Classified standing: 


Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 

117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

207A Drawing and Painting (3) 

247 Introduction to Lingrum and Woodcut Prints (3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 


a. A baccalaureate degree in art with the same concentration as the graduate 
degree objective from an accredited institution, or 24 upper division 
units in art of which 12 units must be in a concentration completed with 
grades of B or better. Applicants are advised that most upper-division 
courses require lower-division prerequisites. A faculty adviser should be 
consulted with regard to recommended courses. 


Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

317A,B Life Studies (3,3) 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

347A, B Printmaking-Etching, Lithography (3,3) 
487D Special Studies, Printmaking (3,3) 
Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 


b. GPA minimum of 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted. 

c. Pass comprehensive review: held semi-annually, the comprehensive 
review is an evaluation of the candidate by a committee comprised of 
faculty teaching in the area of concentration. The committee reviews the 
student’s creative work, statement of purpose, academic and other 
relevant qualifications; assigned research papers are required of art his- 
tory applicants in lieu of a portfolio. Procedures, dates, and appoint- 
ment times are available through the art department graduate office. 


Sculpture Concentration 


d. Form a graduate committee. 


Preparation Cower division — 21 units) 
117 Life Drawing (1,1,1) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 
216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 
Lower-division studio electives (3,3) 


e. Development of an approved study plan. 

f. Art history program: reading knowledge of a foreign language may be 
required before advancement to candidacy. 


Concentration (upper division — 48 units) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

316A.B Sculpture (3,3) 

317A,B or C Life Studies, Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

326A Ceramic Sculpture (3) 

336A,B Cast Techniques and Theories of Cast Sculpture (3,3) 
486A Special Studies, Sculpture (3,3) 

Upper-division art history (3,3) 

Upper-division studio art electives (3, 3, 3, 3) 


SlBBBBi 


RT 


Twenty-four units with a grade of C or better are required for a minor in art; a 
Minimum of 12 units are to be in upper division courses in residence. A basic 


2. Conditionally classified standing: 

The same requirements as a. and b. above plus: 

c. 1) Studio program: Participation in comprehensive portfolio review with 

a recommendation by the committee of conditional acceptance. 

2) Art History program: satisfactory review of research papers by art 
history faculty. 

d. Enrollment is allowed in graduate-level courses with the exception of 
Art 500A,B; 511; 512; 597; and 598. 

e. Passing the comprehensive review will be required for classified standing. 


Art 161 




California State University, Fullerton 


Study Plan ^ 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study approved by the 
students graduate committee of which 1 5 must be 500-level courses. The 30 
units are distributed as follows: 

1 . Core courses in art history, philosophy, analysis and criticism (9 units) 

a. Studio program: 

Art 500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

Art 51 1 Seminar on the Content and Method of An History (3) 
(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING ONLY) 

b. Studio Program: 

An 500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Art history program: 

An 512 Seminar on Selected Topics in An History (3) 

(ADMISSION WITH CLASSIFIED STANDING ONLY) 

c. An 48 1 Seminar in An History (3), or substitute of a 400-level course in 
an history, theory, analysis or criticism on the recommendation of the 
major adviser. 

2. 500-and/or 400-level courses in an area of concentration (minimum of six 
units at 500-Level) ( 1 2 units) 

3. Additional course work in the area of concentration or approved electives 
(3 or 6 units) 

4. Art 597 Project (for studio); or Art 598 Thesis (for an history) (3 or 6 units) 

The M.A. study plan must be completed with no grade below C, a B average, 
and B or better in all courses in the area of concentration. Every graduate 
student is required to demonstrate writing ability commensurate with the 
baccalaureate degree. Two graduate seminars are certified to fulfill this university 
requirement. The Department of Art requires the studio candidate for the Master 
of Arts in Art to exhibit the project in one of the departments graduate galleries. 
The art history candidate is required to submit a written thesis based on a 
specific topic of research. 

For further information consult the graduate program adviser and read the 
University Graduate Regulations section of this catalog. 


MASTER OF FINE ARTS IN ART 


The Master of Fine Arts in Art features a rigorous studio program for the seriously 
committed, responsible and talented student. The curriculum and faculty 
challenge the students to focus on the goal of becoming professional artists. 

The M.F.A. program provides in-depth study within a 60-unit approved study 
plan in the following areas of concentration: (1) design (including graphic 
design, illustration, and exhibition design); (2) ceramics (including glass); (3) 
crafts (including jewelry/metalsmithing, and woodworking); (4) sculpture; (5) 
drawing, painting, and printmaking; and (6) creative photography. 

Admission Requirements 

1 . Classified standing: 

a. baccalaureate degree in art with the same concentration as the graduate 
degree objective from an accredited institution, or 24 upper division 


units in art, 18 of which must be in the concentration completed with 
grades of B or better. Applicants are advised that most upper-division 
courses require lower division prerequisites. 

b. Minimum grade-point average of 2.5 in the last 60 units attempted and 
have been in good standing at the last college attended. 

c. Pass the comprehensive portfolio review: held semi-annually, the com- 
prehensive portfolio review is an evaluation of the candidate by a com- 
mittee comprised of faculty teaching in the area of concentration. The 
committee reviews the students creative work, statement of purpose, 
academic and other relevant qualifications. Procedures, dates, and ap- 
pointment times are available through the art department graduate 
office. 

If the student’s portfolio is not adequate, the applicant could still be 
recommended for conditionally classified standing by the faculty 
comprehensive review committee. However, the comprehensive 
portfolio review must be repeated. 

d. Form a graduate committee. 

e. Develop an approved study plan. 

2. Conditionally Classified standing: 

Conditionally classified students may enroll in graduate courses with the 

exception of Art 500A,B; 511, 512, 597; and 598. The comprehensive portfolio 

review must be repeated and passed to be recommended for classification. 

Study Plan ^ 

The M.F.A. degree program requires 60 units of graduate study. The study plan 
must be completed with grades of C or better, an overall B average or better 
and grades of B or better in the concentration. Every graduate student is required 
to demonstrate writing ability commensurate with the baccalaureate. Two 
graduate seminars are certified to fulfill this university requirement. The 60- 
unit study plan is distributed as follows: 

Areas (60 units total) 

Theory, criticism: Art 500 A, 500B (6) 

Art History (9) 

Studio Area of concentration (24) 

Studio Electives in art (12) 

Capstone Experience: 

Independent study: research (3) 

Studio Project (6) 

Master of Fine Arts Project 

The M.F.A. project exhibition constitutes a professional one-person art exhibit 
It is installed in one of the departments graduate galleries and announced for 
public view by the student as the final phase of the M.FA. program requirements 


POSTS ACC A L At RE AT E U N C LASS 1 F 1 E D 


Students w'ho do not have the prerequisites to qualify for the graduate program 
may apply to the university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassified student 
Typically, students in this category have a bachelor’s degree in art but need to 
meet the prerequisites for a different concentration; or did not major in art 


162 Art 




California State University, Fullerton 


and complete courses for the 24 upper-division art unit requirement. To qualify 
for admission, an applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited 
institution, have attained a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 
units attempted and have been in good standing at the last college attended. 
Admission with postbaccalaureate standing does not constitute admission to 
the art graduate program or graduate degree curricula. 


CERTIFICATE IN MUSEUM STUDIES 


Courses leading to the certificate are designed to educate students in museum 
practices in preparation for entry into the museum profession. The curriculum 
includes instruction in the historical development and philosophical basis of 
collections, exhibitions and their design, and curatorship. A museum internship 
is required. The certificate in museum studies may be undertaken as a self- 
contained program or may be taken in conjunction with the Master of Arts in 
Art degree or the Master of Fine Arts in Art degree or, by special permission, 
with other graduate degrees in the university. (For an M.A. or M.FA. in Art 
degree with an exhibition design emphasis see M.A. and M.FA. emphases under 
the design concentration.) 

Prerequisites 

1. B.A. in Art or other major by special permission 

2. Specific course prerequisites: 

a. 12 units in upper-division art history 

b. 6 units in graphic design and exhibition design 

c. 3 units of advanced writing (Communications 435 Editorial and Critical 
Writing; or Communications 362 Public Relations Writing; or En- 
glish 301 Advanced College Writing) 

d. 3 units of beginning accounting 

Study Plan 

The certificate program requires 24 units. The 24 units are distributed as follows: 

An 464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Art 481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Art 483D Exhibition Design (3) 

Art 495 Internship in Art (3) 

Art 501 Curatorship (3) 

Art 503D Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Course in museum education (3) 

For further information, consult the Department of Art. 


.ART COURSES 


101 Introduction to Art (3) 

Historical and contemporary art forms of painting, sculpture, architecture and 
design. Field trips required. Not open to art majors for credit except by 
Permission of Art Department. (3 hours lecture) 

^03 Two-dimensional Design (3) 

An concepts, aesthetic elements and materials of two-dimensional design and 
visual organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 14) 


104 Three-dimensional Design (3) 

Art concepts, aesthetic elements and materials of three-dimensional design 
and spatial organization. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 16) 

106A Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Form as related to ceramic materials, tools, processes. Kiln loading and firing, 
hand building, wheel throwing and raku. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 
(CAN ART 6) 

106B Beginning Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 106A. Form as related to ceramics. Glaze batching and its 
application, and the presentation of ceramic technique. Instructional fee. (9 
hours laboratory) 

107A Beginning Drawing (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of drawing materials integrated with visual 
experiences and art concepts. (6 hours activity) (CAN ART 8) 

107B Beginning Painting (3) 

Traditional and contemporary use of painting materials integrated with visual 
experiences and art concepts. (6 hours activity) 

117 Life Drawing (1 or 3) 

Drawing the live model. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 units. Duplicate 
enrollment of this course within the same semester is permissible. (3 hours 
activity for each unit) 

123 Descriptive Drawing (3) 

Descriptive drawing, rendering techniques and theories representing forms of 
nature. (6 hours activity) 

201A,B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

The ideas, forms and styles of the visual arts as they developed in various 
cultures from prehistoric time to the present. (3 hours lecture) (201 A = CAN 
ART 2, 201B = CAN ART 4) 

205A Beginning Crafts (3) 

Traditional and contemporary concepts and processes with emphasis on design 
principles in the development of aesthetic forms based on function. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

205B Beginning Crafts (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 205A. Art 104 may be taken concurrently. The 
development of esthetic forms based on function, with emphasis on design 
principles and the creative use of hand tools and power equipment. (9 hours 
laboratory) 

207A,B Drawing and Painting (Experimental Methods and 
Materials) (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117 or equivalents. Traditional and contemporary 
concepts, methods and materials. (6 hours activity) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 104. The creative use of wood and metal, power equipment 
and hand tools. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) (216A = CAN ART 
12 ) 

217 Life Drawing for Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 117 (3 units). A continuing course of the human figure. 
Designed to develop animation student's skills of drawing from observation. 
Course may be repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 


Art 163 




California State University, Fullerton 


223A Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. The history, design and use of letter forms; the rendering 
and use of hand-lettered forms. Instruction fee. (6 hours activity) 

223B Lettering and Typography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 223A. The history, design and use of letter forms; techniques 
for rough and comprehensive layouts and introduction to computer graphics. 
Instruction fee. (6 hours activity) 

238 Photo Visual Concepts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103. An introductory photography course for art majors. Course 
content includes the study of photographic vision and design, visual 
conceptualization and examination of the qualities of light through the use of 
instant and automatic cameras. 

247 Introduction to Linoleum and Woodcut Prints (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B. An exploration of woodcut, linocut and monoprint 
as a medium of personal expression. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

300 Writing in the Visual Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Principles, practices and objectives of writing in the 
visual arts. Includes descriptive, analytical and expressive essays; project and grant 
proposals; artists statements; resumes; and professional correspondence. Satisfies 
the classroom portion of the upper-division writing requirements for art majors. 

301 Ancient Art (3) 

The developments in art from the Paleolithic to late antiquity. (3 hours lecture) 

302 Medieval Art (3) 

The developments in art from the late antiquity through the Gothic. (3 hours 
lecture) 

305A,B Advanced Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisites: 205A and 205B. Advanced concepts and processes in the 
development of esthetic forms based on function, emphasizing individual 
growth and personal expression. (9 hours laboratory) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 106A,B or consent of instructor. Forms and 
the creative use of ceramic concepts and materials; design, forming, glazing 
and firing. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

307A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, 207A,B or equivalents. The concepts, materials 
and activities of drawing and painting, emphasizing individual growth, plan 
and craft. (6 hours activity) 

310A,B Watercolor (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. An exploration of watercolor media 
related to varied subject matter and design applications. Includes field trip activity. 
Provides skills and concepts useful for school art programs. (6 hours activity) 

311 Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. The history of painting and sculpture 
from the French Revolution to the end of the 19th century. (3 hours lecture) 

312 Modern Art (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. The history of painting, graphic arts 
and sculpture from late 19th century to World War II. (3 hours lecture) 

315A,B Jewelry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 205A and 305A. Art 305A may be taken concurrently. Design 
and creation of jewelry. (9 hours lab) 


316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 104 and 216A. Sculptural materials and processes. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

317 Life Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: three units lower division life drawing. Drawing, painting and 
sculpture from the live model. (9 hours laboratory) 

317A Drawing and Painting 
31 7B Drawing and Painting 
317C Sculpting 

318A Drawing and Painting the Head and Hands (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and Art 117. Specialized problems in construction 
and anatomy of the human head and hands, and their principal use in drawing, 
painting and illustration. (9 hours laboratory) 

318B Portraiture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B. 3 units of Art 117. Comprehensive problems in 
composition, concept, content and execution of portraits. (9 hours laboratory) 

320 History of Architecture Before the Modern Era (3) 

A study of selected monuments from Stonehenge through the late Baroque. 
Interrelationship between patronage, style, function, structural principles and 
technological developments. (3 hours lecture) 

323A,B Graphic Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 223A and 223B or consent of instructor. Development and 
projection of ideas in relation to the technical, aesthetic and psychological aspects 
of advertising art. Intermediate use of computer graphics. Instructional fee. (6 
hours activity) 

324 Glass Casting (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104 or consent of instructor. Hot glass laboratory 
equipment and casting techniques. Designing molds and handling hot glass 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

326A,B Ceramic Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 117 or consent of instructor. Development of 
ceramic technology into individual sculptural forms and techniques 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

327 Mural Painting (1) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. A brief history of important muralists. 
their contributions and methods. Topics include: narrative murals, symbolic 
murals, ephemeral murals, contemporary graffiti, billboard art, drawing systems 
and technical information. Repeatable once for credit. (3 hours laboratory) 

330 Creative Papermaking (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104, or consent of instructor. The use of papers and 
fibers as an art form. (9 hours laboratory) 

336A.B Casting Techniques and Theories of Cast Sculpture (3,3) 
Prerequisite: Art 316A. Waxing, molding and metal casting techniques 
Aluminum and bronze and the lost wax process. (9 hours laboratory) 

337 Animal and Wildlife Drawing (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 107A,B, 117, 317A. Principles and practices of drawing 
animals, including construction, anatomy, texture, movement and expression 
Fundamentals, historical information and critiques are covered in the classroom 
field studies are conducted at various zoos and wildlife habitats. (6 hours activity* 

338A Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or its equivalent. The photographic media in personal 
expression. Historical attitudes and processes; new materials and contemporary 
aesthetic trends. Field trips required. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory') 


164 Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


338B Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 338A. The photographic medium in personal expression. Historical 
and new processes. Field trips required. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

339A Photo Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 338A. The use of specialized photographic techniques 
such as lighting, camera position, color and motion for solutions to illustration 
problems of narration, visual description, juxtaposition and imagery. Instructional 
fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

339B Photo Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: 338A and 339A, or consent of instructor. Concepts and attitudes 
in the field of photo illustration. Illustration problems using narrative, visual 
description, juxtaposition and imagery. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

347A Printmaking Etching (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B, 117, and 247. Concept development, exploration 
and materials involved in printmaking techniques. Includes etching, aquatint. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

347B Printmaking Lithography (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A.B, 117, and 247. Concept development, exploration 
and materials involved in lithography. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

348 Artists’ Books (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A or 247, or consent of instructor. Personal vision 
and concepts applied to the book form as art; the history and aesthetics of 
artists’ books. (6 hours activity) 

353A Drawing for Animation (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 117 and 217. Corequisite Art 317A. Principles and practices 
of drawing characters, backgrounds and objects for animation. Construction, 
character design, movement and expression are taught in relation to current 
studio practice. May be repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

353B Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 353A. The production of an animated film or video, synthesizing 
character design, backgrounds and layouts with a storyline. Individual and team 
projects. May be repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

357 Woodcuts and Monotypes (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B or equivalents. The exploration of the woodcut and 
monotype as a means of personal expression. Emphasis on traditional as well as 
contemporary materials and trends. Course may be repeated once for credit. (9 
hours laboratory) 

363A Illustration (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A,B and 117. Story, book, magazine, and film 
illustration. (6 hours activity) 

363B Illustration (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 363A. Computer aided illustration. (6 hours activity) 

364A,B Stained Glass (3,3) 

Leaded and stained glass; individual exploration, growth, planning and 
craftmanship. (6 hours activity) 

367 Elements of Sequential Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 317A. Theory and practice of pictorial; narrative in film story- 
hoard and graphic novel. Includes character and scenic design; story sketch, 
breakdown” and production design. Considerations: plot, scene, exposition, 
transition and continuity. Individual and team projects. Repeatable once for credit. 
(6 hours activity) 


373 Cartooning and Caricature (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A, 107B, 117, or approval by instructor. Principles and 
practices of cartooning and caricature construction, anatomy and expression. 
Study will also include a historical overview of the field with an emphasis on 
professional applications and the impact of computer graphics. (6 hours activity) 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Art concepts, materials and processes as they relate to child development. 
(6 hours activity) 

401 History of Women Artists (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB. Study of art made by women in the context of major art 
historical developments from the 10th century to the present. Analysis of images 
of women and the evolution of gender stereotypes in art. (3 hours lecture) 

413 History of Contemporary Art (3) 

Prerequisites: 312 and 461 or consent of instructor. A historical perspective of 
contemporary art beginning with major developments in Europe and the United 
States in the 1950’s. Emphasis on new materials, new exhibition methods, and 
in particular the major conceptual issues raised by individual artists and groups. 
(3 hours lecture) 

420 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or Art 101 (non-art majors). Development 
of modern architecture. The interrelationship among architecture, technology 
and society, from the industrial and political revolutions of the 18th century to 
the present. Exploration of national differences and various approaches to city 
planning. (3 hours lecture) 

423 Computer Animation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 323A or 363B or equivalent. The exploration of advanced 
computer application in the creation of visual images and concepts through 
three-dimensional modeling and animation. Field trips required. Instructional 
fee. (6 hours activity) 

424A,B Glass Forming (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 324 or consent of instructor. The chemistry, 
handling and manipulation of glass and its tools and equipment for the ceramic 
artist. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 20 IB (art majors) or Art 101 (non-art majors). Painting, sculpture 
and architecture from the late 13th to 16th century in Italy. (3 hours lecture) 

432 Baroque Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture of the 17th century in Europe. (3 hours lecture) 

438A,B Creative Color Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 338A.B. Concepts and techniques in creative color 
photography. Historical attitudes and contemporary trends. Personal 
involvement with the medium. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

441 Media Exploration for Teaching Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107A,B, 205A or consent of instructor. Exploring 
the art media used in secondary school art programs today. Materials for 
secondary art curriculum. Two and three dimensional media in subject matter 
applications. (6 hours activity) 

448 Special Studies: Artists’ Books and Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 102, 107A, or 347A/348 or consent of instructor. A studio 
art course for advanced students who want to continue to explore the book 
form as it relates to their personal aesthetic goals. (6 hours activity) 


Art 165 


California State University, Fullerton 


453A,B Exhibition Design (3,3) 

Technical and aesthetic experience in problem-solving exhibition design 
concepts, evaluation and design analysis. The production of exhibitions in the 
University Art Gallery, their selection, design, installation, lighting and 
supportive interpretive material. (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

460 Pre-Columbian Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201A,B or consent of instructor. An introduction to the art 
and architecture of Meso and South America from the early formative stage to 
the Spanish Conquest. Emphasis on aesthetic achievement with varying 
contexts of pre-Columbian culture. (3 hours lecture) 

461 American Art: 20th Century (3) 

Painting and sculpture in America during the 20th century. The role of the 
visual arts in helping to define, reflect and challenge American values and 
institutions. (3 hours lecture) 

462 Latin American Art from 1800 to the 1950s (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 311 or 312. History of painting, sculpture and the graphic 
arts in Latin America. Emphasis on the changing relationship to European 
Modernism and major principles of Latin American cultural and political 
identity as expressed in art. (3 hours lecture) 

464 Museum Conservation (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 453A, six units of art history or anthropology. The examination 
of the preservation of objects; the history, role and principles of conservation 
within a museum context. Three combined sessions at Conservation Center, 
Lj\CMA; Huntington Library; J. Paul Getty Museum; and Museum of Cultural 
History, UCLA. (3 hours lecture) 

466 Museum Education (3) 

Prerequisite: six units 300-400 Art History or equivalent. History of museum 
education, its philosophy and issues. Relationship with other museum 
departments, outreach programs, new technology. Events organization, writing 
interpretive materials, budgets and grants, conducting tours. Lectures, field 
trips and guest speakers. (3 hours lecture) 

470 History and Aesthetics of Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: 201A,B. Photography from ancient optical observations through 
19th-century invention to 20th-century acceptance as an art form. Aesthetic 
movement and influential innovators. Lectures, slides and class discussion. (3 
hours lecture) 

475 Professional Practices in the Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: Art major with junior or above standing. Practices unique to the 
visual arts, including an overview of changing concepts in the art market, 
traditional roles in cultural context, portfolio development, strategies for 
protecting ideas and avoiding abuses, and long term professional development. 
(3 hours lecture) 

478 Studio Expanded: Other Genre (3) 

Prerequisite: Any 400-level studio art course or permission of instructor. 
Exploration of various methods of expanding traditional studio approaches 
through the investigation of installation, performance and video art. May be 
repeated for credit to a maximum of 1 2 units, but no more thana three units in 
a single semester. (6 hours activity) 

480T Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 201 A or B and consent of instructor. Detailed study of the 
work of individual artists, patronage in particular places, specific pictorial, 
sculptural and architectural programs or art history periods. Topics will be 
listed in the class schedule. Repeatable if topic is different. (3 hours lecture) 


481 Seminar in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: six units upper-division an history or equivalent. Study and evaluation 
in one area of art history and appreciation. May be repeated up to a maximum of 
6 units. 

483 Special Studies in Design (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in area emphasis or 
equivalent. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than 3 units in any one area in 
a single semester. 

483A Graphic Design 

Advanced use of computer graphics. Instructional fee. (6 hours activity) 
483C Illustration (6 hours activity) 

483D Exhibition Design (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

483E Computer Assisted Graphics (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 323A or Art 363A and consent of instructor. Theory and 
practice of design using the computer. Students will explore the numerous 
applications of the computer through lecture demonstration, studio/laboratory 
experience, guest speakers and field trips. Maximum of 12 units, but no more 
than three units in a single semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

483F Design for Interactive Art (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 383E. Exploration of the creation of interactive art and design 
projects. A concentration in the advanced visual organization systems of an 
and design and how to apply those techniques to an interactive computer 
environment. Course may be repeated once for credit. (9 hours laboratory) 

484 Special Studies in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in ceramics. Maximum of 
12 units, but no more than three units in any one area in a single semester 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

484A Ceramics 
484B Glass Forming 
484C Glass Casting 

485 Special Studies in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in designated area or 
consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than three units in 
any one area in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

485A Jewelry 
485B General Crafts 
485C Metalsmithing 
485F Papermaking 

486 Special Studies in Sculpture (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 316A.B and consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units but 
no more than three units in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory) 

486A Modeling and Fabrication. Instructional fee. 

486B Casting 

487 Special Studies in Drawing and Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisites: a minimum of six upper-division units in drawing and painting, 
or consent of instructor. Maximum of 12 units, but no more than three units 
in any one area in a single semester. 

487A Painting (6 hours activity) 

487B Life Studies: Drawing and/or Painting (9 hours laboratory) 

487C Drawing (6 hours activity) 

487D Printmaking Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 


166 Art 


California State University, Fullerton 


487S Special Studies in Sequential Art (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 367. Individual investigation and development of a specialized 
portfolio in one of more of the following: character design; story sketch and/or 
production design; storyboard; or, graphic novel. Course may be repeated for 
credit. (6 hours activity) 

489 Special Studies in Creative Photography (3) 

Prerequisite: a minimum of six upper-division units in photography courses 
or equivalent. Photography as personal expression. Maximum of 12 units but no 
more than three units in a single semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

495 Internship in Art (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as a declared BFA in Art major. Work in a specific 
art field in business or industry. 

499 Independent Research (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in art with consent of department chair and written 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

500A Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: classified standing. Problems and issues in art. Intellectual 
clarification and verbal articulation of individual intent as an artist. Oral and 
written material in support of the master’s project, (with 500B meets graduate 
level writing requirement). 

500B Graduate Seminar in Major Field (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 500A. Directed research in the area of major emphasis. Oral 
and written material on historical backgrounds and developments in art as 
they relate to individual intent as an artist (stated in Art 500A) and in support 
of the master’s project, (with 500A meets graduate level writing requirement). 

501 Curatorship (3) 

Prerequisites: B.A. in art, anthropology or other major by special permission, 
and Art 466 and 481. The curator collects, cares for and studies objects. 

503 Graduate Problems in Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects listed below. Maximum of 12 units in each area, but no 
more than three units in any one area in a single semester. 

503A Graphic Design (6 hours activity) 

503C Illustration (6 hours activity) 

503D Exhibition Design (More than 9 hours laboratory) 

504 Graduate Problems in Ceramics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects in ceramics, glass forming and glass casting. Maximum of 
12 units in each area but no more than three units in a single semester. 
Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory). 

504A Ceramics 
504B Glass Forming 
504C Glass Casting 

505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects listed below. Maximum of 12 units in each area but no 
m ore than three units in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

505A Jewelry 
505B General Crafts 

5 06A,B Graduate Problems in Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects in sculpture. Maximum of 12 units in each area but no 
m ore than three units in a single semester. Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory). 


507 Graduate Problems in Drawing, Painting and Printmaking (3) 

Prerequisite: 12 units of upper-division drawing and painting. Planning, 
development and evaluation of individual projects listed below. Maximum of 
12 units in each area but no more than three units in a single semester. 

507 A Painting (6 hours activity) 

507B Life Drawing (9 hours laboratory) 

507C Drawing (6 hours activity) 

507D Printmaking Instructional fee. (9 hours laboratory) 

508A,B Graduate Problems in Creative Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Planning, development and evaluation of 
individual projects in photography. Maximum of 12 units in each area, but no 
more than three units in a single semester. (9 hours laboratory). 

511 Seminar on the Content & Method of Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 481 or consent of instructor. Methods of research, analysis 
and theories of art historical scholarship. May be repeated up to a maximum 
of 6 units. 

512 Seminar on Selected Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisites: appropriate upper-division Art course approved by instructor 
and Art 511. Analysis and evaluation of specific works and their historical 
significance including cultural, social and economic circumstances. May be 
repeated up to a maximum of 6 units. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 500A,B, written consent of instructor and recommendation 
of the students graduate committee. Art 500B may be taken concurrently with 
Art 597 on approval of instructor. Development and presentation of a creative 
project in the concentration beyond regularly offered coursework. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisites: Art 51 1, 512, written consent of instructor and recommendation 
of the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students in art with consent of department chair and written 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 


ART EDUCATION COURSES 


442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. Objectives, methods and practices 
for teaching art in secondary schools. Required before student teaching of 
majors in art for the single subject teaching credential. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

For candidates who have declared for the Ryan Act credential. See description 
and prerequisites under Division of Teacher Education. Offered every fall 
semester. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

For candidates who have declared for the Ryan Act credential. See description 
and prerequisites under Division of Teacher Education. Concurrent enrollment 
in Art Education 449S required. Offered every spring semester. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

Seminar for student teachers in art. The practical aspects of art instruction in 
secondary schools. Concurrent enrollment in Art Education 4491 required. 
Offered every spring semester. 


Art 167 





Department Chair: Gordon Paine 
Vice Chair: Marc Dickey 
Department Office: Performing Arts 262 


Programs Offered 


Bachelor of Arts in Music 

Liberal Arts 

Music Education 

Music History’ and Theory 

Bachelor of Music 

Commercial Music 

Composition 

Instrumental 

Keyboard 

Voice 

Accompanying 

Minor in Music 


Master of Arts in Music 

Music History and Literature 
Music Education 

Master of Music 

Performance 

Theory-Composition 

Single Subjec t (Sec onda ry) C redential 

Faculty 

John Alexander, Martha Baker, Eduardo Delgado, Marc Dickey, Mitchell 
Fennell, Mark Goodrich, David Grimes, Suzanne Harmon, Carole Harrison. 
Burton Karson, Leo Kreter, Gary Maas, Todd Miller, Gordon Paine, Lloyd 
Rodgers, Ernest Salem, Preston Stedman, Laurance Timm, Robert Watson, 
Vance Wolverton 


168 Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


INTRODUCTION 


Music is one of the most rewarding of all human endeavors, and the faculty 
and students in the Department of Music share a deep love for their art and a 
common desire to achieve excellence in it. The department offers a wide 
spectrum of degree programs and options with an overall emphasis in the 
area of performance. The curriculum provides basic preparation for careers in 
music or further graduate study, and is designed to provide a balanced 
education in the many facets of musical experience. Artist-teachers offer 
instruction in all areas of performance, while practicing composers and theorists 
teach courses in theory, and active musicologists provide instruction in history 
and literature. It is the goal of the department to develop each student’s musical 
and intellectual potential to the highest level of individual capability. The 
Department of Music is fully accredited by the National Association of Schools 
of Music, in addition to the overall university accreditation by the Western 
Association of Schools and Colleges. 

Credential Information m 

The Department of Music offers course work leading to a CSUF Single Subject 
Preparation Program in Music for the Ryan Single Subject Teaching Credential. 
For details, contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Education and the 
coordinator of music education. 

The Department of Music offers supplementary authorizations for the Ryan 
Single Subject Teaching Credential in Instrumental Music and in Vocal Music. 
A supplementary authorization in music is offered for the Ryan Multiple Subject 
Teaching Credential. For details contact the Office of Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

The requirements for the Single Subject Preparation Program (formerly 
“Waiver” Program) will change effective September 1, 1997. Please contact 
the Coordinator of Music Education for information. 

Advisement 

All music majors are required to obtain advisement each semester. Area 
coordinators serve as advisers, and students are assigned according to their 
area of concentration. 

Requirements of the Music Department 

1 All entering music majors are enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts degree pro- 
gram for at least the first semester of residence. Students may request a 
change in their degree objective to the Bachelor of Music upon completion 
of at least one semester of course work at the university, successful comple- 
tion of a jury examination, and recommendation of the faculty in the ap- 
propriate area of concentration. Enrollment in the Bachelor of Music pro- 
gram is limited. 

2. Upon entering the university as a new music major or upon officially chang- 
ing to a major in music, each student will present an audition in the appro- 
priate principal performance area (instrument or voice) and a placement 
audition for class piano. 

3. All students must pass proficiency examinations in traditional harmony 
(sight-singing, dictation, keyboard, and paperwork) and piano before being 
approved for graduation. Transfer students will fulfill the theory requirement 
by passing the entrance examination in theory; first-time students and 
transfers with insufficient preparation at entrance will normally take the 
examination in Music 211. The piano-proficiency requirement may be met 
by completion of Music 282B with a grade of “C” or better. Students whose 


principal performance area is piano satisfy the piano proficiency requirement 
upon reaching 300 level in performance. 

4. Each music major must declare a single principal performance area, which 
must be approved by the faculty of that area upon completion of the entrance 
audition. In order to be approved for graduation, each student must achieve 
at least the 300 level of proficiency in the principal performance area. B.A. 
Liberal Arts-option students who elect project alternative 2 (Music 497: 
Project) need reach only the 200 level. 

5. Each music major is required to present one or more recitals or a project 
appropriate to the degree program before being approved for graduation. 
The project option is available only in the Liberal Arts and Music History 
and Theory options of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Recitals at the 300 level 
of performance are designated Music 398; recitals at the 400 level of 
performance are designated Music 498. See the sections below on the Liberal 
Arts and Music History and Theory options for recital/project information 
applicable to those degrees. 

6. Undergraduate music majors are required to participate in a major 
performance ensemble (Music 361) and complete it with a grade of “C” or 
better each semester of residence as follows: 

a. Students who declare a wind instrument or percussion as the principal 
performance area must register for band; students who declare a string 
instrument as the principal performance area must register for orchestra; 
students who declare voice as the principal performance area must 
register for chorus. A student whose principal performance area is 
keyboard or classical guitar must register for one of the above major 
performance ensembles, according to the student’s qualifications and 
subject to audition. 

b. A music major who has been admitted into the Bachelor of Music 
program in composition, keyboard, or classical guitar and who has 
participated in a major performance ensemble for at least five semesters 
(a minimum of two semesters at California State University Fullerton), 
may thereafter substitute chamber music and/or small performance 
ensembles (Music 362, 363, 386) to satisfy the departmental major 
performance ensemble (Music 361) requirement. 

c. The educational purpose of the requirement that all music majors 
participate in an appropriate major performance ensemble during each 
semester of residence is to permit each student to experience the highest 
level of ensemble music-making commensurate with the student’s skill. 
To this end, the CSUF band and choir programs are of the traditional 
graded structure. University Singers (36 IE) and Wind Ensemble (36 IF) 
are for the more advanced students; Men’s Chorus (36 1M), Symphonic 
Band (36 1C) and Women’s Choir (361 W) are for students of less skill 
or experience. Placement in bands, orchestra, and choirs will be based 
on student ability as determined by the directors of those ensembles. 
Music majors will be assigned to the ensemble for which they are best 
qualified. A student does not have the option of satisfying the require- 
ments for participation in a major performance ensemble by enrolling 
in an ensemble intended for those of less ability or experience. 

d. A student who has completed state-funded lessons, who is not taking 
lessons at all, or who is taking fewer than six units of music must still 
be in an appropriate major performance ensemble. 

7. Applied-music study in the principal performance area is required as stipu- 
lated under the requirements for each degree program. The following con- 
ditions apply: 


Music 169 



California State University, Fullerton 


a. If a student pursuing the Bachelor of Arts degree or the Bachelor of 
Music degree reaches the 300 level in the principal performance area 
before the required units in applied music are completed, Music Depart 
ment electives may be substituted for the remaining applied-music units. 

b. In addition to the six units of applied music required in the principal 
performance area, Bachelor of Music students in the Composition con- 
centration must complete six units of applied composition (including 
the 498 recital) after taking Music 422. The 498 recital will consist of a 
presentation of the student’s own compositions. 

c. Students pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree in any option except 
Composition must achieve the 300 level in performance before giving 
the 398 recital and 400 level in performance before giving the 498 recital. 
Recital approval will be given only to students who are currently studying 
with CSUF applied music faculty. Specific information on jury-level 
criteria is available from the Music Department office. 

d. In order to qualify for state-funded applied music (including Music 398 
and Music 498 recitals), an undergraduate student must currently be 
enrolled for a minimum of six units of music classes (including applied 
music), at least two of which must be in an academic area (any course 
other than performing ensembles and applied music). In addition, the 
student must be enrolled in the appropriate major performance ensemble, 
as stipulated in section 6 above. If the student receives a grade of “F" or 
“U” in applied music or in the major performance ensemble, or if the 
student fails to complete six units of music classes as described above, 
applied lessons will be withheld in the subsequent semester. (A student 
needing fewer than six units of music classes to graduate will not be 
required to take extra units to meet the six-unit requirement and will 
receive applied instruction if otherwise qualified.) 

Students are limited to a maximum of three semesters of applied music 
at a given level of performance. Applied music may be denied for failure 
to make satisfactory progess within the degree. 

e. Students in the B.A. program are eligible for a maximum of eight units of 
state-funded applied music (398 and 497 included). B.M. students are 
eligible for a maximum of 14 units (398 and 498 included). 

8. Senior transfer students or graduate students in music entering to complete 
the Single Subject Preparation Program are expected to complete a mini- 
mum of one semester of upper-division course work in music with a GPA of 
at least 3.0 before they may be approved for admittance to teacher educa- 
tion. Required courses and competencies must be satisfied before the fac- 
ulty committee will consider endorsing the student’s acceptance into the 
credential program. 

9. To be approved for graduation, a music major must maintain a 2.5 GPA in 
all music coursework that is to be used to meet degree requirements. In 
addition, a student must earn a grade of “C” or better in all music courses 
required for the Bachelor of Arts in Music or Bachelor of Music degree. 

10. All requests for exceptions to departmental or curricular requirements must 
be directed by petition to the department chair. 


Ml SIC DEGREE PROGRAMS 


The Department of Music offers a variety of courses that lead to baccalaureate 
and graduate degrees in teaching and the professions. The baccalaureate degree 
may be earned in either of two degree programs (Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor 
of Music). Within these programs, a student will pursue a concentration in 


Liberal Arts, Music Flistory and Theory, Music Education, Performance, 
Composition, or Accompanying. 


BACHELOR Ol ARTS IN MUSIC 


The Bachelor of Arts in Music shall consist of no fewer than 50 units of 
music, of which at least 29 shall be upper division (300 level and above). All 
Bachelor of Arts students must complete the basic requirements listed 
immediately below and must select and complete the requirements listed in 
one of three concentrations: Liberal Arts, Music History and Theory, or Music 
Education. 

Core Requirements (34 units) ^ 

Music theory (Music 111, 1 1 1 L, 112, 1 12L, 211, 211 L, 319, 320) (14 units) 
Music history and literature (Music 108, 151; 351A,B,C) (12 units) 
Principal performance area (applied music) (4 units) 

Major performance ensemble (Music 361A,C,E,F,M,R,W) (4 units)* 

♦Required for all music majors every semester of residence. (See “Introduction,” 
item 6.) 

Liberal Arts Concentration (50 units)^ 

This concentration allows a student to take an academic major in music without 
being involved in a program of professional preparation. The degree emphasis 
is historically the oldest such study plan in music in higher education and 
represents a liberal-arts response to the highly professional program of the 
Bachelor of Music degree. 

Core requirements for B.A. degree (34 units) 

Music theory (Music 316 or 418, 323 or 422) (4 units) 

Conducting (Music 382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Senior project (Music 398 or 497) (1 unit) 

Music literature (from Music 453A through 459A inclusive) (2 units) 
Electives (7 units) 

Minimum of 6 upper division; no more than 2 units of 
Music 193-493) 

Senior Pr oject — 

Two alternatives are available to the student, each with a different focus and 
prerequisite: 

Alternative 1 (Music 398: Recital): Prerequisite is achievement of 300 applied 
music level in the area of principal performance one semester before the 
semester in which the student plans to present the recital. The student will 
present a brief recital in a regular recital time or in the appropriate work- 
shop (at faculty discretion). 

Alternative 2 (Music 497: Project): Prerequisite is achievement of 200 applied- 
music level two semesters before the semester in which the student plans to 
present the project. The student will prepare a special project in the senior 
year that will culminate in a lecture, lecture -recital, or other form of public 
presentation. To the greatest extent possible, this project should be an inde- 
pendent investigation into an area of special interest and should involve 
minimal faculty guidance. The public presentation will be evaluated by a 
faculty committee, as is the case with senior recitals, and must be approved 
by that committee prior to graduation. 

In the case of both alternatives, the recital or project will be included when 
calculating the student’s quota of state-funded applied-music lessons. 


170 Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


Music History and Theory Concentration (50 units) 

This concentration is designed as a balanced program in music history and 
theory and provides suitable preparation for advanced degrees in theory, 
literature, or musicology. It also provides basic preparation for advanced study 
in other fields, such as musical acoustics, music therapy, ethnomusicology, 
library science in music, and music in industry and recreation. 

Students seeking the concentration in Music History and Theory must submit 
a paper to the music history or theory coordinator not later than the beginning 
of their junior year. Acceptance into the degree program is contingent on the 
submission of a satisfactory paper. 

Allied requirements for the Music History and Theory concentration : 

1 . Twenty units in a secondary academic area (not music, but related to the student’s 
project or useful to prepare the student for future graduate work in music). The 
choice of a secondary academic area must be approved in writing by the coordi- 
nators of music history and theory. Suggested areas: art, English, theatre, his- 
tory, physics (acoustics), anthropology, languages, or computer science. 

2. Foreign language proficiency, preferably German, to be satisfied as described 
under the requirements for the Bachelor of Music, Voice concentration. 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 419) (4 units) 

Conducting or composition (Music 382A or 383A or 422) (2 units) 
Project-proposal preparation (Music 499) (1 unit) 

Music history or theory project (Music 497) (1 unit) 

Electives in music (7 units) 

Music Education Concentration 


Piano Pedagogy Emphasis (63 units) 

The emphasis in piano pedagogy is designed to provide in-depth preparation 
for individual and group piano instruction and will not lead to a teaching 
credential for the California public schools. 

Core requirements for Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Keyboard Ensemble (363K) (1 unit) 

Applied piano (393) (3 units) 

Conducting (382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Recital (398) (1 unit) 

Piano Literature and Interpretation (454A, B) (4 units) 

Piano Pedagogy/Practicum (467A,B,C; 477) (9 units) 

Piano Pedagogy/Observation and Internship (466) (3 units) 

Advanced MIDI or harpsichord or organ (327 or 372 or 373) (2 units) 
Functional Skills for Keyboard Majors (385K) (2 units) 

Piano-Vocal Collaboration (386) (1 unit) 

Instrumental, Vocal-Choral, General Music Emphases: 

The emphases in instrumental, vocal-choral, and general music are designed to 
provide in-depth preparation for teaching in the California public schools under 
the provisions of the Teacher Preparation and Licensing Law of 1970 (Ryan Act). 

Instrumental Emphasis (50 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 

Orchestral instruments (Music 281B,P,S,W) (4 units) 

Music theory (Music 323) (2 units) 

Conducting (Music 382A,B) (4 units) 


Chamber music (363B,G,S,W,X) (4 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Vocal-Choral Emphasis (50 units) 

Core requirement for the Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 
Orchestral instruments (Music 281B,P,S,W) (4 units) 
Conducting (Music 383A,B) (4 units) 

Literature and pedagogy (Music 354, 468) (4 units) 
Chamber music (Music 363V) (2 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

General Music Emphasis (50 units) 

Core requirements for Bachelor of Arts (34 units) 
Orchestral instruments (Music 281B,P,S,W) (4 units) 
Conducting (Music 383A,B) (4 units) 

Music and Child Development (Music 333) (3 units) 
Public School Choral Materials (Music 354) (2 units) 
Chamber music (Music 363V) (1 unit) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Credential Information 


Students desiring a California teaching credential in music must complete the 
following courses prior to enrolling in the professional education program as 
required by the Department of Secondary Education. 

Instrumental Emphasis (13 units) 

Music Education 295 (1); 394A,B (2,2); 395A (1); Music 283 (1); 353 (2); 
383A (2); 444 (2) 

Vocal-Choral Emphasis (12 units) 

Music Education 295 (1), 394B (2), 395B (1), 404 (3), Music 380A (1), 461 
(2), 382A (2) 

General Music Emphasis (10 units) 

Music Education 295 (1), 394B (2), 395B (1), 404 (3), Music 380A (1), 
468 (2) 

Students who wish to earn a single subject credential in Music in addition to 
a Bachelor of Arts with a Music Education concentration must complete the 
following 24 units: 

Music Education 442 (3), Music Education 449E (3), and professional 
education courses Secondary Education 440F and 440S (12 units). Music 
Education 4491 (Student teaching), and Music Education 449S (12 units) 

Prior to admission to teacher education, the student must reach 300 level in the 
principal performance area and pass functional examinations in keyboard and 
voice. The functional examination requirements may also be met by completing 
Music 282B (piano) and Music 283 (voice) with minimum grade of B. 


BACHELOR OF MUSIC 


This degree program is designed to provide training for highly gifted students 
who show promise and capability of becoming professional performers and 
composers. 

The degree consists of 132 semester units. A minimum of 70 semester units in 
music are required, at least 32 of which must be upper division. 


Music 



California State University, Fullerton 


Core Requirements f or the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 111, 111L, 112, 1 12L, 21 1, 21 1L, 319, 320) (14 units) 
Music history and literature (Music 108; 151; 351A,B,C) (13 units) 
Principal performance area (applied music) (6 units) 

Major performance ensemble (Music 361)* (4 units) 

Recital (Music 498) (1 unit) 

Composition Concentration (70 units)^^ 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 418, 323, 419, 420, 422) (12 units) 

Conducting (Music 382A, 383A) (4 units) 

Applied composition (5 units) 

Electives in music (11 units) 

Allied requir ement for composition concentration: 

Proficiency in one foreign language (French, German, or Italian), to be satistied 

as described under the requirements for the Bachelor of Music, Voice 

concentration) 

* Required of all music majors every semester of residence. (See “Introduction," 
item 6.) 

Instrumental C onc entration 

Orchestral Instruments Emphasis (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 323, 422) (6 units) 

Principal performance area (applied music) (6 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Conducting (Music 382A,B) (4 units) 

Chamber music (Music 362D,E,M,Y and/or 363B,G,S,W,X) (6 units) 
Electives in music (9 units) 

Classical Guitar Emphasis (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 323, 422) (6 units) 

Principal performance area (applied music) (6 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Conducting (Music 382A) (2 units) 

Chamber music (Music 363G) (6 units) 

Fingerboard skills (Music 385G) (2 units) 

Guitar history and literature (Music 459A) (2 units) 

Guitar pedagogy (Music 459B) (2 units) 

Electives in music (5 units) 

Keyboard Concentration (70 units^^ 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 418, 422) (4 units) 

Music literature (Music 454A,B) (4 units) 

Conducting (Music 382A or 383A) (2 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Principal performance area (applied music) (6 units) 

Chamber music (Music 362D,E,M,Y and/or 363B,G,K,S,W,X) (3 units) 
Piano-Vocal Collaboration (Music 386) (1 unit) 

Pedagogy (Music 467A,B,C) (6 units) 

Harpsichord or organ class (Music 372 or 373) (1 unit) 

Electives in music (4 units) 


Voice Concentration (70 units) ^ 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 422) (4 units) 

Music literature (Music 456; 457A,B) (7 units) 

Recital (Music 398) (1 unit) 

Principal performance area (applied music) (6 units) 

Opera Theatre (Music 36 ID) (2 units) 

Diction (Music 380A,B,C) (3 units) 

Conducting (Music 383A) (2 units) 

Pedagogy (Music 468) (2 units) 

Electives in music (5 units) 

Allied requirement for voice concentration: 

Proficiency in two foreign languages (to be chosen from French, German, and 

Italian), each to be satisfied by one of the following: 

a. Four years’ study of foreign language at the secondary school level, or 

b. Passing an examination given by the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures, or 

c. Completing the second semester of the beginning university sequence of a 
foreign language. 

Accompanying Concentration (70 units) 

Core requirements for the Bachelor of Music (37 units) 

Music theory (Music 316, 418, 422) (6 units) 

Music literature (Music 457A) (2 units) 

Principal performance area (applied music) (5 units) 

Chamber music (Music 363B,G,K,S,W,X) (2 units) 

Harpsichord class (Music 372) (1 unit) 

Organ class (Music 373) (1 unit) 

Functional skills (Music 385K) (2 units) 

Piano-Vocal Collaboration (Music 386) (2 units) 

Conducting (Music 383A) (2 units) 

Diction (Music 380A,B,C) (3 units) 

Recitals (Music 398, 498*) (2 units) 

Electives in music (4 units) 

*Two 498 recitals are required. The other is listed under “Core Requirements.” 


MINOR IN MUSIC 


The minor in music may be pursued by persons whose majors are in other 
fields. A maximum of 14 lower-division units may be included in work counted 
toward the music minor. The minor requires a minimum preparation of 20 
units (at least five in residence at CSUF) as follows: 

Theory of music (selected from Music 101, 111, 11 1L, 112, 112L, 211, 21 1L 
or any 300- or 400-level theory classes for which the student is qualified) (6 
units) 

Music history and literature (Music 100; 251; 302; 303; 304; 305; 350; 352, 
355; or 35 1 A,B,C; or courses at the 400 level for which the student is qualified) 
(5-6 units) 

Applied techniques (selected from Music 183; 184, 281B,P,S,W; 283 or any 
course in ensemble, conducting, piano or voice at the 300 or 400 level for 
which the student is qualified) (8-9 units) 


172 Music 



California State University, Fullerton 


Two graduate degrees in music are offered in the Department of Music: the 
Master of Music and the Master of Arts. Each degree seeks to serve a special 
group of graduate students. For those who intend to pursue advanced degrees 
beyond the master’s level, the Master of Music normally leads to the D.M.A. 
degree, and the Master of Arts to the Ph D. or the Ed.D. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

All applicants admitted into the music program enter in conditionally classified 
graduate standing. University requirements include: 

(a) baccalaureate from an accredited institution; 

(b) a grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted; 

(c) good standing at the last college attended; and 

(d) for foreign students, a minimum TOEFL score of 560. 

Each applicant must also present a satisfactory audition, submit an acceptable 
written essay in the area of specialization, and pass entrance exams in music 
theory, music history, and writing. A student whose audition is unsatisfactory 
or who fails to meet satisfactorily the entrance exam requirements shall be 
removed from “conditionally classified” status. 

Graduate Standin g: C lassified 

A graduate student may apply for classified graduate standing upon attainment 
of the following prerequisites: (a) completion of all requirements for conditionally 
classified standing as described above; (b) an undergraduate major in music 
(or the equivalent of a major; i.e., 29 undergraduate upper-division units in 
music appropriate to the students desired graduate emphasis) according to 
the student’s desired graduate emphasis with a minimum grade-point average 
of 3.0 in the major; and (c) satisfactory completion of Music 500 Introduction 
to Graduate Study in Music. One objective of Music 500 is the preparation of 
a study plan listing all courses required for completion of the degree. This 
study plan must receive the approval of the coordinator of the student’s area of 
specialization, the Music Department graduate program adviser and the Dean 
of Graduate Studies. Opportunity is given the student to remove any deficiencies 
in undergraduate-level preparation. Courses taken to satisfy deficiencies usually 
will not be included on the student’s study plan and thus will not count toward 
the master’s degree. 

Students who do not pass one or more of the entrance examinations shall take 
and complete specified coursework with a grade of A or B or may retake the 
complete exam at its next administration. 

Writing skills will be assessed at entrance using the student’s entrance essay 
and the essay portion of the Music history examination. Those who do not 
initially possess the expected proficiency will be required to achieve it before 
taking Music 500. This may include taking appropriate coursework stipulated 
by the Music Department. Writing proficiency will be assessed further in Music 
500. Students whose writing is inadequate in Music 500 will have to 
independently improve their skill to a satisfactory level before classification. 
Completion of Music 500 with a minimum grade of “B” satisfies the writing 
proficiency requirement. The writing proficiency requirement must be met 
before a student may take Music 500, and the music history requirement must 
be satisfied before a student may take any 500-level music history seminar. 


Master of music 


The Master of Music provides an avenue of graduate study for the highly creative 
composer or for the superior performer in a program tailored to each student’s 
demonstrated talent and to each student’s professional development. Applicants 
ttust have completed either a Bachelor of Music degree in performance or 


composition or show evidence of equivalent rigorous training. For the entrance 
audition, applicants in performance must demonstrate proficiency equivalent 
to the 400 level, the level expected of a performance major in the Bachelor of 
Music program at the time of the senior recital, while composition applicants 
must submit a portfolio of scores for examination by the theory-composition 
faculty. For admission to the programs in choral or instrumental conducting, 
applicants must show evidence of substantial conducting course work at the 
undergraduate level plus practical experience. Further, to audition for entrance 
into the program, each choral applicant must demonstrate conducting 
proficiency with a mixed chorus and each instrumental applicant must 
demonstrate conducting proficiency with a band or orchestra. Under 
exceptional circumstances, a tape may be substituted for the live audition. 

Study Plan ^ 

The Master of Music degree program requires a minimum of 30 units of graduate 
study in music, at least half of which must be in 500-level courses. Music 500, 
Introduction to Graduate Study in Music, must be taken within the first nine 
units. At least one recital is required, in addition to a corollary written essay. 
Under certain circumstances, and with departmental approval, a thesis may be 
substituted for the recital and written project. 


MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC 


Two options are offered in this degree program: Option I in music history and 
literature, and Option II in music education. Both options provide for breadth 
of advanced study as well as an area of specialization. The degree is for students 
preparing for college teaching careers in music history or music education, or 
for teachers and supervisors of music at the elementary or secondary level. For 
the entrance audition in history and literature, applicants must submit an 
example of a previously written research paper on a musical subject, while 
applicants to the program in music education must submit a 30-minute tape 
demonstrating their teaching technique in a classroom situation. Admission to 
the Music Education program may be restricted. Please contact the Music 
Department for current information. 

Study Plan ^ 

The Master of Arts degree program requires a minimum of 30 units of graduate 
study, no more than nine of which may be outside the field of music and at 
least half of which must be in 500-level courses in the major. 

Option I in history and literature requires (a) reading ability in a foreign 
language, preferably German or French, prior to advancement to candidacy, 
(b) a thesis, and (c) at least six units of study in a non-music field supportive 
of the major. Students in Option II, music education, shall complete a thesis, 
project, or comprehensive examination. Students selecting the comprehensive 
examination (0 units) shall complete three additional units in the concentration. 
Eight semester units are common to both options (Music 500, 3 units; Music 
361-363, 2 units; and Music 552-555, 3 units). Music 500, Introduction to 
Graduate Study in Music, must be included within the first nine units taken as 
a graduate student under both options. 

For further details or advisement, consult the Department of Music graduate 
program advisor. 


Music 



California State University, Fullerton 


MUSIC COURSES 


100 Introduction to Music (3) 

Musical enjoyment and understanding through a general survey of musical 
literature representative of a variety of styles and performance media. Music 
will be related to other arts through lectures, recordings, and concerts. For 
non-music majors. 

101 Music Theory for Non-Music Majors (3) 

Basic theory and practical applications to improve music performance and 
listening skills. Includes sightsinging and relationship to keyboard and simple 
melodic instruments. For non-music majors. 

103 History of Rock (3) 

Rock music around the world; its origins and the development of national 
styles. Emphasis on listening. For non-music majors. 

108 Introduction to Music Studies (2) 

An introduction to music study at the university level. The course concentrates 
on basic listening skills/terminology and building a basic repertoire of musical 
masterpieces, but it also presents information about the concert world, sister 
arts, and career options in music. For music majors and minors only 

110 Foundation of Music (2) 

Prerequisite: ability to read music. Intensive study of the elements of music: 
notation, rhythm, meter, melody, scales, key signatures, intervals, and chord 
structure. Exercises in writing music, technical analysis. Open to all qualified 
students, though directed toward the music major or minor. 

Ill, 112 Diatonic Harmony (2) 

Includes scales and intervals, triads and their inversions, harmonizations, non- 
harmonic tones, modulation, and seventh chords. Co-enrollment in the 
corresponding section of Music 1 1 1 L or 112L is required for music majors 
and is recommended for others. 

1 1 1L, 1 12L Diatonic Harmony Laboratory (1,1) 

Application of materials in Music 111 and 112. Activity to include sightsinging, 
dictation, and keyboard exercises. (2 hours activity) 

151 Survey of Western Musical Literature (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 108 or consent of instructor. Literature of music in Western 
civilization. Students should be able to read music in order to analyze form 
and style. 

182 Piano Class for Music Majors (2) 

Prerequisite: Music majors only. Keyboard skills for students whose major 
performance instrument is not piano. (3 hours activity) 

183 Voice Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Beginning and elementary' techniques in singing for the non-music major. May 
be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

184A Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Beginning and elementary piano skills for the non-music major. (2 hours 
activity) 

184B Piano Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: Music 184A or consent of instructor. Continuation of 184A. 

185 Guitar Class for Non-Music Majors (1) 

Beginning and elementary classical guitar techniques for the non-music major. 
May be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 


193, 293, 393, 493 Individual Instruction (1-2) 

Prerequisite: jury recommendation. Individual study with approved instructor. 
Emphasis on technique and repertoire. Music majors must register for a 
minimum of one unit per semester. Performance majors approved by jury 
recommendation should register for two units per semester. Jury examination 
required. Instructional fee required. May be repeated for credit. (Same as Theatre 
193, 293, 393, 493) 

196 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a 3.0 or higher grade-point average and/or consent of instructor 
and simultaneous enrollment in the course or previous enrollment in a similar 
course or its equivalent. Consult “University Curricula” in this catalog for a 
more complete course description. 

211 Chromatic Harmony (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 112. Continuation of Music 111,112. The chromatic practice 
of the 19th century. Secondary dominants; ninth, eleventh and thirteenth chords; 
sequence; Neapolitan and augmented sixth chords. Co-enrollment in Music 21 1L 
is required for music majors and is recommended for others. 

21 1L Chromatic Harmony Laboratory (1) 

Application of materials in Music 211. Activity to include sightsinging, dictation, 
and keyboard exercises. (2 hours activity) 

251 Survey of Musical Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Literature of music in Western civilization. 
Students should be able to read music in order to analyze form and style. (3 
hours lecture) 

265 Jazz Improvisation 1(1) 

Prerequisites: Music 111, 112, ability on a standard jazz instrument, or consent 
of instructor. Application of scales and their relationship to chords. Includes 
modes, jazz rhythmic phrasing, blues progressions, and cycle of dominant 
seventh chords. Basic jazz keyboard drills and ear training are involved. 

281B,P,S,W Orchestral Instruments (1,1, 1,1) 

Techniques and materials for teaching orchestral instruments. Required for 
music education emphasis. Instructional fee. (3 hours activity) 

28 IB Brass Instruments (1) 

28 IP Percussion Instruments (1) 

281S String Instruments (1) 

28 1W Woodwind Instruments (1) 

282A,B Piano Class for Music Majors (2,2) 

Keyboard skills for students whose major performance field is not piano. 

A. Prerequisites: Music major only. Music 182 or placement by instructor. 

B. Prerequisites: Music major only. Music 282A or placement by instructor. 
Meets minimum piano proficiency requirements for degree. (3 hours activity) 

283 Voice Class for Instrumentalists (1) 

Prerequisite: teaching credential candidate or consent of instructor. Vocal skills 
for students whose major performance field is not voice. Prepares music 
education students to work with young singers in group settings by 
understanding their own vocal problems and the solutions in a variety of vocal 
styles. Satisfies voice proficiency requirement for music credential candidates 

301 Techniques of Song Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 101 or consent of instructor. Melody writing and setting 
of text to music. Includes consideration of melodic construction, harmonic 
progression, and metrical values of text. For non-music majors. 


174 Music 



California State University, Fullerton 


302 History of Jazz (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or 101 or consent of instructor. Historical study of 
jazz music in America; chronological development and stylistic evolution with 
consideration of peripheral trends. Emphasis on listening. Intended primarily 
for non-music majors; may be used as a music-major elective. 

303 World Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or consent of instructor. Survey of music from Europe, 
Asia, Africa, Australia, Oceania, the Caribbean, and indigenous Indian music 
from North and South America. Emphasis on musical styles and forms, and 
religious and ritualistic functions of music in various cultural frameworks. 
Intended primarily for non-music majors; may be used as a music-major elective. 

304 Music of Mexico (3) 

Survey of the art, folk, and traditional music of Mexico from pre-Cortesian aboriginal 
music to 20th-century style, including neo-Hispanic, folk (corrido, etc.), mestizo, 
mariachi, nationalistic, jazz, and modem art music. Interrelationship between 
traditional (folk) and serious (art) music; effects of Mexico’s history on its music. 
No credit toward the music major. (Same as Chicano Studies 304). 

305 Women in Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or consent of instructor. A study of the contributions 
women have made as composers and performers as well as the historical 
limitations to which women musicians have been subject. Recitals by guest 
lecturers and presentation of a culminating study on selected topics by students. 
No credit toward the music major. 

306 Business of Music (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 100 or consent of instructor. This course is designed as a 
comprehensive survey of the business aspects of song writing, publishing, 
copyright, legal affairs, the record industry, music in broadcast and film, and 
career planning and development. 

316 16th-Century Counterpoint (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 2 1 1 or consent of instructor. Sixteenth-century counterpoint 
in two, three and four parts, covering motet, canon, double counterpoint. 

319 Form and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 21 1 or consent of instructor. Analysis of structural elements 
of music such as motive phrase and period: binary, ternary, rondo, sonata allegro, 
and larger musical forms in representative musical works. 

320 20th-Century Techniques to 1945 (2) (Formerly 320A) 

Prerequisite: Music 21 1. Compositional practices from 1890 to 1945; emphasis 
on written examples in the various styles. Includes sightsinging, keyboard 
practice, and dictation. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

323 Orchestration (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 319, 320 or consent of instructor. Writing and analysis of 
orchestral music. 

324 Scoring for the Band (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 323 or consent of instructor. Devices, techniques, and skills 
required to produce complete transcriptions for the contemporary public school 
wind band. 

326 Introduction to MIDI (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 211. Introduction to the theory and use of MIDI 
Instruments, including synthesizers, sequencers, computer software, drum 
Machines, and effects units. Demonstrations and assignments dealing with 
techniques of creating music for live performance recording and film scoring. 


327 Application of MIDI (1) 

Prerequisite: Music 326. Continuing supervised laboratory experimentation 
with equipment, concepts, and techniques encountered in Music 326. Students 
pursue individual assignments based on experience, ability, and interest. Topics 
are unique to each student. They may range from the production of original 
compositions to reorchestrating a symphonic movement of MIDI instruments. 
May be repeated for credit. 

333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent; junior or senior standing. The 
relationship of music to child growth and development for the child from 5 to 
12. Survey of age-appropriate music materials. 

350 Music in Our Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or consent of instructor. Music in its relationship to 
general culture. A sociological approach: musical criticism and journalism, 
concert life, audience psychology, and the political/religious/business aspects 
of the American musical scene. No credit toward the music major. 

351 A History and Literature of Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 211 and 251 or consent of instructor. A study of the history 
and literature of music from early Greek beginnings through the Renaissance era. 

35 IB History and Literature of Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351 A. A study of the history and literature of music of the 
Baroque and Classic eras. A grade of M C” or higher fulfills the course requirement 
of the university upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement for music 
majors. 

35 1C History and Literature of Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 35 IB. A study of the history and literature of music from 
the Romantic era to the present. 

352 Symphonic Music in Western and Eastern Cultures (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 100 or 101 or consent of instructor. Survey of symphonic 
music in Western and Eastern cultures from Baroque through Modem periods. 
Intended primarily for non-music majors; may be used as a music-major elective. 

353 Public-School Instrumental-Music Materials (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 382A or concurrent enrollment. The study of instrumental- 
music materials, repertoire, programming, and curriculum for public-school 
instrumental-music ensembles. Topics will include solo, chamber, and large- 
ensemble repertoire. 

354 Survey of Public School Choral Music Materials (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 383A. Examination and analysis of choral repertoire suitable 
for junior and senior high choruses. 

355 Film Music (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 100 and an ability to read music or Music 101 . A historical 
survey of motion picture musical scores. Analysis, listening, and examination 
of motion picture scores. Intended primarily for non-music majors; may be 
used as a music-major elective. 

361A-W Major Performance Ensemble (1) 

Study and performance of standard and contemporary music literature. Public 
concerts on campus and in the community each semester. A concert tour may 
be included by some groups. Required of music majors every semester of 
residence. (More than 3 hours major production) May be repeated for credit. 

361 A Symphony Orchestra (1) 

Prerequisite: audition or consent of instructor. Instructional fee. 


Music 175 


California State University, Fullerton 


36 1C Symphonic Band (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Instructional fee. 

36 ID Opera Theatre (1) 

Roles and representative excerpts from standard and contemporary operas and 
the musical, dramatic, and language techniques of the musical theatre. 
Performance of operatic excerpts and complete operas. Also open to non-vocal 
majors. 

36 I E University Singers (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. 

36 IF University Wind Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: advanced wind and percussion students accepted by audition. 
Instructional fee. 

36 1M Men s Chorus (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. This course enables students to learn and perform a 
wide variety of high-quality choral literature written especially for mens voices. 
Students also gain improved competence in sightsinging, musicianship, and 
vocal skills. Open to both music majors and non-music majors. Course may 
be repeated for credit. 

36 1R Pacific Symphony Institute Orchestra (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. A symphony orchestra consisting of both CSUF students 
and other outstanding young players. Full rehearsals will be augmented by 
sectionals and master classes conducted by coaches from the Pacific Symphony 
Orchestra. Courses may be repealed for credit. 

361W Women s Choir (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Performance of choral literature. 

362 A Chamber Orchestra (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. Study and performance of representative chamber- 
orchestra literature. Open to university students and qualified adults in the 
community. Major performance ensemble credit for CSUF string players. 
Course may be repeated for credit. 

362B Varsity Band (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The Varsity Band provides music for 
basketball games, and other related activities. May be repeated for credit. 
Instructional fee. 

362D Percussion Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and performance of music written 
for the percussion ensemble. May be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

362E Brass Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and performance of music written 
for large brass choir/ensemble. May be repeated for credit. Instructional fee. (2 
hours activity) 

362L Jazz Ensemble 1(1) 

Open by audition and consent of instructor. Numerous public performances 
on campus and in the community. Open to non-music majors. May be repeated 
for credit. Instructional fee. 

362M Horn Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study and performance of music written 
for French horn ensemble with emphasis on the solution of various problems 
relating to multiple horn literature. 


362S Jazz Ensemble 11 (1) 

Prerequisite: Open by audition and consent of instructor. (For those who do 
not qualify by audition for 362L.) Jazz and jazz-rock ensemble; public 
performance each semester. Open to non-music majors by audition. May be 
repeated for credit. Instructional fee. 

362Y Diverse Instrument Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisite: audition. An ensemble of diverse instruments and voices. Performs 
a wide range of repertoire for indeterminate instrumentation, as well as 
arrangements and transcriptions of music from the Middle Ages to the present 
Open to all performance areas, including electric as well as acoustical 
instruments. Course may be repeated for credit. 

363B-X Chamber Music Ensembles (1) 

Open to all qualified wind, string, or keyboard students. Ensembles will study, 
read and perform representative chamber literature of all periods. May be repeated 
for credit. Instructional fee (except in 363K and optional in 363J). (2 hours activity) 

363B Brass 
363G Guitar 
363J Jazz Combo 
363K Keyboard 
363S Strings 
363W Woodwind 
363X Saxophone 

363V Vocal Chamber Ensemble (1) 

Prerequisites: Music 361B, E, or W, and consent of instructor. Singers and 
student directors will study, read, and perform representative choral chamber 
literature of all periods. May be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

365G Guitar Performance Workshop (1) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Weekly workshop performances by students, 
faculty, and guests. Recommended for guitar majors each semester. May be 
repeated for credit. 

365K Keyboard Workshop (1) 

Weekly workshop performances by students, faculty, and guests. Recommended 
for keyboard majors each semester. May be repeated for credit. 

365V Vocal Workshop (1) 

Application of vocal technique to performance practices through lecture- 
demonstration, master classes, and ancillary recitals. Recommended for vocal 
majors each semester. May be repeated for credit. 

372 Harpsichord Class for Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: 300 jury level in piano or organ, or consent of instructor. The 
harpsichord as an instrument, the application of Baroque stylistic characteristics, 
and training in the rudiments of continuo playing in ensemble with voices and 
instruments. (2 hours activity) 

373 Organ Class for Music Majors (1) 

Prerequisite: 300 jury level in piano or consent of instructor. The organ as an 
instrument, the playing techniques, and repertoire. The differences between 
piano and organ techniques. (2 hours activity) 

380A,B,C Diction for Singers (1,1,1) 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing or consent of instructor. Proper singing 
diction. Examples from standard vocal literature explained through the use of 
the International Phonetic Alphabet. Not a substitute for formal foreign-langu 3 ^ 
study. A - English and Italian , B - German, C - French. 


176 Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


382A,B Instrumental Conducting (2,2) 

Prerequisite: two courses from 281B,P,S,W or consent of instructor. 

A - Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting orchestral and band 
groups. Required of all music education majors. Instructional fee. (4 hours 
activity) B - Continuation of 382A, including laboratory experience in 
conducting instrumental groups, using standard instrumental literature. 
Instructional fee. (4 hours activity) 

383A,B Choral Conducting (2,2) 

Prerequisite: one semester of voice class or consent of instructor. 

A - Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting choral groups. Required 
of all music education majors. (4 hours activity) B - Continuation of 383A 
including laboratory work with class and vocal ensembles, using standard choral 
repertoire. (4 hours activity) 

385G Guitar Fingerboard Skills (2) 

Prerequisite: upper-division guitar standing or consent of the instructor. 
Development of comprehensive understanding of the guitar fingerboard, with 
emphasis on scales, intervals, chord formation, harmonic progressions, and 
sight-reading. 

385K Functional Skills for Keyboard Majors (2) 

Development of the ability to sight-read, harmonize, transpose, and improvise. 
(4 hours activity) 

386 Piano- Vocal Collaboration (1) 

Prerequisite: 300 level in performance or consent of instructor. Coaching and 
collaborative skills for pianists and vocalists. (Classroom performances, 
rehearsals outside of class, and listening and recital attendance required). May 
be repeated for credit. (2 hours activity) 

395 Internship: Professional Experience (1-3) 

Fieldwork in music under supervision of resident faculty and professionals in 
the field. Requires minimum six hours fieldwork per week for each unit credit. 
May be repeated for credit to a maximum of six units. Open to all music students 
by consent of instructor. 

398 Recital (1) 

Prerequisites: 300 jury level in the principal performance area and consent of 
instructor. Corequisite: Enrollment in Music 365K or V. Preparation and 
presentation of representative works in the principal performance area. In the 
semester of recital presentation, Music 398 will substitute for one unit of 393. 
Instructional fee. 

*11 Survey of Music Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of all lower-division theory requirements, and at 
least senior standing or equivalent. An examination of the theoretical basis of 
music from 1500 to the present through analysis, readings, and discussion. 
Intended primarily for graduate and postbaccalaureate students. Fulfills 
graduate entrance examination requirement in music theory. May not be applied 
to a graduate study plan. 

*18 18th-Century Counterpoint (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 211 or consent of instructor. Eighteenth-century 
counterpoint in two, three, and four parts, covering invention, canon, double 
a nd triple counterpoint, and fugue. 

*19 Advanced Form and Analysis (2) 

Continuation of Music 319; larger musical works. 

*20 20th-Century Techniques since 1945 (2) (Formerly 320B) 

Prerequisites: Music 320, 35 1C, or consent of instructor. 


422 Composition (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 316, 319, and 320 or consent of instructor. Composition 
of smaller forms in various contemporary styles. 

433 Music in Early Childhood (3) 

Prerequisite: junior, senior, post-baccalaureate, or graduate standing. Songs, 
creative activities, and materials for teaching music in early childhood education. 
Teaching-learning strategies. 

444 Survey of Marching Bands (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Techniques, materials, administration for 
marching band. Charting for field shows and parade activities. 

450 History of Musical Style (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 35 1 A,B,C, or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Intensive 
review of the principal musical styles in Western music. Intended primarily 
for graduate and post-baccalaureate students. Fulfills graduate entrance 
examination requirement in music history. May not be applied to a graduate 
study plan. 

451 Writing About Music (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 35 IB or equivalent. Writing about music and related topics. 
Students will write and revise numerous brief papers and will analyze and 
critique the work of fellow students. Emphasis will also be placed on improving 
organizational, language, and research skills. 

453A,B Choral Literature and Interpretation (2,2) 

A - Prerequisites: Music 383A or equivalent and 351A,B. Choral literature 
from Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras analyzed in historical perspective. 
Appropriate performance practices. B - Prerequisites: Music 383A or equivalent 
and 35 1C. Continuation of A with examples from the Classic, Romantic, and 
Contemporary eras. 

454A,B Piano Literature and Interpretation (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Music 351A,B and upper-division piano standing or consent of 
instructor. Performance of representative styles and schools of piano literature; 
solo and ensemble repertoire. A - contrapuntal forms, sonatas, and variations. 
B - Character pieces, fantasies, suites, and etudes. 

456 Opera Literature and Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C or consent of instructor. All periods and 
nationalities, including stylistic and historical considerations. 

457A Song Literature and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 319, 380B, or consent of instructor. Study and performance 
of German Lieder with representative examples of periods and styles. 

457B Song Literature and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 380C or consent of instructor. Study and performance of 
French art songs with representative examples of periods and styles. 

459A Guitar History and Literature (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 251, 21 1 or equivalent. Upper-division guitar standing or 
consent of the instructor. Historical survey of the literature for classical guitar. 
Important works for lute, vihuela, and Baroque guitar, plus the compositions 
and transcriptions for modern guitar. 

459B Guitar Pedagogy (2) 

Prerequisite: Music 251 , 2 1 1 , or equivalent. Upper-division guitar standing or 
consent of the instructor. Fundamentals of teaching and coaching classical 
guitar. Materials and methods for individual and group instruction. 


Music 177 


California State University, Fullerton 


460 Afro-American Music Appreciation (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 460) 

461 Survey of Choral Literature and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 383A; 351A,B,C or consent of instructor. Choral literature 
from the Renaissance to the present day, analyzed in historical perspective, 
with emphasis on stylistic performance. Intended primarily for undergraduate 
music-education students. 

463 Seminar in Black Music (3) 

(Same as Afro-Ethnic Studies 463) 

466 Pedagogy Observation and Internship (1) 

Prerequisite: junior-level piano standing or consent of instructor. Coenrollment 
in 467A,B or C required. Observation of and supervised internship in piano 
teaching. Teaching techniques, and development of lesson plans and materials 
will be included. 

467A,B,C Piano Pedagogy (2,2,2) 

Prerequisite: upper-division piano standing or consent of instructor. A -Materials 
and methods for beginning and elementary students. Coenrollment in Music 
466 recommended. B - Materials and methods for intermediate and early 
advanced students. Co-enrollment in Music 466 recommended. C - Materials 
and methods for class piano. Coenrollment in Music 466 recommended. 

468 Vocal Pedagogy (2) 

Physiology, anatomy, and acoustics as they apply to singing; fundamentals of 
vocal pedagogy for studio and public school teaching; application of these 
fundamentals through seminar discussion and actual studio teaching; diagnosis 
and cure of specific vocal problems. 

477 Piano Pedagogy Practicum (3) 

Prerequisites: Music 467A, B, and C. Supervised piano teaching in individual and 
group learning environments. The following elements will be emphasized: keyboard 
technique, literature, communication skills, lesson plans, and piano curriculum. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorials (1-3) 

Prerequisites: a 3.0 or greater grade-point average and/or consent of instructor 
and simultaneous enrollment in the course or previous enrollment in a similar 
course or its equivalent. Consult “Student-to-Student Tutorials” in this catalog 
for more complete course description. 

497 Senior Project (1) 

Independent investigation of an area of special interest in music, culminating in a 
research paper, public performance, lecture, or lecture-recital. Instructional fee. 

498 Recital (1) 

Prerequisites: 400 jury level in the principal performance area (400 jury level 
in composition for composition majors) and consent of instructor. Corequisite: 
Coenrollment in Music 3651, K, or V. Preparation and presentation of 
representative works in the principal performance area. In the semester of 
recital presentation, Music 498 will substitute for one unit of Music 493. 
Instructional fee. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

A special topic in music selected in consultation with and supervised by the 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (3) 

Required of all music graduate students within the first nine study-plan units. 
Basic bibliography, literature, and research techniques, and materials useful in 
graduate study. 


524 Seminar in Music Theory (3) 

Theoretical subjects (form/style analysis, history of music theory, etc.) to be 
chosen by instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

552 Seminar in Music of the Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. The forms, styles, 
and characteristics of music between 1400 and 1600. Analysis of works by 
representative composers and theoretical writers. 

553 Seminar in Music of the Baroque Period (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. Musical forms, styles, 
and performance practices of the Baroque period. Analysis of representative works. 

554 Seminar in Music of the Classic Period (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. The history and literature 
of music from approximately 1730 to 1826. Analysis of representative works. 

555 Seminar in Music of the Romantic Period (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 351A,B,C; Music 500; or equivalent. The structure and 
development of music in the 19th century. Analysis of representative works. 

567 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy (3) 

Graduate-level study of advanced learning theories, musical issues, and 
pedagogical methods involved in teaching piano through lectures, discussions, 
and student presentations. Practice teaching required. 

570G Seminar in Guitar Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Music 500 or consent of the instructor. Advanced study of guitar 
literature, with performances and analysis by class members and lectures by 
the instructor. Requirements can be met by performance and/or analysis. Topics 
include guitar sonatas, guitar concertos, and solo guitar works of Heitor Villa- 
Lobos. May be repeated for credit. 

570P Seminar in Piano Literature (2) 

Prerequisite. Music 500 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of piano 
literature, with performances and analyses by class members and lectures by 
the instructor. Requirements can be met by performance and/or analysis. May 
be repeated for credit. 

582 Seminar in Advanced Instrumental Conducting and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 382B, keyboard facility for score reading, and consent of 
instructor. Conducting techniques. Interpretive problems of each period covered 
in lectures. May be repeated for credit. 

583 Seminar in Advanced Choral Conducting and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisites: Music 383B, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. 
Choral conducting techniques. Lab work with student groups and concert 
conducting. May be repeated for credit. 

593 Individual Instruction (1-2) 

Prerequisite: jury recommendation. Individual instruction with approved 
instructor. Emphasis on performance techniques and repertoire. May be 
repeated for credit. Instructional fee. 

597 Project (3) 

The culminating experience of M.M. students as well as M.A. students in Music 
Education who do not elect to write a thesis or take a comprehensive exam 
M.M. Project, option 1: one public recital with a related paper and program 
notes. M.M. Project, option 2: two public recitals with program notes. M.A 
(Music Education) Project: a significant written research study. Students must 
submit an enrollment request form by week one of the preceding semester 
Instructional fee. 


178 Music 


California State University, Fullerton 


598 Thesis (3) 

Individual investigations of specific problems in the area of concentration by 
candidates for the M.A. degree. Students must submit an enrollment request 
form by week one of the preceding semester. Instructional fee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in music and consent of instructor. Research 
and study projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered 
coursework. Oral and written reports required. Students must submit an 
enrollment request form by week one of the preceding semester. 


MUSIC EDUCATION COURSES 


295 Clinical Practice in Instrumental/Choral Techniques (1) 

Clinical practice and field applications of instrumental/choral techniques classes, 
as in public and private schools. Coenrollment in Music 383B or 382B 
recommended. (3 hours weekly to be arranged in nearby school) 

394A Practicum in School Materials and Techniques (2) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295. For music education majors. Experience in 
sequential pedagogy, classroom delivery skills, and concurrent development of 
management skills, aural discrimination skills, and aural and visual diagnostic skills. 

394B Practicum in Skills for Teaching Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 394A. Corequisite: Music Education 395A or 
395B. For music education majors. Observation and application of musical 
concepts and materials, sequential pedagogy, nonverbal teaching strategies, 
and classroom delivery and management skills. Continued development of 
aural and visual diagnostic skills and aural discrimination skills. 

395A Clinical Practice in Instrumental Conducting (1) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295. Clinical practice and field applications of 
concepts, materials, and procedures as applied to field situations, as in public 
and private schools. Co-enrollment in Music Education 394B. 


395B Clinical Practice in Choral Conducting (1) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295. Clinical practice and field applications of 
concepts, materials, and procedures as applied to field situations, as in public 
and private schools. Co-enrollment in Music Education 394B. 

404 Microcomputers and MIDI for School Music Classrooms (3) 

Prerequisite: Music Education 295 or equivalent. Pre-service and in-service 
music teachers will learn how to use microcomputers and musical instrument 
digital interface (MIDI) for classroom management and pedagogical purposes. 
Students will gain experience with software for word processing, database, 
spreadsheet, music notation, music pedagogy, and MIDI. 

442 Principles and Methods of Teaching Music in the Public Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. History, principles of public 
education, grades K-12, with emphasis on music. Philosophy, methods, 
materials, and procedures for organizing and teaching music in elementary 
and secondary schools. Must be taken concurrently with Secondary Education 
440F and 440S. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

Must be taken concurrently with Music Education 442. For candidates who 
have declared for the single subject credential in music. See description and 
prerequisite under Department of Secondary Education. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

For candidates who have declared for the single subject credential in music. 
See description and prerequisite under Department of Secondary Education. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

Must be taken concurrently with Music Education 4491. For candidates who 
have declared for the single subject credential in music. See description and 
prerequisites under Department of Secondary Education. 


Music 



California State University, Fullerton 



Department Chair: Sallie Mitchell 
Department Office: Performing Arts 157 
Production Office: Performing Arts 126 


Master of Fine Arts in Theatre Arts 

Acting 

Directing 

Design and Technical Production 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 


Seco ndary Tea ching Credential ^ 


Bachelor o f Arts in Theatre Arts 

Liberal Art 

Production/Performance 

Acting 

Directing 

Musical Theatre 

Playwriting 

Technical Production/Design 
Teaching 


Faculty 

Barbara Arms, Joseph Arnold, Don Finn, John Fisher, Susan Hallman, Dean 
Hess, Lawrence Jasper, Robin Johnson, Gretchen Kanne, Gladys Kares, Dan Kern. 
Arthur Lessac (Distinguished Visiting Professor), Alex MacKenzie, Joan Melton. 
William Meyer, Sallie Mitchell, S. Todd Muffatti, Jose Quintero (Distinguished 
Visiting Professor), Lara Teeter, James Volz, Ron Wood, Abel Zeballos 


INTRODUCTION 


Bachelor of Arts in Dance 


Master of Arts in Theatre Arts ^ 


The Department of Theatre and Dance undergraduate and graduate program* 
include the fields of acting, dance, directing, musical theatre, playwnting 
technical production and design, and theatre for young audiences. Specifically 


180 Theater and Dance 




California State University, Fullerton 


the course work and theatrical and dance production activities are arranged to 
provide opportunities for students (1) to develop an appreciation for theatre 
arts and dance; (2) to become aware, as audience or participants, of the shaping 
force of theatre arts and dance in society; (3) to improve the knowledge and 
skills necessary for work in the theatrical arts profession and careers in dance; 
(4) to pursue graduate studies; and (5) to prepare for teaching theatre. 

Public performance is at the center of the departments programs. Therefore, 
continuing stage and dance production activities are essential for all students 
at California State University, Fullerton, including the undergraduate and 
graduate theoretical student as well as the undergraduate pre-professional and 
graduate conservatory student. The program in dance is designed to develop 
basic technique, ability to perform, and fundamental principles that lead to a 
fuller appreciation of the art. Within a clear framework of technique and dance 
studies, students will encounter challenges in both areas. Public performance 
as well as a sound academic schedule are considered paramount. 

General Major Requirements 

The concentration in History and Theory in theatre is for those who wish to study 
theatre as a cultural contribution or who wish to pursue graduate degrees in theatre 
with emphasis in theatre history and theory. It is strongly recommended that 
students electing this plan support the major with approved electives from an, 
music, foreign languages, literature, philosophy or speech. 

The concentration in Production/Performance in theatre is designed to develop 
competency for pursuing the theatrical arts as a profession, or for pursuing graduate 
degrees in theatre with an emphasis in an area of concentration other than history 
of the theatre. Areas of emphasis are: acting, directing, musical theatre, oral 
interpretation, playwriting, technical design and television. 

The concentration in Teaching in theatre meets the requirements of the teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary teaching 

The Bachelor of Arts in Dance is designed to develop competency for pursuing 
careers in dance or for pursuing a graduate degree in dance. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet the 
other university requirements for a bachelor of arts degree. Students pursuing a 
concentration in Teaching must meet all specific requirements for the desired 
teaching credential. See description of secondary school teaching credential program 
under Department of Secondary Education. In addition, students pursuing the 
teaching concentration should see the department’s secondary education adviser 
regarding course sequence required for the single subject waiver in English. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in theatre or dance, students 
must have a C or better in all theatre or dance courses required for the degree. In 
addition to course requirements, all theatre and dance majors will enroll for two 
units of Theatre 478B each semester of residency up to a maximum of eight 
semesters. All dance majors are strongly encouraged to enroll in Dance 478A 
Performance each semester. 

Theatre 477B with a grade of C or better fulfills the upper-division writing 
requirement for theatre majors. Dance 325 with a grade of C or better fulfills the 
u pper-division writing requirement for dance majors. 

Theatre 200, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite for all upper-division theatre courses with 
the exception of Theatre 478A,B. Transfer students may take Theatre 200 concurrently 
with their first semester of upper-division courses. Prior to entering their junior 
year, or upon transferring to Cal State Fullerton, all students electing an Acting or 
Musical Theatre emphasis under the Production/Performance concentration or 
the major in Dance will be evaluated and advised as to potential for advancement 
m the emphasis or major. 


Ibachelor of arts in theatre arts 


Liberal Arts Concentration 

Lower Division Core (15 units) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 250 Theatre Management (3) 

Theatre 263A Beginning Acting Majors (3) 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Upper Division Core (18 units) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 475A,B,C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Critical Techniques (3) 

Electives (24 adviser-approved units) 

ActingDirecting (6 units minimum) 

Theatre 141A,B Voice/Movement for the Stage (6) 

Theatre 263B Beginning Acting (3) 

Theatre 363 Intermediate Acting (3) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 370B Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 470A Advanced Directing (3) 

Technical Theatre and Design (6 units minimum) 

Theatre 276B Drafting (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 377 Stage Costuming (3) 

Theatre 387 Audio Techniques (3) 

Theatre 388 Historical Styles for Scene Design (3) 
Theatre 486 Advanced Lighting (3) 

Theatre 487 Advanced Audio Techniques (3) 

Theatre 488 Advanced Design & Technology (3) 

Upper-Division Electives (12 adviser-approved units) 

Production/Performance Concentration 


Acting Emphasis 

Lower Division (24 units required) 

Theatre 110 Oral Communication of Literature (3)* 

Theatre 141 A, B Voice/Movement for Stage (6) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A,B Beginning Acting Majors (6) 

Six units selected from: 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) or 
Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Upper Division (36 units required) 

Theatre 310 Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 

Theatre 363A,B Intermediate Acting (6) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 463A,B Advanced Acting (6) 

“"Meets General Education requirement in oral communication for theatre and 
dance majors. 


Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


Theatre 475A.B.C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Critical Writing Techniques (3) 

Theatre 482A,B Camera Techniques for Actor and Director (3,3) 

Directing Emphasis 

Lower Division (27 units required) 

Theatre 141A,B Voice/Movement for Stage (6) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 250 Theatre Management (3) 

Theatre 263A,B Beginning Acting - Majors (6) 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) or 
Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 

Upper Division (32 units required) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 370A,B Fundamentals of Directing (6) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 470A.B Advanced Directing (6) 

Theatre 475A,B,C and E World Theatre (12) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 

All theatre majors with an emphasis in directing must assistant stage manage a 

mainstage production either prior to or concurrently with Theatre 470A, Advanced 

Directing, and must stage manage a mainstage production prior to graduation. 

Musical Theatre Emphasis 

Lower Division (25 units required) 

Theatre 141A,B Voice/Movement for Stage (6) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A,B Beginning Acting - Majors (6) 

Dance 142 Tap Dance I (2) 

Dance 212 Ballet II (2) 

Dance 232 Jazz II (2) 

Music 111 Diatonic Harmony (2) 

Music 1 1 1L Diatonic Harmony Lab (1) 

Music 184 A Piano Class (1) or equivalent 

Upper Division (33 units required) 

Theatre 363A,B Intermediate Acting (6) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 436A,B Musical Theatre Workshop (6) 

Theatre 475A,B,C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 475E World Theatre (3) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 

Dance 336 Dance for Musical Theatre (3) 

All theatre majors with an emphasis in Musical Theatre must prove competency 

in piano. 

Playwriting Emphasis 

Lower Division (15 units required) 

Theatre 110 Oral Communication of Literature (3)* 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A Beginning Acting - Majors (3) 

Theatre 276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) or 
Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 


Upper Division (41 units required) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 364 Seminar in Playwriting (3,3) 

Theatre 370A.B Fundamentals of Directing (6) 
Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 470A,B Advanced Directing (6) 

Theatre 475A,B,C, and E World Theatre (12) 
Theatre 477A,B Seminar in Critical Techniques (6) 

Technical Production/Design Emphasis 

Lower Division (21 units required) 

Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A Beginning Acting - Majors (3) 
Theatre 276A,B Beginning Stagecraft/Drafting (6) 
Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 


Upper Division (30 units required) 

Theatre 370A Fundamentals of Directing (3) 

Theatre 379 Rendering for the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 387 Audio Techniques (3) 

Theatre 377 Stage Costuming (3) or 
Theatre 388 Historical Styles for Scene Design (3) 
Theatre 475A,B,C World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 
Theatre 488 Advanced Design and Technology (3) 


Adviser-Approved Electives (6 or 7 units) chosen from: 
Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 385 Advanced Makeup (3) 

Theatre 476 Stage Mechanics/Rigging (3) 

Theatre 486 Advanced Lighting (3) 

Theatre 487 Advanced Audio (3) 

Theatre 488 Advanced Design and Technology (3) 


TeachingJ^oncentration (Single Subject) 

Lower Division (27 units required) 

Theatre 141 A, B Voice/Movement for the Stage (6) 
Theatre 200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre 263A.B Beginning Acting - Majors (6) 
Theatre 2 76 A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 288 Design for the Theatre (3) 


Upper Division (29 units required) 

Theatre 350 Stage Management (2) 

Theatre 370A,B Fundamentals of Directing (6) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 402 B Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 

Theatre 470A Advanced Directing (3) 

Theatre 475A,C,E World Theatre (9) 

Theatre 477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) or 
English 301 Advanced College Writing (3) 


Theatre Education majors are required to complete the Waiver Program i n 
English. 


182 Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


BACHELOR OF ARES IN DANCE 


Graduate Standing: Classified ^ 


Lower Division (13 Units Required) 

Dance 112 Ballet I (2) 

Dance 122 Modem Dance I (2) 
Dance 126 Dance Improvization (2) 
Dance 212 Ballet II (2) 

Dance 222 Modern Dance II (2) 
Dance 226 Rhythmic Analysis (3) 


Upper Division (38 Units Required) 

Dance 301 Dance in Cultural Diversity (3) 
Dance 312 Ballet III (2) 

Dance 322 Modem Dance III (2) 

Dance 323A,B Dance Composition (3,3) 
Dance 324 Forces and Figures in Dance (3) 
Dance 325 Dance Theory and Criticism (3) 
Dance 372 Dance Kinesiology (3) 

Dance 412 Ballet IV (3) 

Dance 422 Modem Dance IV (3) 

Dance 423 Advanced Dance Composition (3) 
Dance 424 Dance Pedagogy (2) 

Dance 47 1 Creative Dance for Children (3) 
Dance 478A Production and Performance (2) 


Electives (6 Units Required) 

With the approval of the appropriate depanmental adviser, students complete 
a minimum of six elective units, including at least one course from each 
category below: 


Category I: 


Dance 132 Jazz 1 (2) 

Dance 142 Tap Dance I (2) 

Dance 213 Classical Pointe (2) 

Dance 232 Jazz II (2) 

Dance 242 Tap Dance II (2) 

Dance 332 Jazz III (3) 

Dance 336 Dance for Musical Theatre (3) 

Dance 478A Production and Performance (2) 

Dance 497 Production and Performance Projects in Dance (1-3) 

Category II: 

Theatre 277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Theatre 386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theatre 387 Audio Techniques (3) 


[Master of arts in theatre arts 


The Master of Arts in Theatre Arts provides a program of coordinated graduate 
studies built on undergraduate preparation; incentive for intellectual growth 
reflected in teaching and professional recognition; and a sound basis for 
continued graduate study in theatre. The student is expected to demonstrate a 
high degree of intellectual and creative competence. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified ^ 

University requirements include a baccalaureate from an accredited institution and a 
grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted (see section 
°f this catalog on admission of graduates for complete statement and procedures). 


A student who meets the admission requirements and the following 
requirements may be granted classified graduate standing upon the 
development of an approved study plan: an appropriate undergraduate major 
in theatre, with a grade-point average of 3.0 in all upper-division work in the 
major, or at least 24 units of appropriate upper-division work in theatre, with 
a GPA of 3.0; satisfactory completion of the Graduate Writing Requirement; 
and an oral interview. Upon recommendation of the student’s graduate 
committee, additional prerequisites may be required prior to classification and 
the approval of the area of emphasis. 

Study Plan ^ 

The study plan will include at least 30 units of adviser-approved graduate 
studies, 15 units of which must be 500-level courses. Study plan course work 
must be completed with an overall minimum 3.0 grade-point. Each program 
will consist of 24 units in theatre including a thesis. All students must also 
pass oral and written examinations. Written comprehensive examinations will 
be given during the seventh and eighth weeks of the spring semester. Students 
must apply to the graduate coordinator prior to the beginning of the semester 
in which they intend to take the written examination. Students will be permitted 
to take the written examination twice. 


Required Courses (18 units) 


Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 

Theatre 


477A Seminar in Critical Techniques (3) 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Theatre (3) 

501 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Theatre Theory (3) 
573 Seminar in Dramatic Literature (3) 

575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

583 Graduate Seminar: Acting (3) 


Electives (9 units) 


As part of their electives, students may select a maximum of six units of 
adviser-approved supporting courses in related fields from courses outside 
the Depanment of Theatre and Dance. 


Thesis (3 units) 


Theatre 598 Thesis (3) 


For further information, consult the Department of Theatre and Dance. 


master of fine arts in theatre arts 

(DESIGN AND TECHNICAL PRODUCTION, 
ACTING AND DIRECTING) 


This degree is for students who wish professionally oriented education and 
training in design and technical production, acting, and directing. It is the 
objective of the department to educate and train highly skilled, motivated 
individuals for careers in professional theatre (including television and film) 
or for careers as artist-teachers in college or university theatre. Only those 
who demonstrate an exceptional talent, a high degree of motivation, and a 
deep commitment to their education and training will be admitted into the 
program. The highest academic and creative standards will be demanded 
throughout the program. A positive attitude and a rigid sense of theatre 
discipline are essential for success in the program. 

The degree requires 60 units of approved course work. Based on a student’s 
previous undergraduate or professional experience, substitutions or revisions 


Theater and Dance 





California State University, Fullerton 


in the study plan might be appropriate. Average length of time to complete the 
program is three years. 

Admission to Gra duate Standing: ( lassificd — 

Prerequisites for admission to the program and granting of classified standing 
are: 

1. B.A., B.FA. or M.A. from an accredited college or university with a major 
in theatre; or a degree in a related field and extensive work in technical 
design and production, acting, or directing. 

2. Completion of an oral interview and satisfactory review of the student’s 
portfolio or audition. 

3. Acceptance by the faculty. 

4. Minimum GPA of 3.0 in all upper-division undergraduate work in theatre. A 
minimum GPA of 2.75 for the last half of the undergraduate program is also 
required. 

5. Completion of any additional prerequisites which may be required by the 
student’s individual committee prior to classification. 

6. Selection of a graduate adviser and committee. Total committee membership 
should be three or four faculty members, including the adviser. 

7. Submission of a formal M.FA. study program approved by the individual 
committee, the department graduate adviser and the dean of graduate studies. 

8. Must meet the Graduate Writing Requirement. 

\dmission to Graduate Standing: ( onditionailj Classified — | 

Students who do not meet certain prerequisites may be considered for admission 
in conditionally classified graduate standing. Consult the graduate program 
adviser. 

Study Plan - Acting — 

Course Requirements (60 units) 

Theatre 443 Audition and Rehearsal Processes (3) 

Theatre 500 Intro to Graduate Study in Theatre (3) 

Theatre 541 Voice and Movement for the Actor (8) 

Theatre 543 The Performer and the Professional Theatre (3) 

Theatre 563 Acting Studio (16) 

Theatre 565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Theatre 570A,B Styles of Directing/Performance (6) 

Theatre 582A,B Camera Techniques for the Actor and Director (3,3) 
Theatre 583 Graduate Seminar. Acting (3) 

Theatre 597 Projects (Two) (3,3) 

Adviser-Approved Elective (3) 

M.FA. Projects in Acting 

The M.F.A. in Acting requires the completion of two creative projects which, 
by their nature, are of sufficient challenge and complexity to be accepted as 
worthy completion of the period of study. These projects, which shall be 
performances in major departmental productions, shall be approved by the 
individual’s committee. In addition, the program will culminate in a project 
book submitted by the M.F.A. candidate to the individual's committee. The 


project book will clearly and objectively articulate the development of the 
candidate’s process as an actor based on the various experiences in and materials 
discovered through both classroom and performance. Before the degree is 
granted, each student will pass an oral examination over the project book. 

Study Plan - Directing ^ 

Course Requirements (60 units) 

Theatre 470A Advanced Directing (3) 

Theatre 470B Advanced Directing (3) 

Theatre 500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Theatre (3) 

Theatre 541 Voice and Movement for the Actor (2) 

Theatre 563 Acting Studio (4) 

Theatre 565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Theatre 570A,B Styles of Directing/Performance (12) 

Theatre 575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

Theatre 582A,B Camera Techniques for Actor/Director (6) 

Theatre 583 Graduate Seminar: Acting (3) 

Theatre 597 Project (3,3) 

Adviser-approved electives (includes 6 units technical coursework) (12 units 1 

M.FA. Projects in Directing 

The M.F.A. in Directing Program requires the completion of three creative 
projects, which have been approved by the individual’s committee and which 
by their nature, are of sufficient challenge and complexity to be accepted as 
worthy completion of the period of study. These projects shall be mounted 
and presented by the Department of Theatre and Dance as a portion of its 
production program. The program shall culminate in a project book submitted 
by the M.F.A. candidate to the individual’s committee. The project book will 
clearly and objectively articulate the process of formulating the final mainstage 
project from initial concept to critical reaction, utilizing experiences and material 
discovered through both classroom participation and the development of the 
production. Before the degree is granted, each student will pass an oral 
examination over the project book. 

Study Plan - Design and Technical Production _ 

Students should concentrate their activities in two of the following four technical 
theatre areas during their two year course of study: scene design, costume 
design-makeup, lighting-sound, and technical production. 

Course Requirements (60 units) 

All of the following (9 units): 

Theatre 500 Introduction to Graduate Study (3) 

Theatre 565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Theatre 575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

Three from the following (9 units): 

Theatre 566 Graduate Seminar: Technical Production (3) 

Theatre 577 Graduate Seminar: Costuming (3) 

Theatre 578 Graduate Seminar: Scene Design (3) 

Theatre 586 Graduate Seminar: Lighting (3) 

Four enrollments in the following (24 units): 

Theatre 588A,B Graduate Projects in Design and Technical Theatre (3/3. 3 
3, 3/3, 3/3) 


184 Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


Adviser-approved units from technical courses in theatre, art or engineering 
(12 units) 

Creative project in two of the four technical areas: Theatre 597 Project (3) (6 
units) 

M.FA. Projects in Design 

The M.F.A. Program in Design and Technical Production shall be culminated 
by two creative projects which, by their nature, are of sufficient challenge and 
complexity to be accepted as worthy completion of the period of study. These 
projects are determined by the individual committee and shall be design 
assignments for major productions. Each project shall be reviewed by the 
individual committee within two weeks after completion. If accepted, the 
student shall submit a project book within a specified time. Before the degree 
is granted, each student will pass an oral examination over the project book. 


DANCE COURSES 


101 Introduction to Dance (3) 

Historical and contemporary dance forms. Experiences in various dance forms 
such as ballet, modern, jazz, folk, ethnic, mime. Recommended for non-majors. 

112 Ballet 1(2) 

The fundamental structure and technique of classical ballet. May be repeated 
once for credit. (4 hours activity) 

122 Modern Dance I (2) 

Exploration and manipulation of the instrument and materials of dance; 
development of aesthetic judgment. May be repeated once for credit. (4 hours 
activity) 

126 Dance Improvisation (2) 

Theory and practice of improvisation in movement. Practical use of 
improvisation in expressing imagery, developing choreographic concepts, and 
enhancing performance. (4 hours activity) 

132 Jazz 1 (2) 

Modern jazz dance techniques and basic jazz choreography. (4 hours activity) 

142 Tap Dance 1 (2) 

Structure and technique of tap dance and tap choreography. (4 hours activity) 

212 Ballet II (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 1 12 or consent of instructor. Intermediate level technique 
°f classical ballet. May be repeated once for credit. (4 hours activity) 

213 Classical Pointe (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 212 or 312 or equivalent level of proficiency and consent 
°f instructor. Technique for basic beginning pointe work and building 
performing strength. May be repeated once for credit. (4 hours activity) 

222 Modern Dance II (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 122 and/or placement test. Intermediate modem dance 
a nd movement vocabulary in terms of composition and communication. May 
^ repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

226 Rhythmic Analysis (3) 

Musical form and structure as it pertains to dance and choreography; musically 
n otating dance rhythms and percussion accompaniment. 


232 Jazz II (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 132 or consent of instructor. Intermediate level skills in 
jazz technique and choreography. (4 hours activity) 

242 Tap Dance II (2) 

Prerequisite: Dance 142 or consent of instructor. Intermediate skills in tap 
technique and choreography. (4 hours activity) 

301 Dance and Cultural Diversity (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 101 or consent of instructor. Impact of various dance 
forms, from primitive time to modern, on diverse cultures. Contributions of 
immigrants, minorities and women to dance as a personal, social and cultural 
expression. 

312 Ballet III (2) 

Prerequisite: Dance 212 and/or consented placement test. A study of classical 
ballet technique at the second stage of the intermediate level. Classical ballet 
technique with emphasis on complex combinations. Study of elements of 
technique and theory. May be repeated for credit. 

322 Modern Dance III (2) 

Prerequisite: Dance 222 and/or consented placement test. A study of modern 
dance technique at an advanced intermediate level. A more detailed study of 
technical theory with emphasis on more complex combinations. May be 
repeated for credit. 

323A,B Dance Composition (3,3) 

A - Prerequisites: Dance 122, 126, or equivalents. Study of basic elements and 
forms of dance composition. 

B - Prerequisite: Dance 32 3A or consent of instructor. Problem solving studies 
in space, time, and energy, using choreographic devices in solo and group 
situations. Final project required. (6 hours activity) 

324 Forces and Figures in Dance (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A history of dance from primitive times to 
the present. 

325 Dance Theory and Criticism (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 101, 122 A or consent of instructor. Theory and criticism 
of dance. Comparison and relationship of dance principles and criticism among 
major dance genres, in addition to other art forms. Fulfills the course 
requirement for the university upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement 
for dance majors. 

332 Jazz III (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 232 or consent of instructor. Advanced jazz techniques 
and choreography through grade three of professional jazz dance. The relation 
of jazz to other forms of dance. (6 hours activity) 

336 Dance for Musical Theatre (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 112, 132, and audition, or consent of instructor. Dance 
utilized in musical theatre. Ensemble and individual approaches to the style. 
May be repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) 

372 Dance Kinesiology (3) 

Structural aspects of the human body and factors that affect movement in dance. 

412 Ballet IV (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 212 or 312 or consent of instructor. Stylization and 
performance of classical ballet. May be repeated once for credit. (6 hours activity) 


Theater and Dance 



California State University, Fullerton 


422 Modern Dance IV (3) 

Prerequisites: Dance 222 and/or placement test. Advanced level skills in modem 
dance. Emphasis on individual techniques. May be repeated for credit. (6 hours 
activity) 

423 Advanced Dance Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Dance 323A.B or equivalent. Elements and forms in dance 
composition. The choreographing of dances of concert quality (6 hours activity) 

424 Dance Pedagogy (2) 

Prerequisites: Dance 112, 222, 226, 323A, 372, and consent of instructor. 
Philosophies, techniques and methods for developing progressions in dance 
instruction. 

471 Creative Dance for Children (3) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing. Methods and materials for teaching 
creative dance to children. (6 hours activity) 

478A Production and Performance (2) 

(Same as Theatre 478A) 

497 Production and Performance Projects in Dance (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instructor; application 
form with appropriate signatures must be on file in department office prior to 
registration. Projects which culminate in production or performance. May be 
repeated for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instructor; application 
form with appropriate signatures must be on file in department office prior to 
registration. Undergraduate research projects. May be repeated for credit. 


THEATRE COURSES 


100 Introduction to the Theatre (3) 

For the general student leading to an appreciation and understanding of the theatre 
as an entertainment medium and as an art form. Recommended for non-majors. 

110 Oral Communication of Literature (3) 

The analysis and performance of literary works through the medium of oral 
interpretation. An emphasis upon understanding the content of communication 
in literature as well as the form. An exploration of the techniques involved in the 
discovery, critical evaluation and performance of various literary’ speakers. Meets 
the General Education requirement in Oral Communication for Theatre/Dance 
majors. 

141 A, B Voice/Movement for Stage (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 141A is a prerequisite to 141B. Intensive training in the 
integral use of the voice and body for the actor; developing skills for vocal and 
physical relaxation, flexibility, and strength. May be repeated once for credit. 

163 Acting for Non-Majors (3) 

The form and content of acting: improvisation, action, motivation, and behavior. 
Recommended for non-majors. (6 hours activity) 

193, 293, 393, 493 Individual Instruction (1-2) 

(Same as Music 193, 293, 393, 493) 

200 Art of the Theatre (3) 

Theatre as an art form, involving the interrelated processes of playwriting, 
directing, acting, design and theatre management. Study of scripts with emphasis 
on dramatic analysis and cultural significance. Required of all theatre majors. 


236A,B Fundamentals of Musical Theatre Performance (2,2) 

Prerequisite for 236B: Theatre 141 A, 200, 236A. Introduction to materials, 
exercises, techniques and the preparation of audition portfolio for performance 
in musical theatre. May be repeated for credit. 

250 Theatre Management (3) 

An overview of theatre producing, audience development, fund raising, business 
management; arts management principles and organization. Participation in 
School of the Arts management work required. (6 hours activity) 

263A,B Beginning Acting - Majors (3,3) 

Prerequisite for 263B: Theatre 200, 141A.B and 263A. Improvisations, exercises, 
and techniques of acting for the stage. Motivation and behavior in characterization 
(6 hours activity) 

276A Beginning Stagecraft (3) 

Planning and construction of stage and television scenery. Use of tools and 
stage equipment. Work in the scene shop for department productions is required. 
May be repeated for credit. (6 hours activity) (CAN DRAM 12) 

276B Drafting (3) 

Prerequisite: 276A. Drafting and reading of technical drawings. Work in the 
scene shop for department productions is required. May be repeated for credit. (6 
hours activity) 

277 Costume Fundamentals (3) 

Costuming theatrical, dance and camera productions. Construction techniques, 
organization and duties of the costume crew. (6 hours activity) 

285 Theatrical Makeup (3) 

Makeup for stage and television. Individual skill in character analysis, 
application in pigment, plastic, hair, makeup, and selection and use of makeup 
equipment. (6 hours activity) (CAN DRAM 14) 

288 Design for the Theatre (3) 

Scene design, including script analysis, formation of visual concepts, floor 
plan development and model building for stage and camera. (6 hours activity^ 

310 Oral Interpretation of Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing; Theatre 110 or consent of instructor 
Development of techniques for oral interpretation of Shakespeare with special 
emphasis on the problems of verse. 

315 Chicano/Latino Theatre (3) 

(Same as Chicano Studies 315) 

320 Theatre and Issues in American Society (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 100, 163, 200 or equivalent. The study and analysis of 
modern and contemporary literature and productions of comedies, dramas 
and musicals that examine current social problems to establish an experimental 
view of living in today s world. 

350 Stage Management (2) 

Corequisite: Theatre 370A. Backstage management, including interrelationships 
of production personnel for stage and television. 

363A,B Intermediate Acting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 200, 141A,B, 263A,B and audition. Characterization 
roles, special problems, and application of acting techniques through exercises 
and two-character scenes from the contemporary theatre. (6 hours activity) 


186 Theater and Dance 



California State University, Fullerton 


364 Seminar in Playwriting (3) 

Prerequisites: evidence of interest in creative writing and consent of instructor. 
Study of superior models, development of style, and group criticism and evaluation 
of independent work, as it relates to playwriting. May be repeated for credit. 

370A,B Fundamentals of Directing (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 263A, or consent of instructor. 370A is prerequisite to 
B. Prerehearsal problems and procedures, structural analysis of plays, 
composition, picturization, pantomimic dramatization, movement and rhythm 
on stage and in television. Practice in directing scenes. (6 hours activity) 

377 Stage Costuming (3) 

Fashions and textiles of major historical periods, methods of research; 
interpretation and communication of historical dress for theatrical statement. 

379 Rendering for the Theatre (3) 

Scenic and costume sketching and rendering for communication between 
production director and designers. Full scale costume and scenic painting 
required. Theoretical and actual production idea presentation and execution. 
(6 hours activity) 

385 Advanced Theatre Makeup (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 285. Problems in makeup including special techniques 
and materials: prosthetics, hairpieces, and masks for stage and television 
productions. (6 hours activity) 

386 Lighting Fundamentals (3) 

Theories of lighting for stage and camera productions. Work on departmental 
productions is required. (6 hours activity) 

387 Audio Techniques (3) 

Practice necessary to integrate live and recorded sound into performing arts 
productions. Recording, reproduction and studio techniques. (6 hours activity) 

388 Historical Styles for Scene Design (3) 

Visual survey through lecture and slides of architecture, interior design and 
furniture from ancient to modem times. Provides necessary basis for advanced 
design course. 

402A,B Dramatic Activities for Children (3,3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. Creative dramatics as a tool for building 
and developing creative and socialized processes in children. A — Sense memory, 
movement/mime, dialogue, characterization, dramatization. B — Teaching 
techniques including concentration, imangination, dramatization, and 
improvisation for adolescents. (6 hours activity) 

403A,B Theatre for Young Audiences (3,3) 

Prerequisite: 403A prerequisite for 403B or consent of instructor. Theatrical 
production for an audience of children. A - Philosophy, theory and practice; B 
• Application of production principles. (6 hours activity) 

411 Oral Interpretation of Children’s Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: upper division standing. Oral presentation of children’s literature 
in classroom, recreation and home situations including individual and group 
performance of fiction, non-fiction, fantasy and poetry. 

436A,B Musical Theatre Workshop (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 363B, Dance 336, and audition. Theatre 436A 
Prerequisite to B. Roles and excerpts from musical theatre: the musical, 
dramatic, language and dance techniques. Scenes and musical numbers in 
w orkshop. A - Large group and solo work. B - Small group and audition 
Material preparation. (6 hours activity) 


443 Audition and Rehearsal Processes (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 363A,B. Auditioning and rehearsal processes for 
professional work in theatre, television and film. Includes techniques for 
selecting material and performance preparation. (6 hours activity) 

463A,B Advanced Acting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 310, Theatre 363A,B and audition. Historical theories 
and techniques of styles of acting. A - Greek through renaissance periods. B - 
The neoclassic periods to contemporary styles. (6 hours activity) 

470A,B Advanced Directing (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 288, 350, and 370A,B, or consent of instructor. Readings 
in theory, analysis of scripts and practice in directing plays for their oral and 
visual value as theatre. A - Each student directs a one-act play. B - Each student 
directs two one -act plays or equivalent. (6 hours activity) 

475A,B,C,E World Theatre (3, 3, 3, 3) 

Prerequisite. Theatre 200 and junior standing. An historical examination of 
significant developments in World Theatre and drama from the origins to the 
present. A - Origins to 1650; B - 1650-1900; C - 1900 to the present; E - 
Historical background and contemporary view of the musical theatre. 

476 Design of Stage Mechanics and Rigging (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 276A.B, Theatre 288 and consent of instructor. Evolution, 
theory and implementation of mechanics and rigging for the stage. Emphasis 
on current practices and future implications. 

477A Seminar in Critical Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 200. Major critical theories in theatre. 

477B Seminar in Writing Critical Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 200. Practical criticism as applied to local dramatic 
productions. Fulfills the university upper-division baccalaureate writing 
requirement for theatre arts majors. 

478A,B Production and Performance (2,2) 

A - Performing in stage or camera productions. B - Technical crew work on 
stage or camera performances. One section of 478B per semester required of 
all theatre and dance majors as well as non-majors cast in theatre and dance 
department productions. (More than 6 hours activity) (Same as Dance 478A) 

482A,B Camera Techniques for Actor and Director (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 363A,B or Theatre 370 A,B. Theatre 482A is a prerequisite 
to 482B. The adaptation of stage acting/directing techniques for the camera, 
audition, rehearsal and final performance project, utilizing studio equipment. 
A - Development of camera acting/directing techniques; B - Production of varied 
dramatic presentation for broadcast. (6 hours activity) 

483 Advanced Acting Workshop (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 463A,B and audition. Extensive scene study, based on 
particular needs and problem areas of the advanced acting student. (6 hours 
activity) 

486 Advanced Lighting (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 386 or consent of instructor. Design and technology of 
lighting for the stage and television. (6 hours activity) May be repeated for 
credit. 

487 Advanced Audio Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 387 or consent of instructor. Advanced problems in the 
design and technology of live and recorded sound used in the performing arts. 
(6 hours activity) 


Theater and Dance 187 


California State University, Fullerton 


488 Advanced Design and Technology (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 276A.B, 277, 288 and consent of instructor. Advanced 
design, coordination of scenery and/or costume design projects for various 
theatres and television. May be repeated for credit. 

495 Theatre Internship (3) 

Consent of appropriate faculty supervisor. Supervised work experience in all 
areas of theatre to expand the dimensions of the classroom by integrating 
formal academic training with direct application. Periodic seminar meetings 
to discuss work. 

497 Production and Performance Projects in Theatre (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instructor; application 
form with appropriate signatures must be on file in department office prior to 
registration. Projects which culminate in production or performance. May be 
repeated for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: upper division standing and consent of instructor; application 
form with appropriate signatures must be on file in department office prior to 
registration. Undergraduate research projects. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Theatre (3) 

Methodological problems in graduate research. Location of source materials, 
including library and original data; interpretation of research and practice in 
scholarly writing. Must be taken the first semester after admission to graduate 
study. 

501 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Theatre Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 500. Directed research; the relationship between historical 
backgrounds and developments in the theatre and the student’s area of 
concentration. 

541 Voice and Movement for the Actor (2) 

Prerequisite: audition. Corequisite: Theatre 563. Development and con- 
ditioning of the actor’s voice and body, with an emphasis upon understanding 
and transforming the actor’s use of his/her vocal and physical instrument. 
Required of first and second year M.EA. students. May be repeated for credit. 

543 The Performer and the Professional Theatre (3) 

Prerequisite: Theatre 443 and audition. Continues techniques and strategies 
used by the performer in accessing the professional environments of live theatre, 
film, and television, including the selection, preparation and performance of 
dramatic material for a professional acting showcase. 

563 Acting Studio (4) 

Prerequisite: audition. Re-creation and interpretation of roles utilizing period 
and contemporary dramatic literature, interrelating voice, movement, 
characterization and period style acting. Enrollment limited to M.F.A. students. 
May be repeated for credit. 

565 Dramatic Textual Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing. The process of translating a dramatic text to 
theatrical production, with an emphasis upon the techniques of perception, 
imagination, and integration used by the theatrical artist in developing a concept 
and determining specific performance choices. 

566 Seminar in Technical Production (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced theories in the preparation and 
installation of scenery for theatrical production; engineering drawings, 
exploration of materials, and research into new methods of theatre technology. 
May be repeated for credit up to six units. 


570A,B Styles of Directing/Performance (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 470A,B or consent of instructor. Research in the theories 
of directing and acting styles and practice in directing and performance of 
period plays. A - Staging and acting problems from Greek tragedy through the 
Restoration. B - Staging and acting problems from recent classical work (Ibsen, 
Strinberg, Chekhov) to present. May be repeated once for credit. 

573 Seminar in Dramatic Literature (3) 

Directed research and criticism in the examination of contributions of major 
dramatists or dramatic genres. Emphasis on dramatic analysis. 

575 Seminar in Theatre History (3) 

Directed research and criticism in the examination of significant historical 
periods or movements in theatre history. May be repeated for credit. 

577 Graduate Seminar: Costuming (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Costume production problems and their 
solutions. Examination of specific designers, past and present. Research in 
practical methods of interpreting the designer’s sketch. May be repeated for 
credit up to six units. 

578 Graduate Seminar: Scene Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Scenic design projects involving in-depth 
production style and scheme development. May be repeated for credit up to six 
units. 

582A,B Camera Techniques for the Actor and Director (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 541 and 563. Theatre 582A is prerequisite to 582B. An 
in-depth study of the process and performance of camera techniques utilized 
by actor and director. Includes camera compatibility, rehearsal, acting and 
directing methods. A - Development of screen acting and directing techniques. 
B - Production of varied dramatic presentations for broadcast. 

583 Graduate Seminar: Acting (3) 

Prerequisites: Theatre 463A,B. Investigation and delineation of current acting 
methods as techniques for solving problems presented by popular dramatic 
literature. Development of a personal acting philosophy and methodology 
May be repeated once for credit. 

586 Graduate Seminar: Lighting Design (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advance theoretical lighting design projects 
Production problems and their solutions. Examination of specific designers, 
past and present. May be repeated for credit up to six units. 

588A,B Graduate Projects in Design and Technical Theatre (3,3) 
Theoretical projects and designs for productions prior to final projects. Faculty 
and student critiques. Tailored to individual student needs. Enrollment limited 
to M.F.A. students. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor, student’s graduate committee and 
department executive committee. Development and presentation of a creative 
project beyond regularly offered coursework. May be repeated for credit up to 
six units. Student must complete course application form by the end of the seventh 
week of the semester preceding that in which the work is to be done. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: consent of student’s graduate committee , application form with 
appropriate signatures must be on file in department office prior to registration 
Development and presentation of a thesis in the student’s area of concentration 


188 Theater and Dance 


California State University, Fullerton 


599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of student’s graduate committee and instructor; 
application form with appropriate signatures must be on file in department office 
prior to registration. Research in theatre. May be repeated for credit. 


THEATRE EDUCATION COURSES 


442 Teaching Theatre in the Secondary School (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to teacher education. Objectives, methods and 
materials for teaching in the secondary school. 

449E Externship in Secondary Teaching (3) 

See description under Department of Secondary Education. 

4491 Internship in Secondary Teaching (10) 

See description under Department of Secondary Education. 

449S Seminar in Secondary Teaching (2) 

See description under Department of Secondary Education. 


Theater and Dance 


189 
















School of 


Business 
Administration 
& Economics 


Dean: Ephraim P. Smith 
Associate Dean: Dorothy Heide 


PROGRAMS Oi l I RI D 


Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentrations in: 

Accounting 

Business Economics V - ;j| 

Finance 

Management 

Management Information Systems 
Management Science 
Marketing 


Bachelor of Arts in Economics 



Bachelor of Arts in International Business 

Concentrations in: 

French 

German 

Japanese 

Portuguese 

Spanish 

Minor in Business Administration 
Minor in Economics 

Minor in Management Information Systems 
Master of Science in Accountancy 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentrations in: 

Accounting 
Business Economics 
Finance 

International Business 
Management 

Management Science/Information Systems 
Marketing 




California State University, Fullerton 


Master of Arts in Economics 

Master of Science in Management Science 

Concentrations in: 

Management Information Systems 

Operations Research 

Statistics 

Master of Science in Taxation 


INTRODUCTION 


Programs of study in the School of Business Administration and Economics 
equip men and women with the intellectual and professional tools needed to 
assume responsible positions in business, industry, education, government, 
and social service. The school offers a broad exposure to business administration 
and economics. Behavioral and quantitative sciences are studied in both 
theoretical and applied contexts. Mathematics is used as a key tool in the analysis 
of complex problems and in the interpretation of data. Emphasis is placed on 
effective oral and written communication. Students are made aware of the 
need for imaginative, innovative solutions to business problems that encompass 
human needs and ethical objectives. 

The school provides the opportunity to develop technical expertise in a chosen 
discipline at a beginning professional level acceptable to prospective employers. 
Seven concentrations are offered within the business administration major as 
well as an economics major, an international business major and a business 
education credential program. 

The School of Business Administration and Economics offers the only 
undergraduate and graduate programs in Orange County accredited by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. Accreditation assures a 
rigorous course of study covering the full spectrum of business administration. 
It also indicates a well-qualified faculty, high standards for students, access to 
computing and an extensive library system. 

Mission Statement 

The Mission of the School of Business Administration and Economics, California 
State University, Fullerton is to serve the educational needs of the region and 
state through undergraduate, graduate, and outreach programs. Specifically, 
the School will provide high-quality, affordable business education to a large 
and diverse group of undergraduates. For the working adults who form the 
core of the graduate student population, the School will provide high-quality, 
well-focused professional business education. The School will reach out to the 
community through workshops, certificates, in-house training, consulting and 
other forms of non-traditional education; community-based research and other 
research services are a part of this effort. The School will support research that 
contributes to the intellectual capital of the Schools faculty, the University and 
society. This Mission, taken as a whole, should be seen as having interrelated 
parts that work together and support the entire educational enterprise. 

Mission: Undergraduate Education 

Undergraduate business education is the School’s major focus. Undergraduate 
programs must prepare students to think critically and provide them with the 
range of skills required to meet the challenges of a changing world environment. 
To achieve this mission, the School will 

• Provide an integrated, competency-based undergraduate education that 
develops contemporary, applied computing expertise, an understanding of 


the interplay of domestic and international operations on functional areas, 
and the ability to manage ethically in a changing world environment; 

• Prepare undergraduate students to pursue entry and mid-level positions in 
the functional areas and specialized professions, entrepreneurship, and gradu- 
ate education. 

Mission: Graduate Education 

Graduate business education is built on a sound undergraduate foundation 
enriched by advanced theoretical knowledge and contemporary' professional 
expertise. With this education, graduate students will develop a global 
managerial perspective. To achieve this mission, the School will 

• Emphasize advanced professional education that strengthens the ability to 
communicate ideas effectively within an increasingly complex environment, 
to manage ethically in a changing social milieu using contemporary man- 
agement practices, and to develop attitudes that foster global competitive- 
ness; 

• Prepare graduate students to assume leadership roles of increasing respon- 
sibility in business, government and not-for-profit organizations. 

Mission: Community Outreach 

Community outreach supports and complements the School’s education 
functions and links the School to its environment. It is the School’s and faculty’s 
opportunity to offer distinctive services to special clientele: individuals, 
businesses, government, etc. This mission encompasses the School’s efforts to 
weave lasting relationships with local government, industry and professional 
organizations and to retain and build on its diversity through recruitment of 
underrepresented faculty and students. To fulfill this mission, the School will 

• Create client-focused educational opportunities and provide research ser- 
vices through the School’s Centers and Institutes; 

• Disseminate relevant research produced through the efforts of the faculty 
and the School’s Centers and Institutes throughout the region in public 
forums and the media; 

• Support faculty working collaboratively with local government agencies, 
businesses and professional organizations; and 

• Ensure both a diverse student body and a diverse faculty through targeted 
recruitment, retention and development efforts. 

Mission: Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

The School’s intellectual capital is the foundation on which the education 
mission rests. Therefore, faculty must be nurtured in their efforts to 
continuously build on their existing research and teaching strengths. To achieve 
a higher level of faculty development, the School will 

• Support and encourage the theoretical and applied research activities of d 1 *- 
faculty whether accomplished individually or as a collaborative endeavor, 
either within a discipline or as an interdisciplinary activity; 

• Encourage applied research as it affects Orange County and/or supports and 
enhances the educational mission of the University , 

• Aid and nurture faculty research efforts through various types of intramur- 
grants and assist in their efforts for extramural grants; 


192 School of Business Administration & Economics 



California State University, Fullerton 


• Support and encourage faculty seeking leadership roles within professional 
and academic organizations at all levels; 

• Create an environment that supports teaching excellence , educational inno- 
vation and curriculum development; and 

• Promote an atmosphere that encourages a free intellectual exchange of ideas 
in an environment of academic freedom. 

Preparation for Undergraduate Degree Programs ^ 

Algebra and geometry are necessary for many required business courses. The 
equivalent of three years of high school mathematics, including a second course 
in algebra, is the prerequisite for the required Math 135 Business Calculus. 
Students without the necessary background should enroll in Math 115 College 
Algebra. 

Proficiency in written English is essential to all college courses. Students should 
plan to take the written English component of General Education as soon as 
possible and take the English Writing Proficiency (EWP) examination while 
juniors. 

Business students are encouraged to take courses in sociology, psychology, 
anthropology, speech communication, political science, history, philosophy, 
geography and foreign languages. Many courses in these fields may be used to 
meet general education requirements. For the international business degree, 
intermediate level competency in a foreign language, equivalent to Foreign 
Language 204 courses, is prerequisite to the required concentration courses. It 
is strongly recommended that students planning to major in international 
business complete a minimum of three years of foreign language study while 
in high school. 

Business Advising Center - Langsdorf Hall, Room 700 ^ 

Undergraduate Program Advising 

The Business Advising Center serves business administration, economics and 
international business majors. Information is available on admissions, 
curriculum and graduation requirements, as well as on registration and grading 
procedures, residence and similar academic matters. Transfer students should 
see an adviser immediately regarding transfer credit. For information on general 
education, consult the Academic Advisement Center. 

Graduate Program Advising 

The graduate adviser (in the Business Advising Center) provides academic 
advising for the graduate programs in accountancy, business administration, 
management science and taxation. Information is available on admissions, 
curriculum and graduation requirements, as well as on registration procedures, 
residence and similar academic matters. For information on admission, 
curriculum and graduation requirements for the M.A. in Economics, see the 
graduate program adviser in the Economics Department. Students should also 
consult the faculty advisers for the programs in accountancy, management 
science and taxation. 

Transfer Credit for Business and Economics Courses 

Students should see an adviser as soon as possible regarding transfer credit. 
College level courses successfully completed at another college or university 
tuay be applied towards the requirements of the SBAE subject to the approval 
°f the appropriate department chair. Lower division courses completed at an 
a ppropriately accredited institution with a grade of “C” or better that are 


equivalent in content and level may be considered. Upper division transfer 
courses will be considered if the course is (a) equivalent in content and level, 
(b) completed with a grade of W C” or better, and (c) taught in an American 
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business accredited program. Exceptions 
require thorough documentation evidencing the above standards. Lists of 
approved equivalent courses from local community colleges are available in 
the Business Advising Center. All other courses are subject to approval by the 
department chair concerned. In these cases, the student must supply catalog 
descriptions, course outlines and textbook titles. Courses taken in the extension 
division of another university, or by correspondence, are generally not 
acceptable. 

Internships and Cooperative Education ^ 

Students may earn academic credit, first-hand work experience and financial 
remuneration as well. Opportunities exist in accounting and auditing; cost- 
benefit analysis and econometrics; finance and real estate; insurance and 
banking; management and industrial relations; marketing, sales and advertising; 
and business data systems. For more information, consult the internship adviser 
in your department or in the Center for Internships and Cooperative Education. 

Student Organizations 

Chapters of the following national honor societies have been established on 
campus with membership open to qualified students: Beta Alpha Psi 
(accounting), Beta Gamma Sigma (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), 
Financial Management Association Honor Society (finance), Omicron Delta 
Epsilon (economics), Phi Kappa Phi (all-campus), Pi Sigma Epsilon (marketing). 
In addition there are the following clubs which students are encouraged to 
join: Accounting Society, Association of Information Technology Professionals, 
A1ESEC, APICS (American Production and Inventory Control Society), Black 
Business Students, Economics Association, Finance Association, American 
Marketing Association, Personnel and Industrial Relations Association, 
Personnel Management Association of Aztlan, Rho Epsilon, Securities and 
Investment Association, and The Institute of Management Science. 

SBAE General Scholarships 

Stephen J. Barres Leadership Award 

Dr. Jack Coleman Scholarship 

Day Runner, Inc. Graduate Fellowship in Business 

La Puerta de Opportunidad Scholarship 

National Electronics Distributors Association 

Outstanding Student Award 

Theodore H. Smith Outstanding Graduate Student Award 
Francisco J. Valle Scholarship 
Yokohama Tire Corporation 

See also awards listed under each department. For additional information on 
awards and scholarships available to business students, contact the Office of 
the Dean, Langsdorf Hall 700. 

Computer Facilities 

The CSUF Computer Center in the Library and the SBAE Satellite Computer 
Laboratories in Langsdorf Hall are available for student use. Computer facilities 
are generally available evenings and weekends during the school year. 

Information on the Degree Requirements 

Accountancy, Master of Science 
See “ Department of Accounting” 


School of Business Administration & Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


Business Administration, Bachelor of Arts 

Business Administration, Master of Business Administration 

Business Administration, Minor 

Management Information Systems, Minor 

See “ Business Administration Degrees ” 

Economics, Bachelor of Arts 
Economics, Master of Arts 
Economics, Minor 
See “Department of Economics” 

International Business, Bachelor of Arts 
See “ International Business Program” 

Management Science, Master of Science 

See “Department of Management Science/Information Systems" 

Taxation, Master of Science 
See “Department of Accounting” 


194 School of Business Administration & Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 



Chair: Gerald B. Hoth 

Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 630 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 


Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Accounting 

Master of Science in Accountancy — a 

Master of Business A dministration 

Concentration in Accounting 

Master of Science in Taxation _ 


Faculty 

Jon Andrus, Betty Chavis, Mary Fleming, Paul Foote, Clyde Hardman, 
Mahamood Hassan, A. Jay Hirsch, Gerald Hoth, K.J. Kim, Andrew Luzi, Robert 
McCabe, Robert Miller, Christopher Petruzzi, Shirish Seth, Ephraim Smith, 
^ndy Swad. 


Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading 
procedures; residence and similar academic matters. In addition, the Accounting 
Department Chair provides advising on curriculum content and career 
opportunities in Accounting, the CPA Examination, and Taxation. 


Mission Statement 

The Accounting Department’s mission is to provide a strong regional presence 
for accounting education, to insure continuous faculty improvement, and to 
promote interaction with business and professional communities. 


Department Objectives 

Undergraduate Education 

To provide a competency based education in accounting that qualifies 
accounting majors for entry-level accounting positions in private industry, 
government, public accounting or for not-for-profit organizations. The 


Accounting 


195 




California State University, Fullerton 


undergraduate education also will provide a foundation for advancement 
through professional certification and success in graduate studies. 

Graduate Education 

To provide advanced professional education that strenghtens the skills of 
graduate students in both general and technical competencies and enhances 
the student’s ability to enter or continue in leadership roles and develop 
increased professional responsibilities in private industry, government, public 
accounting or for not-for-profit organizations. 

Educational Support 

To serve the educational needs of the School of Business Administration and 
Economics as well as other schools and departments of the University by 
teaching various accounting subjects as may be required or requested within 
the resource constraints of the Department. 

Enhanced Intellectual Capital 

To enhance the intellectual capacity of its faculty by encouraging and supporting 
fundamental and applied research as well as faculty development activities. 
This includes support of active participation and leadership in local, regional 
and national academic and professional accounting organizations. 

Community Outreach 

To support student and alumni activities and encourage outreach activities 
that address accounting needs of the local, regional and global communities. 
This includes developing strong ongoing relationships with local and regional 
employers and supporters of an enhanced academic environment. 


INTRODUCTION 


Accounting is often referred to as “the language of business.” Very generally, 
the accounting process is concerned with recording, classifying, reporting and 
interpreting the economic data of an organization. These data are important to 
users, who may include managers, investors and other interested groups. 
Accounting helps in decision-making processes by showing how money has 
been spent and where commitments have been made, by judging performance 
and by showing the implications of following different courses of action. Reliable 
information in a dynamic business environment is necessary for sound decisions 
concerning the allocation of scarce resources. Thus accounting plays a very 
significant part in our social and economic systems. 

Programs in accounting are designed for students who are interested in careers in 
public accounting, industry, government, or service organizations, and for students 
who intend to work for advanced degrees in accounting in preparation for teaching 
and research. 

Credential Information 


The Department of Accounting offers courses which may be included in the Single 
Subject Waiver Program in Business. Further information on the requirements for 
teaching credentials is contained in the Teacher Credential Programs section of 
this catalog. 

Awards in Accounting 

Accounting Focus Group Awards: 

GPA Award 

Communications Award 
Community Service Award 
Outstanding Student Award 
Beta Alpha Psi Award 
Accounting Society Award 


196 


Accounting 


Other Awards: 

American Society of Women Accountants, Orange County Chapter 

Amy Vanasse Memorial Award 

Association of Government Accountants Award 

Awards from various CPA review firms 

California Society of CPAs 

Cynthia A. Brown Memorial Scholarship 

Institute of Internal Auditors Award 

Institute of Management Accountants Award 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “Business Administration Degrees, Accounting Concentration.” 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTANCY 


The Master of Science in Accountancy program provides the conceptual 
understanding and technical competence for a career in professional accounting 
Employment opportunities include public accounting, industrial accounting 
and government. The program encompasses both a theoretical foundation and 
technical skills. Emphasis is placed on the development of a professional attitude 
and the capacity to deal with issues of accounting policy and ethics. Graduates 
should be prepared for entry-level positions, and for potential advancement in 
the profession. 

The M.S. in Accountancy program is scheduled especially for students who 
are employed full time. Courses are offered during the late afternoon and 
evening. Most students enroll on a part-time basis, taking two courses (6 units) 
per semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergraduate degree in 
business administration with a concentration in accounting. In addition to six 
units of required accounting courses, there are 12 units of accounting electives, 
nine units outside accounting but in related business areas, and a terminal, 
research-project course. Students not holding an undergraduate degree in 
accounting or business may apply; qualified candidates will be admitted to 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing or conditionally classified standing as 
explained in the Admissions section below. 

Cal State Fullerton is the only university in Orange County accredited by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business at both the undergraduate 
and graduate level. This assures a rigorous program, a well qualified faculty 
high standards for students, and access to an extensive library system and 
computing facilities. The qualifications of the M.S. in Accountancy faculty 
include advanced degrees in accounting, taxation, and law; practical experience: 
and professional standing as CPAs, CMAs, and attorneys. 

Most graduate courses in the School of Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status” and are open only to students with classified 
standing in the M B A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, M.S. in 
Management Science, or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted to 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing. 

1 . Acceptable bachelors degree from an institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted 
and in good standing at the last college attended. 





California State University, Fullerton 


Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll in undergraduate 
courses (100 through 400 level) but generally are ineligible for graduate business 
courses (500 level). Such students may wish to take undergraduate courses 
which are necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see below). 
Upon completing the requirements, the student may file an “Application for 
Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of Academic Objective” requesting 
admission to the M S. in Accountancy program. Admission to the university as 
a postbaccalaureate-unclassified student does not constitute admission to the 
M.S. in Accountancy program, does not confer priority, nor does it guarantee 
future admission. Students planning to apply for admission to the M.S. in 
Accountancy program should confer with the graduate adviser in the School 
of Business Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements may be admitted 
to the M.S. in Accountancy program with conditionally classified standing: 

3. Combination of GPA and score on the Graduate Management Admission 
Test (GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at least 1000 according to one of 
the following formulas. Due to limited facilities and resources in the School 
of Business Administration and Economics, a higher score may be required 
of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.7 or GMAT is below 450, then 
score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

4. A score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, analytical and quantitative areas 
of the GMAT. Students who do not reach this level are required to complete 
a department approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number of graduate courses 
(500 level) subject to the approval of the graduate adviser of the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. Students may take whatever courses 
are necessary to fulfill requirement 4 (below) while enrolled as conditionally 
classified students. In addition, a maximum of 9 units (three courses) from the 
M.S. in Accountancy curriculum may be taken while in conditionally classified 
standing. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eligible to take graduate courses for which 
they qualify. 

5. A bachelor’s degree with a major in business administration and a concen- 
tration in accounting which meets the requirements stated in this catalog 
for such degrees. The degree must include calculus and computer informa- 
tion systems equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, Business Calculus (3 
units) and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Pro- 
gramming Concepts (3 units), with grades of at least C. Courses in the ma- 
jor are to be no more than seven years old, and courses in the accounting 
concentration no more than five years old. Courses in the major (including 
the accounting concentration) must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; courses 
with grades lower than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. Any 
deficiencies must be made up by taking additional course work. Applicants 
with a bachelors degree in a field other than Business Administration may 
meet this requirement by completing the courses in calculus and computer 
information systems (above) with grades of at least C, courses in the ac- 
counting concentration, and also the Foundation Courses within the cur- 
riculum of the Master of Business Administration (27 units, including Ac- 
counting 510; Business Admin 590; Economics 515; Finance 517; Manage- 
ment 515, 516, 518; Management Sci/lnfo Systems 513, and Marketing 


519). Both the accounting concentration courses and the MBA Foundation 
Courses must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; accounting concentration courses 
and Foundation Courses with grades lower than C must be repeated with at 
least a C grade. 

6. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work beyond the 
baccalaureate degree. At least 24 of the 30 units required for the degree must 
be at the graduate level. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan courses 
and overall applicable course work. Any study plan course with a grade lower 
than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Accounting 502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

or Accounting 521 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Electives in Accounting (12 units) 

Four courses (12 units) to be selected in consultation with and approved by 
the student’s program adviser. At least one course but not more than two must 
be tax-related (denoted by an asterisk in the list below) for a maximum of six 
units in tax-related courses. 

Accounting 503 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems (3) 
Accounting 505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Accounting 506 Seminar in Professional Accounting Communications (3) 
Accounting 507 Seminar in Accounting Information Systems (3) 
Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3)* 

Accounting 518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Accounting 521 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and Shareholders (3)* 
Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3)* 
Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business Operations (3)* 
Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and Estate 
Planning (3)* 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3)* 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3)* 
Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3)* 


*Tax Course 

Other Electives (9) wm 

Three courses (9 units) at the 400- or 500-level in business or related areas, to 
be selected in consultation with, and approved by the student’s adviser. 
Accounting courses may not be used to satisfy this requirement. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 


MASH R OF IH SIM SS ADMINISTRATION 


See “ Business Administration Degrees, Accounting Concentration.” 


Accounting 



California State University, Fullerton 


MASTER Oi SCIENCE IN TAXATION 


The Master of Science in Taxation program provides the conceptual 
understanding and technical competence for a career in taxation. Employment 
opportunities include the tax departments of CPA and law firms, as well as 
corporations and government tax agencies. For those already employed in 
this field, the M S. in Taxation program should meet the continuing education 
requirements of professional associations and licensing boards. 

The M.S. in Taxation program is scheduled especially for students who are 
employed full time. Courses are offered during the late afternoon and evening. 
Most students enroll on a part-time basis, taking two courses (6 units) per 
semester. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergraduate degree in 
business administration or accounting. In addition to six required courses in 
the field of taxation, there are three electives and a terminal, research-project 
course. Students not holding an undergraduate degree in accounting or business 
may apply; qualified candidates will be admitted to post-baccalaureate- 
unclassified standing or conditionally classified standing as explained in the 
Admissions section, below. 

Cal State Fullenon is the only university in Orange County accredited by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business at both the undergraduate 
and graduate level. This assures a rigorous program, a well-qualified faculty, 
high standards for students, and access to an extensive library system and 
computing facilities. The qualifications of the M.S. in Taxation faculty include 
advanced degrees in taxation, accounting, and law; practical tax experience; 
and professional standing as CPAs and attorneys. 

Most graduate courses in the School of Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status” and are open only to students with classified 
standing in the M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Taxation, M.S. in 
Management Science, or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Admission _ 


Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted to post- 
baccalaureate-unclassified standing: 

1 . Acceptable bachelor's degree from an institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted 
and in good standing at the last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate unclassified students may enroll in undergraduate 
courses (100 through 400 level) but are generally ineligible for graduate 
business courses (500 level). Such students may wish to take undergraduate 
courses which are necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing 
(see below). Upon completing the requirements, the student may file an 
“Application for Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of Academic Objective” 
requesting admission to the M.S. in Taxation program. Admission to the 
university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassified student does not constitute 
admission to the M.S. in Taxation program, does not confer priority, nor 
does it guarantee future admission. Students planning to apply for admission 
to the M.S. in Taxation program should confer with the graduate adviser in 
the School of Business Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements will be admitted 
to the M.S. in Taxation program with conditionally classified standing: 


198 


Accounting 


3. Combination of GPA and score on the Graduate Management Admission 
Test (GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at least 1000 according to one of 
the following formulas. Due to limited facilities and resources in the School 
of Business Administration and Economics, a higher score may be required 
of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score * (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.7 or GMAT is below 450, then 
score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

4. A score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, analytical and quantitative areas 
of the GMAT. Students who do not reach this level are required to complete 
a department approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number of graduate courses 
(500 level) subject to the approval of the graduate adviser of the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. Students may take whatever courses 
are necessary to fulfill requirement 4 (below) while enrolled as conditionally 
classified students. In addition, a maximum of 9 units (three courses) from the 
M.S. in Taxation curriculum may be taken while in conditionally classified 
standing. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eligible to take graduate courses for which 
they qualify. 

5. A bachelor’s degree with a major in business administration which meets 
the requirements stated in this catalog for such degrees, and Accounting 
308, Concepts of Federal Income Tax Accounting (or an equivalent course 
or work experience). The degree must include calculus and computer infor- 
mation systems equivalent to passing Mathematics 135, Business Calculus 
(3 units) and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265, Introduction to Computing and Pro- 
gramming Concepts (3 units), with grades of at least C. Courses in the ma- 
jor are to be no more than seven years old and must have at least a 3.0 (B) 
GPA; courses with grades lower than C must be repeated with at least a C 
grade. Applicants with a bachelor's degree in a field other than Business 
Administration may meet this requirement by completing the courses in 
calculus and computer information systems (above) with grades of at least 

C. Accounting 308 with a grade of at least C, and also the Foundation Courses 
within the curriculum of the Master of Business Administration (27 units, in- 
cluding Accounting 510; Business Admin 590; Economics 515; Finance 517; 
Management 515, 516, 518; Manag Sci/Info Sys 513, and Marketing 519). The 
MBA Foundation Courses must have at least a 3.0 (B) GPA; Foundation Courses 
with grades lower than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

6. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work beyond the 
baccalaureate degree. At least 21 of the 30 units required for the degree must 
be at the graduate level. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan courses and 
over-all applicable course work. Any study plan course with a grade lower 
than C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

Required Tax Course 

Accounting 470 Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 



California State University, Fullerton 


I loctiv es in T axation and Related F ields 

Five courses (15 units) to be selected in consultation with, and approved by, 
the student’s program adviser. 

Available courses include but are not limited to: 

Accounting 408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Accounting 508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Accounting 572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and Shareholders (3) 
Accounting 573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 
Accounting 574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business Operations (3) 
Accounting 575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and Estate 
Planning (3) 

Accounting 576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3) 

Accounting 577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3) 
Accounting 578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

Other Electives 

Courses are to be selected in consultation with, and approved by, the student’s 

adviser. 

One course (3 units) in either economics or political science and two courses 
(6 units) in either business or non-business fields. 

Note: recommended courses in economics and political science include Econ 
517, Poli Sci 421,519, 528. 

Terminal Evaluation 

Accounting 597 Project (3) 


iCCOUN TING ( Ol RSI S 


201A Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: None. Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the 
administration of a business enterprise: analyzing and recording financial 
transactions; accounting valuation and allocation practices; preparation, analysis 
and interpretation of financial statements; international accounting issues. (Not 
open to freshmen) 

20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. Introduction to managerial accounting; product 
costing; budgetary control and responsibility accounting; analysis and 
techniques for aiding management planning and control decisions; basic income 
tax concepts for planning business transactions. (Not open to freshmen) 

501A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 

Prerequisites for 301 A: Accounting 201 B, a passing score on the accounting 
qualifying examination, and completion of all lower division business 
administration core courses with grades of at least C in each course. Corequisite: 
Business Admin 301. Prerequisite for 30 IB: A grade of C or better in Accounting 

301 A; Business Admin 301. Accounting theory; preparation of income 
statements, balance sheets and statements of changes in financial position; 
present value and amount concepts; assets, liabilities and stockholders equity; 
Price -level accounting; pensions; leases; earnings per share; financial statement 
a nalysis; accounting changes and error analysis. 

302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B, a passing score on the accounting qualifying 


examination, and completion of all lower division business administration core 
courses with grades of at least C in each course, or a grade of C or better in 
301A. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Accounting information for management 
of manufacturing enterprises; cost records; cost behavior and allocation; product 
costing and inventory valuation; flexible budgeting; standard costs; responsibility 
accounting; cost planning and control; and operating decision analysis. 

308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, a passing score on the accounting qualifying 
examination, and completion of all lower division business administration core 
courses with grades of at least C in each course, or a grade of C or better in 
301 A. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Provisions, legislative history and 
implications of the federal income tax. 

358 Principles of Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A or instructor permission. The federal tax system, 
federal income taxation relating to federal tax system, federal income taxation 
relating to individuals, corporations, partnerships, and fiduciaries. Federal estate 
and gift taxes. Not open to accounting majors. 

401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 30 IB with a grade of C or better, Business Admin 
301. Business combinations; meaning, usefulness and methodology of 
consolidated financial statements; investments in non-subsidiary affiliates and 
corporate joint ventures; consolidated financial statements for overseas units 
of U.S. -based multinational companies; translations of foreign currencies. 

402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB and 302 with grades of C or better, Business 
Admin 301. The auditing standards and procedures used by financial and 
operational auditors. Management information and computer systems, internal 
control, audit evidence, professional responsibilities and legal liabilities, 
standards of reporting financial information. 

403 Accounting for Governmental & Nonprofit Entities (3) 

Prerequisites. Accounting 30 IB with grade of C or better, Business Admin 
301. Fund accounting as applied to governmental and nonprofit entities; state 
and federal governments, municipalities, hospitals and universities. Budgets, 
tax levies, revenues and appropriations, expenditures and encumbrances, 
various types of funds, and accounting statements. 

407 Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 A and 302 with grades of C or better and Manag Sci/ 
Info Sys 265 or equivalent, Business Admin 301. Alternative accounting systems 
used for the collection, organization and presentation of information. Theory and 
practice of information processing: organizational, behavioral and mechanical. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308 with a grade of C or better, Business Admin 301 . 
Federal income tax as it applies to corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, and 
federal estate and gift taxes as they apply to taxable transfers. 

460 Seminar in Financial Statement Analysis (3) 

Prequisite: Accounting 301B, Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361B. 
Analysis of demand and supply forces underlying the provision of financial 
statements; distributional, cross-sectional and time series properties of financial 
statement numbers; financial decision-making processes and the uses of 
financial statement information for decision making. 


Accounting 199 


California State University, Fullerton 


470 Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308 with a grade of C or better, Business Admin 301 . 
The methodology of tax research including case studies; the management of a 
tax practice; administration procedures governing tax controversies; rights and 
obligations of taxpayers and tax practitioners. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 B (may be taken concurrently), Accounting 302, 
Business Admin 301 , a concentration in accounting, consent of the department 
internship adviser, and at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in 
residence at the university. Planned and supervised work experience. May be 
repeated for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, senior standing, approval of department 
chair. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on 
academic probation. 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 30 IB, classified SBAE status. The effects of 
professional, governmental, business, and social forces on the evolution of 
accounting theory. 

503 Seminar in Contemporary Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting status. Current issues in financial 
reporting including pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards 
Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission. Coverage of topics will 
change as new issues in accounting emerge. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and classified SBAE status. Auditing theory and 
practices; professional ethics; auditing standards; Securities and Exchange 
Commission and stock exchange regulations; auditors legal liability; statement 
trends and techniques. 

506 Seminar in Professional Accounting Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: classified M.S. in Accounting status. Compilation and composition 
of accounting reports and client presentations relating to accountants’ working 
papers, client engagement letters, management advisory reports and 
prospectuses. 

507 Seminar in Accounting Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 407, or equivalent. Case studies of computer based 
accounting systems used by organizations such as universities, banks, industrial 
corporations and CPA firms. Emphasis on accounting information, reports and 
internal controls. 

508 Seminar in Tax Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Substantive provisions 
of federal law; tax planning from a corporate viewpoint; case studies of the 
effect of federal tax law on business decisions. 

510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Accumulation, organization, and 
interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant to the activities of 
corporate business enterprise. 

511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB or 510, and classified SBAE status. Accounting 

200 Accounting 


information for management decisions; elements of manufacturing, distribution 
and service costs; cost systems; standard costs; cost reports; cost analysis. 

518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201 B or 51 1 and classified SBAE status. Comparative 
analysis of accounting principles and practices outside the United States; 
international financial accounting standards; current problems of international 
financial reporting, accounting planning and control for international 
operations; multinational companies. 

521 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302 or 51 1; classified SBAE status. Integrative aspects 
of accounting, financial, and quantitative data for managerial decision-making; 
long-term, short-term profit planning; budgetary control; cost analysis; financial 
analysis and planning; taxation; and transfer pricing. 

572 Seminar in Taxation of Corporations and Shareholders (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Federal taxation 
relating to corporations; organizing, distributions, liquidations and 
reorganizations. 

573 Seminar in Taxation of Property Transactions (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status, or consent of 
instructor. Federal taxation relating to sales, exchanges and other transfers. 

574 Seminar in Taxation of International Business Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Federal taxation 
relating to U.S. citizens and corporations with foreign source income and of 
foreign persons with U.S. source income; planning for foreign operations. 

575 Seminar in Estate, Gift, Inheritance Taxes and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Federal and California 
death taxes and the planning of personal estates. 

576 Seminar in State and Local Taxation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Application of 
interstate income allocations; multi-state tax compact; separate apportionment 
accounting; foreign country sourced income. Also, California taxes as applied 
to businesses and individuals. 

577 Seminar in Taxation of Employee Compensation (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Federal taxation 
relating to employee compensation including pensions and profit sharing, stock 
options, ESOPs, IRAs, Keoghs, maximum tax 5-year averaging, death benefits, 
group term life, etc. 

578 Seminar in Taxation of Partnerships (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 308 and classified SBAE status. Federal taxation 
relating to partnerships, estates, trusts and other special entities. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Directed independent inquiry. Not open 
to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, approval of department chair and Associate 
Dean. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic probation 


California State University, Fullerton 




MRODICTION 


This major prepares students for entry level positions in business and 
administration in both the private and public sectors. Career opportunities 
range from accounting, cost analysis, marketing research and statistical 
forecasting to real estate, personnel, sales and information systems. This 
curriculum also provides a foundation for advanced study. 


jl.-U.Hri.OR or ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Admission to the Business Administration Major am 

Admission to the Business Administration major involves two steps. Students 
who apply to the major are initially classified as Pre-business. After completing 
the lower-division core requirements with grades of at least C, students may 
apply to the Business Administration major. Pre-business students may take 
lower-division business courses, but most upper-division courses are not open 
to Pre-business students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. Students must 
e arn a grade of at least C in each core course listed below and in courses in the 


Accounting Concentration. A C average is acceptable in other concentrations. 
For assistance in interpreting these requirements contact the Business Advising 
Center. 

Required Lower-Division Core Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 

or Math 130 Short Course in Calculus (4) 

or Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Core Courses 

Business Admin 301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 


Business Administration 201 




California State University, Fullerton 


Econ 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
or Econ 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 
or Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 36 IB Quantitative Business Analysis: Statistics and 
Management Science (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Required Capstone Core Course 

Ajter completing all lower and upper-division core courses, take: 

Management 449 Seminar in Strategic Management (3) 

Required Concentration Courses 

A minimum of 18 units of course work is required in one concentration. See 

listing of concentration requirements below. 


Accounting Concentration (21 unit s) ^ 

All students with an accounting concentration are required to take the courses 
shown below. Before taking these courses, students must first complete all of 
the required lower division core courses with a grade of at least C in each 
course and must receive a passing score on the Accounting Qualifying Exam. 
Passing the test must occur no earlier than one year prior to enrollment in the 
first upper-division accounting course. 

Accounting 301A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 

Accounting 302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Accounting 308 Concepts of Federal Income Tax Accounting (3) 
Accounting 402 Auditing (3) 

Accounting 407 Accounting Information Systems (3) 
and one of the following courses: 


Accounting 401 
Accounting 403 
Accounting 408 
Accounting 460 
Accounting 470 


Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting for Governmental and Nonprofit Entities (3) 
Problems in Taxation (3) 

Seminar in Financial Statement Analysis (3) 

Tax Research, Practice and Procedures (3) 


Collateral Requirement 

3-unit introductory social science course other than Economics, chosen from 
General Education section IlI.C.l. 

Other Requirements, Grades and Residence 

Global Business Requirement. Complete one course, of at least 3 units, in the 
area of Global Business. The course must be selected from the list of Approved 
Global Business Courses, which is available from the Business Advising Center. 


Business Econ omics Concentration (18 units) 

All students with an economics concentration are required to take Econ 310 
Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) or Econ 315 Intermediate Business 
Microeconomics (3) as part of their business administration core requirements 
In addition, the concentration requires Econ 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic 
Analysis (3) and Econ 410 Government and Business (3) and 12 units of upper- 
division economics electives, 3 units of which must be at the 400-level. 

Students interested in economics also may wish to consider the Bachelor of 
Arts in Economics. 


Other subjects. Complete at least 50 percent of the coursework for the degree 
in subjects other than business administration or economics. Complete all 
university requirements for the bachelor’s degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Maintain at least a 2.0 GPA (C average) in all 
university courses. Earn at least a C grade in each core course and the 
concentration courses in Accounting. A 2.0 GPA is required for all other 
concentrations. 


Finance Concentration (18 units) 

Required Courses (6 units) 

Finance 332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 
Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
or Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 


Grade option. Take all required core courses and all required concentration 
courses in the School of Business Administration and Economics for a letter 
grade (A,B,C,D,F). The Credit/No Credit grading option may not be used for 
these courses, and a grade of CR (credit) will not satisfy the requirements for 
the degree. Exception: Courses in calculus may be taken under the Credit/No 
Credit grading option; however, if it is also taken to meet general education 
requirements then it must be taken for a letter grade. 

Residence. At least one-half of the units in the concentration (except accounting, 
which requires 15) and a minimum of 30 units must be taken in residence in 
the School of Business Administration and Economics; at least 1 5 of the last 
24 units before graduation must be taken in residence in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics. 

Concentrations for the B.A. in Business Administration 

Business administration majors must complete the requirements of one 
concentration in addition to the degree requirements shown above. 


Electives (12 units) 

Students must complete 12 units of elective courses in finance. Students are 
encouraged to choose as many courses as possible from one of the following 
topical areas. Students are expected to consult with faculty advisers when 
selecting courses. 


tinancial institutions 


Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
or Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 425 Commercial Bank and Financial Institution Management (3) 
Finance 452 Real Estate Finance (3) 


202 Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Financial Management 

Finance 331 Working Capital Management and Computer Applications (3)* 
Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Finance 432 Financial Forecasting and Budgeting (3) 

Finance 433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

International Finance 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 
or Finance 342 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Finance 371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Finance 373 Asia-Pacific Financial & Security Markets (3) 

Finance 375 Global Financial Markets (3) 

Investments and Financial Planning 

Finance 335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 

Finance 340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Finance 355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Finance 410 Theory and Practice of Personal Financial Planning (3) 
Finance 411 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Finance 442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 444 Options and Futures (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Certified Financial Planner Examination, 
students must take all of the following: Finance 340, 360, 410, 411, 455, and 
Accounting 358. 

Real Estate 

Finance 351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Finance 355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) 

Finance 45 1 Real Estate Law (3) 

Finance 452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Finance 453 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Finance 454 Real Estate and Market Analysis (3) 

Finance 456 Property Development and Management (3) 

Note: To be eligible to sit for the Real Estate Broker License Examination, 
students must have completed eight courses in addition to the experience/ 
educational requirements. These eight courses include the following five: 
Finance 451, 452, 453, 454 and Accounting 201A,B. Three courses are to be 
selected from the following: Finance 450, 551, 454, 455, 456, Managment 
246 or Accounting 201A,B if either was not used as a requirement. 

Management Concentration (18 units 

Students in the management concentration must choose one of the following 
e niphases: 

Entrepreneurial Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
or Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 345 Small Business Management (3) 
or Management 448 Seminar in Small Business Consulting (3) 
Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 


and 6 units of elective course work from the following to be chosen in 
consultation with a departmental adviser: 

Management 349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Management 435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

Management 441 Labor-Management Relations (3) 

Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

General Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
or Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

and 6 units of elective course work from the following to be chosen in 

consultation with a departmental adviser: 

Management 345 Small Business Management (3) 

or Management 448 Seminar in Small Business Consulting (3) 
Management 348 Commercial Law (3) 

Management 349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Management 421 Operations Systems Design (3) 

Management 431 Women in Management (3) 

Management 433 Advanced Topics in Human Resource Management (3) 
Management 435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 

Management 441 Labor-Management Relations (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Human Resources Management/Organization Behavior (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 

Management 433 Advanced Topics in Human Resource Management (3) 
Management 44 1 Labor Management Relations (3) 

Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Operations Management (18 units) 

Management 343 Personnel Management (3) 
or Management 443 Group Dynamics (3) 

Management 347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Management 42 1 Operations Systems Design (3) 

Management 422 Production and Inventory Control (3) 

Management 425 Productivity and Quality Managment (3) 
and one elective from the following chosen in consultation with a 
departmental adviser: 

Management 345 Small Business Management (3) 

or Management 448 Seminar in Small Business Consulting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 410 Information Resources Management (3) 
Management 435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 

Management 440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Manageme nt Informati on Sy stems Conc entration (21 un its) 

All students with a Management Information Systems concentration are required 
to take: 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 270 File Concepts and COBOL Programming (3) 


Business Administration 203 


California State University, Fullerton 



Manag Sci/Info Sys 309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 310 System Development & Programming (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 370 Advanced COBOL Programming (3) 

or Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 41 1 Microcomputer Business Application Design (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 409 Business Telecommunications for Information 
System Design (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 454 Seminar in Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

Management Science ( concentration (IS units) ^ 

All students with a management science concentration are required to take: 


Business administration minors shall not enroll in any required upper-division 
course (in the minor) until they have completed all of the required lower- 
division courses (in the minor) with a grade of at least C in each course. Students 
must earn a grade of at least C in each course required for the minor. 

Required Lower-Division Courses ^ 

Accounting 201A,B Financial and Managerial Accounting (3,3) 
Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 440 Intermediate Management Science Models (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 Intermediate Statistical Methods (3) 
and at least 12 units of upper-division management science electives chosen 
from the following: 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 422 Surveys and Sampling Design and Applications (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 448 Computer Simulation in Business and Economics (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory for Management Science (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 465 Linear Programming in Management Science (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 490 Queuing and Stochastic Models in Management 
Science (3) 


Required Upper-Division Courses ^ 

Special Notice: Enrollment in these courses requires the completion of all lower- 
division minor requirements with a grade of C or better in each course. 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & Operations (3) 
or Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Economics Majors Minoring in Business Administration: Economics Majors can 
complete a minor in business administration by taking Accounting 20 IB, 
Management 246, Finance 320, Management 339 or 340 and Marketing 351. 
All other required courses for the minor are required for the major in Economics. 


Marketing C oncentration (18 units) ^ 

Required Courses (9 units) 

Marketing 353 Marketing Analysis (3) 
Marketing 370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Marketing 379 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Electives (6 units) 


Choose two from the following: 


Marketing 401 
Marketing 405 
Marketing 415 
Marketing 425 
Marketing 435 
Marketing 445 
Marketing 465 
Marketing 475 


Professional Selling (3) 

Managing Advertising (3) 

Managing the Sales Force (3) 

Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Business Marketing Management (3) 
Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 
Managing Services Marketing (3) 
Export Marketing Strategies (3) 


Marketing Concentration Capstone Course (3 units) 

Marketing 489 Developing Marketing Strategies (3) 


MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


The minor provides a basic understanding of the role of business in society 
and the methods used by business. This curriculum also provides a basis for 
advanced study. A working knowledge of algebra is necessary for several of the 
required courses. 


MINOR IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 


This minor surveys modern computer methods and the development of 
information-systems. Emphasis is placed on systems which aid management 
decision-making. Students must earn a grade of at least C in each course listed 
below. 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 270 File Concepts and COBOL Programming (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 

Upper division elective approved by the adviser (3) 

Note: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265, 270 and/or 408 may be waived for students 
who have taken these courses, or their equivalents, as pan of their major. However, 
students must complete a minimum of 12 units for the minor, so that if all three 
courses are waived, 3 units of approved electives must be added. Recommended 
electives include Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 310, 370, 409, 411, 415 and 418. 

♦Students with a major in business administration may not minor in 
management information systems. Interested students may elect to complete a 
second concentration in management information systems. 


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 


The M.B.A. degree program is accredited by the American Assembly ^ 
Collegiate Schools of Business. This assures a rigorous, in-depth program, 
covering the full spectrum of business administration. Accreditation also 
indicates a well-qualified faculty, high standards for students, access t° 
computing and an extensive library system. 


204 Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Programs of Study 

The School of Business Administration and Economics offers two plans for the 
M.B.A. degree. 

The M B A. Generalist Plan is designed for students with little or no course 
work in business administration. The curriculum surveys the entire field of 
business administration, preparing students for general management 
responsibilities. 

The M.B.A. Specialist Plan is designed for students with recent course work 
(or an undergraduate degree) in business administration or for those who wish 
to include a specialized area of concentration in their curriculum. Some courses 
may be waived on the basis of equivalent undergraduate course work. The 
areas of concentration are accounting, business economics, finance, 
international business, management, management science/information systems 
and marketing. 

The M.B.A. program is scheduled especially for students who are employed 
full time. Courses are offered during the late afternoon and evening. Most 
students enroll on a part-time basis, taking two courses (6 units) per semester. 

Most graduate courses in the School of Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status” and are open only to students with classified 
standing in the M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in Management Science, 
M.S. in Taxation or M.A. in Economics programs. 

Admission 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted to 
postbaccalaureate-unclassified standing: 

1. Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an appropriately accredited institution, 
or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted 
and in good standing at last college attended. 

Note: Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll in undergraduate 
courses (100 thru 400 level) but are generally ineligible for graduate business 
courses (500 level). Such students may wish to take undergraduate courses 
which are necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see below). 
Upon completing the requirements, the student may file an “Application for 
Change of Academic Objective-Graduate” requesting admission to the M.B.A. 
program. Admission to the university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassified 
student does not constitute admission to the M.B.A. program, does not 
confer priority, nor does it guarantee future admission. Students planning 
to apply for admission to the M.B.A. program should confer with the graduate 
adviser in the School of Business Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following school-specific requirements will be admitted 
to the M.B.A. program with conditionally classified standing: 

3 Admission into the M.B.A. program is based upon an analysis of the follow- 
ing quantitative and qualitative considerations: 

A. A combination of GPA and Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) 
score, sufficient to yield a minimum score of 1000 according to one of 
the following formulas. Due to limited space, a higher minimum score 
may be required of all applicants. 

1. If overall undergraduate GPA is at least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 
450, then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT. 


2. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.7 or GMAT is below 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT - 50. 

B. A score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, analytical and quantitative 
areas of the GMAT. Students who do not reach this level are required 
to complete a department approved course(s). 

C. A minimum TOEFL score of 570 (international students only). 

D. Review by the M.B.A. admissions committee of the following: 

1 . Academic preparation for graduate study 

2. Any prior work experience 

3. A “Statement of Purpose” in pursuing the M.B.A., to be submitted 
by applicant 

Note: Conditionally classified students may take a limited number of graduate 
courses (500 level), subject to the approval of the graduate adviser of the School 
of Business Administration and Economics. Students are expected to advance 
promptly to classified standing. In particular, any deficiencies in calculus or 
computer programming must be removed during the first 12 months of study. 
Students who do not do so will not be allowed to continue in the program. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eligible to take graduate courses for which 
they are qualified. 

4. Proficiency in calculus and computer programming equivalent to passing 
Mathematics 135 Business Calculus (3 units), and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 
Introduction to Computing and Programming Concepts (3 units), with grades 
of at least C. Students with work experience in these fields may demonstrate 
proficiency by passing a challenge examination and should consult the chair 
of the Management Science/Information Systems Department for details. 

5. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum - M.B.A./Generalist Plan 

The M.B.A./Generalist curriculum includes 14-17 courses (42-51 units). 

Any deficiencies in calculus or computer programming must be removed within 
one year. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan courses and over all applicable 
course work. Any study plan course with a grade lower than C must be repeated 
with at least a C grade, regardless of the overall GPA of the student. 

Up to nine units of foundation courses may be waived on the basis of equivalent 
undergraduate course work providing the proposed courses are no more than 
seven years old and have at least a C grade with an overall 3.0 GPA (B). Courses 
waived beyond nine units must be replaced by an advanced course in the 
same discipline. 

Foundation Courses 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System and Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Management 515 Management of Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and Management of Operations (3) 


Business Administration 205 


California State University, Fullerton 


Management 518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

Advanced Courses 

All advanced courses must be at the graduate level. 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Economics 521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and Administration (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514 Decision Models for Business and Economics (3) 
Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

500-level elective chosen from any of the six SBAE departments 

Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

Pass the individual written project in Business Admin 591 and complete the 
course with a grade of B or better. 

A comprehensive examination may serve as an option to the individual written 
project. 

Curriculum M.B.A./Specialist Plan 

The M.B.A./Specialist curriculum includes a concentration in a specialized 
area and requires from 33 to 60 units of graduate course work. Students with 
a bachelor’s degree in business administration may be able to complete the 
program with the minimum of 33 units. Students with little or no recent course 
work in business administration may require 60 units. Any deficiencies in 
calculus or computer programming must be removed within one year. Any 
study plan course with a grade lower than C must be repeated with at least a C 
grade, regardless of the overall GPA of the student. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required 
in study plan courses and over all applicable course work. 

Foundation Courses 

Foundation courses may be waived on the basis of equivalent undergraduate 
course work, providing that the equivalent courses are no more than seven 
years old and have grades of at least C with a GPA of at least B. 

Accounting 510 Financial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 590 Strategic Management (3) 

Economics 515 The Price System & Resource Allocation (3) 

Finance 517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Management 515 Management of Information in the Corporate 
Environment (3) 

Management 516 Organizational Theory and Management of Operations (3) 
Management 518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 Decision Models for Business and Economics (3) 
Marketing 519 Marketing Management (3) 

A list of equivalent undergraduate courses is available from the graduate adviser. 
In many cases, students with a recent bachelor’s degree in business 
administration from an accredited university will be able to waive all foundation 
courses. 


Advanced Courses 

All courses in this group must be taken at the graduate level. The Manag Sci/ 
Info Sys seminar will be waived for students who have successfully completed 
both Manag Sci/Info Sys 513 and 514 (but not for students who have taken 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 361A and 361B.) Students with a concentration in 
international business are required to take only five of the following courses: 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Note: Students who have satisfactorily completed a course in cost accounting 
must substitute Accounting 521 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3). 
Economics 521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Note: Economics 521 is not open to students with credit in intermediate 
macroeconomics. 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Management 524 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and Administration (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 526 Forecasting, Decision Analysis and Experimental 
Design (3) 

or Manag Sci/Info Sys 550 Special Topics on Information Systems Design 
and Data Communication (3) 

or Manag Sci/Info Sys 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 
or Manag Sci/Info Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Concentration Courses (except international business) 

12 units in one of the following areas of concentration or if no concentration is 
desired* 12 units in a combination of courses from the following: 

Accounting Management 

Business Economics Manag Sci/lnfo Systems 

Finance Marketing 

At least 6 units of the concentration courses must be taken at the 500-level. 
Concentration courses are to be approved by the department chair concerned, 
or designee within the department, and the Associate Dean, School of Business 
Administration and Economics. If no concentration is desired, the combination 
must be approved by the Associate Dean. 

Note: The accounting concentration electives must cover the following areas: 
Financial Accounting and Theory, Accounting Information Systems, Auditing, 
and Taxation. At least nine of these units must be at the graduate level. 

Concentration Courses International Business 

Five of the following courses (15 units) are required, including at least 9 units at 
the graduate (500) level. (Note: students with an international business 
concentration take only five of the courses listed above under Advanced Courses/' 

Accounting 518 Seminar in International Accounting (3) 

Economics 531 International Economics (3) 

Finance 570 Seminar in International Financial Management (3) 
Management 547 Comparative Management (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 

Elective (3 units) 

Recommended electives include selected courses in history, political science, 
communications, geography and Chicano studies and must be aproved by the 
international business adviser. 


206 Business Administration 


California State University, Fullerton 


Terminal Evaluation 

Business Admin 591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

Pass the individual project in Business Admin 591 and complete the course 
with a grade of B or better. A comprehensive examination may serve as an 
option to the individual written project. 

In exceptional cases, a thesis (Business Administration 598, Thesis) may also 
serve as an option. See the graduate adviser for details. 


BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES 


201 Business Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent (with a grade of C or better). Principles 
of effective writing in business. Extensive practice in various forms of business 
writing. Case studies. 

301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101, Business Admin 201, and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys,265 
(or equivalent) with a C or better. An advanced course in business com- 
munication covering business case analysis, reports, negotiations, and oral 
presentations. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing, major in Business Administration, consent of 
the instructor, 2.5 GPA and semester in residence at the university. Planned 
and supervised work experience. May be repeated to a total of six units of 
credit. Credit/No Credit grading only. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Open to qualified students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students 
on academic probation. 

590 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified M.B.A. status, within nine units of completing study 
plan. Focuses on importance of monitoring changes in environment(s) facing 
business and incorporating social, economic, and technological change into 
corporate decision-making process. Emphasizes use of analysis tools from 
other M.B.A. classes with focus on data sources and methods for effective 
environmental scanning; emphasis on business ethics and social responsibility, 
international competitiveness, and changes in legal environment. 

591 Comprehensive Business Management (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, within six units of completion of study 
plan and in final semester of program. Studies complex business problems 
and solutions. Builds skills in integrating knowledge from functional areas 
and applying them in an original and organized form to a range of business 
problems arising from changing technology, competitive market conditions, 
social changes, government actions. Includes article analysis, case analysis, a 
research project, individual and group reports and oral and written 
presentations. The individual project or an optional comprehensive exam will 
fulfill the terminal degree requirement. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status and consent of associate dean. Individual 
research under supervision. See “Theses and Projects” in this catalog for 
university requirements. 


Business Administration 207 



California State University, Fullerton 



Department Chair: Anil Puri 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 702 

Director, Center for Economic Education: Morteza Rahmatian 
Center for Economic Education: Langsdorf Hall 530 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 


Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 

Bachelor of Arts in Economics 
Minor in Economics 
Master of Arts in Economics 


Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Business Economics 


Faculty 

Robert Ayanian, Radha Bhattacharya, Victor Brajer, Kwang-wen Chu, James 
Dietz, Vincent Dropsy, Andrew Gill, Jane Hall, Walter Hettich, Stewart Long, 
Robert Michaels, Howard Naish, Anil Puri, Dipankar Purkayastha, Morteza 
Rahmatian, Eric Solberg, Murray Wolfson, David Wong 

Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admission, curriculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading 
procedures; residence and similar academic matters. In addition, all economics 
majors should see a faculty adviser in the Department of Economics for 
information on career opportunities and advanced study. Undergraduates 
should consult the department office for the name of their faculty adviser. 
Graduate students should consult the graduate adviser, Jane Hall. 


208 Economics 





California State University, Fullerton 


[introduction 


As a scholarly discipline, economics is over two centuries old, dating back to 
the French physiocrats and Adam Smith in the 18th century. The nature of 
economic analysis has been described by John Maynard Keynes as . a method 
rather than a doctrine, an apparatus of the mind, a technique of thinking which 
helps its possessors to draw correct conclusions.” 

Economic methods are used to study a basic question which faces all societies: 
how should limited resources be used to produce goods and how should that 
production be distributed? Not all wants can be satisfied because resources 
and knowledge are limited. Therefore, societies are faced with choices. These 
choices are made in different ways: by custom, by command and centralized 
control, or by a system of markets and prices as in our mixed economy. 
Economists examine alternative solutions to the basic economic problem by 
analyzing costs and benefits of changing existing patterns of resource use. 

Economists work in many specialties including money and banking, 
international trade and finance, labor, public finance, industrial policy, 
environment and natural resources, business cycles and forecasting. Social issues 
and problems such as poverty, crime, discrimination, immigration, aging, 
energy, pollution and education are typical subjects of faculty research. 

The faculty of the Economics Department participate in programs leading to 
both undergraduate and graduate degrees. One undergraduate program leads 
to a bachelor of arts degree with a major in economics. Another undergraduate 
program leads to a bachelor of arts degree with a major in business 
administration and a concentration in business economics and requires a larger 
number of business courses. Both programs prepare the student for a variety 
of career opportunities in business and government as well as advanced studies 
in economics, business, public administration and law. Graduate study is offered 
in economics, leading to a master of arts degree. Alternatively, students may 
follow the Master of Business Administration curriculum, with a concentration 
in business economics. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Department of Economics 
offers courses which may be included in Subject Matter Preparation Programs 
and Supplementary Authorization Programs for elementary and secondary 
teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in 
the Teaching Credential Programs section of this catalog and is also available 
from the Department Office for Elementary and Bilingual Education and the 
Department Office for Secondary Education. Students interested in exploring 
careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should contact 
the Office of Admission to Teacher Education, Education Classroom 207. 

Awards in Economics 

Formuzis, Pickersgill, and Hunt Student Paper Award 

Outstanding Senior in Economics 

Outstanding Graduate Student in Economics 

The Norman Townshend-Zellner Award 

Wall Street Journal Student Achievement Award 


L UZHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 


Admission to the Economics major involves two steps. Students who apply to 
l he major are initially classified as Pre-economics. After completing the lower- 


division core requirements with grades of at least C, students may apply to the 
Economics major. Pre -economics students may take lower-division business and 
economics courses, but most upper-division courses are not open to Pre- 
economics students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. Students must 
earn a grade of at least C in each course listed below. However, a C average will 
be acceptable in the upper division economics electives. For assistance in 
interpreting these requirements contact the Business Advising Center, Langsdorf 
Hall 700. Students should also contact their faculty adviser in the Economics 
Department prior to or during their first semester. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Bus Administration 201 Business Writing (3) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Economics 440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 
or Math 150B Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 
or Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 
or Math 130 A Short Course in Calculus (4) 
or Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Economics 340 Economic Research Methods (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability & 
Statistics (3) 

and 15 units of upper-division economics electives, 6 units of which must 
be 400 level and include an approved writing component. No more than 3 
units of independent study may be used to meet the 400 level electives 
requirement. 

Other Requirements, Grades and Residence 

Other Subjects. Complete at least 50 percent of the coursework for the degree 
outside the School of Business Administration and Economics. The department 
recommends that these courses be from the social sciences and mathematics. 
Students planning to do graduate work in economics are advised to take Math 
150A,B; Economics 440 and Economics 441. Complete all university 
requirements for the bachelor’s degree. 

Grade-Point Average (GPA). Attain at least a 2.0 GPA (C average) in all university 
courses and in the upper division economics electives. Earn at least a C grade in each 
course required for the major (other than the upper division economics electives). 

Grade Option. Take all required courses in economics, accounting and 
management science/information systems for a letter grade (A,B,C,D,F). The 
credit/no credit grading option may not be used for these courses, and a grade 
of CR (credit) will not satisfy the requirements for the degree. Exception: courses 
in calculus may be taken under the credit/no credit grading option; however, 
if it is also taken to meet general education requirements, then it must be 
taken for a letter grade. 

Residence. At least 15 units of courses must be taken in residence at the School 
of Business Administration and Economics at Cal State Fullerton. Also fulfill 
university residence requirements. 


Economics 



California State University, Fullerton 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “Business Administration, Business Economics Concentration.” 


MINOR IN ECONOMICS 


The economics minor covers the basics in the discipline of economics and 
gives students the opportunity to explore personal interests through electives. 
Note that a course in calculus (Math 135 or equivalent) is prerequisite to 
Economics 310 and 320. Students must earn a grade of at least C in each 
course listed below. 

Required Lower-Division Courses 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Required Upper-Division Courses 

Business Administration 301 Advanced Business Communications (3) 
Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomics Analysis (3) 
or Economics 315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 
Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomics Analysis (3) 
and 9 units of upper division economics electives 

Note: Students with a major in business administration and a concentration 
other than economics, who wish to minor in economics, must take Economics 
201 , 202, and 310 as part of their major. For such students, these requirements 
in the minor will be waived and the minor will consist of Economics 320 and 
nine units of upper-division economics electives. Students with a major in 
business administration and a concentration in business economics may not 
also minor in economics. 


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “Business Administration, Business Economics Concentration.” 


M ASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 


This program provides preparation for professional careers in private industry 
and government and provides a foundation for further graduate work at the 
doctoral level. Full-time and part-time students can be accommodated. Most 
of the courses are scheduled in the evening. 

The curriculum is designed for students with an undergraduate degree in 
business administration or economics, and consists of 10 courses (30 units). 
Provided that all prerequisites have been satisfied, the program may be 
completed in one year (full time) or two and one-half years (part time). 

The required courses progress from economic theory through economic model 
building and estimation to the seminar in which the student prepares a thesis 
applying economic theory and econometric methods to a specific area of 
investigation. The curriculum also includes five courses (15 units) of electives. 

Most graduate courses in the School of Business Administration and Economics 
require classified “SBAE status” and are open only to students with classified 
standing in the M.A. in Economics, M.B.A., M.S. in Accountancy, M.S. in 
Management Science, or M.S. in Taxation programs. 


Admission -|B 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted to post- 
baccalaureate-unclassified standing: 

1. Acceptable bachelors degree from appropriately accredited institution, or 
equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted, 
and in good standing at last college attended. 

Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll in undergraduate courses 
(100 through 400 level) but are generally ineligible for graduate economics 
courses (500 level). Such students may wish to take undergraduate courses 
which are necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see below) 
Upon completing the requirements, the student may file an Application for 
Change of Academic Objective - Graduate requesting admission to the M.A. in 
Economics program. Admission to the university as a postbaccalaureate - 
unclassified student does not constitute admission to the program, does 
not confer priority, nor does it guarantee future admission. Students 
planning to apply for admission to the program should confer with the graduate 
adviser in the Department of Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements will be admitted 
with conditionally classified standing: 

3. Overall undergraduate GPA of at least 2.5. 

4. An average score of 500 on the Graduate Record Examination (G.R.E.). 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number of courses at the 
graduate level, subject to the approval of the graduate adviser of the Department 
of Economics. Students are expected to advance promptly to classified standing 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eligible to take graduate courses for which 
they are qualified. 

5. Completion of the following courses at Cal State Fullerton (or equivalent 
courses at other institutions) with a grade-point average of at least 3.0 (B 
average). The course in calculus must have a grade of at least C. 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Economics 310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Economics 320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Economics 420 Money and Banking (3) 
or three units of upper-division electives 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Mathematics 135 Business Calculus (3) 

6. Approval of study plan. 

Curriculum 

Students are urged to meet as soon as possible with the graduate adviser in the 
Department of Economics to file a study plan and advance to classified standing 

Any study plan course in which a D grade is received must be repeated with at 
least a C grade, regardless of the overall grade-point average of the student 


Economics 






California State University, Fullerton 


Required Core Courses (12 units) 


Economics 440 
Economics 44 1 
Economics 502 
Economics 503 


Introduction to Econometrics (3) 
Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 
Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 
Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 


Area & Elective Courses (15 units) 


Area courses require nine units chosen from the student’s field of interest. 
Coursework may focus on the following areas: (1) environmental and natural 
resource economics (Economics 416, 461, 462, 590), (2) international 
economics and finance (Economics 411, 590), and (3) applied economic 
analysis involving course work related to industrial organization and labor 
(Economics 410, 412, 413, 505) or the public sector (Economics 416, 417, 
420, 421, 505). 

Among field and elective courses, six units must be taken at the 500 level and 
at least six units must be in economics. The remaining units in the student’s 
program can be chosen from course offerings in economics or related areas of 
study. 


330 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. Alternative economic systems; their 
theoretical foundations, actual economic institutions, and achievements and 
failures. Contrast between socialist and capitalist systems. 

331 Economies in Transition (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The transformation from centrally-planned 
to market-oriented economies in Russia and Eastern Europe. Focuses on the 
economic, social and political costs and benefits involved in the restructuring 
of economic systems. 

332 Economies of the Pacific Rim (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 . Dimensions of industrialization, agriculture, 
investment, human resources, and trade in economies of the Far East (including 
Japan and China), India, and related nations of the Pacific Rim. 

333 Economic Development: Analysis and Case Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The processes of economic growth with 
references to developing areas. Capital formation, resource allocation, relation 
to the world economy, economic planning and institutional factors, with case 
studies. 


Terminal Evaluation (3 units) 
Economics 598 Thesis Research (3) 


ECONOMICS COURSES 


100 The Economic Environment (3) 

The application of economics to the problems of unemployment and inflation, the 
distribution of income, competition and monopoly, the role of government in the 
economy, and other policy issues. Not open to prebusiness, business administration 
majors or minors, economics majors or minors, or international business majors. 

201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Principles of individual consumer and producer decision-making in various 
market structures; the price system; market performance and government policy. 

202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 201 . Principles of macroeconomic analysis and policy; 
unemployment and inflation; financial institutions; international trade; 
economic growth; comparative systems. 


334 Economics of Latin America and the Caribbean (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. 
Examines regional economic problems within an international context: 
dependence, industrialization and the international corporation; agriculture; 
regional cooperation; inflation; trade and debt problems. Major economic 
thinkers will be discussed. 

335 The International Economy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The theory, practice and institutions of the 
international economy. International trade and investment, balance of payments, 
foreign exchange rates, multi-national enterprise, international economic policy. 
Current trade issues: European Community, trade with developing countries, 
Eastern Europe, and the states of the former Soviet Union; General Agreement 
on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) and other major trade agreements. 

340 Economic Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. This 
course will introduce the student to the basics of applied economic research. 
Students will learn how to access existing economic knowledge, locate and 
compile economic data, and analyze economic problems using theory and 
quantitative methods. 


310 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 and Mathematics 135. Corequisites: Business 
Admin 301 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. Rational decision- 
making behavior of consumers and firms and price and output determination 
in markets. Primarily for economics majors, but open to all students who qualify. 

315 Intermediate Business Microeconomics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 and Mathematics 135. Corequisites: Business Admin 
301 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. Analysis of business decisions in 
alternative market structures with special emphasis on problem solving in a business 
context using economic concepts and methods. Not open to economics majors. 
Students may not receive credit for both Economics 310 and 315. 


350 American Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The development of American economic 
institutions; economic problems, economic growth and economic welfare. 

351 European Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. The evolution of European economic 
institutions and their relation to the development of industry, commerce, 
transportation and finance in the principal European countries. 

361 Urban Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201 . Theory and analysis of the urban economy, 
urban economic problems and policy. 


320 Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 202 and Math 135; Corequisite: Business Admin 301, 
^anag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. The determinants of the level of national 
income, employment and prices, and monetary and fiscal policies. 


362 Environmental Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 100 or 201. Economic analysis of environmental 
problems and related issues: externalities, property rights, social costs and 
benefits, user cost, rent and decision making under uncertainty. 


Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


410 Government and Business (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or equivalent. Business 
organization, conduct and performance; the rationale and impact of public 
policy on business and business activities, including the regulated industries, 
sick industries and antitrust policy. 

411 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The 
theory of international gains from free trade, effects of tariff and non-tariff barriers, 
and conduct of commercial policy. The balance of payments, the theories of 
exchange rate determination, and other international economic issues. 

412 Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or equivalent. Labor supply 
and demand, labor force participation, employment, unemployment, human 
capital, wage differentials, disadvantaged labor market groups, discrimination 
and wage-related income transfers. 

413 Law and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or 315. An economic analysis 
of the common law — property, contract, and tort — focusing on the use of 
microeconomic theory to study the economic efficiency characteristics and 
effects of these laws. An emphasis will be placed on the analysis of specific 
legal cases. 

416 Benefit Cost and Microeconomic Policy Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or equivalent. Application 
of microeconomic models and welfare economics to public policy. Concepts 
of economic efficiency, economic surplus and equity. Measurement of policy 
effects, including benefit-cost analysis, with applications to selected policy areas 
such as education and environmental programs. 

417 Public Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or equivalent. Government 
finance at the federal, state and local levels; the impact of taxation and spending 
on resource allocation, income distribution, stabilization and growth. 

420 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 320 or equivalent. The money 
supply process and the impact of monetary policy on economic activity. 

421 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301 , Economics 320 or equivalent. The techniques 
of monetary and fiscal policy and their relative roles in promoting economic 
stability and growth. 

431 International Macroeconomics and Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 320. Macroeconomic analysis 
of the open economy: the impact of stabilization policies in a global economy, 
the role of the balance of payments, the international monetary system and 
growth in less developed countries. 

440 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Economics 202, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A 
or equivalent. Economic measurement: specification and estimation of 
econometric models; statistical methods in economic research. 

441 Introduction to Mathematical Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Economics 202 and Math 135 or equivalent. 
Economic theory from microeconomics and macroeconomics. Content varies; 
constrained optimization problems and rational decision-making. 


442 Economics of Conflict and Defense (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 and 320 or equivalent. 
Economic and strategic approaches to domestic and international conflict, public 
goods, defense, arms competition, and arms control. The effects of U.S. defense 
spending on the U.S. and international economy. Game theory and other theories 
of strategic behavior. 

450 History of Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or 320. Major schools of 
thought and of leading individual economists as they influenced economic 
thought and policy. 

461 Ecological Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent. The 
application of economic concepts and methods to understanding the ways in 
which human economic behavior contributes to environmental and ecosystem 
degradation; the use of economic approaches to evaluate and manage these 
impacts; the design of sustainable economic policies. 

462 Natural Resource Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Economics 310 or 315 or equivalent 
Concepts and principles in the application of economics to issues in natural 
resource economics. Issues will include uncertainty and risk in investment, 
depletion over time, cartelization, the role of technological innovation and 
government intervention related to fuels, water, land, etc. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major with Business Admin 301 , Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A, 
Economics 310 (or 320) (or the equivalents) or international business major with 
Economics 202 and 335, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A (or the equivalents); and consent 
of the department internship adviser, at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one 
semester in residence at the university. Planned and supervised work experience 
May be repeated for a total of six units credit. Credit/No Credit grading only. 

496 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concentration, Business Admin 301, 
Economics 310 and 320, senior standing, 3.0 GPA and consent of department 
chair. Student learns through teaching (tutoring) other students enrolled in 
principles and intermediate economics courses. Consult “Student-to-Student 
Tutorials” in this catalog for more information. May not be used to satisfy the 
elective requirements for the major or concentration in business economics 
Credit/No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: economics major or concentration, Business Admin 301. 
Economics 310 and 320 (or the equivalents), senior standing, and consent of 
department chair. Directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit 
Not open to students on academic probation. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and classified SBAE status. An advanced treatment 
of rational decision-making behavior of consumers and firms, the price system, 
and resource allocation in partial and general equilibrium settings. Topics 
include preference theory, welfare economics, gains from trade, monopoly 
power, external costs and benefits, public goods, factor markets, intertemporal 
decisions, risk and uncertainty. 

503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 320 and classified SBAE status. The determination 
of employment, fluctuations of real and money income, and the forces 
underlying economic growth. 


Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 


505 Economic Models and Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 440 and classified SBAE status. Statistical methods 
of econometric estimation and forecasting. Practical solutions to problems in 
model specification, estimation by regression, time series analysis and 
forecasting. 

515 The Price System and Resource Allocation (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status and Math 135 or the equivalent. 
Microeconomic analysis and policy under mixed capitalism. The economic 
environment and institutions, markets, consumer choice, production and 
resource allocation. Monopoly power and government intervention. (Not open 
to M.A. Economic candidates.) 

516 Economics and Benefit-Cost Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 201 and classified graduate status in environmental 
studies or public administration. Economics and benefit-cost analysis of public 
projects. Consumer demand and the estimation of benefits; the nature of cost 
in a market economy; price controls, unemployment and inflation; and criteria 
for choice, for multi-year projects. For elective credit in the M.S. Environmental 
Studies or M.P.A. 

521 Macroeconomic Theory and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 515 and classified SBAE status. National 
income determination and macroeconomic models. Inflation and 
unemployment. Monetary and fiscal policies. International trade and foreign 
exchange (Not open to M.A. Economics candidates or students with credit for 
Economics 320.) 

531 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 or 315 or 515; Economics 320 or 521. An 
introductory analysis of theories and current issues in international trade, 
finance, macroeconomics and growth, with an emphasis on business 
applications. (Not open to M.A. Economics candidates or students with credit 
for Economics 431.) 

590 Topics in Economic Analysis and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 310 and 320; classified SBAE status. Contemporary 
research in areas such as: resource economics; history of economic thought; 
international monetary systems; forecasting; economics of planning; human 
resource economics. May be repeated for credit. 


595 Current Research in Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: classified graduate status in Economics or Economics 440, a 3.25 
or better grade-point average and permission of the instructor. Students attend 
the departmental research seminar where faculty and outside speakers present 
papers dealing with recent and ongoing research. Students read material relevant 
to presentations and write analytical reports covering five seminar meetings. 
May be repeated once for credit. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Not open 
to students on academic probation. 

598 Thesis Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502, 503 and classified SBAE status. Corequisite: 
Economics 505. Selection and approval of topic; outline; methodology; 
literature survey; data collection and analysis; presentation of results. Award 
of the grade is contingent upon the completion and acceptance of the thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 440, 502 and 503; classified graduate status; and 
consent of instructor and department chair (or designee). Directed advanced 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on 
academic probation. 


Economics 


California State University, Fullerton 



Department 

of 

Finance 


Department Chair: Dennis J. O’Connor 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 556 


I PROG RAMS OFFERED 


Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Finance 

Master of Business Administration ^ 

Concentration in Finance 


Advisers 


The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements, registration and grading 
procedures, residence and similar academic matters. In addition, advising on 
curriculum content and career opportunities may be obtained from the chair 
of the Finance Department or from: 


Financial Management 
Personal Financial Planning 
Real Estate 

Securities and Investments 
Financial Institutions 


Joseph Reising 
Donald Crane 
Donald Valachi 
Albert Fredman 
Alberto Bueso 


Faculty 

Albert Bueso, Su Chan, Carolyn Chang, Donald Crane, Steven Dennis, John 
Erickson, Albert J. Fredman, Joseph Greco, Tsong Lai, Yuming Li, Weili Lu, 
Dennis O’Connor, Joseph Reising, Mark Stohs, Richard Stolz, Marco Tonietti, 
Donald Valachi, Ko Wang, Zhong-Guo Zhou. 


[INTRODUCTION 


In choosing their course work, students are advised to choose one of the fi ve 
areas of study within the finance concentration. The financial management 
area is designed to provide entry-level skills for students interested in the 


214 Finance 




California State University, Fullerton 


financial management of a non-financial firm. The financial institutions area 
may lead to employment in banks or savings and loan associations. The 
investment and finanacial planning area is designed for students interested in 
positions with brokerage firms, life insurance firms or financial planning firms. 
The real estate area is designed for students interested in careers in commercial 
brokerage, property management, property development and real estate finance. 
The international finance area is designed for students who are interested in 
international investing and international financial management. Students may 
combine courses from different areas to meet a specialized educational objective. 

Credential Information 


For students interested in a teaching credential, the Department of Finance 
offers courses which may be included in Subject Matter Preparation and 
Supplementary Authorization Programs for secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in 
the Teaching Credential Programs section of this catalog and is also available 
from the Department Office for Secondary Education. Students interested in 
exploring careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should 
contact the Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 

Awards in Finance 

The Wall Street Journal Award 

Edward D’Cunha Finance Award 

Financial Management Association Award 

Investment Trust Award 

Jack Nichols Scholarship Award 

Outstanding Finance Student Award 

Outstanding Service Award 

Peter M. Mlynaryk Outstanding Real Estate Award 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “ Business Administration, Finance Concentration .” 


[MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “ Business Administration, Finance Concentration. ’ 


finance courses 


310 Personal Financial Management (3) 

Financial problems of the household in allocating resources and planning 
expenditures. Housing, insurance, installment buying, medical care, savings and 
investments. (May not be used to fulfill the concentration requirement in finance.) 

320 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A. Corequisite: Management Science/Information 
Systems 361 A. Financing business enterprises; financial planning and control; 
a nalysis of alternative sources and uses of combinations of short-, intermediate - 
a nd long-term debt, and equity. Cost of capital. Study of capital investment decisions; 
capital budget analysis and valuation; working capital and capital structure 
na anagement; relative impact on the international environment of financial decisions. 

331 Working Capital Management and Computer Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Analysis of working capital management and policy. 


Use of available software programs and financial models in computer-aided 
analysis of working capital management, financial forecasting, financial 
planning, capital budgeting, leasing problems, investments and other financial 
issues. 

332 Theory of Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Finance 320. Risk and return analysis. An 
introduction to the capital asset and arbitrage pricing models. Analysis of capital 
budgeting, capital structure, dividend policy, leasing, mergers and divestitures. 

335 Financial Analysis for Investors and Lenders (3) 

Prequisite: Business Admin 301, Finance 320. Interpretation of financial 
statements from the perspective of both the financial analyst and the creditor. 
Emphasis on the economic meaning of financial statement data for the purpose 
of valuing the firm’s securities. 

340 Introduction to Investments (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Finance 320. Institutional characteristics 
of securities markets, security valuation and trading methods, fundamental 
and technical analysis, selection and management of securities, introduction 
to the capital asset pricing model, role of options and futures markets, portfolio 
analysis and mutual funds. 

342 Capital and Money Markets (3) (Formerly 440) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Finance 320. Capital and money markets 
in the American and international economies; markets for new corporate and 
government issues; secondary markets; interrelation of financial institutions; 
factors influencing yields and security prices. 

351 Introduction to Real Estate (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Real estate principles, practices and investment 
decisions. Equity investment, finance, legal aspects, practices, principles, 
property development, real estate administration in the public sector, real estate 
market analysis, valuation. 

355 Real Estate Investment Analysis (3) (Formerly 455) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Alternative analytical techniques in evaluating real 
estate investments. Tax aspects, measurement of investment returns, application 
of computer models to investment decisions. Lecture, discussion and case 
analysis of major investment types - raw land, apartment houses, commercial 
and industrial uses. 

360 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Life, casualty and liability insurance, individual and 
group insurance programs; methods of establishing risks and rates of return. 

370 International Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Corequisite: Business Admin 301. Financing 
problems of international business. The international financial environment, 
taxation of foreign income, international capital and money markets, problems 
of risk in foreign investments, and financial techniques for the operation of a 
multinational firm. 

371 Export-Import Financing (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Institutional arrangements, methods and techniques 
used to finance international trade. Government and financial institution 
services. Risk-return aspects of international sales, insurance needs, the use of 
letters of credit, international factoring, accounts receivable insurance and other 
financing techniques. Review of required export-import documentation. 


Finance 




California State University, Fullerton 


373 Asia-Pacific Financial and Security Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Overview of financial markets in Japan, Korea, 
Taiwan, China, Hong Kong, Singapore and Southeast Asia. Historical 
perspectives, regulations, more recent liberalizations, and internationalizations, 
and institutional technical aspects of the stock, bond, and other financial 
markets. 

375 Global Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. This course focuses on the global dimension of 
financial markets, instruments and techniques and the financial innovations 
that are rapidly changing these markets. The perspective of the course is both 
that of participants seeking to raise capital and those looking for new investment 
opportunities. 

410 Theory & Practice of Personal Financial Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Developing, implementing and monitoring 
comprehensive personal financial plans. Includes risk management, 
investments, taxation, retirement and estate planning, as well as professional 
practices. 

411 Retirement and Estate Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Development of retirement objectives, needs and 
financial condition. Forecasting retirement income from employer based 
retirement plans, IRAs, insurance policies, social security, investment programs. 
Medicare, medical, group life and health benefits after retirement. Property 
titling, wills and transfers in contemplation of death. 

425 Commercial Bank and Financial Institution Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. The solution of financial institution problems. Major 
financial intermediaries and the decision-making problems they face. Regulation 
and its effect on management operations. Group problems and case studies. 

432 Financial Forecasting and Budgeting (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 320. Forecasting in financial management; construction 
and interpretation of economic forecasts for the economy, industry and the 
firm; construction and interpretation of financial plans; evaluation of capital 
acquisition decisions under certainty and uncertainty. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 332. Case studies. Group problems and case studies 
relating to estimation of funds requirements, long-term financial planning, 
evaluation of cash flows, financing acquisitions and mergers, capital budgeting 
and cost of capital. Team-building, leadership and computer-assisted 
presentation skills. 

442 Advanced Investment Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 340 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 361A. Securities markets 
and company analysis, security valuation models the CAPM and the APT option 
pricing, and portfolio models. Practical application of investment theory and 
recent literature will be emphasized. 

444 Options and Futures (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 340. Put and call options, option pricing theory and 
models. Financial futures pricing, hedging strategies and models. Institutional 
characteristics of futures trading. Options and futures on stock indices. Options 
on futures, theoretical relationship between options and futures. 

451 Real Estate Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Real estate law. Cases provide illustrations of specific 
legal situations; financial institutions, property rights, zoning, land use law 
and environmental impact requirements. 


452 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Financial institutions and real estate credit. Sources 
and uses of capital (funds) in financing real estate transactions. Money and 
capital markets and their effect on credit availability. Instruments in real estate 
finance. Investment methods and decisions. Group problems and case studies 

453 Real Estate Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Real property value, historical evolution of valuation 
principles, approaches in urban and real property appraisals, alternative 
methods and techniques for property valuation. 

454 Real Estate Market Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Factors and influences of urban growth and 
development. Economic factors and real estate supply and demand. Location 
theory and urban growth patterns. Public policy as a factor in real estate 
development. Analysis of real estate markets. 

456 Property Development and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 351. Decision making process in the property development 
process - from raw land to marketing and management of the completed 
product. Policy formulation and implementation, project feasibility analysis, 
financial analysis, computer assisted analysis; case studies. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 332, a concentration in finance, consent of department 
internship adviser, junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in residence at 
the university. Also open to international business majors. Planned and 
supervised work experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six 
units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 320 and consent of the instructor. Open to undergraduate 
students desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for 
credit. Not open to students on academic probation. 

517 Managerial Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 510 and classified SBAE status. The methodology of 
financial management. The primary tools for financial analysis, long-term 
investment decisions, valuation and working capital management. International 
applications. 

523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status. The analysis 
of the financial decision-making process through case studies and seminar 
presentations. Current financial theory and models. International applications 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 523 and classified SBAE status. Optimal financing and 
asset administration; advanced techniques of capital budgeting; application of 
analytical methods to the administration of the finance function of the business 
firm. 

540 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status. Structure 
and operation of major financial institutions; portfolio composition, price-cost 
problems, and market behavior; analysis of financial intermediation and 
interrelation of financial institutions and markets. 

541 Seminar in Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status. Problem-' 
of investment and portfolio management; concepts of risk evaluation and 


216 Finance 


California State University, Fullerton 


investment criteria; analysis of interest rate movements; investment valuation 
and timing; regulation and administrative problems of the industry. 

551 Seminar in Real Estate Investment (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status. Problems 
of real estate investment; concepts of evaluation and investment criteria; analysis 
of real property values; real estate development and financing. Case studies. 

561 Seminar in Risk Management and Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status. The 
examination techniques and policies used by corporations and individuals 
for managing life, health, property, liability, interest rate, foreign investment 
and financial risks. To study how to identify, evaluate and manage both pure 
risk and speculative risk. 


570 Seminar in International Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status. The 
financial problems of the multinational firm. International financing 
instruments, capital investment decisions, and constraints on the profitability 
of multinational businesses. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status, consent of 
instructor and approval by Department Chair. Directed independent inquiry. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 517 or equivalent and classified SBAE status, consent of 
instructor and approval by Department Chair and Associate Dean. May be 
repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic probation. 


Finance 


217 


California State University, Fullerton 


Program 

in 



International 

Business 


Program Coordinator: Irene Lange 
Program Office: University Hall 313 


PROGRAM OFFERED 


Bachelor of Arts in International Business ^ 

Program Council 

Peng Chan (Management) 

Linda Andersen (Foreign Languages and Literatures) 
Dennis O’Connor (Finance) 

Irene Lange (Marketing) 

Vincent Dropsy (Economics) 

Marjorie Tussing (Foreign Languages and Literatures) 
Setsue Shibata (Foreign Languages and Literatures) 


Advisers 

The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements, registration and grading 
procedures, residence and similar academic matters. Additional advising on 
curriculum content and career opportunities is available from the International 
Business Program: 


International Business: 
French: 

German: 

Japanese: 

Portuguese: 

Spanish: 


Irene Lange 
Linda Andersen 
Marjorie Tussing 
Keiji Matsumoto 
Ronald Harmon 
Josefina Hess 


itaiiwaiiiiwii 


The international business curriculum covers the fundamentals of business 
administration, with an emphasis on international business. Foreign language 


International Business 







California State University, Fullerton 


courses are required and stress the use of the applied language. The program 
also includes an internship with an international business. This curriculum 
prepares students for entry level positions. Opportunities exist in contracts, 
distribution and sales and may lead to general management positions. Since 
Southern California is a major international business center, there are career 
opportunities with internationally oriented firms in this area. Other career 
opportunities may involve international travel or overseas assignments. 

Language concentrations are offered in French, German, Japanese, Portuguese, 
and Spanish. Other concentrations may be developed in the future. The program 
is offered jointly by the School of Business Administration and Economics 
and the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

Scholarship In International Business 

The Dennis Rippin-International Marketing Association Scholarship 

Preparation For The Major 

Students who expect to complete this program in the usual four-year period 
should realize that the total requirements, including general education courses 
and prerequisites, can exceed 124 semester units. Intermediate level 
competency in a foreign language, equivalent to courses numbered 204 in the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures, is prerequisite to the required 
concentration courses. It is therefore strongly recommended that students 
complete a minimum of three years of foreign language study while in high 
school. Similarly, algebra and geometry are necessary for many required business 
courses. The equivalent of three years of high school mathematics, including a 
second course in algebra, is the prerequisite for the required Mathematics 135, 
Business Calculus. Students without the necessary background will need to 
enroll in Mathematics 115, College Algebra. 


lBACHELOR of arts in international business 


Admission to the International Business major involves two steps. Students 
who apply to the major are initially classified as pre-international business. 
After completing the lower-division core requirements with grades of at least 
C, and demonstrating satisfactory progress toward intermediate competency 
*n a foreign language, students may apply to the international business major. 
Pre-international business students may take lower-division business courses, 
but most upper-division courses are not open to pre-international business 
students. 

All of the following requirements must be met for the degree. Students must 
e arn a grade of at least C in each course in the major. For assistance in 
interpreting these requirements, contact the Business Advising Center, 
Langsdorf Hall 700. 

Required Lower-Division Core Courses 

Accounting 201 A Financial Accounting (3) 

Accounting 20 IB Managerial Accounting (3) 

Business Admin 201 Business Writing (3) 

Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomics (3) 

Economics 202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) 

Management 246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 Introduction to Computing and Programming 
Concepts (3) 

Math 135 Business Calculus (3) 
or Math 130 A Short Course in Calculus (4) 
or Math 1 50A Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4) 


Intermediate competency in the appropriate foreign language is prerequisite 
to the required concentration courses. To achieve the required competency level, 
students should enroll in French, German, Japanese, Portuguese, or Spanish courses 
in consultation with an adviser in the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures 
who will determine student preparation based on prior experience or study. 

Required Upp er-Division Core Courses 

International business majors shall not enroll in any required upper-division 
core course until they have completed all of the required lower-division core 
courses with a grade of at least C in each course. 

Business Administration 301 Advanced Business Communication (3) 
Economics 335 International Economy (3) 

Finance 320 Business Finance (3) 

Finance 370 International Business Finance (3) 

Management 339 Principles of Management & Operations (3) 

Management 340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability and 
Statistics (3) 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Marketing 445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 

Required Capstone Core Course 

After completing all lower- and upper-division core courses, take Management 
480 Global Strategic Management (3). 

Required Concentration 

(choose one of the following concentrations) 

Concentration in French: 

French 310 French in the Business World (3) 

French 311 French for International Business (3) 

French 315 Origins of Modern France (3) 

French 325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 

Concentration in German: 

German 310 German in the Business World (3) 

German 311 German for International Business (3) 

German 315 Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

German 325 Current Trends in Culture of German-Speaking Peoples (3) 

Concentration in Japanese: 

Japanese 310 Japanese for Business (3) 

Japanese 311 Japanese for International Business (3) 

Japanese 315 Introduction to Japanese Civilization (3) 

Japanese 316 Modem Japan (3) 

Concentration in Portuguese: 

Portuguese 310 Portuguese in the Business World (3) 

Portuguese 317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Portuguese 320 Introduction to Luso-Brazilian Culture and Civilization (3) 
Portuguese 325 Contemporary Brazilian Civilization (3) 

One of the following courses may be substituted for Portuguese 320 or 325: 

Spanish 310 Spanish in the Business World (3) 

Spanish 311 Spanish for International Business (3) 


International Business 



California State University, Fullerton 


Concentration in Spanish: 


Spanish 310 
Spanish 311 
Spanish 315 
Spanish 316 


Spanish in the Business World (3) 

Spanish for International Business (3) 
Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 
Introduction to Spanish-American Civilization (3) 


business internship work activity, students may complete a foreign language 
internship rather than the course. Approval for this option must be obtained 
prior to enrollment in the business internship and written evidence of language 
use must be provided at the completion of the language internship. 

Internship Courses 


Note: Students may substitute one of the following for Spanish 315 or 316: 

Spanish 415 Contemporary Spanish Culture (3) 

Spanish 416 Contemporary Spanish-American Culture (3) 

Collateral Requirement (3 units)^^ 

Complete at least one approved collateral elective. It is recommended that 
students take up to 12 units of electives, if possible. The list of approved courses 
is available in the Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700 or the 
International Business Program Office, University Hall 313. 

Internship Requirement 

Internships outside the United States: Students who successfully arrange an 
internship in a country where the language of their concentration is used, will 
enroll for three units in a language internship and for three units in a business 
internship. During this experience, students are expected to spend a minimum 
of four months in full-time employment with a faculty-approved firm. 
Simultaneous enrollment in the two internships is expected and students 
normally will not engage in any other academic activity. 

Internships in the United States: Students who complete internships locally 
must arrange a business internship that involves international operations. In 
addition, these students must complete an additional pre-approved three-unit 
upper-division foreign language course. The course must increase students’ 
understanding of the language and culture of their concentration. If students 
are expected to use their foreign language on a daily basis as part of their 


Accounting 495 Internship (3) 

Foreign Languages 495 Internship (3) 

Economics 495 Internship (3) 

Finance 495 Internship (3) 

Management 495 Internship (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 495 Internship (3) 

Marketing 495 Internship (3) 

Other Requirements ^ 

Other Subjects: Complete at least 50 percent of the course work for the degree 
in subjects other than business administration or economics. Complete all 
university requirements for the bachelor’s degree. 

Grade Point Average (GPA): Attain at least a 2.0 GPA (C average) in all university 
courses and in the concentration courses. Earn at least a C grade in each course 
required for the major (other than concentration courses). 

Grade Options: Take all required core and concentration courses for a letter 
grade (A,B,C,D,F). The credit/no credit grading option may not be used for 
these courses, and a grade of CR (credit) will not satisfy the requirements of 
the degree. Exceptions: Calculus (Math 130, 135 or 150A) and Internship 
may be taken under the credit/no credit option, although courses taken to 
meet general education requirements must be taken for a letter grade. 

Residence: At least 12 units of upper-division core courses, 6 units of upper- 
division concentration courses and 6 units of internships must be taken in 
residence at CSUE 


International Business 


California State University, Fullerton 


Department 

of 

MaitMscinniemt 



Department Chair: Farouk H. Abdelwahed 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 640 

Bachelor of Arts Jn Business Administration 

Concentration in Management 

Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Management 

faculty 

Farouk Abdelwahed, Michael Ames, Thomas Apke, Mei Liang Bickner, Peng 
Chan, Ellen Dumond, Gamini Gunawardane, Dorothy Heide, Richard Houston, 
Thomas Johnson, Eonsoo Kim, Brian Kleiner, Elliot Kushell, Gus Manoochehri, 
Thomas Mayes, Tai Oh, Goli Sadri, Hamid Tavakolian, Laszlo Tihanyi, Gustavo 
’ ar gas, Candace Young 


Advisers 


The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading 
procedures; residence and similar academic matters. In addition, the 
Management Department provides advising on career opportunities and on 
the emphases within the Management Concentration: 


Entrepreneurial Management 
General Management 
Organization Behavior/Human 
Resource Management 
Operations Management 


Michael Ames 
Farouk Abdelwahed 

Elliot Kushell 
Ellen Dumond 


INTRODUCTION 


Managers are needed in a wide variety of different types of organizations - 
business and nonbusiness, large and small, foreign and domestic. In all of 
these organizations, managers need technical, human and conceptual skills to 
help achieve organizational goals. 


Management 



California State University, Fullerton 


Management courses are designed to teach the fundamental principles 
underlying organizations, to emphasize education which will improve students 
thought processes, to provide familiarity with the analytical tools of 
management, and to develop in the student an ability to use the techniques 
involved in analyzing and evaluating managerial problems and making sound 
decisions. 

Students may pursue a wide variety of academic and career interests through 
four different emphases. These emphases include: (1) entrepreneurial 
management, (2) general management, (3) organization behavior/human 
resources management, and (4) operations management. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Management Department 
offers courses which may be included in the Subject Matter Preparation and 
Supplementary Authorization Programs for secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in 
the Teaching Credential Programs section of this catalog and is also available 
from the Department of Secondary Education. Students interested in exploring 
careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should contact 
the Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 

Awards in Management 

The Gus Berger Award/Operations Management 

The H. Peter Guertin/APICS Orange County Chapter Scholarship 

The Orange County Industrial Relations Research Association (OC1RRA) 

The PERMA Scholarship 


BACHELOR OE ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See business Administration, Management Concentration.” 


MASTER OE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “ Business Administration, Management Concentration.” 


MANAGEMENT COURSES 


246 Business and Its Legal Environment (3) 

Examines laws and regulations affecting the business environment and 
managerial decisions including the legal system and methods of dispute 
resolution. Topics include torts, crimes, contracts, product liability, business 
organization, employment, antitrust, environmental protection; incorporates 
ethical considerations and international perspectives. Uses case studies. 

339 Principles of Management and Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: all lower-division business core courses and Business Admin 
301 . Co-requisite: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A. Administrative processes in utility- 
creating business operations: decision-making; planning; controlling; 
supporting business information systems; measuring and improving 
effectiveness; production processes, production operations and institutions 
in American and worldwide business. Uses the Production Lab. 

340 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Prerequisites: general education in social sciences. Co-requisite: Business 
Admin 301, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361A. Social and cultural environments of 
business. Business ethics. Communication, leadership, motivation, perception, 


personality development, group dynamics and group growth. Human behavior 
and organizational design and management practice in American and world 
wide business. 

343 Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Management 340 or equivalent. The 
personnel function, its activities, and its opportunities. Managements 
responsibilities for selection, development and effective utilization of personnel 
Open to non-business majors. 

345 Small Business Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, Management 339, Marketing 351. Practical 
applications of business administration techniques to the planning and operation 
of small businesses. Casework, research, and field work with selected, local small 
businesses. 

347 Current Legal Issues (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Management 246 or equivalent. Work and 
law; the development of employment law; agency; responsibilities of managing 
officers; the hiring process; discrimination; wages; hours and benefits; 
termination. The work environment, OSHA, worker’s compensation. 
International and ethical implications of employment law. Patents, copyrights 
and trademarks. Product/service liability; environmental law. 

348 Commercial Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 246 or equivalent. The philosophy, institutions and 
role of law and ethical considerations in commercial transactions. Case studies 
in sales, storage and shipment of goods, commercial paper, debtor and creditor 
rights and remedies, bankruptcy, secured transactions and suretyship. 

349 Law for Small Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Management 246. The philosophy, 
institutions, and role of law and their practical applications in the areas of 
interest to the small businessperson. Product liability, consumer rights, workers 
compensation and other topics. 

350 International Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 or Management 340. A survey course on 
business activities of firms across national boundaries. It includes sociocultural 
patterns, global logistics and sourcing, foreign investment and banking, 
technology transfer, and macroeconomic and regulatory environments. World 
regions and economic blocks are incorporated in the analysis. 

355 Comparative Management - U.S. and East Asia (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 or Management 340 or consent of instructor 
Cross-cultural analysis of managerial characteristics and behavior between the 
United States and East Asia (japan, South Korea, Hong Kong, Singapore 
Taiwan). Focuses on the shared post-Confucian cultural values and 
environmental constraints which influence East Asia’s management practices 

421 Operations Systems Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 36 IB. Managerial problems associated with 
designing an operations system, including product and process design, facilities 
planning, capacity choice, job design, automation, quality management and 
maintenance. 

422 Production and Inventor)' Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 36 IB. Planning and controlling of production 
activities and inventory’ levels. Identification of key problem areas. Presentation 
of applicable techniques and systems, and organizational and manage 113 * 
concepts. Utilization of computer decision models. 


222 Management 


California State University, Fullerton 


425 Productivity and Quality Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A or equivalent. 
Definition, discussion and measurement of productivity and quality and their 
strategic role. Development of a comprehensive approach to managing and 
improving productivity and quality, including strategic, organizational, 
operational and technological aspects. Case studies on productivity and quality 
in service and manufacturing operations. 


430 Integrated Logistics Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 339 (or equivalent), Marketing 351 or consent of 
instructor. Study of managing the productive flow of materials throughout an 
organization from the acquisition of materials, capital, and services to the 
delivery of finished products and services to the final customer. Emphasis is 
placed on the development of strategies to synthesize the individual processes 
into a cohesive system. 


431 Women in Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 340. (For men and women.) Increasing participation 
in the management of organizations. Employment and earnings, affirmative 
action, understanding male-female and female-female work relationships, dual 
careers, and learning how to increase one’s effectiveness in organizations. 

433 Advanced Topics in Human Resource Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 343. Contemporary concepts and procedures in 
compensation and staffing. Current topics and controversial issues in human 
resource management are also covered. 

435 Service Organizations and Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 339. Analysis and applications of general 
management and operations management concepts to service organizations, 
and interactions among various functional areas. Case analyses of banks, airlines, 
health care, food service and others. Includes field trips and use of computer 
labs and models. 


444 Project Management (3) 

Prerequisites: management and management science/information systems core 
and other 300 level management courses in student’s concentration. Technology 
for managing business and other enterprises as cybernetic systems. The design 
and control of systems appropriate for product, project and program levels of 
analysis. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) Uses Production Lab. 

448 Seminar in Small Business Consulting (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339, Marketing 351 and senior standing. A seminar. 
Planning and working in a consulting relationship with small local businesses. 
Lectures, research and field work. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours field work) 

449 Seminar in Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301 , all other School of Business Administration 
and Economics core courses and departmental approval. Integrative cases from 
top management viewpoint. Administrative processes, ethical-legal-economic 
implications of business decisions, international applications; organization 
theory and policy formulation. Individual and team efforts. 

480 Global Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, completion of all other International 
Business core courses and departmental approval. This course deals primarily 
with the conceptualization, formulation, and implementation of successful 
global business strategies. Other topics include managing cultural differences, 
strategic alliances, and strategies for the Pacific Rim and Europe. 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: six units of upper division management courses, including 
Management 339, concentration in management or international business, 
consent of department internship adviser and at least junior standing, 2.5 
GPA and one semester in residence at the university. Planned and supervised 
work experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/ 
No Credit only. 


440 Emerging Issues in Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 339 and 340 or consent of instructor. For upper- 
division and graduate students. Business and management in America. The 
mterrelationships of technological, economic, political and social forces with 
the business enterprises and their ethical obligations to owners, employees, 
consumers and society at large. Open to nonbusiness majors. 

441 Labor-Management Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 340. Impact of labor-management relations upon 
tabor, management, and the public. Proper grievance procedure, collective 
bargaining and settlement of disputes. 

^42 Grievance Handling and Arbitration (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 441 or equivalent. In-depth study of grievance 
Procedures and the arbitration process and procedure in the private sector. Topics 
delude discipline, contract interpretation, arbitrable issues, management right 
lssu es, such as subcontracting and employee rights. Uses cases and simulations. 

4 43 Group Dynamics (3) 

^requisites: Management 339 and 340 or equivalent. Managerial skills in 
§r°up dynamics as they relate to team performance. Cultural diversity including 
a lue differences and perception. Leadership: problem solving, idea generation, 
-oinmunications and conflict management. Organization change and designs 
nat enhance team effectiveness. 


499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by department chair. Open to 
qualified students desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be 
repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic probation. 

515 Management of Information in the Corporate Environment (3) 

Prerequisite: Classified SBAE status. Review and application of management 
information systems in business. System planning, system design and analysis, 
use of files, decision support systems, expert systems, and implementation of 
management information systems. 

516 Organizational Theory and Management of Operations (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, Manag Sci/Info Sys 514 (may be taken 
concurrently), Accounting 510, Economics 515. Modem organization theory 
and application in utility-creating operations. Interpersonal behavior, planning, 
control, organizing, directing, communication, production and information 
systems, and measures of effectiveness. International applications. Business ethics 
and relationships to society and politics. Graduate discussion and research reports. 

518 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Law applicable to business institutions 
and inherent in business decisions with consideration of the ethical, social 
and political influences as they affect business organizations and operations 
both here and abroad; nature and sources of law, the judicial system and case 
studies in areas of enforceable agreements, products liability, employment, 
business organizations and trade regulation. 


Management 


California State University, Fullerton 


524 Seminar in Organizational Behavior & Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, Management 516 and 518 or equivalent. 
Human behavior in organizations, studies in organizational theories, and 
administrative action. 

535 Production/Operations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 516 and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514. An in-depth study 
of selected POM topics. Discussions of the operations function role and its 
importance, identification of the problem areas, and reviewing of the related 
concepts and techniques, including computer applications. Emphasizing the 
current POM topics of interest to top management. 

537 Management of Technology (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 516. This course focuses on the role of technology in 
the competitive position of the organization. Covers technology forecasting, 
evaluation, selection and implementation as well as issues in technological risk 
management, technology transfer and research and development management. 

542 Seminar in Labor-Management Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, Management 516 and 518. A seminar that 
focuses on various aspects of the labor-management relationship, issues in 
collective bargaining, the laws governing the relationship, contract administration, 
grievance handling, dispute settlement and arbitration. Negotiation simulation 
and case analyses. 


543 Seminar in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, Management 516 and 518, or equivalent. 
Cases, problems and significant personnel administration literature in personnel 
administration and human relations. 

547 Comparative Management (3) 

Management practices and processes in five geographical areas; market- 
structures and management characteristics different from those in the United 
States. Constraints which vary between countries because of cultural, legal, 
economic and/or political differences. 

581 Entrepreneurship and New Ventures (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status and all MBA foundation coursework except 
Business Admin 590. Advanced application of business administration 
techniquest for the planning, financing, capitalization and operation of 
emerging, fast growth business. Casework, research and fieldwork with selected 
local businesses. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of instructor, consent of 
department chair and Associate Dean. May be repeated for credit. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 


224 Management 


California State University, Fullerton 


Department 



Department Chair: Barry A. Pasternack 
Department Office: Langsdorf Hall 540 


[PROGRAMS OFFERED 


B achelor of Arts in Business Administrat ion 

Concentration in Management Information Systems 
Concentration in Management Science 


Faculty 

Shu-Jen Chen, Roger Dear, Zvi Drezner, Ben Edmondson, Nicholas Farnum, 
Zvi Goldstein, S. Hanizavareh, William Heitzman, James Hightower, Bhushan 
Kapoor, Mabel Kung, Bharat Lakhanpal, William Lau, John Lawrence, George 
Marcoulides, Do Le Minh, Barry Pasternack, Sorel Reisman, Herbert 
Rutemiller, Joseph Sherif, Sohan Sihota, Ram Singhania, LaVerne Stanton, 
Ronald Suich 


Minor in Management Information Systems 


Advisers 


Master of Business Administration 

Concentration in Management Science/Information Systems 

M aster of Sc ience in Management Science ^ 

Concentration in Management Information Systems 
Concentration in Operations Research 
Concentration in Statistics 


The Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements; registration and grading 
procedures; residence and similar academic matters. In addition, the 
Management Science/Information Systems Department provides advising about 
curriculum content and career opportunities. 

Graduate Program: Barry Pasternack 


Management Science/Information Systems 


225 


California State University, Fullerton 


Information Systems: Roger Dear, Bhushan Kapoor, Mabel Kung, Bharat 
Lakhanpal, Sorel Reisman, Joseph Sherif, Ram Singhania 
Operations Research: Shu-Jen Chen, Roger Dear, Zvi Drezner, Zvi Goldstein, 
Seyed Hanizavareh, William Lau, John Lawrence, Do Le Minh, Barry 
Pasternack, Joseph Sherif 

Statistics: Nicholas Farnum, William Heitzman, James Hightower, George 
Marcoulides, Sohan Sihota, La Verne Stanton, Ronald Suich 


INTRODUCTION 


Management information systems are computer based information systems. 
These systems aid management in making decisions and assist in implementing 
and controlling management policies. Management information systems are 
used in business, industry and government operations. Applications include 
airline reservations, banking transactions, crime prevention networks, election 
returns, real estate assessment, tax records, newspaper databases, sports 
statistics and computer assisted learning. 

Management information systems incorporate the use of data processing 
equipment, such as computers and their peripherals. Computer software is used 
to create, maintain and retrieve information. Techniques include mathematical 
modeling and statistics, integrated with modern computer technology. These 
methods are applied to systems management, programming design, analysis of 
information flow, decision support, database organization, small business 
problems, data communication networking and distributed processing. 

Management Science is the application of the scientific method to decision- 
making in business and government. In practice, nearly all management science 
problems involve solutions using computers. Operations research uses 
mathematical and simulation models to provide decision-makers with 
quantitative information pertaining to complex business situations. Statistics 
assists decision-makers by using techniques designed to draw inferences from 
experimental and sampling data. 

Situations that require operations research techniques arise in all areas of 
business: accounting, finance, production, marketing, and research and 
development. Among the problems addressed by operations research 
techniques are the determination of inventory strategies, the allocation of scarce 
resources and the design of service systems. Others include bidding in 
competitive environments, selection of equipment replacement strategies and 
scheduling the completion of large projects. 

The statistician is often involved in activities such as sales forecasting, quality 
control and financial analysis. Statistics is also concerned with model building 
and the design of experiments dealing with product testing, surveys and sampling. 

Credential Information 

For students interested in a teaching credential, the Department of Management 
Science/Information Systems offers courses which may be included in the 
Subject Matter Preparation Program for the Single Subject Teaching Credential. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in 
the Teaching Credential Programs section of this catalog and is also available 
from the Department of Secondary Education. Students interested in exploring 
careers in teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should contact 
the Office of Admission to Teacher Education, Education Classroom 207. 

Awards in Management Science/Information Systems m 

David S. Stoller Outstanding Management Science Undergraduate Award 
Outstanding Management Information Systems Undergraduate Award 
Outstanding Management Science Graduate Student Award 


BA( III I OK PI ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “Business Administration, Management Information Systems Concentration.” 
See “ Business Administration, Management Science Concentration.” 


MINOR IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 


See “Business Administration, Minor in Management Information Systems.” 


MASTER OF Bl.'SIN fiSS ADMINISTRATION 


See “Business Administration, Management Science/ Information Systems 
Concentration” 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 


The Master of Science in Management Science program provides the conceptual 
understanding and technical competence for a career in management science. 
Emphasis is placed on the use of scientific method to allocate resources so as 
to maximize profit or minimize cost. Concentrations include management 
information systems, operations research, and statistics. These techniques are 
widely used in both private business and public enterprise. Employment 
opportunities include positions such as management analyst, data processing 
manager, statistician and forecaster. 

The M.S. in Management Science program is scheduled especially for students 
who are employed full time. Courses are offered during the late afternoon and 
evening. 

The curriculum should appeal to students with undergraduate degrees in 
business administration, computer science, mathematics, engineering or 
science. For students with an undergraduate degree in business administration, 
the 10-course (30-unit) curriculum may be completed in 2 1/2 years (pan 
time). In addition to three required courses, the curriculum includes 
management information and management science applications, electives, and 
a terminal research project. Students with a bachelors degree in a field other 
than business administration must first complete the M.B.A. Foundation 
Courses (27 units) or equivalent undergraduate courses. 

Cal State Fullerton is the only university in Orange County accredited by the 
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business at both the undergraduate 
and graduate level. This assures a rigorous program, a well-qualified faculty, 
high standards for students, and access to an extensive library system. The 
qualifications of the M.S. in Management Science faculty include advanced 
degrees in information systems, operations research, statistics and applied 
mathematics; extensive computer experience; and practical experience in 
business, industry and government. Cal State Fullerton is the only campus 
within The California State University offering an M.S. in Management Science 

Most graduate courses in the School of Business Administration and Economics 
require “classified SBAE status” and are open only to students with classified 
standing in the M.S. in Management Science, M.S. in Taxation, M.A. i n 
Economics, M.B.A. or M.S. in Accountancy programs. 

Students meeting the following requirements will be admitted to post- 
baccalaureate -unclassified standing: 

1. Acceptable bachelor’s degree from an institution accredited by a regional 
accrediting association, or equivalent. 

2. Grade-point average of at least 2.5 in the last 60 semester units attempted 
and in good standing at last college attended. 


226 


Management Science/Information Systems 





California State University, Fullerton 


Postbaccalaureate-unclassified students may enroll in undergraduate courses 
(100 through 400 level) but are generally ineligible for graduate business 
courses (500 level). Such students may wish to take undergraduate courses 
which are necessary to meet the requirements for classified standing (see 
below). Upon completing the requirements, the student may file an 
“Application for Postbaccalaureate/Graduate Change of Academic Objective” 
requesting admission to the M.S. in Management Science program. Admission 
to the university as a postbaccalaureate-unclassified student does not 
constitute admission to the M.S. in Management Science program, does 
not confer priority, nor does it guarantee future admission. Students 
planning to apply for admission to the M.S. in Management Science program 
should confer with the graduate adviser in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics. 

Students meeting the following departmental requirements will be admitted 
to the M.S. in Management Science program with conditionally classified 
standing: 


6. Approval of study plan. 


CURRICULUM 


The curriculum requires 30 semester units of course work beyond the 
baccalaureate degree. At least 21 of the 30 units required for the degree must 
be at the graduate level. A 3.0 GPA (B) is required in study plan courses and all 
applicable course work. Any study plan course with a grade lower than C 
must be repeated with at least a C grade. 

The requirement for a concentration is to satisfactorily complete at least 15 
units of courses (required and/or elective) in a specified field: Management 
Information Systems, Operations Research or Statistics. A concentration is not 
required for the degree. 


CONCENTRATION IN 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 


3. Combination of grade-point average and score on the Graduate Manage- 
ment Admission Test (GMAT) sufficient to yield a score of at least 1000 
according to one of the following formulas. Due to limited facilities and 
resources in the School of Business Administration and Economics, a higher 
score may be required of all applicants. 

A. If overall undergraduate GPA is at least 2.7 and GMAT is at least 450, 
then score * (GPA x 200) + GMAT 

B. If overall undergraduate GPA is below 2.7 or GMAT is below 450, 
then score = (GPA x 200) + GMAT -50. 


Required Courses (12 units) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 550 Special Topics on Information Systems Design 
and Data Communication (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 552 Information Systems Analysis, Design and 
Development (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 555 Data Structures and Data Base Management (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 526 Forecasting, Decision, Analysis and 
Experimental Design (3) 

or Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 
or Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 


4. A score in the top 50 percent on the verbal, analytical and quantitiative 
areas of the GMAT. Students who do not reach this level are required to 
complete a department approved course(s). 

Conditionally classified students may take a limited number of graduate courses 
(500 level) subject to the approval of the graduate adviser of the School of 
Business Administration and Economics. Students may take whatever courses 
are necessary to fulfill requirement 4 (below) while enrolled as conditionally 
classified students. In addition, a maximum of 9 units (three courses) from the 
M.S. in Management Science curriculum may be taken while in conditionally 
classified standing. 

Students meeting the following additional requirements will be advanced to 
classified standing. Such students are eligible to take graduate courses for which 
they are qualified. 

5- A bachelors degree with a major in business administration which meets 
the requirements stated in this catalog for such degrees. The degree must 
include calculus and computer programming equivalent to passing Math- 
ematics 135, Business Calculus (3 units), and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265 Com- 
puting and Programming Concepts (3 units), with grades of at least C. 
Courses in the major are to be no more than seven years old, and must have 
at least a 3.0 GPA. Courses with grades lower than C must be repeated with 
at least a C grade. Applicants with a bachelor’s degree in a field other than 
Business Administration may meet this requirement by passing the courses 
in calculus and computer programming (above) with grades of at least C, 
and also the Foundation Courses within the curriculum of the Master of 
Business Administration (27 units, including Accounting 510; Business 
Admin 590; Economics 515; Finance 517; Management 515, 516, 518; 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 513, and Marketing 519). The MBA Foundation Courses 
must have at least a 3.0 GPA; Foundation Courses with grades lower than a 
C must be repeated with at least a C grade. 


Electives i n Information JSystems (12 units)^ 


Four courses (12 units) to be selected in consultation with and approved by 
the student’s adviser: 


Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 409 Business Telecommunications for Information 
System Design (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 411 Microcomputer Business Application Design (3) 
Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 415 Decision Support and Expert Systems (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 418 Privacy and Security (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 557 Issues in Business Information Systems and 
Global Telcommunications (3) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 576 Business Modeling and Simulation (3) 


Applications i n Business and Economics (3 units) 


Courses to be selected in consultation with, and approved by, the student’s 
adviser from the following: 


Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Note: Students with credit for cost accounting may substitute Accounting 
521 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Economics 502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Terminal Evaluation (3 units) 

Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 577 Seminar in Information Systems Implementation (3) 


Management Science/Information Systems 





California State University, Fullerton 


Students must complete the individual project in Manag Sci/Info Sys 577 with a 
grade of B or better. A comprehensive examination may serve as an option to the 
individual written project. In exceptional cases, a thesis (Business Admin 598) 
may also serve as an option. See the departmental graduate adviser for details. 


CONCENTRATIONS IN 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND STATISTICS 


Required Courses (9 units) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 526 Forecasting, Decision Analysis and 
Experimental Design (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 550 Special Topics on Information Systems Design 
and Data Communication (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 
or Manag Sci/Info Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Applications in Business and Economics (3 units) 

Courses to be selected in consultation with, and approved by, the students 
adviser from the following: 

Accounting 511 Seminar in Managerial Accounting (3) 

Note: Students with credit for cost accounting may substitute Accounting 
521, Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Economics 502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Finance 523 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Management 444 Project Management (3) 

Marketing 525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Electives (15 units) 

Courses may be chosen from one or more of the following fields and may 
include, with the approval of the department chair, courses from the 
Management Information Systems Concentration: 

Operations Research 

A general approach to decision-making based on scientific method. 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 465 Linear Programming in Management Science (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 490 Queuing and Stochastic Models in 
Management Science (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Statistics: 

Collecting, analyzing, and interpreting data. 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 422 Surveys and Sampling Design and Applications (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 461 Statistical Theory for Management Science (3) 
Manag Sci/Info Sys 467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 

Manag Sci/Info Sys 475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Terminal Evaluation 


Manag Sci/Info Sys 576 Business Modeling and Simulation (includes project) (3) 
or Comprehensive Exam 


MANAGEMENT SCIENCE/ 
INFORMATION SYSTEMS COURSES 


165 Navigating the Information Superhighway (1) 

This hands-on course is a survey of information resources available through 
the internet. Students will cover topics such as e-mail, telnet, ftp, gophers, 
the World Wide Web, internet search engines, and computerized library 
resources. 

166 Developing Computer Based Presentations (1) 

This course introduces the concepts, principles and techniques for developing 
computer based presentations. Students will learn to create presentation 
outlines, use masters and templates, work with graphs and organization charts, 
and develop electronic slides and transparencies. 

167 Practical Approach to Data Base Systems (1) 

This course presents hands-on methods to plan, create, and maintain databases 
Students also learn to create customized forms and queries, as well as to develop 
professional looking reports. 

168 Mastering the World Wide Web (1) 

This course covers how the World Wide Web works and how one can set up a 
web sits and author web pages. Topics include: web browsers, design of a web 
site, HTML, multimedia, interactive techniques, CGI, security, and site 
promotion. 

265 Introduction to Computing and Programming Concepts (3) 

Introduction to computer concepts, computer organization, operation, 
hardware, systems and application software; business problem-solving and 
computer programming; applications to business. Microcomputer applications 
and hands-on exercises in the business arena. 

270 File Concepts and COBOL Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 265. Structured COBOL; multiple-level table 
handling, subscripting and indexing; file organization documentation; report 
generation; sequential file updating. 

309 Elements of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 or equivalent 
Introduces the student to the basic data, files and operating systems’ related 
concepts needed for business information system design. Introduces concepts 
of data organization, storage media characteristics and linear and non-linear 
data structures. Covers the use of these concepts in data management within 
a business organization and the opportunities and limitations presented by the 
overall operating systems’ environments. 

310 Systems Development and Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265. Analyzing, 
designing and programming in an information system using a high level, advanced 
programming development system such as Visual BASIC; methodologies, 
planning analysis, general system design; evaluation & selection; designing input, 
process, and output, designing controls, networks and software; interface design 

361 A Quantitative Business Analysis: Probability & Statistics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 135 and Manag Sci/Info Sys 265 or equivalents. Corequisite 
Business Admin 301. Probability concepts; expectations, descriptive statistics: 
discrete and continuous random variables; sampling; estimation; hypothesis 
testing; simple and multiple regression; nonparametric statistics. 


228 


Management Science/Information Systems 





California State University, Fullerton 


36 IB Quantitative Business Analysis: Statistics & Management 
Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Quantitative methods and their 
application to business and economic problems. Multiple regression, 
forecasting, ANOVA, quality control, mathematical modeling, optimization, 
PERT/CPM, inventory. 

370 Advanced COBOL Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/Info Sys 270 or equivalent. Advanced COBOL features: 
Indexed and direct file processing, report writer, sort feature, declarative and 
linkage sections, segmentation. Overlay structure, survey of job control 
language, libraries. Direct access. Hardware devices. 

408 Data Base Management Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Provides essential 
concepts, principles and methods for analysis, design and implementation of data 
base systems; builds upon the file-oriented approaches covered in other 
management information system courses; contrasts the database approach with 
the file-oriented approach; covers theory and practice; examines issues and problems 
associated with developing single-user and multiple-user database systems. 

409 Business Telecommunications for Information System Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Communications 
design, concepts and hardware, telecommunications protocol, network 
architectures and configurations, LANs security and control, communication 
services, voice and electronic mail. 

410 Information Resources Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301 ; Manag Sci/Info Sys 408 or 409. This course 
recognizes the expanding role of information systems in the overall strategy 
and management of organizations. The management of the organization 
information resources includes personnel, planning and control, technological 
trends, management implications, managing the MIS department. 

411 Microcomputer Business Application Design (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301 , Manag Sci/Info Sys 310. This course focuses 
on contemporary issues in the design and development of integrated, graphical 
user interface-based business applications. 

415 Decision Support and Expert Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Principles and 
procedures related to the design and use of expen systems and decision support 
systems principles in management decision making; development of expert systems 
using shells. 

418 Privacy and Security (3) 

Co-requisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 309. Security and privacy 
problems associated with the use of computer systems; ways to minimize risks 
and losses. 

422 Surveys and Sampling Design and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361A. Principles for 
designing business and economic surveys. Applications in accounting, 
Marketing research, economic statistics and the social sciences. Sampling; 
simple random, stratified and multistage design; construction of sampling 
frames; detecting and controlling non- sampling errors. 

440 Intermediate Management Science Models (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361B. Intermediate 
^nagement science modeling and solution techniques, including topics in linear 
a ud non-linear programming, integer programming, dynamic programming, 
Markov processes, queuing theory, and inventory models. 


441 Intermediate Statistical Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301 , Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB. Intermediate linear 
regression and topics in experimental design, quality control, time series 
analysis, forecasting, and statistical decision theory. 

448 Computer Simulation in Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB. Computer 
generation of discrete and continuous random variables, their use in computer 
simulation. Applications include queuing, communications, computer systems, 
economics, gaming, inventory, scheduling and other management science topics. 

454 Seminar in Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 408, 409, and either 
370 or 41 1 . Integrates information systems development concepts of analysis, 
design and implementation. Students will develop an information system from 
concept to completion. Individual and team effort. 

461 Statistical Theory for Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Review of 
mathematical topics needed for statistical theory. Distribution, theory, moment 
generating functions, central limit theorem. Estimation theory, maximum 
likelihood. Hypothesis testing, Neyman-Pearson Lemma. Likelihood ratio tests. 
Use of statistical software packages. 

465 Linear Programming in Management Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 36 IB or Mathematics 
250B. Mathematical and theoretical foundations for linear programming; 
geometric and linear algebraic approaches and proofs; simplex method, duality, 
sensitivity and parametric analyses, extensions to specialized algorithms, and 
large scale models; practical and computer based applications will be discussed. 

467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361 A. Control charts 
for variables, percent defective and defects. Tolerances, process capacity; special 
control charts, acceptance sampling and batch processing problems. Bayesian 
aspects of process control. 

472 Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 or equivalent. 
Experimental design. Analysis of variance, factorial experiments, nested designs, 
confounding and factorial replications. 

473 Applied Statistical Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 or equivalent. 
Statistical methods applied to problems in business and industry; practical 
multiple regression models with computer solutions; basic techniques in time- 
series analysis of trend, cyclical and seasonal components; correlation of time- 
series and forecasting with the computer. 

475 Multivariate Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 441 or equivalent. The 
least squares principle; estimation and hypothesis testing in linear regression; 
multiple and curvilinear regression models; discriminant analysis; principle 
components analysis; application of multivariate analysis in business and industry. 

490 Queuing and Stochastic Models in Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/Info Sys 361B or Mathematics 
335. Probabilistic models in management science; theoretical foundation and 
model development for Poisson process models, birth-death models, Markovian 
and general queuing situations, and Markov chains; renewal theory and/or 
reliability models; practical business applications. 


Management Science/Information Systems 


229 


California State University, Fullerton 


495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A and 36 IB, and 
concentration in management science, or Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 309 and 
concentration in management information systems or a major in international 
business, consent of department internship adviser, and at least junior standing, 
2.5 GPA and one semester in residence at the university. Planned and supervised 
work experience. May be repeated for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/ 
No Credit grading only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361 A and 36 IB, senior 
standing, and approval by the department chair. Open to qualified students 
desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 
Not open to students on academic probation. 

513 Statistical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 1 35, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 265 (or equivalents) and classified 
SBAE status. Basic probability and descriptive statistics; sampling techniques; 
estimation and hypothesis testing; simple and multiple regression, correlation 
analysis; computer packages and other optional topics. 

514 Decision Models for Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 513 and classified SBAE status. Linear 
programming; inventory; PERT-CPM, queuing; simulation, computer 
application, forecasting; time series, and other optional topics. 

526 Forecasting, Decision Analysis, and Experimental Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514 and classified SBAE status. Time series 
analysis. Trend, cyclical and seasonal components. Statistical decision theory. 
Fundamental principles of experimental design; interaction. Software 
packages. 

550 Special Topics on Information Systems Design and Data 
Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 5 14 and classified SBAE standing. Information 
storage requirements; disk timing considerations; file organization and 
processing characteristics; data structures; modern data communication 
systems; computer networks. 

552 Information Systems Analysis, Design and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 515. Systems analysis and design concepts and 
methodologies; systems development life cycle and prototyping; planning and 
managing information systems projects; systems evaluation and selection; 
designing controls; developing information systems using event-driven 
programming language such as Visual Basic; interface design. 


555 Data Structures and Data Base Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 550 and classified SBAE standing. File 
structures. Multiple-key retrieval file organizations; Data Description Language 
(DDL) and Data Manipulation Language (DML); data independence; 
hierarchial, network and relational data bases. Students may not receive credit 
for both Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 408 and 555. 

557 Issues in Business Information Systems & Global 
Telecommunications (3) 

Prerequisite: Managment 515. Introduce advanced concepts of global networks, 
advanced communications design and management, global information 
security and privacy, global communications protocol and applications to 
industry, government and commercial sectors. 

560 Advanced Deterministic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514 and classified SBAE standing. Advanced 
linear programming, dynamic programming, integer programming, non-linear 
programming, business applications. Software packages and computer utilization. 

561 Advanced Probabilistic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 514 and classified SBAE standing. Stochastic 
processes, Markov processes, advanced queuing and inventory models. 
Reliability. Software packages and computer utilization. 

576 Business Modeling and Simulation (3) 

Prerequisite: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 513 or equivalent. Theory and application of 
modeling and simulation methodology. Probabilistic concepts in simulation; arrival 
pattern and service times; simulation languages and programming techniques, 
analysis of output; business applications. Requires projects. The individual project 
or an optional comprehensive exam will fulfill the terminal degree requirement 

577 Seminar in Information Systems Implementation (3) 

Prerequisites: Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 550, 552 and 555. This course integrates the 
information systems develoment concepts of information systems project 
management, analysis, design, and implementation with telecommunications, 
database design, programming, testing and system integration issues. Students 
will develop information systems from concept to completion through individual 
and team effort. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: classified SBAE status. Directed independent inquiry. Not open 
to students on academic probation. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of department chair and Associate 
Dean. May be repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic probation 


230 


Management Science/Information Systems 


California State University, Fullerton 


Department 



Department Chair: Irene Lange 
Department Office: University Hall 313 


[PROGRAMS OFFHRHP 


Bachelor o£Arts in Business Administration 

Concentration in Marketing 

Master of Business Adminis tration 

Concentration in Marketing 

Faculty 

Catherine Atwong, Robert Barath, Grady Bruce, Scott Greene, Katrin Harich, 
Paul Hugstad, Robert Jones, Chiranjeev Kohli, Douglas LaBahn, Irene Lange, 
Lance Leuthesser, Robert Zimmer 

Advisers 

Ihe Business Advising Center, Langsdorf Hall 700, provides information on 
admissions, curriculum and graduation requirements, registration and grading 


procedures, residence and similar academic matters. In addition, the Marketing 
Department provides advising on curriculum content and career opportunities. 


INTRODUCTION 


Marketing is a basic business function covering a wide range of activities. It 
includes studying markets, planning products, pricing them, promoting them, 
selling them, and then delivering these products to customers. People in 
wholesaling, retailing, advertising agencies, research firms and transportation 
companies are all working in the marketing area. Any firm which is reviewing 
its product policies needs marketers to identify the market, choose the products, 
find where they can be sold and decide on a price for them. 

Credential Information 


For students interested in a teaching credential, the Department of Marketing 
offers courses which may be included in the Subject Matter Preparation Program 
for secondary teaching. 

Further information on the requirements for teaching credentials is found in 
the Teaching Programs section of the catalog and is also available from the 

Marketing 231 




California State University, Fullerton 


Department of Secondary Education. Students interested in exploring careers 
in teaching at the elementary or secondary school levels should contact the 
Office of Admission to Teacher Education. 

Scholarships and Awards in Marketing 

The Michael T. Ashton Memorial Scholarship for Outstanding Leadership 
Outstanding Marketing Student Award 
The Robert M. Olsen Scholarship Award 
J.C. Penney Retail Scholarship 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


See “Business Administration, Marketing Concentration .” 


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE 


See “Business Administration, Marketing Concentration .” 


MARKETING COURSES 


351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 202. Corequisites: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/ 
Info Sys 361A. Analyzes how managers of business enterprises can effectively 
market goods and services domestically and internationally to target customers. 
Covers marketing research, new product development, brand management, 
pricing, promotion, and distribution channels. The role of marketing is critically 
examined from the consumer, economics, legal, political and ethical/social 
responsibility perspectives. 

353 Marketing Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 361A; corequisite: 
Marketing 351. Examination of information sources and applications for the 
marketer. Emphasis on transforming data into business plans. Topics include 
use of computerized data bases, sales forecasting, interpretation of survey data 
and the creation of marketing presentations. Extensive computer applications. 

370 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Business Admin 301. Corequisite: Marketing 351. Consumer 
buying patterns, motivation and search behavior. The consumer decision- 
making process. Inter-disciplinary concepts from economics, sociology, 
psychology, cultural anthropology' and mass communications. Case analyses 
and research projects. 

379 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Marketing 351 and Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 
361 A. Marketing research process: problem formulation, identifying sources, 
selecting data collection, analysis techniques, preparing research reports. 
Selecting marketing problems for research. 

401 Professional Selling (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 35 1 . Salesmanship as an interpersonal influence process. 
Selling using principles of human behavior. Selling skills and techniques. 

405 Managing Advertising (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 and 379. Examines the management of the 
advertising function within the overall marketing task. Emphasis is given to 
managing distribution, managing the budget and managing creativity. 
Advertiser, advertising agency and media relationships are considered. 
International advertising is reviewed. 

232 Marketing 


415 Managing the Sales Force (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351. The sales manager’s role in the organization; 
recruiting and selecting sales people; sales training; formulating compensation 
and expense plans; supervising and stimulating sales activities; morale; sales 
planning; evaluating sales people; and distribution cost analysis. 

425 Retail Marketing Strategy (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351. Examines the retailer’s role in the marketing 
system from a management perspective; developing integrated marketing and 
financial strategies; positioning the retail offer to convey meaning to target 
customers; merchandise management and control; and addressing changing 
market conditions — domestic and international. 

435 Business Marketing Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 and 353. Examines the decision-making 
implications in the business and organizational market as they apply to market 
segmentation, marketing planning and overall strategy formulation. The 
substrategies of product, price, promotion and distribution are discussed 
International implications are considered. 

445 Multinational Marketing Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Business Admin 301, Marketing 351. Theories of international 
trade and role of marketing decisions across national boundaries and markets. 
Focuses on concepts and principles of marketing strategies in multinational 
organizations from market assessments, entry alternatives, positions of global 
interdependence, marketing problems and ethical implications. Integrative 
cases, individual and team efforts emphasized. 

465 Managing Services Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351. Explores the differences between marketing 
services and marketing products. Also examines organizational requirements 
of firms that market services in contrast with marketing products. Considers 
the implications of marketing services internationally. 

475 Export Marketing Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Increases the student’s awareness of international 
trading trends, the importance of trade worldwide. Emphasis is on 
entrepreneurial aspects and organizational structure to appraise markets, 
evaluate alternative export strategies and understand planning process. Includes 
documentation, financial considerations, government regulations. 

489 Developing Marketing Strategies (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351, 353, 370 and 379 and senior standing. Focuses 
on analysis of a wide variety of business situations. Analysis is followed by the 
development of a variety of possible marketing strategies. Extensive 
international orientation. Relies heavily on case studies and group interaction 

495 Internship (1-3) 

Prerequisites: six units of upper division marketing courses, including Marketing 
35 1 , concentration in marketing or in international business, consent of department 
internship adviser, and at least junior standing, 2.5 GPA and one semester in 
residence at Cal State Fullerton. Planned and supervised work experience. May be 
repeated for credit up to a total of six units. Credit/No Credit only. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the Department Chair. Open to 
undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent inquiry. May 
be repeated for credit. Not open to students on academic probation. 





California State University, Fullerton 


519 Marketing Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 510, Economics 515, Manag Sci/lnfo Sys 513, 514, 
Management 516, 518 (may be taken concurrently) and classified SBAE status. 
Concepts, principles and techniques used in the administration of the marketing 
variables. The role of marketing within the context of society and the business 
firm, social responsibility of business and international marketing. 

525 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 519 and classified SBAE status. Utilizes major 
marketing concepts: product development, market analysis, demand 
determination, pricing decisions, promotion activities, distribution channels 
and organizational requirements. Students develop analytical skills by working 
with marketing and business problems from domestic and global perspectives. 
Lecture and case method. 


596 Contemporary Topics in Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 519 or equivalent; classified SBAE status. Topics in 
areas such as marketing of services, public policy, consumer issues, new product 
introduction, and strategic planning. May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: classified SBAE status, consent of instructor and approval by 
department chair and Associate Dean. May be repeated for credit. Not open to 
students on academic probation. 


Marketing 233 





(CM m /•.}< *1 gflj jh&M OJ c 

i • ■ . • - y&jp ' •' 











ammumeatjons 


mm 


Dean: Rick D. Pullen 
Associate Dean: Fred Zandpour 


Bachelor of Arts In Communications 



Concentrations in: 

Advertising 

Journalism 

Photocommunications s 

Public Relations 

Television-Film 


Bachelor of Arts in Communicative Disorders 


Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication 


Master of Arts in Communications 

Concentrations in: 

Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 


Master of Arts in Communicative Disorders 

Clinical Rehabilitative Services Credential (CRSC) with 
Special Class Authorization (SCA). 


Master of Arts in Speech Communication 


Minor in Speech Communication 


i The School of Communications is committed to advancing a democratic 
society by preparing students to function in a wide variety of 
yf communication professions. With a strong tradition in the liberal arts 
and social sciences, the academic programs of the School share a common 
theoretical base which identifies the elements of human communication 
and the principles governing their use in all communicative processes 
' essential to contemporary' society, namely, the spoken and written word 
I and visual images. Specialized programs in advertising, communication 
j theory and process, intercultural, interpersonal, organizational 
communication, communication studies, communicative disorders, 
journalism, photocommunications, public relations, and television-film 
make up the basic curricula of the School. These programs of study lead 
to traditional academic degrees for undergraduates and graduates, to 
state credentials and licenses, to professional certification, and to entry 
into graduate and professional degree programs. 






a*' MBrandMi 


5 MM A>; 


Programs Offered 






California State University, Fullerton 


Undergraduate students may call their department office for the name of their 
adviser, who will assist in developing a program of study. University policy 
requires students to see an adviser each of their first two semesters and every 
year thereafter. Three critical times for advising are before registering for the 
first semester, when selecting electives for the study plan, and two semesters 
before graduation for a graduation check. 

Graduate students should make contact with their department graduate adviser 
to arrange for advising prior to entry into the master’s degree programs. 

Student Organizations 

The School of Communications supports a large number of student organizations 
and activities which provide a wide variety of pre-professional opportunities for 
academic advancement. They include: the Advertising Club; National Student 
Speech-Language-Hearing Association; Association of Speech Communication 
Students; Broadcast Production Association; Communications Week; Daily Titan; 
Debate (forensics); International Association of Business Communicators; Latino 
Communications Society; National Press Photographers Association; Photography 
Club; Public Relations Student Society of America; Society of Professional 
Journalists; and Women in Communication, Inc. 

Accreditation 

The Department of Communications is accredited by the Accrediting Council 
on Education in Journalism and Mass Communications. The Communicative 
Disorders program in the Department of Speech Communication is accredited 
by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. 


Internships 

A wide variety of student internships are available throughout Southern 
California. In the Department of Communications, students are required to 
complete an internship, unless specifically waived from doing so, normally as 
the culminating undergraduate experience. The Speech Communications 
internship is normally taken sometime in the junior or senior year. 

Scholarships and Awards 

Some $30,000 in scholarships and awards is presented annually to students in 
the School of Communications. Among the sponsors of scholarships are the 
Advertising Club of Orange County, the Business/Professional Advertising 
Association of Orange County, the Hearst Foundation, the Orange County 
chapter of the Public Relations Society of America. Awards annually are 
presented to students who excel in academic and pre-professional activities in 
the two departments. 

Facilities 

The School of Communications is equipped with modem laboratory facilities 
including a sophisticated speech and hearing clinic; large and comprehensive 
photography darkroom and studio facility; two 20-station computerized writing 
laboratories; a Macintosh-based graphics laboratory; a television studio, control 
room, and video editing bays; a film editing laboratory; and a daily newspaper 
newsroom and production area. 


236 School of Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 



Department Chair: Robert G. Picard 
Department Office: Humanities 230 
Daily Titan Newsroom: Humanities 213 
Daily Titan Business Manager: Humanities 213 


programs offered 


Faculty 

Jeff Brody, Ava Capossela, Wendell Crow, David DeVries, Ronald Dyas, Tony 
Fellow, Edward Fink, Carolyn Johnson, Kuen-Hee Ju-Pak, Cynthia King, Paul 
Lester, Norman Nager, Coral Ohl, Wayne Overbeck, Robert Picard, Rick Pullen, 
Tony Rimmer, Shay Sayre, Edgar Trotter, Larry Ward, Hazel Warlaumont, Fred 
Zandpour 


Bachelor of Arts in Communications 

Concentrations: 

Advertising 

Journalism 

Photocommunications 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 


Advisers 

Undergraduate: All faculty serve as undergraduate advisers. Students may find 
their assigned concentration adviser posted on the bulletin board outside 
Humanities 230. 

Graduate: Fred Zandpour, Humanities 324A 


Additional advising services are available in the School of Communications 
Advising Center, Humanities 225A. 

Advertising 
Journalism 
Public Relations 
Television-Film 


M aster of Arts in Communications 

Concentrations: 


Communications 




California State University, Fullerton 


INTRODUCTION 


Effective ethical communications are essential for the well-being of a democratic 
society. Thus, there is a need for persons trained in the theory and practice of 
informing, instructing, and persuading through communications media. The 
educational objectives of the programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts in 
Communications are: (1) to ensure that all majors receive a broad liberal 
education; (2) to provide majors with a clear understanding of the role of 
communications media in society; and (3) to prepare majors desiring 
communications-related careers in the mass media, business, government and 
education by educating them in-depth in one of the specialized sequences 
within the department. 


in another department, and courses taken in that department may meet the 
collateral requirement. The following collateral courses have been approved 
by all the concentrations: Afro 335, American Studies 300, American Studies 
301, Philosophy 312, Poli Sci 300, Poli Sci 448, Psychology 351, Religious 
Studies 390, Sociology 345, Speech Comm 320, Speech Comm 325, Speech 
Comm 333. Additionally, other courses have been approved for each 
concentration. A complete list of all the collateral classes for each concentration 
is available in the Department of Communications office. Humanities 230. 

Communications Concentrations 


Every communications major must select and complete 24 units of course 
work in a major concentration. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 


A communications major is required to take 12 units of core requirements in 
addition to 24 units in a chosen concentration. The department offers five 
concentrations: advertising, journalism, photocommunications, public 
relations, and television-film. Students may substitute a broadcast journalism 
program shared between the journalism and television-film concentrations. 
The major totals 36 units. All prerequisite courses must be completed with a 
grade of C or better. 

Collateral requirements: Twelve units of upper-division course work in other 
departments approved by the student’s concentration adviser are also required. 
Collateral courses are listed on advising materials available in Humanities 230. 

Every major must take a minimum of 84 units outside Communications, out 
of the 124 units required for graduation. Of this 84 units, 65 must be in the 
traditional liberal arts, humanities & sciences. Students should consult their 
concentration adviser and the School of Communications Advisement Center 
early in their course work to be sure they meet these requirements. 

Communications Core 

The communications core provides background and perspective appropriate 
to all the departmental concentrations and an understanding of the role of 
communicators and their contributions to the development of high standards 
of professionalism. 

Nine units of required course work: 

Comm 233 Mass Comm in Modern Society (3) 

Comm 407 Communications Law (3) 

Comm 425 History and Philosophy of American Mass 
Communication (3) 


Plus three units selected from the following: 


Comm 300 
Comm 410 
Comm 422 
Comm 426 
Comm 428 
Comm 480 
Comm 482 


Visual Communication (3) 

Principles of Comm Research (3) 
Communication Technologies (3) 

Global Media Systems (3) 
Communications and Social Change (3) 
Persuasive Communications (3) 

Media Economics and Policy (3) 


Collateral Requirement 

All Communications majors must complete 12 collateral units of upper-dvision 
coursework outside of Communications. Students may minor or double major 


Advertising 


The objective of the advertising concentration is to prepare students for entry- 
level positions in one or more of the four basic advertising activities: creative (copy, 
layout design), media planning and buying, research, and management. Students 
are provided with knowledge and skills needed for work with an advertiser, 
advertising agency, the print and broadcast media, or support service industry. 


Comm 350 
Comm 351 
Comm 352 
Comm 353 
Comm 451 
Comm 495 


Principles of Advertising (3) 

Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 
Advertising Media (3) 

Advertising Creative Strategy & Execution I (3) 
National Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus six Communications units in Creative Emphasis or Account 
Planning Emphasis 


Journalism 


The principal objective of the journalism concentration is to provide the skills 
and practice necessary for careers in the print media. Specifically, the 
concentration objectives are: (1) to provide experience in writing various types 
of news stories, and to develop skills in reporting and news gathering 
techniques; (2) to develop critical acumen necessary to check news stories for 
accuracy and correctness; (3) to develop skills in graphics or photography that 
complement the journalistic writing skills; (4) to provide actual on-the-job 
experience by working on the campus newspaper and through an internship, 
and (5) to add breadth and depth to the professional’s specialized skills through 
collateral courses. 


Comm 101 
Comm 201 
Comm 332 
Comm 335 
Comm 338 
Comm 495 


Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 
Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 
Public Affairs Reporting (3) 
Newspaper Production (3) 

Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus three units from: Comm 217 or 358 (with adviser’s consent). 


And three units from: Comm 334, 430 or 435. 

Students who want to pursue broadcast journalism may substitute the above 
concentration requirements with the following courses: Communications 101. 
202, 279, 335, 371, 372, 382, and 495. 


Communications 




California State University, Fullerton 


Photocommunications 


Writing Requirements 


The photocommunications concentration provides a comprehensive study of 
the aesthetics, theories, and practices of contemporary photography for 
professional careers in magazine and newspaper photojournalism, and 
advertising/commercial photography. 


Comm 101 
Comm 217 
Comm 319 
Comm 321 
Comm 495 


Writing for the Mass Media (3) 
Introduction to Photography (3) 
Photojournalism (3) 

Advanced Color Photography (3) 
Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus six units selected from the following: 


All communications majors must satisfy both departmental and university 
writing requirements. A grade of C or better in English 101 or an equivalent 
course is a prerequisite for all Communications writing courses. Students who 
complete an equivalent to CSUF’s English 101 at a community college or another 
four-year college/university must bring a copy of the relevant transcript to the 
department office. Humanities 230. 

University Writing Requirement: The course work portion of the university’s 
upper-division baccalaureate writing requirement for communications majors 
may be met by satisfactory completion of any one of Communications 301, 334, 
335, 338, 351, 362, 371, 402, and 435. Students must earn a C or better in the 
course which is used to fulfill the university’s upper-division writing requirement. 


Comm 311, 326, 338, 340, 358, 409. 


Internship Requirements 


Plus one of the following classes: 
Comm 301, 334 or 362. 

Public Relations 


This concentration provides preparation in both theory and practice of two- 
way communication and management counsel for prospective professional 
public relations careers in business, industry, agency, government, and nonprofit 
sectors of society. 


Comm 101 
Comm 361 
Comm 362 
Comm 464 
Comm 495 


Writing for Mass Media (3) 
Principles of Public Relations (3) 
Public Relations Writing (3) 
Public Relations Management (3) 
Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus one writing course from among the following: 


Comm 301, 334, or 338. 

Plus six units selected from the following: 
Comm 217, 350, 358, 363, 410, 467, 468 or 497. 


Television-Film 


The beneficial attributes of an internship have always been recognized by the 
Department of Communications. Students usually intern at sites in Orange 
County and Los Angeles. Examples of internship sites include newspapers, 
magazines, television and radio stations, public relations and advertising agencies, 
health-related institutions, nonprofit organizations, film production companies, 
publishers, education offices, cities and businesses with communication needs. 

In order to take the required Mast Media Internship course, Communications 
495, students must file an application and attend an orientation session in the 
semester prior to the semester in which they wish to register for the class. 
Students must be communications majors with senior standing and have 
completed the prerequisites set for the major sequence. These are as follows: 

Advertising 

Required: Communications 350, 351, 352, and 353. 

Recommended: Communications 358 and 450 

Journalism 

Required: Communications 101, 201, 332, and 335. 

Recommended: Communications 334 and 338. 

Photography 

Required: Communications 101, 217, 319, and 321. 

Recommended: Communications 326 

Public Relations 

Required: Communications 101, 361, and 362. 

Recommended: Communications 358, 363, and 464. 


Courses in this concentration are designed for an understanding of the history, 
theory and practice of television and film. Students are prepared for entry level 
positions in business, education, and the broadcasting, cable and film industries. 


TV/Film 

Required: Communications 279, 301, and 382. 
Recommended: Communications 311, 379, and 402. 


Comm 279 
Comm 301 
Comm 382 
Comm 402 
Comm 495 


Introduction to Video Production (3) 

Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 
Introduction to Television and Film (3) 
Advanced Writing for Television and Film (3) 
Mass Media Internship (3) 


Plus nine units selected from the following: 


Broadcast Journalism 

Required: Communications 101, 202, 279, and 371. 

Recommended: Communications 335. 

Students with one or more years of full-time employment in a communications 
position may petition to take an alternative course instead of Communications 495. 


Comm 278, 311, 345, 375, 379, 383, 411, 476, 477, 478 or 488. 

Students who want to pursue broadcast journalism may substitute the above 
concentration requirements with the following courses: Communications 101, 
202, 279, 335, 371, 372, 382, and 495 as well as the collateral course 
requirements listed under the journalism concentration. 


Students must have a major and overall grade-point average of 2.25. Students 
not meeting that requirement may be required to take a course in place of 
Communications 495. 

Applications and information can be obtained at the Department of Com- 
munications Internship Office in Humanities 225A. 


Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


MASTER or ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 


The degree is designed to provide advanced study in communications theory 
and research plus some concentration in one of the department’s sequences: 
advertising, journalism, public relations, or television-film. 

The program prepares the graduate to apply advanced communications 
concepts, research and development skills, and theories relevant to the use of 
communications media for a wide variety of purposes. Such study may serve 
those whose careers involve the use of print, broadcast and film media of 
communications to inform, instruct and persuade. Communications skills are 
highly applicable to a wide range of careers in business, industry, government, 
education, and the mass media. 

Students completing the Master of Arts in Communications are eligible for 
journalism teaching positions in community colleges. 

Admission to Graduate Standing: Conditionally Classified 

Normally, an applicant must meet grade-point average requirements of 3.0 in 
the undergraduate major and 2.75 in the last 60 semester units of undergraduate 
course work, meet the university requirements, and satisfactorily complete the 
Graduate Record Examination General Test prior to admission. Students must 
also submit three letters of recommendation and an essay (approximately 1000 
words) outlining reasons for pursuing the masters degree. Consult department 
graduate program adviser for details regarding additional admission requirements. 

Graduate Standing: Classified 

A student admitted in conditionally classified standing may be granted classified 
standing upon the development of an approved study plan and satisfactory 
completion of prerequisite course work. Satisfactory coursework or its 
equivalent in the following may be taken concurrently with degree requirements 
if not completed prior to classification: 

(a) communications writing (Comm 201, 301, 351, or 362) 

(b) an introductory course in the area of specialization (Comm 332, 350, 

361, or 382) 

(c) Comm 410 Principles of Communication Research 

Study Plan ^ 

The student is required to complete 30 units of approved studies with a minimum 
grade-point average of 3.0 including 15 units in 500-level communications 
courses. Six of the 1 5 units of 500-level courses may be in thesis, three units 
may be in a project. The remaining units will be comprised of upper division or 
500-level courses appropriate to the communications sequence. 

The candidate must develop a program of study in consultation with a 
concentration adviser and the graduate adviser of the Department of 
Communications. The candidate must plan the thesis or project topic with a 
committee. The committee will include at least two faculty members from the 
Department of Communications. 

Study plan requirements include the following: 


Sequence-Related Courses (18 units) 

Comm 5 1 5T Professional Problems in Specialized Fields (3) 
or approved 500-level alternate 

Comm 520A or C Communications Practicum (3) 
or approved alternate 

Consult the Communications Department Master’s Program bulletin for 
additional sequence requirements. 

Electives (0-6 units) 

Project/Thesis/Exam (0-6 units) 

Comm 597 Project (3) 
or Comm 598 Thesis (6) 
or Comprehensive Exam 

For further information and advisement, please consult the graduate program 
adviser. 


COMMUNICATIONS COURSES 


101 Writing for the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; typing 
ability. Principles and practices of writing for major types of mass 
communications media. Content, organization, conciseness and clarity. 

201 Reporting for the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
101 or equivalent; typing ability. Development of expertise in the use of news 
reporting techniques combined with development of ability to compose 
complex journalistic writing forms for possible publication. 

202 Writing Broadcast News (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 101 
or equivalent; typing ability. Intensive journalistic writing and reporting for radio 
and television. Emphasis on writing assignments for both audio and video tape. 
Lecture/discussion of issues and responsibilities facing broadcast journalists. 

217 Introduction to Photography (3) 

Cameras, accessories, materials, exposure, image, processing, printing, 
finishing, composition, filters, flash, studio techniques, and special subject 
treatments and applications. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

233 Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 

Newspapers, magazines, films, radio and television; their significance as social 
instruments and economic entities in modem society. (CAN JOUR 4) 

278 Introduction to Audio Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications majors only. Audio production as it pertains to 
radio broadcasting, commercial production, and recording, television and film 
audio. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

279 Introduction to Video Production (3) 

Production of programs for broadcast stations and other video materials for cable, 
business, industrial, and instructional applications. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours 
laboratory) 


Core Courses (6 units) 

Comm 500 Theory and Literature of Communications (3) 

Comm 508 Humanistic Research in Communications (3) 
or Comm 509 Social Science Research in Communications (3) 


300 Visual Communication (3) 

A social and cultural analysis of the meaning, production and consumption of 
visual information in a modern media society. Still, moving, television, graphic 
design, cartoon, and computer images will be analyzed in terms of technical, 
commercial, and cultural considerations. 


240 Communications 




California State University, Fullerton 


301 Writing for Broadcasting and Film (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; typing 
ability. Theory and principles of writing in the broadcast and film media. 

311 Introduction to Motion Picture Production (3) 

Theory and practice of motion picture photography and film production. (2 
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

319 Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 217 or equivalent. Photography for publication in print 
media. News, advertising, feature, sports, lifestyle, photo essay and 
documentary applications. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

321 Advanced Color Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 319 or consent of instructor. Positive 
and negative color film processing, sensitometry, and color printing. Creative 
and effective use of color in publications photography. (2 hours lecture, 3 
hours laboratory) 

326 Communications Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 321, or consent of instructor. 
Photographs and photographic communications produced with the large format 
camera for the mass media, business, education, government, industry and 
science. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

332 Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; and Comm 
201 or equivalent. Principles and practice of newspaper editing: copy 
improvement, headline writing, news photos and cutlines, wire services, 
typography, copy schedules and control, page design and layout, law and ethics. 
(2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; and Comm 
101 or equivalent. Nonfiction writing for newspapers and magazines; sources, 
methods and markets. 

335 Public Affairs Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
101 and 201, or consent of instructor; and junior standing. Comm 407 
recommended. Reporting public interest news such as courts, education, 
finance, government, police and urban problems. 

338 Newspaper Production (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
201 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Members of the class constitute the 
e ditorial staff of the university newspaper. Meets four hours per week for 
critiques in news reporting, writing, editing and makeup, followed by 
Production. May be repeated for a maximum of six units of credit. (More than 
^ hours laboratory) 

340 Photography in Advertising and Public Relations (3) 

^requisites: junior standing and Comm 326 or consent of instructor. Advertising 
a nd public relations photography. Materials and techniques for producing 
Photographs with visual impact suitable for photo reproduction. Students will 
Prepare a portfolio of photographs. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours activity) 

345 The Language of Film and Television (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233 or consent of instructor. Critical and theoretical 
a nalysis of film and television as communication. Examines the manner in 


which an organized sequence of images and sounds communicates meaning 
using literature in semiology and visual communications. (2 hours lecture, 3 
hours laboratory) 

350 Principles of Advertising (3) 

Advertising in America. The language and art of advertising and its role in 
marketing. 

351 Writing for the Advertising Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
350. This course will focus on the theoretical and practical elements of 
professional and creative writing for advertising. Emphasis will be placed on 
polishing English language skills that will be used in writing formal proposals, 
as well as in communicating strategic and creative ideas. 

352 Advertising Media (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350 and junior standing. Planning, execution and control 
of advertising media programs. Basic data and characteristics of the media. 
Buying and selling process, techniques, and methods in media planning process. 
Audience measurement and media analysis. 

353 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution 1 (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
350, 351 or consent of instructor; and junior standing. Writing of copy and 
layout of advertisements, based on study of sales appeals, attention factors 
and illustrations. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

358 Graphics Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Printing processes, publication formats, copy 
preparation, copy-fitting techniques, layout principles, paper selection and 
distribution methods. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

361 Principles of Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The social, behavioral, psychological, ethical, 
economic and political foundations of public relations, and the theories of 
public relations as a communications discipline. 

362 Public Relations Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
101 or consent of instructor; typing ability; junior standing. Communications 
analysis, writing for business, industry and nonprofit organizations. Creating 
effective forms of public relations communication. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

363 Desktop Publishing (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361 and six units of communications writing or consent 
of instructor; and junior standing. Editing functions and techniques involved 
in creative development of publications for business, industry and nonprofit 
organizations and institutions. Magazines, newspapers, newsletters and 
brochures. 

371 Radio-Television News and Public Affairs (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
101, 202, 279, and 382; typing ability required. Covering news events and 
public affairs for radio and television. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

372 Advanced TV News Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 371 or consent of instructor. Writing, production and 
evaluation of television newscasts for local cable TV distribution. Lecture- 
discussion sessions on advanced reporting techniques and special problems in 
broadcast journalism. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 


Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


375 Documentary Film and Television (3) 

A study of documentary form in film and television, its development, purpose, 
and current trends. The class will also survey the requirements necessary to 
write and produce non-fiction films for television, business, education and 
government. 

379 Electronic Field Production (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 279. Production of programs for broadcast, cable, business, 
industrial and instructional use. Emphasis on location shooting and post 
production including electronic editing. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

382 Introduction to Television and Film (3) 

Prerequisite: Communications major or consent of instructor. The foundation 
course of the television-film sequence. An analysis of the radio, television, 
cable and film industries from a professional perspective. Economic, historical, 
regulatory and social effects of these media. 

383 World Cinema (3) 

Prerequisites: History 1 1 OB or equivalent. The study of the motion picture as 
a global influence in mass communications and entertainment. An examination 
of various directors, film movements, national cinemas, and of the increasing 
internationalization of the world film industry. Film screenings on and off 
campus. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

402 Advanced Writing for Television and Film (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; Comm 
301 , and junior standing. An advanced writing class concentrating on the long 
form of broadcast and film writing, including documentaries, features, special 
news, commentaries, and analysis. 

407 Communications Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. The Anglo-American concept 
of freedom of speech and press; statutes and administrative regulations affecting 
freedom of information and publishing, advertising, and telecommunication. 
Libel and slander, rights in news and advertising, contempt, copyright, and 
invasion of privacy. 

409 Advanced Photojournalism (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 32 1 and junior standing or instructor’s consent. Advanced 
press photography. Extensive use of cameras for photographic reporting; 
evaluation and preparation of pictures for publication. Field/laboratory 
experience in black and white and color. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

410 Principles of Communication Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. Research methods used to assess 
the effects of print, broadcast, and film communications on audience attitudes, 
opinions, knowledge, and behavior. Research design and data analysis in 
communications research. 

411 Advanced Motion Picture Production (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 301, 311, or consent of instructor. Theory, procedures 
and practice in film production: motion picture (silent and sound), 
scriptwriting, transfer and mixes, production, distribution and financing. (2 
hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 

422 Communications Technologies (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 233. Issues surrounding communications technologies. 
Covered are recent developments in technology, impact of government, industry’ 
and economic factors, historical overview, and implications for social change. 
Exposure to technological developments. Applications to all areas of mass 
communications. 


425 History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. American mass communication; 
newspapers and periodicals through radio and television, ideological, political, 
social and economic aspects. 

426 Global Media Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. Major mass communication 
systems, both democratic and totalitarian, and the means by which news and 
propaganda are conveyed internationally. 

428 Communications and Social Change (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. How innovations, ideas, 
products, and practices perceived as new are communicated to members of a 
social system. The roles of adopters, opinion leaders, change agents and 
communications in the diffusion of innovations and consequent changes in 
social systems. 

430 Newspaper Management (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor and junior standing. Organization, operation 
and administration of a newspapers departmental activities: advertising, 
business, circulation, mechanical, news-editorial and promotion. (3 hours 
lecture, field trips, detailed study of one selected newspaper department) 

435 Editorial and Critical Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better; upper- 
division writing course and junior standing. Editorial and critical writer and 
opinion columnist roles. Techniques of editorial writing and aspects of critical 
thinking. (2 hours lecture; 2 hours lab and fieldwork) 

438T Specialized Reporting (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 201 and 332 or consent of instructor. This varied 
topic course is designed to teach advanced reporting and writing skills in 
specialized areas. It will combine an awareness of techniques and resources 
with an abundance of writing models and field experiences. Topics will include 
politics, minorities, and environment. 

450 Advertising Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350, 352 and junior standing. Theory and techniques 
for planning, directing and evaluating advertising programs with emphasis on 
media-message strategies. Managerial approach with case studies to the solution 
of advertising communications problems. 

451 National Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 350, 352 and 353 and junior standing. Advertising 
campaigns and utilization of mass media, such as television, newspapers and 
magazines, in national advertising programs. Design of complete campaigns 
from idea to production readiness. 

453 Advertising Creative Strategy and Execution 11 (3) 

Prerequisites: English 101 or equivalent with a grade of C or better, Comm 350. 
353, 358, and junior standing. Advanced advertising projects involving application 
and execution of creative advertising strategies for mass media, including theory 
and practice of writing copy, and preparing comprehensive layouts and completed 
scripts. Group discussions, labs, and individual conferences. 

464 Public Relations Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 361, 362 and junior standing. Analysis of systems and 
strategies for planning public relations campaigns and solving/preventing 
problems. Individual, team case studies, in corporate development 
proposals; actual use of tools in addition to role playing presentations t° 
management. 


Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


467 Public Relations Agency Seminar (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 361 and junior standing. Seminar focuses on 
psychology and functions of client counseling, proposal writing, new business 
development, agency management, servicing clients, evaluation of methods, 
reporting results, and legal and ethical concerns. 

468 Corporate and Nonprofit Public Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 101, 361. This seminar focuses on the public relations 
strategies and tactics used in today’s increasingly sophisticated and maturing 
corporate and nonprofit marketplaces. This advanced course, which relies 
heavily on professional guest speakers and in-class simulations/exercises, 
encompasses a host of specific topics, such as fund raising, corporate and 
social responsibility, media relations, and technology and ethical issues. 

476 Children’s Television (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233, Comm 382 or equivalent. Overview of literature on 
effects of television on children. Includes advertising, violence, sexual 
stereotyping and programming. Stages of child development will be explored 
and correlated to the different effects that the media may have on children. 

477 Radio and TV Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 382. The study of the purposes, philosophies, and methods 
of obtaining, developing, launching, scheduling, and evaluating programming 
for the various electronic media including commercial radio and television 
networks, commercial radio and television stations, cable television, and public 
radio and television. 

478 Management in the Broadcasting & Film Industries (3) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing, Comm 382 or consent of instructor. The study 
of management of the broadcasting, cable-TV and film industries with attention 
to financial structures, programming and government regulation. 

480 Persuasive Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 233 and junior standing. Persuasive communications 
applied to mass communication. The communicator, audience, message content 
and structure, and social context in influencing attitudes, beliefs and opinions. 

482 Media Economics and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: junior standing and Comm 233 and one of the following: Comm 
^50, 361 , 382, or 430. Explores structure, behavior and performance of media 
industries and public policy forces that define and direct media. Provides 
basis for analyzing media industries and for managerial decision making within 
industries. Covers all mass media industries. 

488 Production Workshop for Cable Television (3) 

Prerequisites: B average in Comm 279 and 379 or consent of instructor. Students 
produce informational and sport programs for cable TV systems and radio 
stations. May be repeated once for credit; only three units may apply to major. 
(9 hours laboratory) 

495 Mass Media Internship (3) (Formerly 439) 

Prerequisites: senior standing, communications major and consent of instructor. 
Supervised internship, according to sequence, with newspaper, magazine, radio 
or television station, press association, public relations firm or advertising 
a gency. Applications must be made through department coordinator one 
Dniester prior to entering program. (Credit/No Credit only) 

^96 Student-to-Student Tutorial (1-3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor and previous superior performance in a 
similar or equivalent course. Under faculty supervision, student provides 
tutorial assistance in a communications course. May involve small group 


demonstrations and discussions, individual tutoring and evaluation of student 
performance as appropriate. May be repeated to a maximum of four units 
either separately or in combination with Comm 499. 

497 Seminar in Public Communications Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 464, junior standing and consent of instructor. 
Operationalizing public relations management principles. Role of public 
relations in contemporary society. Ethics, social responsibilities and trends in 
the emerging profession. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. Individually supervised mass media 
projects and research on campus and in the community. May involve newspaper 
and magazine publishers, radio and television stations and public relations 
agencies. May be repeated up to a maximum of four units either separately or 
in combination with Comm 496. 

500 Theory and Literature of Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: conditional classified status. Theories and research on 
communication processes and effects; source, media, message, audience and 
content variables. Types, sources and uses of communication literature. Graduate 
seminar. 

508 Humanistic Research in Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 or concurrent enrollment and classified status. 
Humanistic methods of study in communications: historical research and critical 
analysis applied to problems, issues and creative works in communication. 
Graduate seminar. 

509 Social Science Research in Communications (3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 410, 500 and classified status. Social-scientific research 
design and analysis and the study of communication processes and effects. 
Graduate seminar. 

515T Professional Problems in Specialized Fields (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Selected topics and issues in the field of mass 
communications. Subjects vary each semester. May be repeated for a maximum 
of six units. 

517 Ethical Problems of the Mass Media (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. This course will study criticisms of specific functions 
of the mass media and public relations. The course will consist of three sections: 
the history of criticism; problem areas of the media; and practitioner response 
to criticism. 

518 Seminar in Public Relations Theories and Issues (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 361, 362, 410 and 500 or equivalents. This graduate 
seminar explores cutting edge communication and organizational theories and 
vital emerging issues influencing the field of public relations. Special focus 
will be on contemporary public relations models and practitioner roles. 

519 Communications and Governance in America (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500 or consent of instructor. The course will study 
relationships between systems of communications, particularly new 
communication technologies, and governmental institutions and processes 
within the American setting. It will explore how technological change relates 
to patterns of decision-making, management, and the content and flow of 
information among public officials. 


Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 


520A,C Communications Practicum (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Comm 500 and six units of study-plan courses in area of 
specialization; Comm 518 is an additional prerequisite for C. Under supervision 
of a faculty member, students plan, design, conduct and evaluate a team project 
in their field of specialization: A - News-Editorial, C - Public Relations. 

525 Advanced Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. The course is designed to provide the student with 
an up-to-date assessment of general management and communications 
management techniques, and to help equip the student for management 
positions in advertising, journalism, public relations and broadcasting. 

550 Advertising in Modern Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Comm 500. Assessing the impact of advertising on society, the 
culture and economy. Philosophical rather than technical examinations of 
critical issues and problems such as economic and social effects of advertising, 
effects of value and life styles, ethics and regulation. 


597 Project (3) 

Completion of creative project in a sequence beyond regularly offered course work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Completion of a thesis in a sequence beyond regularly offered course work. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chair. Individually supervised mass media 
projects or research for graduate students. May be repeated. 


244 Communications 


California State University, Fullerton 



mcationt 


Department Chair: Robert Emry 
Department Office: Education Classroom 199 
Speech & Hearing Clinic: Education Classroom 190 


PROGRAMS OFFERED 


Bachelor of Arts in Communicative Disorders J-|B 

Master of Arts in Communicative Disorders 

Clinical Rehabilitative Services Credential (CRSC) 
with Special Class Authorization (SCA) ^ 

Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication — 

Minor in Speech Communication m 

Master of Arts in Speech Communication ^ 


Faculty 

K. Jeanine Congalton, Daniel Crary, Michael Davis, Robert Emry, Joyce Flocken, 
Robert Gass, William Gudykunst, Mary Blake Huer, Kurt Kitselman, Edith Li, 
Elizabeth Mechling, Norman Page, John Reinard, Gary Ruud, Terry Saenz, Stella 
Ting-Toomey, Arden Thorum, Kenneth Tom, Richard Wiseman, Toya Wyatt. 

Advisers 

Undergraduate: Toya Wyatt, Communication Disorders 
Norman Page, Speech Communication 
Graduate: Joyce Flocken, Speech Communication 

Michael Davis, Communicative Disorders 


INTRODUCTION 


Majors in the Department of Speech Communication study human com- 
munication as part of a liberal arts and social sciences education, and in 
preparation for a variety of career choices. Students with communication 

245 


Speech Communication 



California State University, Fullerton 


background studies and training are: prepared to understand the roles 
communication plays in human interaction; skilled in facilitating and analyzing 
individual, small group, and public communication processes; experienced in 
planning and managing programs that improve the quality of communication; 
sensitized to cultural and pathological differences that influence communication 
effectiveness; and equipped to apply scientific methods and technical 
procedures to the study of communication improvement and competencies. 

The Department of Speech Communication offers two undergraduate and two 
graduate degree programs in communicative disorders and in speech 
communication. 

Instruction in Communicative Disorders has four specific goals: to discover 
relationships among human communication and other human behaviors; to 
provide students with an understanding of the communication process so they 
can evaluate normal and abnormal deviations; to provide theoretical 
understanding and functional skills which enable the clinician-in-training to 
diagnose and treat disorders of speech, voice, language and hearing; and to 
develop graduate professional practitioners of speech pathology capable of 
serving in clinics, community centers, hospitals, private practice and school 
settings. 

Instruction in Speech Communication has four specific goals: to discover 
relationships among human communication and other human behaviors; to 
provide students with an understanding of the communication process enabling 
them to evaluate and affect their communication environments; to improve 
the quality of human communication; and to facilitate intellectual, social and 
political maturity by applying principles of communication. Students are 
prepared for careers as communication specialists in business, public relations, 
education and other professions requiring a high level of communication 
competencies such as the law and the ministry, and for doctoral level studies 
in speech communication. 


PROFESSIONAL INFORMATION 


Accreditation 

The Communicative Disorders program is fully accredited by the American 
Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA). Graduate study in this program 
leads to certification in speech-language pathology with ASHA (CCC-SLP). 

The CCC-SLP is awarded by the American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association to persons who (a) complete the M.A. Degree in speech-language 
pathology, (b) complete the required clinical practicum by taking prescribed 
combinations of clinical practicum courses listed in Appendix 4, (c) pass the 
National Teacher Examination (NTE) in Speech-Language Pathology, (d) 
successfully complete a Clinical Fellowship Year, (e) submit the appropriate 
application materials to the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. 
All students should be familiar with the requirements for the CCC-SLP. All 
students should obtain a copy of the latest ASHA Membership and Certification 
Handbook during the last year of their graduate studies, and they should read 
all materials carefully. Their advisors are not responsible for informing students 
of ASHA requirements beyond those that are related directly to selection of 
classes and clinical practicum courses. Copies of the Handbook are available 
from the Graduate Assistant in the CSUF Speech and Hearing Clinics or directly 
from ASHA at the following address and telephone number: 

American Speech-Language-Hearing Association 
Membership and Certification Section 
10801 Rockville Pike 
Rockville, Maryland 20852 
Telephone (301) 897-5700 

246 Speech Communication 


Licensure mm 

The speech-language pathology license is required to work as a speech-language 
pathologist in all settings in California except for the public school and in 
certain exempt federal employment settings. The license is awarded by the 
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology Examining Committee (SPAEC) 
of the Medical Board of California to those who (a) complete the M.A. Degree 
or equivalent in speech-language pathology, (b) complete the required clinical 
practicum by selecting from among the clinical practicum courses listed in 
Appendix 4, (c) pass the National Examination in Speech-Language Pathology, 
(d) successfully complete a Required Professional Experience (RPE), and (e) 
submit the appropriate application materials to SPAEC. 

Although students will have met or exceeded the academic and clinical practicum 
requirements for licensure in California by the time they complete their M.A 
Degree and the last of the clinical practicum courses that are required for the 
Certificate of Clinical Competence in Speech-Language Pathology (ASHA), they 
should still become familiar with the specific requirements for licensure during 
their last year of graduate studies. Their advisors are not responsible for informing 
students of requirements for licensure beyond those that are related directly to 
selection of classes and clinical practicum courses. A copy of the “Student Manual 
for Licensure in Speech Pathology and Audiology” may be obtained from the 
Graduate Assistant in the CSUF Speech and Hearing Clinics or directly from 
SPAEC at the following address and telephone number: 

Speech Pathology & Audiology Examining Committee 
1434 Howe Avenue, Suite 86 
Sacramento, CA 95825-3240 
Telephone (916) 920-6388 

Credential Information 

As an addition to the degree in Communicative Disorders, the Speech Com- 
munication Department offers credential programs in Clinical Rehabilitative 
Services and in Clinical Rehabilitative Services with a Speci